Docstoc

Fort Gordon Georgia

Document Sample
Fort Gordon Georgia Powered By Docstoc
					                       Fort Gordon
US Army Corps
                       Georgia
of Engineers
Savannah District




Task Order Request Number
W912HN-09-X-5901
Training Aids Support Center
Volume 1 of 2 – RFP Letter, Bid Schedule, Wage Decision and
Technical Divisions 01 - 13
FY10, PN 70307
December 2010




                    U.S. ARMY ENGINEER DISTRICT, SAVANNAH
                               CORPS OF ENGINEERS
                          100 WEST OGLETHORPE AVENUE
                          SAVANNAH, GEORGIA 31401-3640
Training Aids Support Center                                               09X5901


                                  PROJECT TABLE OF CONTENTS

 DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

 01   11   00           SUMMARY OF WORK
 01   14   00           WORK RESTRICTIONS
 01   20   00.00   20   PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
 01   22   00.00   10   MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
 01   30   00           ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
 01   32   16.00   20   CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
 01   32   17.00   20   NETWORK ANALYSIS SCHEDULES (NAS)
 01   33   00           SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
                          SUBMITTAL REGISTER
 01 33 29               LEED(TM) DOCUMENTATION
                          LEED Checklists
 01   35   26           GOVERNMENTAL SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
 01   35   40.00 20     ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
 01   42   00           SOURCES FOR REFERENCE PUBLICATIONS
 01   45   01.10        USACE QUALITY CONTROL SYSTEM (QCS)
 01   45   01           USACE QUALITY CONTROL
 01   45   35           SPECIAL INSPECTION FOR SEISMIC-RESISTING SYSTEMS
 01   50   00           TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
 01   57   16           TEMPORARY PEST CONTROL
 01   57   19.00 20     TEMPORARY ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS
 01   57   20.00 10     ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
 01   57   23           TEMPORARY STORM WATER POLLUTION CONTROL
 01   60   00           LEED COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS
 01   62   35           RECYCLED / RECOVERED MATERIALS
 01   74   19           CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION WASTE MANAGEMENT
 01   75   00           STARTING AND ADJUSTING
 01   78   00           CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
 01   78   23           OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA

 DIVISION 02 - EXISTING CONDITIONS

 02 41 00               DEMOLITION
 02 50 00               BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT

 DIVISION 03 - CONCRETE

 03 30 00               CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

 DIVISION 04 - MASONRY

 04 20 00               MASONRY

 DIVISION 05 - METALS

 05 12 00               STRUCTURAL STEEL
 05 50 13               MISCELLANEOUS METAL FABRICATIONS
 05 52 00               METAL RAILINGS

 DIVISION 06 - WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES

 06 10 00               ROUGH CARPENTRY
 06 41 16.00 10         LAMINATE CLAD ARCHITECTURAL CASEWORK
 06 61 16               SOLID POLYMER (SOLID SURFACING) FABRICATIONS

 DIVISION 07 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION


                           PROJECT TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 1
Training Aids Support Center                                        09X5901



 07   11   13      BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING
 07   21   13      BOARD AND BLOCK INSULATION
 07   21   16      MINERAL FIBER BLANKET INSULATION
 07   84   00      FIRESTOPPING
 07   92   00      JOINT SEALANTS

 DIVISION 08 - OPENINGS

 08   11   13      STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
 08   11   16      ALUMINUM DOORS AND FRAMES
 08   14   00      WOOD DOORS
 08   33   23      OVERHEAD COILING DOORS
 08   51   13      ALUMINUM WINDOWS
 08   62   00      SKYLIGHTS
 08   71   00      DOOR HARDWARE
 08   81   00      GLAZING
 08   91   00      METAL WALL LOUVERS

 DIVISION 09 - FINISHES

 09   22   00      SUPPORTS FOR PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD
 09   29   00      GYPSUM BOARD
 09   30   00      CERAMIC TILE, QUARRY TILE, AND PAVER TILE
 09   51   00      ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS
 09   65   00      RESILIENT FLOORING
 09   90   00      PAINTS AND COATINGS

 DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES

 10   10   00      VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS SPECIALTIES
 10   14   02      INTERIOR SIGNAGE
 10   26   13      WALL AND CORNER GUARDS
 10   28   13      TOILET ACCESSORIES
 10   44   16      FIRE EXTINGUISHERS

 DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT

 11 16 00          MOLDED DOCK BUMPERS

 DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS

 12 21 00          WINDOW BLINDS
 12 48 13.13       ENTRANCE FLOOR MATS

 DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION

 13 34 19          METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS
 13 48 00          SEISMIC PROTECTION FOR MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT

 DIVISION 21 - FIRE SUPPRESSION

 21 13 13.00 10    WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM, FIRE PROTECTION

 DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING

 22 00 00          PLUMBING, GENERAL PURPOSE
 22 07 19          PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION



                       PROJECT TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 2
Training Aids Support Center                                               09X5901


 DIVISION 23 - HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING

 23   00   00           AIR SUPPLY, DISTRIBUTION, VENTILATION, AND EXHAUST SYSTEMS
 23   03   00.00 20     BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
 23   05   93           TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC
 23   07   00           THERMAL INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
 23   08   00.00 10     COMMISSIONING OF HVAC SYSTEMS
 23   11   25           FACILITY GAS PIPING
 23   23   00           REFRIGERANT PIPING
 23   31   13           METAL DUCTS
 23   37   13           DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLS
 23   54   16.00 10     HEATING SYSTEM; GAS-FIRED HEATERS
 23   82   19           FAN COIL UNITS
                          Ft. Gordon UMCS Specifications
 23 82 46               ELECTRIC UNIT HEATERS

 DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL

 26   05   00.00   40   COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
 26   05   48.00   10   SEISMIC PROTECTION FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
 26   09   23           LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM
 26   20   00           INTERIOR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
 26   23   00.00   40   SWITCHBOARDS
 26   41   00.00   40   LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM
 26   42   14.00   10   CATHODIC PROTECTION SYSTEM (SACRIFICIAL ANODE)
 26   51   00.00   40   INTERIOR LIGHTING
 26   52   00.00   40   EMERGENCY LIGHTING
 26   53   00.00   40   EXIT SIGNS

 DIVISION 27 - COMMUNICATIONS

 27 10 00               BUILDING TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING SYSTEM
 27 51 16               RADIO AND PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS

 DIVISION 28 - ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY

 28 05 26.00 40         GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY
 28 31 64.00 10         FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEM, ADDRESSABLE

 DIVISION 31 - EARTHWORK

 31 00 00               EARTHWORK
                          1- and 2- Point Compaction Methods
 31 11 00               CLEARING AND GRUBBING
 31 31 16               SOIL TREATMENT FOR SUBTERRANEAN TERMITE CONTROL

 DIVISION 32 - EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS

 32   16   13           CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND CURBS AND GUTTERS
 32   31   13           CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES
 32   92   19           SEEDING
 32   92   23           SODDING
 32   93   00           EXTERIOR PLANTS

 DIVISION 33 - UTILITIES

 33 11 00               WATER DISTRIBUTION
 33 30 00               SANITARY SEWERS
 33 40 00               STORM DRAINAGE UTILITIES


                           PROJECT TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 3
Training Aids Support Center                                         09X5901


 33 51 15          NATURAL-GAS / LIQUID PETROLEUM GAS DISTRIBUTION
 33 70 02.00 10    ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM, UNDERGROUND

 -- End of Project Table of Contents --




                       PROJECT TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 4
                                         DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY
                                    S AVANNAH DIS TRICT, CORP S OF ENGINEERS
                                           100 W. OGLETHORP E AVENUE
                                         S AVANNAH, GEORGIA 31401-3640

           REP LY TO
           ATTENTION OF:

                                                  December 3, 2010

Contracting Division
Construction Contracts Branch


SUBJECT: MATOC Request for Proposal for Task Order Request Number W912HN-09-X-5901, Project Number
70307, Training Aids Support Center, Fort Gordon, GA.

1. In accordance with Local Clause 52.216-4008, Multiple Award Fair Opportunity Task and Delivery Order
Contracts, subject project is being offered to all Offerors in the MATOC pool, as identified below, giving each fair
opportunity to compete for this action by issuance of this Request for Proposal (RFP) letter. Any Offeror who does
not wish to be considered for this particular task order is requested to notify this office in writing, within seven (7)
calendar days of receipt of this letter, indicating reason for non-participation. Those who do wish to compete must
submit a proposal by the date and time indicated in paragraph 11 below, and in accordance with the criteria specified
herein.

IAP-Leopardo Construction, Inc.
Attn: Thomas G. Banks
4249 Easton Way, Suite 220
Columbus Ohio, 43219
 tgbanks@iap-leopardo.com

Alutiiq Manufacturing Contractors, LLC
ATTN: George Matthews
3033 S. Parker Road, Suite 1111
Denver, CO 80014
gmatthews@alutiiq.com

Brantley Construction Company, LLC
ATTN: Sidney A. Brantley
8300 Dorchester Road
Charleston, SC 29418
christina@brantleyconstruction.com

JAAAT Technical Services, LLC
Attn: Eddie Cummings
13512 Charlotte Court
Chester, VA 23836
 ecummings@jaaat.com

R.C. Construction Co., Inc.
Attn: John H. Powers
PO Box 1998
Greenwood, MS 38935-1998
karenf@rcconst.net

Engineering Design Technologies, Inc. (EDT)
Attn: Hassan Anvari
1705 Enterprise Way, Suite 200
Marietta, Georgia 30067
Email: hassan.anvari@edtinc.net
SFL+A Architects
Attn: Robert W. Ferris
333 Fayetteville Street, Suite 225
Raleigh, NC 27601
Email: rferris@sfla.biz

2. Interested participants must submit a price proposal for work detailed in the scope of work, drawings and
specifications posted on FedTeDs. To access the scope of work, specifications and drawings go to the following
link: https://www.fbo.gov/fedteds/W912HN09X5901. CAUTION: Offerors shall insert a price on all numbered
items of the Task Order Pricing Schedule (Attachment 1). Failure to do so may result in rejection of an Offeror’s
proposal

3. Technical inquiries are to be submitted via Bidder Inquiry in ProjNet at www.projnet.org\projnet. Bidder
Inquiry Key: INS7AD-DETFRD. All questions regarding this RFP must be submitted in writing via
aforementioned method no later than 10 calendar days prior to the date established for receipt of proposals as shown
in paragraph 11. The Government reserves the right to not respond to questions/inquiries received after this date.

4. If an Offeror believes the requirements in this RFP contain an error, omission, or are otherwise unsound; the
offeror shall immediately notify the Contracting Officer in writing, to include supporting rationale. Such
communication may be submitted via the POC identified in paragraph 11 below.

5. The scope of work for this project includes the requirement to provide adequate storage facilities for training
equipment in support of multi-unit training on Fort Gordon and for devices production storage in support of the
training demands of the Army. This design-bid- build project will add 13.2 K SF of Training Aid production areas
and 6.7K SF of Miles Warehouse storage to the existing facility. Project includes demolition, repair, renovation and
construction of the existing facility. Supporting facilities include; electric service, water, sewer, gas fire protection,
paving, walks, curbs and gutters; security fencing, lighting, storm drainage, site improvements, information systems
and antiterrorism measures. Energy Policy Act of 2005 features will be provided. Renovation and construction will
adhere to all applicable building codes.

6. Wage Decision GA100291 dated 10/29/2010 applies to CLINS 0001 and 0002 of attached Task Order Pricing
Schedule (Attachment 1). Offerors are reminded that wage determinations are subject to change prior to award. All
proposed pricing shall include the most current wage rates. All offerors are encouraged to review wage rates
established by the Department of Labor prior to submitting proposals.

7. In accordance with FAR Clause 52.228-1, Bid Guarantee, Offerors are required to submit a bid bond with their
proposal. Bid bonds must be submitted in original form and contain original signatures. Photocopied, facsimile,
scanned or otherwise mechanically reproduced bid bonds will not be accepted. Failure to submit a proper bid bond
may be cause for rejection of an Offeror’s proposal.

8. Proposals shall specify an acceptance period of no less than 90 calendar days from due date of proposals.
Proposals which provide less than this period, or which fail to specify an acceptance period at all, may be rejected.

9. In accordance with FAR Clause 52.237-2, Site Visit (Construction), a site visit has been scheduled and will be
held December 16, 2010 at 9:00 a.m. Location is Building 14500 15th Street, Fort Gordon, GA. Please contact
Mr. Kevin Wall at (706) 791-4234 with any questions regarding this site visit.

10. In accordance with FAR Provision 52.222-23, Notice of Requirement for Affirmative Action to Ensure Equal
Employment Opportunity for Construction, minority participation goals are 27.2% for each trade and female
participation goal is 6.9%.
11. Proposals shall be organized and tabbed in accordance with Appendix A, General Proposal Submission and
Tabbing Requirements. Specific factors that apply to this instant task order under consideration is FACTOR 6,
Price of Appendix B. Proposals shall be signed by a duly authorized official of the Offeror’s company and are
required no later than 02:00 P.M. local time on January 4, 2011. Refer to Appendix A for numbers of copies.
Proposals shall be submitted by the date and time specified to the following address:

         U.S. Army Engineer District, Savannah
         ATTN: CECT-SAS-E (Constance McLamore)
         100 West Oglethorpe Avenue
         Savannah, Georgia 31401-3640

12. In accordance with FAR Clause 52.215-1, Instructions to Offerors—Competitive Acquisitions, the Government
reserves the right to make award without discussions. Therefore, Offerors should submit their best price terms in
their initial offer and not automatically assume that they will have an opportunity to submit a revised offer.

13. The only factor identified as applicable to subject action is price.

14. The Government will evaluate proposals submitted for this task order using price only.

15. Proposals must meet the criteria stated in this RFP in order to be eligible for award, to include responsiveness.
Award will be based on price and price only. Proposals must meet the minimum criteria stated in the task order RFP
in order to be eligible for award. The Government reserves the right to reject any and all offers. Offerors are
reminded to include their best price terms in their initial offer and not to automatically assume they will have an
opportunity to participate in discussions or be asked to submit a revised offer.

The Government will make award to the lowest priced Offeror who is also deemed responsive and responsible and
whose price has been determined fair and reasonable.

16. If you have any questions, please contact Constance McLamore at (912) 652-5161.

                                                        Sincerely,



                                                        Russette F. Hazelwood
                                                        Contracting Officer



Enclosure(s):
    1. Statement of Compliance
    2. Appendix A
    3. Appendix B

Attachment(s):
    1. Bid Price Schedule
    2. Wage Decision
                             STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE

                                   W912HN-09-X-5901
                      Training Aids Support Center, Fort Gordon, GA




Date: _____________


[Insert name of the Offeror] hereby proposes that the period of performance for all construction
is _____________calendar days from receipt of Notice to Proceed, inclusive of Government
review periods and phasing requirements specified, to final acceptance by the Government.

[Insert name of the Offeror] hereby certifies that the offer of this performance period is at no
additional cost to the Government over the performance period specified as the minimum
Government requirements.


                                                   __________________________
                                                   Name (printed)

                                                   __________________________
                                                   Title

                                                   __________________________
                                                   Signature
                                                   (must be that of individual signing offer)
                             APPENDIX A
        GENERAL PROPOSAL SUBMISSION AND TABBING REQUIREMENTS


                                   W912HN-09-X-5901
                      Training Aids Support Center, Fort Gordon, GA


   1.   VOLUME I: Shall be submitted in hardcopy only. Please submit one (1) original copy.

        TAB A –Schedule B, Task Order Price Schedule.

        TAB B – Statement of Compliance.

        TAB C- Bid Bonds

Failure to submit all the data required by the RFP and this Appendix may be cause for
determining a proposal incomplete and, therefore, not considered for award.
                                   Appendix B
                  Proposal Factors and Submission Requirements

                                Training Aids Support Center
                                    Fort Gordon, Georgia
                                     W912HN-09-X-5901

Offerors are reminded that this appendix is intended to provide a comprehensive list of
potential factors and corresponding submission and evaluation criteria. However, as the
Government identifies the need for other potential factors, this list is subject to revision as
needed. Please refer to the RFP letter for identification of the specific factors that may
apply to the instant task order under consideration.


FACTOR 1: Building Function and Aesthetics.



FACTOR 2: Quality of Building Systems and Materials.


FACTOR 3: Site Design.



FACTOR 4: Sustainability Requirements.



FACTOR 5: Proposed Contract Duration and Summary Schedule.



FACTOR 6: Price (required for all task orders)

   6.0 Submission Requirements:

6.1 Pricing for the Task Order shall be completed and submitted on the Task Order Pricing
Schedule—Schedule B of the RFP.
                                              ATTACHMENT 1

                                          BID PRICE SCHEDULE

                                       Training Aids Support Center
                                           Fort Gordon, Georgia
                                            W912HN-09-X-5901


TOTAL BASE BID
(ITEMS 0001 THROUGH 0002) -------------------------------------------- $_________________________




ITEM NO           SUPPLIES/SERVICES                   QUANTITY          UNIT     UNIT PRICE        AMOUNT

0001                                                1               LS           $_________        $____________
                  BASE BID
                  Construction of Training Aids Support Center Complete.



ITEM NO           SUPPLIES/SERVICES                   QUANTITY          UNIT     UNIT PRICE        AMOUNT

0002
                                                       1                 LS        $__________      $____________
                  BASE BID
                  Site preparation and utilities, complete and including clearing and earthwork in building area.


PROPOSED CONTRACT DURATION                                              _________________ Calendar Days




1. In accordance with FAR Clause, 52.211-10, Commencement, Prosecution, and Completion of Work, the
Contractor shall commence work within 5 calendar days after receipt of notice to proceed, shall prosecute the work
diligently and shall complete all work ordered under this task order within 365 calendar days after receipt of notice
to proceed. AWARD OF THIS TASK ORDER SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE NOTICE TO PROCEED. A
SEPARATE NOTIFICATION SHALL BE PROVIDED.

2. In accordance with FAR Clause 52.211-12, Liquidated Damages-Construction, liquidated damages in the
amount of $652.10 per day shall be assessed if the Contractor fails to complete the work within the time specified in
this task order.

3. Wage Decision GA100291 dated 10/29/2010 applies to this task order and is attached.
                              ATTACHMENT 2
General Decision Number: GA100291 10/29/2010 GA291

Superseded General Decision Number: GA20080291

State: Georgia

Construction Type: Building

County: Richmond County in Georgia.

BUILDING CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (does not include single family
homes or apartments up to and including 4 stories).


Modification Number     Publication Date
          0              03/12/2010
          1              03/19/2010
          2              08/13/2010
          3              10/01/2010
          4              10/29/2010

* CARP0283-003 10/01/2010

                                  Rates          Fringes

CARPENTER (including formwork
and scaffold builder;
excluding drywall hanging).......$ 20.80             8.87
MILLWRIGHT.......................$ 23.32             8.87
----------------------------------------------------------------
 ELEC1579-009 10/01/2009

                                  Rates          Fringes

ELECTRICIAN......................$ 22.13             9.42
----------------------------------------------------------------
 ENGI0474-012 07/01/2010

                                  Rates          Fringes

Operating Engineers:
     Backhoe/Excavator,
     Bulldozer, Boom (15 tons
     and under), Compactor,
     Forklift (under 15 tons),
     Hoist (one drum), Loader,
     and Scraper.................$ 21.47             11.60
     Boom (over 15 tons), Crane
     (over 10 tons), Drill,
     Forklift (15 tons and
     over), and Hoist (two drum). $ 23.30             11.60
     Crane (over 120 tons).......$ 24.30            11.60
     Crane (over 250 tons).......$ 25.30            11.60
     Oiler.......................$ 19.13            11.60
----------------------------------------------------------------
 IRON0709-001 07/01/2009

                                       Rates     Fringes

IRONWORKER, STRUCTURAL...........$ 23.10             7.90
----------------------------------------------------------------
* PLUM0150-001 10/01/2010

                                       Rates     Fringes

Plumbers and Pipefitters.........$ 21.46            12.61
----------------------------------------------------------------
 SHEE0085-001 08/01/2010

                                       Rates     Fringes

SHEET METAL WORKER, Including
HVACs Duct Installation and
Metal Roofing
     Buildings over 100,000
     square feet.................$ 29.00            12.88
     Buildings up to 100,000
     square feet.................$ 24.74            11.42

  FOOTNOTE: Work on swinging stages, boatswains chairs or
  scaffolds, booms, or scissors lifts over 50 ft. high: $1.25
  per hour additional.
----------------------------------------------------------------
  SUGA2008-203 08/21/2008

                                       Rates     Fringes

BRICKLAYER.......................$ 11.65             0.17

CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER...$ 13.06             1.71

DRYWALL FINISHER/TAPER...........$ 15.22             0.00

DRYWALL HANGER...................$ 16.00             0.00

IRONWORKER, REINFORCING..........$ 11.05             0.21

LABORER:    Common or General......$     9.47        0.00

LABORER:    Pipelayer..............$ 13.06           3.56

OPERATOR:    Grader/Blade..........$     9.00        0.24

OPERATOR:    Mechanic..............$ 17.95           0.00
OPERATOR:   Roller................$ 10.88               0.00

PAINTER: Brush, Roller and
Spray, Excludes Drywall
Finishing/Taping.................$ 13.43                0.00

ROOFER (Excluding Metal Roof)....$ 10.00                0.00

TILE SETTER......................$ 15.00                0.00

TRUCK DRIVER.....................$ 12.38             0.99
----------------------------------------------------------------

WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing
operation to which welding is incidental.
========================================================

Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within
the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as
provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(ii)).

------------------------------------------------------------------

In the listing above, the "SU" designation means that rates
listed under the identifier do not reflect collectively bargained wage and
fringe benefit rates. Other designations indicate unions whose rates have
been determined to be prevailing.

------------------------------------------------------------------

                   WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS


1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can
be:

* an existing published wage determination
* a survey underlying a wage determination
* a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on
a wage  determination matter
* a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling

On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests
for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour Regional Office
for the area in which the survey was conducted because those Regional Offices
have responsibility for the Davis-Bacon survey program. If the
response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process
described in 2.) and 3.) should be followed.

With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal
Process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of
Construction Wage Determinations. Write to:
       Branch of Construction Wage Determinations
       Wage and Hour Division
       U.S. Department of Labor
       200 Constitution Avenue, N.W.
       Washington, DC 20210

2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an
interested party (those affected by the action) can request review and
reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and
29 CFR Part 7).
Write to:

       Wage and Hour Administrator
       U.S. Department of Labor
       200 Constitution Avenue, N.W.
       Washington, DC 20210

The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the
Interested party's position and by any information (wage payment data,
Project description, area practice material, etc.) that the requestor
Considers relevant to the issue.

3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an
Interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board
(formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to:

       Administrative Review Board
       U.S. Department of Labor
       200 Constitution Avenue, N.W.
       Washington, DC 20210

4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final.



                   END OF GENERAL DECISION
Training Aids Support Center                                           09X5901




                          SECTION TABLE OF CONTENTS

                      DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

                               SECTION 01 11 00

                               SUMMARY OF WORK

                                    01/08


 PART 1   GENERAL

   1.1    REFERENCES
   1.2    DEFINITIONS
   1.3    SUBMITTALS
   1.4    WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
     1.4.1    Project Description
     1.4.2    Location
   1.5    PROJECT ENVIRONMENTAL GOALS
     1.5.1    Independent Verification
        1.5.1.1   US Green Building Council (USGBC) - LEED Rating System
        1.5.1.2   EPA Energy Performance Rating
   1.6    OCCUPANCY OF PREMISES
   1.7    EXISTING WORK
   1.8    ON-SITE PERMITS
     1.8.1    Utility Outage Requests and Utility Connection Requests
     1.8.2    Borrow, Excavation, Welding, and Burning Permits
   1.9    LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND FACILITIES
     1.9.1    Notification Prior to Excavation
   1.10    GOVERNMENT-FURNISHED MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
   1.11    SALVAGE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT

 PART 2   PRODUCTS


 PART 3   EXECUTION


 -- End of Section Table of Contents --




                           SECTION 01 11 00   Page 1
Training Aids Support Center                                              09X5901




                                  SECTION 01 11 00

                                  SUMMARY OF WORK
                                       01/08

PART 1     GENERAL

1.1     REFERENCES

 The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
 extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the
 basic designation only.

             ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)

 ASTM E 2114                         (2008) Standard Terminology for
                                     Sustainability Relative to the Performance
                                     of Buildings

             U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (EPA)

 Energy Star                         (1992; R 2006) Energy Star Energy
                                     Efficiency Labeling System

             U.S. GREEN BUILDING COUNCIL (USGBC)

 LEED                                (2002; R 2005) Leadership in Energy and
                                     Environmental Design(tm) Green Building
                                     Rating System for New Construction
                                     (LEED-NC)

1.2     DEFINITIONS

 Definitions pertaining to sustainable development are as defined in
 ASTM E 2114, Section 01 35 40.00 20 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT, and as
 specified.

         a. "Environmentally preferable products" have a lesser or reduced
         effect on the environment in comparison to conventional products and
         services. This comparison may consider raw materials acquisition,
         production, manufacturing, packaging, distribution, reuse, operation,
         maintenance, or disposal of the product.

         b. "Indoor environmental quality" is the physical characteristics of
         the building interior that impact occupants, including air quality,
         illumination, acoustics, occupant control, thermal comfort,
         daylighting, and views.

         c. "Operational performance" is the functional behavior of the
         building as a whole or of the building components.

         d. "Sustainability" is the balance of environmental, economic, and
         societal considerations.

1.3     SUBMITTALS

 Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation;


                              SECTION 01 11 00   Page 2
Training Aids Support Center                                            09X5901


 submittals not having a "G" designation are for Contractor Quality Control
 approval. The following shall be submitted in accordance with Section
 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:

        SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals

            Upon receipt of Government Furnished Equipment, the Contractor
            shall submit records in accordance with paragraph entitled,
            "Government Furnished Property," of this section.

            Submit the following items to the Contracting Officer:

            Utility Outage Requests
            Utility Connection Requests
            Borrow Permits
            Excavation Permits
            Welding Permits

        SD-07 Certificates

            Energy Performance Rating

1.4     WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

1.4.1     Project Description

 The work includes the following and incidental related work:

 The scope of this project is to construct and design an addition to the
 Training Aids Center (TAC) and a new MILES Equipment storage facility.
 Supporting facilities include: electric service; water; sewer and gas; fire
 protection and alarm systems; paving, walks, curbs and gutters; security
 fencing and lighting; storm drainage; site improvements; information
 systems; and anti-terrorism measures. This project is scheduled to achieve
 a LEED rating of silver.

 This project is required to provide adequate storage facilities for
 training equipment in support of multi-unit training on Fort Gordon and for
 device production storage in support of the training demands of the Army.
 Fort Gordon is scheduled to receive 1200 sets of Multiple Integrated Laser
 Engagement System (MILES) training equipment to support the installation.
 The Training Aids Center has expanded production requirements and space is
 required for enhanced operations.

1.4.2     Location

 The work shall be located directly adjacent to the existing TASC building
 at the southeast corner of 4th Avenue and 15th Street, approximately as
 indicated. Please see the site sketch for the proposed building
 locations. The exact location will be shown by the Contracting Officer.

1.5     PROJECT ENVIRONMENTAL GOALS

 Contractor shall distribute copies of the Environmental Goals to each
 subcontractor and the Contracting Officer. The overall goal for design,
 construction, and operation is to produce a building that meets the
 functional program needs and incorporates the principles of
 sustainability. Specifically:



                                SECTION 01 11 00   Page 3
Training Aids Support Center                                             09X5901


        a. Preserve and restore the site ecosystem and biodiversity; avoid
        site degradation and erosion. Minimize offsite environmental impact.

        b. Use the minimum amount of energy, water, and materials feasible to
        meet the design intent. Select energy and water efficient equipment
        and strategies.

        c. Use environmentally preferable products and decrease toxicity level
        of materials used.

        d.   Use renewable energy and material resources.

        e. Optimize operational performance (through commissioning efforts) in
        order to ensure energy efficient equipment operates as intended.
        Consider the durability, maintainability, and flexibility of building
        systems.

        f. Manage construction site and storage of materials to ensure no
        negative impact on the indoor environmental quality of the building.

        g. Reduce construction waste through reuse, recycling, and supplier
        take-back.

1.5.1     Independent Verification

1.5.1.1      US Green Building Council (USGBC) - LEED Rating System

 Provide completed project in compliance with USGBC LEED-NC v2.2 (LEED),
 level silver requirements.

1.5.1.2      EPA Energy Performance Rating

 Provide work consistent with drawings in order to meet Energy Star in
 accordance with design.

1.6     OCCUPANCY OF PREMISES

 Building(s) will be occupied during performance of work under this Contract.

 Before work is started, the Contractor shall arrange with the Contracting
 Officer a sequence of procedure, means of access, space for storage of
 materials and equipment, and use of approaches, corridors, and parking.

1.7     EXISTING WORK

 In addition to "FAR 52.236-9, Protection of Existing Vegetation,
 Structures, Equipment, Utilities, and Improvements":

        a.   Remove or alter existing work in such a manner as to prevent
             injury or damage to any portions of the existing work which remain.

        b.   Repair or replace portions of existing work which have been
             altered during construction operations to match existing or
             adjoining work, as approved by the Contracting Officer. At the
             completion of operations, existing work shall be in a condition
             equal to or better than that which existed before new work started.




                                SECTION 01 11 00   Page 4
Training Aids Support Center                                              09X5901


1.8     ON-SITE PERMITS

1.8.1     Utility Outage Requests and Utility Connection Requests

 Notify the Contracting Officer at least 72 hours prior to starting
 excavation work. Contractor is responsible for marking and verifying all
 utilities not marked.

 The Contractor shall verify the elevations of existing piping, utilities,
 and any type of underground obstruction not indicated or specified to be
 removed. But indicated in locations to be transversed by piping, ducts,
 and other work to be installed. Verify elevations before installing new
 work closer than nearest manhole or other structure at which an adjustment
 in grade can be made.

 Work shall be scheduled to hold outages to a minimum.

 Utility outages and connections required during the prosecution of work
 that affect existing systems shall be arranged for at the convenience of
 the Government and shall be scheduled outside the regular working hours or
 on weekends.

 Contractor shall not be entitled to additional payment for utility outages
 and connections required to be performed outside the regular work hours.

 Requests for utility outages and connections shall be made in writing to
 the Contracting Officer at least 5 working days in advance of the time
 required. Each request shall state the system involved, area involved,
 approximate duration of outage, and the nature of work involved.

1.8.2     Borrow, Excavation, Welding, and Burning Permits

  ACTIVITY                    SUBMISSION DATE                SUBMISSION FORM

  Borrow Permits          15 calendar days prior to work
  Excavation Permits      15 calendar days prior to work
  Welding Permits         15 calendar days prior to work

 Permits shall be posted at a conspicuous location in the construction area.

 Burning of trash or rubbish is not permitted on project site.

1.9     LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND FACILITIES

1.9.1     Notification Prior to Excavation

 Notify the Contracting Officer at least 15 days prior to starting
 excavation work.

1.10     GOVERNMENT-FURNISHED MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT

1.11     SALVAGE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT

 Items designated by the Contracting Officer to be salvaged shall remain the
 property of the Government.

 The salvaged property shall be segregated, itemized, delivered, and
 off-loaded at the Government designated storage area located within 5 miles
 of the construction site.


                               SECTION 01 11 00   Page 5
Training Aids Support Center                                          09X5901



 Contractor shall maintain property control records for material or
 equipment designated as salvage. Contractor's system of property control
 may be used if approved by the Contracting Officer. Contractor shall be
 responsible for storage and protection of salvaged materials and equipment
 until disposition by the Contracting Officer.

PART 2    PRODUCTS

 Not used.

PART 3    EXECUTION

 Not used.

         -- End of Section --




                            SECTION 01 11 00   Page 6
Training Aids Support Center                                09X5901




                          SECTION TABLE OF CONTENTS

                      DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

                               SECTION 01 14 00

                               WORK RESTRICTIONS

                                     07/07


 PART 1   GENERAL

   1.1   SUBMITTALS
   1.2   SPECIAL SCHEDULING REQUIREMENTS
   1.3   CONTRACTOR ACCESS AND USE OF PREMISES
     1.3.1   Activity Regulations
       1.3.1.1   Subcontractors and Personnel Contacts
       1.3.1.2   Employee List
       1.3.1.3   Personnel Entry Approval
       1.3.1.4   No Smoking Policy
     1.3.2   Working Hours
     1.3.3   Occupied and Existing Buildings
     1.3.4   Utility Cutovers and Interruptions
   1.4   SECURITY REQUIREMENTS
     1.4.1   Employment Restrictions For NAVFAC Southwest
       1.4.1.1   Personnel List

 PART 2   PRODUCTS


 PART 3   EXECUTION


 -- End of Section Table of Contents --




                           SECTION 01 14 00   Page 1
Training Aids Support Center                                               09X5901



                                    SECTION 01 14 00

                                   WORK RESTRICTIONS
                                         07/07

PART 1        GENERAL

1.1     SUBMITTALS

 Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation;
 submittals not having a "G" designation are for Contractor Quality Control
 approval. The following shall be submitted in accordance with Section
 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:

         SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals

               List of Contact Personnel; G, RO

               Personnel List; G, RO

1.2     SPECIAL SCHEDULING REQUIREMENTS

         a.    The existing Training Aid Center and Miles Warehouse will remain
               in operation during the entire construction period. The
               Contractor shall conduct his operations so as to cause the least
               possible interference with normal operations of the activity.

         b.    Permission to interrupt any Activity roads, railroads, and/or
               utility service shall be requested in writing a minimum of 15
               calendar days prior to the desired date of interruption.

         c.    The work under this contract requires special attention to the
               scheduling and conduct of the work in connection with existing
               operations. Identify on the construction schedule each factor
               which constitutes a potential interruption to operations.

1.3     CONTRACTOR ACCESS AND USE OF PREMISES

1.3.1     Activity Regulations

 Ensure that Contractor personnel employed on the Activity become familiar
 with and obey Activity regulations including safety, fire, traffic and
 security regulations. Keep within the limits of the work and avenues of
 ingress and egress. Ingress and egress of Contractor vehicles at the
 Activity is limited to the the Fort's contractor's gate. To minimize
 traffic congestion, delivery of materials shall be outside of peak traffic
 hours (6:30 to 8:00 a.m. and 3:30 to 5:00 p.m.) unless otherwise approved
 by the Contracting Officer. Wear hard hats in designated areas. Do not
 enter any restricted areas unless required to do so and until cleared for
 such entry. The Contractor's equipment shall be conspicuously marked for
 identification.

1.3.1.1        Subcontractors and Personnel Contacts

 Furnish a list of contact personnel of the Contractor and subcontractors
 including addresses and telephone numbers for use in the event of an
 emergency. As changes occur and additional information becomes available,
 correct and change the information contained in previous lists.


                                SECTION 01 14 00   Page 2
Training Aids Support Center                                             09X5901



1.3.1.2      Employee List

 The Contractor shall provide to the Contracting officer, in writing, the
 names of two designated representatives authorized to request personnel and
 vehicle passes for employees and subcontractor's employees prior to
 commencement of work under this contract. The Contractor shall adhere to
 the requirements of "The Fort's Rules and Regulations - How to Gain
 Access." A copy of these requirements will be provided at the
 preconstruction meeting.

1.3.1.3      Personnel Entry Approval

 Failure to obtain entry approval will not affect the contract price or time
 of completion.

1.3.1.4      No Smoking Policy

 smoking is prohibited within and outside of all buildings except in
 designated smoking areas. This applies to existing buildings, buildings
 under construction and buildings under renovation. Discarding tobacco
 materials other than into designated tobacco receptacles is considered
 littering and is subject to fines. The Contracting Officer will identify
 designated smoking areas.

1.3.2     Working Hours

 Regular working hours shall consist of an 9 hour period, between 7 a.m. and
 4:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, and 7 a.m. to 3:30 p.m. on Saturday,
 excluding Government holidays.

1.3.3     Occupied and Existing Buildings

 The Contractor shall be working in an existing building and around existing
 buildings which are occupied. Do not enter the buildings without prior
 approval of the Contracting Officer.

 The existing buildings and their contents shall be kept secure at all
 times. Provide temporary closures as required to maintain security as
 directed by the Contracting Officer.

 Provide dust covers or protective enclosures to protect existing work that
 remains and Government material during the construction period.

 Relocate movable furniture away from the Contractor's working area as
 required to perform the work, protect the furniture, and replace the
 furniture in its original locations upon completion of the work. Leave
 attached equipment in place, and protect it against damage, or temporarily
 disconnect, relocate, protect, and reinstall it at the completion of the
 work.

 The Contractor will remove and relocate other Government property in the
 areas of the buildings scheduled to receive work.

1.3.4     Utility Cutovers and Interruptions

        a.   Make utility cutovers and interruptions after normal working hours
             or on Saturdays, Sundays, and Government holidays. Conform to
             procedures required in the paragraph "Work Outside Regular Hours."


                                 SECTION 01 14 00   Page 3
Training Aids Support Center                                                09X5901



         b.    Ensure that new utility lines are complete, except for the
               connection, before interrupting existing service.

         c.    Interruption to water, sanitary sewer, storm sewer, telephone
               service, electric service, air conditioning, heating, fire alarm,
               compressed air, and natural gas shall be considered utility
               cutovers pursuant to the paragraph entitled "Work Outside Regular
               Hours." Such interruption shall be further limited to 8 hours.
               This time limit includes time for deactivation and reactivation.

         d.    Operation of Station Utilities: The Contractor shall not operate
               nor disturb the setting of control devices in the station
               utilities system, including water, sewer, electrical, and steam
               services. The Government will operate the control devices as
               required for normal conduct of the work. The Contractor shall
               notify the Contracting Officer giving reasonable advance notice
               when such operation is required.

1.4     SECURITY REQUIREMENTS

1.4.1     Employment Restrictions For NAVFAC Southwest

1.4.1.1        Personnel List

 Submit for approval, at least 15 days prior to the desired date of entry,
 an original alphabetical list of personnel who require entry into
 Government property to perform work on the project. Furnish for each
 person:

         a.    Name

         b.    Date and place of birth

         c.    Citizenship

         d.    Home address

         e.    Social security number

PART 2        PRODUCTS

 Not Used

PART 3        EXECUTION

 Not Used

          -- End of Section --




                                SECTION 01 14 00   Page 4
Training Aids Support Center                                       09X5901




                          SECTION TABLE OF CONTENTS

                      DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

                               SECTION 01 20 00.00 20

                         PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES

                                       08/09


 PART 1   GENERAL

   1.1   REFERENCES
   1.2   SUBMITTALS
   1.3   EARNED VALUE REPORT
     1.3.1   Data Required
     1.3.2   Construction Categories
     1.3.3   Schedule Instructions
     1.3.4   Schedule Requirements for HVAC TAB
   1.4   CONTRACT MODIFICATIONS
   1.5   CONTRACTOR'S INVOICE AND CONTRACT PERFORMANCE STATEMENT
     1.5.1   Content of Invoice
     1.5.2   Submission of Invoices
   1.6   CONTRACTOR'S INVOICE
     1.6.1   Quantities of Monthly Invoices and Supporting Forms
   1.7   PAYMENTS TO THE CONTRACTOR
     1.7.1   Obligation of Government Payments
     1.7.2   Payment for Materials Offsite

 PART 2   PRODUCTS


 PART 3   EXECUTION


 -- End of Section Table of Contents --




                        SECTION 01 20 00.00 20    Page 1
Training Aids Support Center                                                09X5901



                                  SECTION 01 20 00.00 20

                               PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
                                           08/09

PART 1     GENERAL

1.1     REFERENCES

 The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
 extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the
 basic designation only.

             U.S. ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS (USACE)

 EP-1110-1-8                            (2005) Construction Equipment Ownership
                                        and Operating Expense Schedule, Vol 1-12

1.2     SUBMITTALS

 Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation;
 submittals not having a "G" designation are for Contractor Quality Control
 approval. The following shall be submitted in accordance with Section
 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:

         SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals

             Earned Value Report; G, RO

1.3      EARNED VALUE REPORT

1.3.1     Data Required

 This contract requires the use of a cost-loaded Network Analysis Schedule.
 The information required for the Schedule of Prices will be entered as an
 integral part of the Network Analysis Schedule (NAS) . Within 15 calendar
 days of notice of award, prepare and deliver to the Contracting Officer an
 Earned Value Report (construction contract) on the forms furnished by the
 Government. Provide a detailed breakdown of the contract price, giving
 quantities for each of the various kinds of work, unit prices, and extended
 prices.

1.3.2     Construction Categories

 Divide detailed breakdown into each construction category, stated in this
 contract. Subcontractors who may be involved in work under more than one
 of these categories shall be advised of this requirement in order to
 furnish such data without delay. Construction categories given above may
 be modified by the Contracting Officer as necessary during course of work.

1.3.3     Schedule Instructions

 Payments will not be made until the cost-loaded NAS has been submitted to
 and accepted by the Contracting Officer. Identify the cost for site work,
 and include incidental work to the 5 foot line. Identify costs for the
 building(s), and include work out to the 5 foot line. Work out to the 5
 foot line shall include construction encompassed within a theoretical line
 5 feet from the face of exterior walls and shall include attendant


                           SECTION 01 20 00.00 20    Page 2
Training Aids Support Center                                             09X5901


 construction, such as cooling towers, placed beyond the 5 foot line.

1.3.4     Schedule Requirements for HVAC TAB

 The field work Section 23 05 93 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING shall be
 broken down in the cost-loaded NAS by separate line items which reflect
 measurable deliverables. Specific payment percentages for each line item
 shall be determined on a case by case basis for each contract. The line
 items shall be as follows:

  a.    Approval of Design Review Report: The TABS Agency is required to
        conduct a review of the project plans and specifications to identify
        any feature, or the lack thereof, that would preclude successful
        testing and balancing of the project HVAC systems. The resulting
        findings shall be submitted to the Government to allow correction of
        the design. The progress payment shall be issued after review and
        approval of the report.

  b.    Approval of the pre-field engineering report: The TABS Agency submits
        a report which outlines the scope of field work. The report shall
        contain details of what systems will be tested, procedures to be used,
        sample report forms for reporting test results and a quality control
        checklist of work items that must be completed before TABS field work
        commences.

  c.    Season I field work: Incremental payments are issued as the TABS field
        work progresses. The TABS Agency mobilizes to the project site and
        executes the field work as outlined in the pre-field engineering
        report. The HVAC water and air systems are balanced and operational
        data shall be collected for one seasonal condition (either summer or
        winter depending on project timing).

  d.    Approval of Season I report: On completion of the Season I field work,
        the data is compiled into a report and submitted to the Government.
        The report is reviewed, and approved, after ensuring compliance with
        the pre-field engineering report scope of work.

  e.    Completion of Season I field QA check: Contract QC and Government
        representatives meet the TABS Agency at the jobsite to retest portions
        of the systems reported in the Season I report. The purpose of these
        tests are to validate the accuracy and completeness of the previously
        submitted Season I report.

  f.    Approval of Season II report: The TABS Agency completes all Season II
        field work, which is normally comprised mainly of taking heat transfer
        temperature readings, in the season opposite of that under which Season
        I performance data was compiled. This data shall be compiled into a
        report and submitted to the Government. On completion of submittal
        review to ensure compliance with the pre-field engineering report
        scope, progress payment is issued. Progress payment is less than that
        issued for the Season I report since most of the water and air
        balancing work effort is completed under Season I.

1.4     CONTRACT MODIFICATIONS

 In conjunction with the Contract Clause DFARS 252.236-7000 "Modification
 Proposals-Price Breakdown" and where actual ownership and operating costs
 of construction equipment cannot be determined from Contractor accounting
 records, equipment use rates shall be based upon the applicable provisions


                          SECTION 01 20 00.00 20   Page 3
Training Aids Support Center                                             09X5901


 of the EP-1110-1-8.

1.5     CONTRACTOR'S INVOICE AND CONTRACT PERFORMANCE STATEMENT

1.5.1    Content of Invoice

 Requests for payment will be processed in accordance with the Contract
 Clause FAR 52.232-27, Prompt Payment Construction Contracts
 and shall include the documents listed below. If NFAS Clause 5252.232-9301
 is included in the contract, the listed documents shall be provided as
 attachments in Wide Area Work Flow (WAWF). The maximum size of each WAWF
 attachment is two megabytes, but there are no limits on the number of
 attachments. If a document cannot be attached in WAWF due to system or
 size restriction it shall be provided as instructed by the Contracting
 Officer.

  a.    The Contractor's invoice, on NAVFAC Form 7300/30 furnished by the
        Government, showing in summary form, the basis for arriving at the
        amount of the invoice. Form 7300/30 shall include certification by
        Quality Control (QC) Manager as required by the contract.

  b. The Earned Value Report from the cost-loaded NAS, showing in detail: the
      estimated cost, percentage of completion, and value of completed
      performance for each of the construction categories stated in this
      contract.

  c.    A final invoice shall be accompanied by the certification required by
        DFARS 252.247.7023 TRANSPORTATION OF SUPPLIES BY SEA, and the
        Contractor's Final Release. If the Contractor is incorporated, the
        Final Release shall contain the corporate seal. An officer of the
        corporation shall sign and the corporate secretary shall certify the
        Final Release.

  d.    Updated Project Schedule and any reports required by the contract.

  e.    Contractor Safety Self Evaluation Checklist

  f.     Monthly Work-hour report

  g.     Solid Waste Disposal Report

  h.     Other supporting documents as requested


1.5.2    Submission of Invoices

 All invoices shall be submitted electronically via WAWF when NFAS Clause
 5252.232-9301 is included in the contract.



  a.    Invoices not completed in accordance with contract requirements will be
        returned to the Contractor for correction of the deficiencies.

  b.    Final invoices not accompanied by the Contractor's Final Release and
        the certification of Transportation of Supplies by Sea will be
        considered incomplete and will be returned to the Contractor.

For final invoices being submitted in WAWF, the certification of


                          SECTION 01 20 00.00 20   Page 4
Training Aids Support Center                                               09X5901


Transportation of Supplies by Sea and the duly executed original Contractor's
Final Release must be provided to the respective contracting officer prior
to submission of the invoice.

Submit final invoice and attach a copy of the transportation certification
and final release documents in WAWF.

1.6     CONTRACTOR'S INVOICE

1.6.1     Quantities of Monthly Invoices and Supporting Forms

 Forms will be furnished by the Contracting Officer. Requests for payment
 shall be processed in accordance with FAR 52.232-5, Payments Under
 Fixed-Price Construction Contracts.

 Monthly invoices and supporting forms for work performed through the
 anniversary award date of the contract shall be submitted to the
 Contracting Officer within 5 calendar days of the date of invoice For
 example, contract award date is the 7th of the month, the date of each
 monthly invoice shall be the 7th and the invoice shall be submitted by the
 12th of the month.

 Forms shall be submitted electronically via WAWF if NFAS clause
 5252.232-9301 is specified in the contract. Otherwise, the forms shall be
 submitted in accordance with contract invoicing instructions

  a.    Contractor's invoice

  b.    Contractor's monthly estimate for voucher shall be required on jobs
        where there is a schedule of prices

  c.    Affidavit

  d.    Updated submittal register

  e.    Progress schedule

  f.    Network mathematical analysis

  g.    Contractor Safety Self Evaluation Checklist
  h.    Final release (for Final Payment only)

1.7     PAYMENTS TO THE CONTRACTOR

 Payments will be made on submission of itemized requests by the Contractor
 which comply with the requirements of this section, and will be subject to
 reduction for overpayments or increase for underpayments made on previous
 payments to the Contractor.

1.7.1     Obligation of Government Payments

 The obligation of the Government to make     payments required under the
 provisions of this contract will, at the     discretion of the Contracting
 Officer, be subject to reductions and/or     suspensions permitted under the
 FAR and agency regulations including the     following in accordance with "FAR
 32.503-6:

  a.    Reasonable deductions due to defects in material or workmanship;



                            SECTION 01 20 00.00 20   Page 5
Training Aids Support Center                                               09X5901


  b.     Claims which the Government may have against the Contractor under or in
         connection with this contract;

  c.     Unless otherwise adjusted, repayment to the Government upon demand for
         overpayments made to the Contractor; and

  d.     Failure to provide up to date record drawings not current as stated in
         Contract Clause "FAC 5252.236-9310, Record Drawings."

1.7.2     Payment for Materials Offsite


  a.     Conditions described in the paragraph entitled "Payments to the
         Contractor";

  c.     Materials adequately insured and protected from theft and exposure;

  d.     Materials not susceptible to deterioration or physical damage in
         storage or in transit to the job site are acceptable for progress
         payments. Items such as non-magnetic steel, aluminum, non-magnetic
         aggregate, machinery, pre-cast/pre-stressed concrete product, and
         plastic lumber ( e.g., fender piles and curbs) are acceptable for
         progress payments;

  e.     Conditions specified in FAR 52.232-5(b) PAYMENTS UNDER FIXED PRICE
         CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS; and

  f.     Payment requests for off-site materials include consent of surety.

PART 2     PRODUCTS

 Not Used

PART 3     EXECUTION

 Not Used

          -- End of Section --




                           SECTION 01 20 00.00 20   Page 6
Training Aids Support Center                               09X5901




                          SECTION TABLE OF CONTENTS

                      DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

                               SECTION 01 22 00.00 10

                           MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

                                       04/06


 PART 1   GENERAL

   1.1    LUMP SUM PAYMENT ITEMS
   1.2    UNIT PRICE PAYMENT ITEMS

 PART 2   PRODUCTS


 PART 3   EXECUTION


 -- End of Section Table of Contents --




                        SECTION 01 22 00.00 10    Page 1
Training Aids Support Center                                          09X5901



                               SECTION 01 22 00.00 10

                           MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
                                    04/06

PART 1   GENERAL

1.1   LUMP SUM PAYMENT ITEMS

 Payment items for the work of this contract for which contract lump sum
 payments will be made are listed in the BIDDING SCHEDULE and described
 below. All costs for items of work, which are not specifically mentioned
 to be included in a particular lump sum or unit price payment item, shall
 be included in the listed lump sum item most closely associated with the
 work involved. The lump sum price and payment made for each item listed
 shall constitute full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor,
 materials, and equipment, and performing any associated Contractor quality
 control, environmental protection, meeting safety requirements, tests and
 reports, and for performing all work required for which separate payment is
 not otherwise provided.

1.2   UNIT PRICE PAYMENT ITEMS

 Payment items for the work of this contract on which the contract unit
 price payments will be made are listed in the BIDDING SCHEDULE and
 described below. The unit price and payment made for each item listed
 shall constitute full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor,
 materials, and equipment, and performing any associated Contractor quality
 control, environmental protection, meeting safety requirements, tests and
 reports, and for performing all work required for each of the unit price
 items.

PART 2   PRODUCTS

 Not used.

PART 3   EXECUTION

 Not used.


                                 -- End of Section --




                        SECTION 01 22 00.00 10    Page 2
Training Aids Support Center                                           09X5901




                          SECTION TABLE OF CONTENTS

                      DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

                               SECTION 01 30 00

                         ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS

                                    11/09


 PART 1   GENERAL

   1.1    SUBMITTALS
   1.2    PROGRESS AND COMPLETION PICTURES
   1.3    MINIMUM INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS
   1.4    CONTRACTOR PERSONNEL REQUIREMENTS
     1.4.1    Subcontractors and Personnel
     1.4.2    Identification Badges
     1.4.3    Subcontractor Special Requirements
        1.4.3.1   Space Temperature Control, HVAC TAB, and Apparatus
          Inspection
     1.4.4    Contractor Personnel Requirements
     1.4.5    Employment Restrictions
        1.4.5.1   Personnel List
        1.4.5.2   Vehicle List
        1.4.5.3   Passes
        1.4.5.4   Control
   1.5    SUPERVISION
   1.6    PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE
   1.7    FACILITY TURNOVER PLANNING MEETINGS
   1.8    PARTNERING
   1.9    AVAILABILITY OF CADD DRAWING FILES
   1.10    ELECTRONIC MAIL (E-MAIL) ADDRESS

 PART 2   PRODUCTS


 PART 3   EXECUTION


 -- End of Section Table of Contents --




                           SECTION 01 30 00   Page 1
Training Aids Support Center                                          09X5901



                                  SECTION 01 30 00

                            ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
                                       11/09

PART 1     GENERAL

1.1     SUBMITTALS

 Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation;
 submittals not having a "G" designation are for Contractor Quality Control
 approval. The following shall be submitted in accordance with Section
 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:

         SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals

             List of contact personnel; G, RO

             Progress and completion pictures; G, RO

1.2      PROGRESS AND COMPLETION PICTURES

 Photographically document site conditions prior to start of construction
 operations. Provide monthly, and within one month of the completion of
 work, digital photographs, 1600x1200x24 bit true color 8 MG minimum
 resolution in JPEG file format showing the sequence and progress of work.
 Take a minimum of 10 digital photographs each week throughout the entire
 project from a minimum of ten views from points located by the Contracting
 Officer. Submit a view location sketch indicating points of view. Submit
 with the monthly invoice two sets of digital photographs each set on a
 separate CD-R, cumulative of all photos to date. Indicate photographs
 demonstrating environmental procedures. Photographs for each month shall
 be in a separate monthly directory and each file shall be named to indicate
 its location on the view location sketch. The view location sketch shall
 also be provided on the CD as digital file. All file names shall include a
 date designator. Cross reference submittals in the appropriate daily
 report. Photographs shall be provided for unrestricted use by the
 Government.

1.3     MINIMUM INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS

 Procure and maintain during the entire period of performance under this
 contract the following minimum insurance coverage:

a.    Comprehensive general liability:   $500,000 per occurrence

b. Automobile liability: $200,000 per person, $500,000 per occurrence for
bodily injury, $20,000 per occurrence for property damage

c. Workmen's compensation as required by Federal and State workers'
compensation and occupational disease laws.

d. Employer's liability coverage of $100,000, except in States where workers
compensation may not be written by private carriers,

e.    Others as required by State law.




                              SECTION 01 30 00   Page 2
Training Aids Support Center                                                  09X5901


1.4     CONTRACTOR PERSONNEL REQUIREMENTS

1.4.1     Subcontractors and Personnel

 Furnish a list of contact personnel of the Contractor and subcontractors
 including addresses and telephone numbers for use in the event of an
 emergency. As changes occur and additional information becomes available,
 correct and change the information contained in previous lists.

1.4.2     Identification Badges

 Identification badges, if required, will be furnished without charge.
 Application for and use of badges will be as directed. Immediately report
 instances of lost or stolen badges to the Contracting Officer.

1.4.3     Subcontractor Special Requirements

1.4.3.1       Space Temperature Control, HVAC TAB, and Apparatus Inspection

 All contract requirements of Section Space Temperature Control Systems,
 Section Direct Digital Control for HVAC and Other Local Building Systems,
 Section Testing, Adjusting and Balancing for HVAC and Section Apparatus
 Inspection and Testing shall be accomplished directly by a first tier
 subcontractor, including the Commissioning Agent. No work required by
 these sections shall be accomplished by a second tier subcontractor.

1.4.4     Contractor Personnel Requirements

 Failure to obtain entry approval will not affect the contract price or time
 of completion.

1.4.5     Employment Restrictions

1.4.5.1       Personnel List

 Submit for approval, at least 15 days prior to the desired date of entry,
 an original alphabetical list of personnel who require entry into
 Government property to perform work on the project. Furnish for each
 person:

a.    Name

b.    Date and place of birth

c.    Home address

d.    Social security number

1.4.5.2       Vehicle List

 submit an original list of vehicles to be utilized at the work site with
 the following information for each vehicle:

a.    Make

b.    Year

c.    Model



                                SECTION 01 30 00   Page 3
Training Aids Support Center                                              09X5901


d.    License number

e.    Registered owner

1.4.5.3      Passes

 Submit request for personnel      and vehicle passes together. Include the
 Certificate of Insurance for      Contractor and Subcontractor(s) and the
 Statement of Acknowledgement      Form SF 1413 with the submittal. Passes will
 normally be issued within 21      days.

1.4.5.4      Control

 Maintain strict accountability over passes. Immediately report to the
 source of issue, passes missing or lost and the circumstances. If the
 Contractor has another active contract or one commencing immediately,
 employees' names may be transferred from one contract to the other. Final
 payment will not be effected until employees are transferred to another
 contract or the records are cleared. Furnish a signed letter,
 countersigned by the source of issue, stating that passes have been turned
 in.

1.5     SUPERVISION

 Have at least one qualified supervisor capable of reading, writing, and
 conversing fluently in the English language on the job site during working
 hours. In addition, if a Quality Control (QC) representative is required
 on the contract, then that individual shall also have fluent English
 communication skills.

1.6     PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE

 After award of the contract but prior to commencement of any work at the
 site, meet with the Contracting Officer, Representative, and COR to discuss
 and develop a mutual understanding relative to the administration of the
 value engineering and safety program, preparation of the schedule prices,
 shop drawings, and other submittals, scheduling programming, and
 prosecution of the work. Major subcontractors who will engage in the work
 shall also attend.

1.7     FACILITY TURNOVER PLANNING MEETINGS

 Key personnel will meet to identify strategies to ensure the project is
 carried to expeditious closure and turnover to the Client. Start the
 turnover process at the Pre Construction Conference meeting and convene at
 the Facility Turnover Meetings once the project has reached approximately
 75 percent completion or three to six months prior to Beneficial Occupancy
 Date (BOD), whichever comes first. The Contracting Officer's
 Representative will lead the meetings and guide discussions based on an
 agenda provided by the Government. The facility Turnover effort shall
 include the following:

a. Pre Construction Meeting - Contracting Officer's Technical Representative
(COTR) will provide the Checklist and the Contractor, and will compare the
Contractor's schedule to COTR Checklist items.

b.    Facility Turnover Meetings

        1.   Fill in the Checklist including Contractor and Client Items and


                             SECTION 01 30 00   Page 4
Training Aids Support Center                                           09X5901


           assign a person responsible for each item and a due date. The
           Contractor's Representative will facilitate the assignment of
           responsibilities and fill out the Checklist.

      2.   Review the Contractor's updated schedule. The Contractor shall
           develop a Punch list schedule for the completion of all Checklist
           items.

      3.   Confirm that all Checklist items will be completed on time for the
           scheduled Facility Turnover.

1.8   PARTNERING

 LEVEL A PARTNERING: To most effectively accomplish this contract, the
 Government requires the formation of a cohesive partnership with the
 Contractor and its subcontractors. Key personnel, including the client who
 will occupy the facility, the designer-of-record, principal individuals
 from the activity contracting office, the project sponsor, and
 representative(s) of the facility owner will be invited to participate in
 the partnering process. Key members of the prime and subcontractors teams,
 including senior management, must participate. The partnership will draw
 on the strength of each organization in an effort to achieve a quality
 project done right the first time, within budget, on schedule, and without
 any safety mishaps. The initial session will be one-day minimum and the
 follow-on sessions, held at a minimum of once every three months or as
 agreed to by the partners, will be half-day minimum. The initial
 partnering session should be held away from the project site at a location
 acceptable to the Contractor and to the Government; the follow-on sessions
 can be held at locations agreed to by the partners. The contractor shall
 pay all costs associated with the partnering effort including facilitator,
 meeting room and other incidental items. Before the partnering session,
 the contractor shall coordinate with the facilitator requirements for
 incidental items (audio-visual equipment, two easels, flipchart paper,
 colored markers, note paper, pens/pencils, colored flash cards, etc.) and
 have these items available at the partnering session. The contractor will
 copy documents for distribution to all attendees. The facilitator must be
 acceptable to both the Contractor and the Government. The participants
 shall bear their own costs for meals, lodging and transportation associated
 with partnering.

1.9   AVAILABILITY OF CADD DRAWING FILES

 After award and upon request, the electronic "Computer-Aided Drafting and
 Design (CADD)" base or floor plan drawing files will only be made available
 to the Contractor for use in preparation of construction data related to
 the referenced contract subject to the following terms and conditions.

 Data contained on these electronic files shall not be used for any purpose
 other than as a convenience in the preparation of construction data for the
 referenced project. Any other use or reuse shall be at the sole risk of
 the Contractor and without liability or legal exposure to the Government.
 The Contractor shall make no claim and waives to the fullest extent
 permitted by law, any claim or cause of action of any nature against the
 Government, its agents or sub consultants that may arise out of or in
 connection with the use of these electronic files. The Contractor shall,
 to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify and hold the Government
 harmless against all damages, liabilities or costs, including reasonable
 attorney's fees and defense costs, arising out of or resulting from the use
 of these electronic files.


                           SECTION 01 30 00   Page 5
Training Aids Support Center                                          09X5901



 These electronic CADD drawing files are not construction documents.
 Differences may exist between the CADD files and the corresponding
 construction documents. The Government makes no representation regarding
 the accuracy or completeness of the electronic CADD files, nor does it make
 representation to the compatibility of these files with the Contractors
 hardware or software. In the event that a conflict arises between the
 signed and sealed construction documents prepared by the Government and the
 furnished CADD files, the signed and sealed construction documents shall
 govern. The Contractor is responsible for determining if any conflict
 exists. Use of these CADD files does not relieve the Contractor of duty to
 fully comply with the contract documents, including and without limitation,
 the need to check, confirm and coordinate the work of all contractors for
 the project.

1.10     ELECTRONIC MAIL (E-MAIL) ADDRESS

 The Contractor shall establish and maintain electronic mail (e-mail)
 capability along with the capability to open various electronic attachments
 in Microsoft, Adobe Acrobat, and other similar formats. Within 10 days
 after contract award, the Contractor shall provide the Contracting Officer
 a single (only one) e-mail address for electronic communications from the
 Contracting Officer related to this contract including, but not limited to
 contract documents, invoice information, request for proposals, and other
 correspondence. The Contracting Officer may also use e-mail to notify the
 Contractor of base access conditions when emergency conditions warrant,
 such as hurricanes, terrorist threats, etc. Multiple e-mail address will
 not allowed.

 It is the Contractor's responsibility to make timely distribution of all
 Contracting Officer initiated e-mail with its own organization including
 field office(s). The Contractor shall promptly notify the Contracting
 Officer, in writing, of any changes to this e-mail address.

PART 2     PRODUCTS

 Not Used

PART 3     EXECUTION

 Not Used

          -- End of Section --




                             SECTION 01 30 00   Page 6
Training Aids Support Center                                09X5901




                           SECTION TABLE OF CONTENTS

                      DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

                               SECTION 01 32 16.00 20

                      CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION

                                       11/09


 PART 1   GENERAL

   1.1   SUBMITTALS
   1.2   ACCEPTANCE
   1.3   SCHEDULE FORMAT
     1.3.1   Network Analysis Schedule (NAS)
       1.3.1.1   NAS Submittals and Procedures
   1.4   UPDATED SCHEDULES
   1.5   3-WEEK LOOK AHEAD SCHEDULE
   1.6   CORRESPONDENCE AND TEST REPORTS:

 PART 2   PRODUCTS


 PART 3   EXECUTION


 -- End of Section Table of Contents --




                        SECTION 01 32 16.00 20    Page 1
Training Aids Support Center                                          09X5901



                                SECTION 01 32 16.00 20

                          CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
                                         11/09

PART 1     GENERAL

1.1     SUBMITTALS

 Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation;
 submittals not having a "G" designation are for Contractor Quality Control
 approval. The following shall be submitted in accordance with Section
 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:

         SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals

             Construction schedule; G, RO

1.2     ACCEPTANCE

 Prior to the start of work, prepare and submit to the Contracting Officer
 for acceptance a construction schedule in the form of a Network Analysis
 Schedule (NAS) in accordance with the terms in Contract Clause "FAR
 52.236-15, Schedules for Construction Contracts," except as modified in
 this contract. Acceptance of an error free Baseline Schedule and updates
 is a condition precedent to processing the Contractor's pay request.

1.3     SCHEDULE FORMAT

1.3.1     Network Analysis Schedule (NAS)

 The Contractor shall use the critical path method (CPM) to schedule and
 control project activities. Project schedules shall be prepared and
 maintained using Primavera P3, Primavera SureTrak or current mandated
 scheduling program. Save files in Concentric P3 or current mandated
 scheduling program file format, compatible with the Governments version of
 the scheduling program. Importing data into P3/SureTrak/current mandated
 scheduling program using data conversion techniques or third party software
 will be cause for rejection of the submitted schedule. The schedule shall
 be built as follows:

 The Project Schedule shall show submittals, government review periods,
 material/equipment delivery, utility outages, all on-site construction,
 inspection, testing, and closeout activities. Government and Contractor
 on-site work activities shall be driven by calendars that reflect
 Saturdays, Sundays and all Federal Holidays as non-work days.

 With the exception of the Contract Award and End Contract milestone
 activities, no activities shall be open-ended; each activity shall have
 predecessor and successor ties.

 Each activity shall be assigned its appropriate Responsibility Code
 indicating responsibility to accomplish the work indicated by the activity,
 Phase Code and Work Location Code.

 Date/time constraint(s) and/or lags, other than those required by the
 contract, shall not be allowed unless accepted by the Contracting Officer.
 The Contractor shall include as the last activity in the contract schedule,


                            SECTION 01 32 16.00 20   Page 2
Training Aids Support Center                                          09X5901


 a milestone activity named "Contract Completion Date". The "Contract
 Completion Date" milestone shall have a "Mandatory Finish" constraint equal
 to the contract completion date.

1.3.1.1    NAS Submittals and Procedures

 Submit all network analysis and updates in hard copy and on electronic
 media that is acceptable to the Contracting Officer. Submit an electronic
 back-up of the project schedule in an import format compatible with the
 governments scheduling program.

1.4   UPDATED SCHEDULES

 Update the Construction schedule at monthly intervals or when the schedule
 has been revised. The updated schedule shall be kept current, reflecting
 actual activity progress and plan for completing the remaining work. Submit
 copies of purchase orders and confirmation of delivery dates as directed.

1.5   3-WEEK LOOK AHEAD SCHEDULE

 The Contractor shall prepare and issue a 3-Week Look Ahead schedule to
 provide a more detailed day-to-day plan of upcoming work identified on the
 Construction Schedule. The work plans shall be keyed to activity numbers
 when a NAS is required and updated each week to show the planned work for
 the current and following two-week period. Additionally, include upcoming
 outages, closures, preparatory meetings, and initial meetings. Identify
 critical path activities on the Three-Week Look Ahead Schedule. The detail
 work plans are to be bar chart type schedules, maintained separately from
 the Construction Schedule on an electronic spreadsheet program and printed
 on 8 ½ by 11 sheets as directed by the Contracting Officer. Activities
 shall not exceed 5 working days in duration and have sufficient level of
 detail to assign crews, tools and equipment required to complete the work.
 Three hard copies and one electronic file of the 3-Week Look Ahead Schedule
 shall be delivered to the Contracting Officer no later than 8 a.m. each
 Monday and reviewed during the weekly CQC Coordination Meeting.

1.6   CORRESPONDENCE AND TEST REPORTS:

 All correspondence (e.g., letters, Requests for Information (RFIs),
 e-mails, meeting minute items, Production and QC Daily Reports, material
 delivery tickets, photographs, etc.) shall reference Schedule activities
 that are being addressed. All test reports (e.g., concrete, soil
 compaction, weld, pressure, etc.) shall reference schedule activities that
 are being addressed.

PART 2    PRODUCTS

 Not used.

PART 3    EXECUTION

 Not used.
   -- End of Section --




                          SECTION 01 32 16.00 20   Page 3
Training Aids Support Center                                     09X5901




                          SECTION TABLE OF CONTENTS

                      DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

                               SECTION 01 32 17.00 20

                       NETWORK ANALYSIS SCHEDULES (NAS)

                                       12/09


 PART 1   GENERAL

   1.1    DESCRIPTION
   1.2    SUBMITTALS
   1.3    SCHEDULE ACCEPTANCE PRIOR TO START OF WORK
   1.4    SOFTWARE
   1.5    QUALIFICATIONS
   1.6    NETWORK SYSTEM FORMAT
     1.6.1    Diagrams
     1.6.2    Schedule Activity Properties and Level of Detail
        1.6.2.1    Activity Categories
        1.6.2.2    Contract Milestones and Constraints
        1.6.2.3    Activity Code
        1.6.2.4    Anticipated Weather Delays
        1.6.2.5    Cost Loading
     1.6.3    Schedule Software Settings and Restrictions
     1.6.4    Required Tabular Reports
   1.7    SUBMISSION AND ACCEPTANCE
     1.7.1    Monthly Network Analysis Updates
     1.7.2    As-Built Schedule
   1.8    CONTRACT MODIFICATION
   1.9    PROJECT FLOAT
   1.10    THREE-WEEK LOOK AHEAD SCHEDULE

 PART 2   PRODUCTS


 PART 3   EXECUTION


 -- End of Section Table of Contents --




                        SECTION 01 32 17.00 20    Page 1
Training Aids Support Center                                            09X5901




                                  SECTION 01 32 17.00 20

                          NETWORK ANALYSIS SCHEDULES (NAS)
                                        12/09

PART 1     GENERAL

1.1   DESCRIPTION

 The Contractor is responsible for scheduling procurement, Contractor
 quality control and construction, acceptance testing and training. Refer
 to Specification Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES to determine if any
 items require Government approval prior to construction; If any are
 required, that submittal review time shall be included in the schedule.

 The schedule is a tool to manage the project, both for Contractor and
 Government activities. It will also be used to report progress and
 evaluate time extensions. If cost-loaded, it will provide the basis for
 progress payments.

 The Contractor shall use the Critical Path Method (CPM) and the Precedence
 Diagram Method (PDM) to satisfy time and cost applications. For
 consistency, when scheduling software terminology is used in this
 specification, the terms in Primavera's scheduling programs are used.

1.2   SUBMITTALS

 The use of a "G" following a submittal indicates that a Government approval
 action is required. Submit the following in accordance with Section
 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES, except as modified in this contract.

         SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals

             Qualifications; G, RO

             Baseline Network Analysis Schedule (NAS); G, RO

         SD-07 Certificates

             Monthly Network Analysis Schedule Update; G, RO

         SD-11 Closeout Submittals

             As-Built Schedule; G, RO

1.3   SCHEDULE ACCEPTANCE PRIOR TO START OF WORK

 The Contracting Officer and Contractor shall participate in a preliminary
 meeting(s) to discuss the proposed schedule and requirements of this
 section prior to the Contractor preparing the Project Baseline Schedule.

 Government review comments on the Contractor's schedule(s) shall not
 relieve the Contractor from compliance with requirements of the Contract
 Documents.

 Only bonds shall be paid prior to acceptance of the Baseline Network
 Analysis Schedule (NAS).


                              SECTION 01 32 17.00 20   Page 2
Training Aids Support Center                                             09X5901



 The acceptance of a Baseline NAS is a condition precedent to:

  a.    The Contractor starting work on the demolition or construction stage(s)
        of the contract.

  b.    Processing Contractor's pay request(s) for construction
        activities/items of work.

  c.    Review of any schedule updates.

 Submittal of the Baseline Network Analysis Schedule, and subsequent
 schedule updates, shall be understood to be the Contractor's certification
 that the submitted schedule meets all of the requirements of the Contract
 Documents, represents the Contractor's plan on how the work shall be
 accomplished, and accurately reflects the work that has been accomplished
 and how it was sequenced (as-built logic).

1.4     SOFTWARE

 Project schedules must be prepared and maintained using Primavera P3,
 Primavera SureTrak or current mandated scheduling program. Save files in
 Concentric P3 or current mandated scheduling program file format,
 compatible with the Governments version of the scheduling program.
 Importing data into P3/SureTrak/current mandated scheduling program using
 data conversion techniques or third party software will be cause for
 rejection of the submitted schedule.

1.5     QUALIFICATIONS

 The designated Scheduler for the project shall have prepared and maintained
 at least 3 previous schedules of similar size and complexity of this
 contract using SureTrak/P3 or current mandated scheduling program. A
 resume outlining the qualifications of the Scheduler shall be submitted for
 acceptance to the Contracting Officer. Payment will not be processed until
 an acceptable Scheduler is provided.

1.6     NETWORK SYSTEM FORMAT

 The system shall include time scaled logic diagrams and specified reports.

1.6.1     Diagrams

 Provide Time-scaled Logic Diagram printed in color on ANSI D size sheets.
 The diagram shall clearly show activities on the critical path. Include
 the following information for each activity:

  a.    Activity ID

  b.    Activity Description

  c.    Original Duration in Work Days

  d.    Remaining duration

  e.    Percent Complete

  f.    Early Start Date



                             SECTION 01 32 17.00 20   Page 3
Training Aids Support Center                                             09X5901


  g.    Early Finish Date

  h.    Total Float

1.6.2     Schedule Activity Properties and Level of Detail

 The NAS shall identify all Government, Construction Quality Management
 (CQM), Construction activities planned for the project and all other
 activities that could impact project completion if delayed. Separate
 activities shall be created for each Phase, Area, Floor Level and Location
 the activity is occurring. Activity categories included in the schedule
 are specified below.

 With the exception of the Contract Award and Contract Completion Date (CCD)
 milestone activities, no activity shall be open-ended; each activity shall
 have predecessor and successor ties. Once an activity exists on the
 schedule it may not be deleted or renamed to change the scope of the
 activity and shall not be removed from the schedule logic without approval
 from the Contracting Officer.   The ID number for a deleted activity shall
 not be re-used for another activity. No more than 20 percent of the
 activities shall be critical or near critical. Critical is defined as
 having zero days of Total Float. "Near Critical" is defined as having Total
 Float of 1 to 14 days. Contractor activities shall be driven by calendars
 that reflect Saturdays, Sundays and all Federal Holidays as non-work days.

1.6.2.1    Activity Categories

  a.    Procurement Activities: Examples of procurement activities include,
        but are not limited to; Material/equipment submittal preparation,
        submittal and approval of material/equipment; material/equipment
        fabrication and delivery, and material/equipment on-site. As a
        minimum, separate procurement activities will be provided for critical
        items, long lead items, items requiring government approval and
        material/equipment procurement for which payment will be requested in
        advance of installation. The Contractor shall show each delivery with
        relationship tie to the Construction Activity specifically for the
        delivery.

  b.    Government Activities: Government and other agency activities that
        could impact progress shall be clearly identified. Government
        activities include, but are not limited to; Government approved
        submittal reviews, Government conducted inspections/tests,
        environmental permit approvals by State regulators, utility outages,
        Design Start, Construction Start, (including Design/Construction Start
        for each Fast-Track Phase, and delivery of Government Furnished
        Material/Equipment.

  c.    Quality Management (QM) Activities: CQM Activities shall identify the
        Preparatory Phase and Initial Phase for each Definable Feature of Work
        identified in the Contractor's Quality Control Plan. These activities
        shall be added to each Three-Week Look Ahead Schedule referenced in the
        paragraph entitled "THREE-WEEK LOOK AHEAD SCHEDULE" and will also be
        included in each monthly update. The Follow-up Phase will be
        represented by the Construction Activities in the Baseline Schedule and
        in the schedule updates.

  d.    Construction Activities: No on-site construction activity shall have a
        duration in excess of 20 working days. Separate construction activities
        shall be created for each Phase, Area, Floor Level and Location the


                            SECTION 01 32 17.00 20   Page 4
Training Aids Support Center                                            09X5901


       activity is occurring. Contractor activities will be driven by
       calendars that reflect Saturdays, Sundays and all Federal Holidays as
       non-work days, unless otherwise defined in this contract.

  e.   Turnover and Closeout Activities: Include a separate section with all
       items on the Navfac Red Zone Checklist/POAM that are applicable to this
       project. The checklist will be provided at the Preconstruction
       Meeting. As a minimum, this will include all testing, specialized
       inspection activities, Pre-Final inspection, Punch List Completion,
       Final Inspection and Acceptance. Add a milestone for the Facility
       Turnover Planning Meeting at approximately 75 percent construction
       contract completion or three to six months prior to BOD, whichever is
       sooner.

1.6.2.2   Contract Milestones and Constraints

  a.   Project Start Date Milestones: The Contractor shall include as the
       first activity on the schedule a start milestone titled "Contract
       Award", which shall have a Mandatory Start constraint equal to the
       Contract Award Date.

  b.   Projected Completion Milestone: The Contractor shall include an
       unconstrained finish milestone on the schedule titled "Projected
       Completion". Projected Completion is defined as the point in time the
       Government would consider the project complete and ready for its
       intended use. This milestone shall have the Contract Completion (CCD)
       milestone as its only successor.

  c.   Contract Completion Date (CCD) Milestone: The Contractor shall include
       as the last activity on the schedule a finish milestone titled
       "Contract Completion (CCD)", which shall have a Mandatory Finish
       constraint equal to the current Contract Completion Date. Calculation
       of schedule updates shall be such that if the finish of the "Projected
       Completion" milestone falls after the contract completion date, then
       negative float will be calculated on the longest path and if the finish
       of the "Projected Completion" milestone falls before the contract
       completion date, the float calculation shall reflect positive float on
       the longest path. The only predecessor to the Contract Completion Date
       Milestone shall be the Projected Completion milestone.

1.6.2.3   Activity Code

 At a minimum, the Contractor shall establish activity codes identified in
 this specification and 3 additional activity codes identified by the
 Contracting Officer. Once established, activity codes and values cannot be
 changed without approval by the Contracting Officer.

  a.   Phase: All activities shall be assigned a 4-digit code value based on
       the contract phase it occurs in.

  b.   Area Code: All activities shall be assigned an area code value
       identifying the Area in which the activity occurs. Activities shall
       not belong to more than one area. Area is defined as a distinct space,
       function or activity category; such as, separate structure(s),
       sitework, project summary, construction quality management,
       material/equipment procurement, etc.

  c.   Work Item: All activities in the project schedule shall be assigned a
       4-digit Work Item code value. Examples of Work Item code values


                          SECTION 01 32 17.00 20   Page 5
Training Aids Support Center                                               09X5901


        include but are not limited to water lines, drain lines, building pad
        and foundation, slab on grade, walls and columns, suspended slab, roof
        structure, roofing, exterior finish systems, interior rough-in, and
        finishes, etc.

  d.    Location 1: Assign a 4-digit Location 1 code value to activities
        associated with multistory structures. Code values are used to
        identify the floor level where an activity is occurring.

  e.    Location 2: Assign a 4-digit Location 2 code value to all activities
        to identify the location within an Area, Work Item or Building Level
        that an activity is occurring.

  f.    Responsibility Code: All activities in the project schedule shall be
        identified with the party responsible for completing the task.
        Activities shall not belong to more than one responsible party.


1.6.2.4     Anticipated Weather Delays

 The Contractor shall use the National Oceanic and Atmospheric
 Administration's (NOAA) historical monthly averages for the NOAA location
 closest to the project site as the basis for establishing a "Weather
 Calendar" showing the number of anticipated non-workdays for each month due
 to adverse weather, Saturdays, Sundays and all Federal Holidays as non-work
 days.

 Assign the Weather Calendar to any activity that could be impacted by
 adverse weather. The Contracting Officer will issue a modification in
 accordance with the contract clauses, giving the Contractor a time
 extension for the difference of days between the anticipated and actual
 adverse weather delay if the number of actual adverse weather delay days
 exceeds the number of days anticipated for the month in which the delay
 occurs and the adverse weather delayed activities critical to contract
 completion. A lost workday due to weather conditions is defined as a day
 in which the Contractor cannot work at least 50 percent of the day on the
 impacted activity.

1.6.2.5     Cost Loading

  a.    Cost Loading Activities: Material and Equipment Costs for which
        payment will be requested in advance of installation shall be assigned
        to their respective procurement activity (i.e., the material/equipment
        on-site activity). All other construction costs shall be assigned to
        their respective Construction Activities. The value of
        inspection/testing activities will not be less than 10 percent of the
        total costs for Procurement and Construction Activities. Evenly
        disperse overhead and profit to each activity over the duration of the
        project.

  b.    Quantities and Units of Measure: Each cost loaded activity shall have
        a detailed quantity breakdown and unit of measure.

1.6.3     Schedule Software Settings and Restrictions

  a.    Activity Constraints: Date/time constraint(s), other than those
        required by the contract, will not be allowed unless accepted by the
        Contracting Officer. Identify any constraints proposed and provide an
        explanation for the purpose of the constraint in the Narrative Report.


                           SECTION 01 32 17.00 20   Page 6
Training Aids Support Center                                             09X5901



  b.    Default Progress Data Disallowed: Actual Start and Actual Finish dates
        on the CPM schedule shall match the dates on the Contractor Quality
        Control and Production Reports.

  c.    Software Settings: Schedule calculations and Out-of-Sequence progress
        (if applicable) shall be handled through Retained Logic, not Progress
        Override. All activity durations and float values will be shown in
        days. Activity progress will be shown using Remaining Duration. Default
        activity type will be set to "Task". The project "Must Finish By" date
        shall be left blank.

1.6.4     Required Tabular Reports

 The following reports shall be included with the schedule submittal:

  a.    Log Report: Listing of all changes made between the previous schedule
        and current updated schedule.

  b.    Narrative Report: Identify and justify; 1) Progress made in each area
        of the project; 2) Critical Path; 3) Date/time constraint(s), other
        than those required by the contract 3) Changes in the following; added
        or deleted activities, original and remaining durations for activities
        that have not started, logic, milestones, planned sequence of
        operations, critical path, and cost loading; 4) Any decrease in
        previously reported activity Earned Amount; 5) Pending items and status
        thereof, including permits, changes orders, and time extensions; 6)
        Status of Contract Completion Date and interim milestones; 7) Current
        and anticipated delays (describe cause of delay and corrective
        actions(s)); and 8) Description of current and future schedule problem
        areas. Each entry in the narrative report will cite the respective
        Activity ID and Activity Description, the date and reason for the
        change, and description of the change.

  c.    Earned Value Report: Listing all activities having a budget amount
        cost loaded. Compilation of total earnings on the project from notice
        to proceed to current progress payment request. Group and sort
        activities as directed by the Contracting Officer. Show current
        budget, previous physical percent complete, to-date physical percent
        complete, previous earned value, to-date earned value and cost to
        complete on the report for each activity:

  d.    Schedule Variance Control (SVC) Diagram: With each schedule
        submission, provide a SVC diagram showing 1) Cash Flow S-Curves
        indicating planned project cost based on projected early and late
        activity finish dates and 2) Earned Value to-date. Revise Cash Flow
        S-Curves when the contract is modified, or as directed by the
        Contracting Officer.

1.7     SUBMISSION AND ACCEPTANCE

1.7.1     Monthly Network Analysis Updates

 Contractor and Government representatives shall meet at monthly intervals
 to review and agree on the information presented in the updated project
 schedule. The submission of an acceptable, updated schedule to the
 Government is a condition precedent to the processing of the Contractor's
 pay request. If a Schedule of Prices is the basis for progress payments,
 it shall be consistent with the logic and activity breakdowns on the


                          SECTION 01 32 17.00 20   Page 7
Training Aids Support Center                                                09X5901


 progress schedule. If progress payments are based on a cost-loaded
 schedule, the Contractor and Government shall agree on percentage of
 payment for each activity progressed during the update period.

 Provide the following with each Schedule submittal:

  a.    Time Scaled Logic Diagram.

  b.    Reports listed in paragraph entitled "Required Tabular Reports."

  c.    Data disks containing the project schedule.   Include the back-up native .prx/current
        mandated schedule program files.

1.7.2     As-Built Schedule

 As a condition precedent to the release of retention and making final
 payment, submit an "As-Built Schedule," as the last schedule update showing
 all activities at 100 percent completion. This schedule shall reflect the
 exact manner in which the project was actually constructed.

1.8     CONTRACT MODIFICATION

 Submit a Time Impact Analysis with each cost and time proposal for a
 proposed change. Time Impact Analysis (TIA) shall illustrate the influence
 of each change or delay on the Contract Completion Date or milestones. No
 time extensions will be granted nor delay damages paid unless a delay
 occurs which consumes all available Project Float, and extends the
 Projected Finish beyond the Contract Completion Date.

  a.    Each TIA shall be in both narrative and schedule form demonstrating the
        delay impact. The TIA shall identify the predecessors to the new
        activities and demonstrate the impacts to successor activities. The
        Contractor shall run the schedule calculations and submit the impacted
        schedule with the proposal or claim.

  b.    The TIA schedule submitted with the proposal shall show all activity
        progress as of the date of the proposal. If the impact to the schedule
        occurs prior to the proposal submission, the TIA schedule shall be
        updated to show all activity progress as of the time of the impact. If
        the proposed change does not impact the CCD, no TIA shall be required.

  c.    Submit Data disks containing the TIA schedule. Include the back-up
        native .prx/current mandated schedule program files.

  d.    Unless the Contracting Officer requests otherwise, only conformed
        contract modifications shall be added into the Project NAS.

1.9     PROJECT FLOAT

 Project Float is the length of time between the Contractor's Projected
 Finish Milestone and the Contract Completion Date Milestone. Project Float
 available in the schedule, at any time shall not be for the exclusive use
 of either the Government or the Contractor.

1.10     THREE-WEEK LOOK AHEAD SCHEDULE

 The Contractor shall prepare and issue a 3-Week Look Ahead schedule to
 provide a more detailed day-to-day plan of upcoming work identified on the
 Project Network Analysis Schedule. The work plans shall be keyed to NAS


                          SECTION 01 32 17.00 20   Page 8
Training Aids Support Center                                          09X5901


 activity numbers and updated each week to show the planned work for the
 current and following two-week period. Additionally, include upcoming
 outages, closures, preparatory meetings, and initial meetings. Identify
 critical path activities on the Three-Week Look Ahead Schedule. The detail
 work plans are to be bar chart type schedules, maintained separately from
 the Project NAS on an electronic spreadsheet program and printed on 8 ½ by
 11 sheets as directed by the Contracting Officer. Activities shall not
 exceed 5 working days in duration and have sufficient level of detail to
 assign crews, tools and equipment required to complete the work. Three
 hard copies and one electronic file of the 3-Week Look Ahead Schedule shall
 be delivered to the Contracting Officer no later than 8 a.m. each Monday
 and reviewed during the weekly CQC Coordination Meeting.

PART 2    PRODUCTS

 Not used.

PART 3    EXECUTION

 Not used.

         -- End of Section --




                         SECTION 01 32 17.00 20   Page 9
Training Aids Support Center                                 09X5901




                          SECTION TABLE OF CONTENTS

                      DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

                                 SECTION 01 33 00

                               SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

                                      11/08


 PART 1   GENERAL

   1.1   DEFINITIONS
     1.1.1   Submittal Descriptions (SD)
     1.1.2   Approving Authority
     1.1.3   Work
   1.2   SUBMITTALS
   1.3   VARIATIONS / SUBSTITUTION REQUESTS
     1.3.1   Considering Variations
     1.3.2   Proposing Variations
     1.3.3   Warranting That Variations Are Compatible
     1.3.4   Review Schedule Is Modified
   1.4   SUBMITTAL REGISTER
     1.4.1   Use of Submittal Register
     1.4.2   Contractor Use of Submittal Register
     1.4.3   Approving Authority Use of Submittal Register
     1.4.4   Contractor Action Code and Action Code
     1.4.5   Copies Delivered to the Government
   1.5   SCHEDULING
   1.6   GOVERNMENT APPROVING AUTHORITY
   1.7   DISAPPROVED SUBMITTALS
   1.8   APPROVED SUBMITTALS
   1.9   APPROVED SAMPLES

 PART 2   PRODUCTS


 PART 3   EXECUTION


 -- End of Section Table of Contents --




                           SECTION 01 33 00   Page 1
Training Aids Support Center                                                09X5901



                                  SECTION 01 33 00

                                SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
                                        11/08

PART 1     GENERAL

1.1     DEFINITIONS

1.1.1     Submittal Descriptions (SD)

 Submittals requirements are specified in the technical sections.
 Submittals are identified by Submittal Description (SD) numbers and titles
 as follows:

  SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
*2
      Submittals which are required prior to a notice to proceed. Submittals
      required prior to the start of the next major phase of the construction
      on a multi-phase contract. Schedules or tabular list of data or
      tabular list including location, features, or other pertinent
      information regarding products, materials, equipment, or components to
      be used in the work, submitted prior to Contract notice to proceed or
      next major phase of construction.

         Certificates of insurance
         Surety bonds
         List of proposed subcontractors
         List of proposed products
         Construction Progress Schedule
         Network Analysis Schedule (NAS)
         Submittal register
         Schedule of prices
         Health and safety plan
         Work plan
         Quality control(QC) plan
         Environmental protection plan

 SD-02 Shop Drawings

         Drawings, diagrams and schedules specifically prepared to illustrate
         some portion of the work.

         Diagrams and instructions from a manufacturer or fabricator for use in
         producing the product and as aids to the Contractor for integrating the
         product or system into the project.

         Drawings prepared by or for the Contractor to show how multiple systems
         and interdisciplinary work will be coordinated.

 SD-03 Product Data

         Catalog cuts, illustrations, schedules, diagrams, performance charts,
         instructions and brochures illustrating size, physical appearance and
         other characteristics of materials, systems or equipment for some
         portion of the work.

         Samples of warranty language when the contract requires extended


                              SECTION 01 33 00   Page 2
Training Aids Support Center                                           09X5901


      product warranties.

 SD-04 Samples

      Fabricated or unfabricated physical examples of materials, equipment or
      workmanship that illustrate functional and aesthetic characteristics of
      a material or product and establish standards by which the work can be
      judged.

      Color samples from the manufacturer's standard line (or custom color
      samples if specified) to be used in selecting or approving colors for
      the project.

      Field samples and mock-ups constructed on the project site establish
      standards by which the ensuring work can be judged. Includes
      assemblies or portions of assemblies which are to be incorporated into
      the project and those which will be removed at conclusion of the work.

 SD-05 Design Data

      Design calculations, mix designs, analyses or other data pertaining to
      a part of work.

 SD-06 Test Reports

      Report signed by authorized official of testing laboratory that a
      material, product or system identical to the material, product or
      system to be provided has been tested in accord with specified
      requirements. (Testing shall have been within three years of date of
      contract award for the project.)

      Report which includes findings of a test required to be performed by
      the Contractor on an actual portion of the work or prototype prepared
      for the project before shipment to job site.

      Report which includes finding of a test made at the job site or on
      sample taken from the job site, on portion of work during or after
      installation.

          Investigation reports.

          Daily logs and checklists.

          Final acceptance test and operational test procedure.

 SD-07 Certificates

      Statements printed on the manufacturer's letterhead and signed by
      responsible officials of manufacturer of product, system or material
      attesting that product, system or material meets specification
      requirements. Shall be dated after award of project contract and
      clearly name the project.

      Document required of Contractor, or of a manufacturer, supplier,
      installer or subcontractor through Contractor, the purpose of which is
      to further quality of orderly progression of a portion of the work by
      documenting procedures, acceptability of methods or personnel
      qualifications.



                            SECTION 01 33 00   Page 3
Training Aids Support Center                                             09X5901


            Confined space entry permits.

            Text of posted operating instructions.

 SD-08 Manufacturer's Instructions

        Preprinted material describing installation of a product, system or
        material, including special notices and Material Safety Data sheets
        concerning impedances, hazards and safety precautions.

 SD-09 Manufacturer's Field Reports

        Documentation of the testing and verification actions taken by
        manufacturer's representative at the job site, in the vicinity of the
        job site, or on a sample taken from the job site, on a portion of the
        work, during or after installation, to confirm compliance with
        manufacturer's standards or instructions. The documentation shall be
        signed by an authorized official of a testing laboratory or agency and
        shall state the test results; and indicate whether the material,
        product, or system has passed or failed the test.

            Factory test reports.

 SD-10 Operation and Maintenance Data

        Data that is furnished by the manufacturer, or the system provider, to
        the equipment operating and maintenance personnel, including
        manufacturer's help and product line documentation necessary to
        maintain and install equipment. This data is needed by operating and
        maintenance personnel for the safe and efficient operation, maintenance
        and repair of the item.

        This data is intended to be incorporated in an operations and
        maintenance manual or control system.

 SD-11 Closeout Submittals

        Documentation to record compliance with technical or administrative
        requirements or to establish an administrative mechanism.

        Special requirements necessary to properly close out a construction
        contract. For example, Record Drawings and as-built drawings. Also,
        submittal requirements necessary to properly close out a major phase of
        construction on a multi-phase contract.

1.1.2     Approving Authority

 Office or designated person authorized to approve submittal.

1.1.3     Work

 As used in this section, on- and off-site construction required by contract
 documents, including labor necessary to produce submittals, construction,
 materials, products, equipment, and systems incorporated or to be
 incorporated in such construction.

1.2     SUBMITTALS

 Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation;


                                SECTION 01 33 00   Page 4
Training Aids Support Center                                          09X5901


 submittals not having a "G" designation are for information only. When
 used, a designation following the "G" designation identifies the office
 that will review the submittal for the Government. Submit the following in
 accordance with this Section.

        SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals

            Submittal register; G, RO

1.3     VARIATIONS / SUBSTITUTION REQUESTS

 Variations from contract requirements require Government approval pursuant
 to contract Clause FAR 52.236-21 and will be considered where advantageous
 to Government.

1.3.1     Considering Variations

 Discussion with Contracting Officer prior to submission, will help ensure
 functional and quality requirements are met and minimize rejections and
 re-submittals. When contemplating a variation which results in lower cost,
 consider submission of the variation as a Value Engineering Change Proposal
 (VECP).

 Specifically point out variations from contract requirements in transmittal
 letters. Failure to point out deviations may result in the Government
 requiring rejection and removal of such work at no additional cost to the
 Government.

1.3.2     Proposing Variations

 When proposing variation, deliver written request to the Contracting
 Officer, with documentation of the nature and features of the variation and
 why the variation is desirable and beneficial to Government. If lower cost
 is a benefit, also include an estimate of the cost savings. In addition to
 documentation required for variation, include the submittals required for
 the item. Clearly mark the proposed variation in all documentation.

1.3.3     Warranting That Variations Are Compatible

 When delivering a variation for approval, Contractor warrants that this
 contract has been reviewed to establish that the variation, if
 incorporated, will be compatible with other elements of work.

1.3.4     Review Schedule Is Modified

 In addition to normal submittal review period, a period of 10 working days
 will be allowed for consideration by the Government of submittals with
 variations.

1.4     SUBMITTAL REGISTER

 Prepare and maintain submittal register, as the work progresses. Do not
 change data which is output in columns (c), (d), (e), and (f) as delivered
 by Government; retain data which is output in columns (a), (g), (h), and
 (i) as approved. A submittal register showing items of equipment and
 materials for which submittals are required by the specifications is
 provided as an attachment. This list may not be all inclusive and
 additional submittals may be required. The Government will provide the
 initial submittal register in electronic format


                             SECTION 01 33 00   Page 5
Training Aids Support Center                                                09X5901



        Column (c):   Lists specification section in which submittal is required.

        Column (d): Lists each submittal description (SD No. and type, e.g.
        SD-02 Shop Drawings) required in each specification section.

        Column (e): Lists one principal paragraph in specification section
        where a material or product is specified. This listing is only to
        facilitate locating submitted requirements. Do not consider entries in
        column (e) as limiting project requirements.

 Thereafter, the Contractor shall track submittals by maintaining a complete
 list, including completion of data columns and dates on which submittals
 are received and returned by the Government.

1.4.1    Use of Submittal Register

 Submit submittal register. Submit with QC plan and project schedule.
 Verify that all submittals required for project are listed and add missing
 submittals. Coordinate and complete the following fields on the register
 submitted with the QC plan and the project schedule:

            Column (a) Activity Number:   Activity number from the project
            schedule.

            Column (g) Contractor Submit Date:    Scheduled date for approving
            authority to receive submittals.

            Column (h) Contractor Approval Date:    Date Contractor needs
            approval of submittal.

1.4.2    Contractor Use of Submittal Register

 Update the following fields with each submittal throughout contract.

            Column (b) Transmittal Number:   Contractor assigned list of
            consecutive numbers.

            Column (j) Action Code (k): Date of action used to record
            Contractor's review when forwarding submittals to QC.

            Column (l) List date of submittal transmission.

            Column (q) List date approval received.

1.4.3    Approving Authority Use of Submittal Register

 Update the following fields.

            Column (b) Transmittal Number:   Contractor assigned list of
            consecutive numbers.

            Column (l) List date of submittal receipt.

            Column (m) through (p)List Date related to review actions.

            Column (q) List date returned to Contractor.




                              SECTION 01 33 00   Page 6
Training Aids Support Center                                             09X5901


1.4.4     Contractor Action Code and Action Code

 Entries for columns (j) and (o), are to be used are as follows (others may
 be prescribed by Transmittal Form):

             NR - Not Received

             AN - Approved as noted

             A - Approved

             RR - Disapproved, Revise, and Resubmit

1.4.5     Copies Delivered to the Government

 Deliver one copy of submittal register updated by Contractor to Government
 with each invoice request.

1.5     SCHEDULING

 Schedule and submit concurrently submittals covering component items
 forming a system or items that are interrelated. Include certifications to
 be submitted with the pertinent drawings at the same time. No delay
 damages or time extensions will be allowed for time lost in late
 submittals. An additional 14 calendar days will be allowed and shown on
 the register for review and approval of submittals for refrigeration and
 HVAC control systems.

        a.   Coordinate scheduling, sequencing, preparing and processing of
             submittals with performance of work so that work will not be
             delayed by submittal processing. Allow for potential resubmittal
             of requirements.

        b.   Submittals called for by the contract documents will be listed on
             the register. If a submittal is called for but does not pertain
             to the contract work, the Contractor is to include the submittal
             in the register and annotate it "N/A" with a brief explanation.
             Approval by the Contracting Officer does not relieve the
             Contractor of supplying submittals required by the contract
             documents but which have been omitted from the register or marked
             "N/A".

        c.   Re-submit register and annotate monthly by the Contractor with
             actual submission and approval dates. When all items on the
             register have been fully approved, no further re-submittal is
             required.

        d.   Carefully control procurement operations to ensure that each
             individual submittal is made on or before the Contractor scheduled
             submittal date shown on the approved Submittal Register.

        e.   Except as specified otherwise, allow review period, beginning with
             receipt by approving authority, that includes at least 10 working
             days for information only submittals and 20 working days for
             submittals for Contracting Officer approval. Period of review for
             submittals with Contracting Officer approval begins when
             Government receives submittal from QC organization.




                             SECTION 01 33 00   Page 7
Training Aids Support Center                                             09X5901


1.6   GOVERNMENT APPROVING AUTHORITY

 When approving authority is Contracting Officer, the Government will:

      a.   Note date on which submittal was received.

      b.   Review submittals for approval within scheduling period specified
           and only for conformance with project design concepts and
           compliance with contract documents.

      c.   Identify returned submittals with one of the actions defined in
           paragraph entitled "Review Notations" and with markings
           appropriate for action indicated.

 Upon completion of review of submittals requiring Government approval,
 stamp and date approved submittals. Two copies of the approved submittal
 will be retained by the Contracting Officer and One copy of the submittal
 will be returned to the Contractor.

1.7   DISAPPROVED SUBMITTALS

 Contractor shall make corrections required by the Contracting Officer. If
 the Contractor considers any correction or notation on the returned
 submittals to constitute a change to the contract drawings or
 specifications; notice as required under the clause entitled, "Changes" is
 to be given to the Contracting Officer. Contractor is responsible for the
 dimensions and design of connection details and construction of work.
 Failure to point out deviations may result in the Government requiring
 rejection and removal of such work at the Contractor's expense.

 If changes are necessary to submittals, the Contractor shall make such
 revisions and submission of the submittals in accordance with the
 procedures above. No item of work requiring a submittal change is to be
 accomplished until the changed submittals are approved.

1.8   APPROVED SUBMITTALS

 The Contracting Officer's approval or acceptance of submittals is not be
 construed as a complete check, and indicates only that. Approval or
 acceptance will not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for any
 error which may exist, as the Contractor under the Contractor Quality
 Control (CQC) requirements of this contract is responsible for dimensions,
 the design of adequate connections and details, and the satisfactory
 construction of all work. After submittals have been approved or accepted
 by the Contracting Officer, no resubmittal for the purpose of substituting
 materials or equipment will be considered unless accompanied by an
 explanation of why a substitution is necessary.

1.9   APPROVED SAMPLES

 Approval of a sample is only for the characteristics or use named in such
 approval and is not be construed to change or modify any contract
 requirements. Before submitting samples, the Contractor to assure that the
 materials or equipment will be available in quantities required in the
 project. No change or substitution will be permitted after a sample has
 been approved.

 Match the approved samples for Materials and equipment incorporated in the
 work. If requested, approved samples, including those which may be damaged


                            SECTION 01 33 00   Page 8
Training Aids Support Center                                          09X5901


 in testing, will be returned to the Contractor, at his expense, upon
 completion of the contract. Samples not approved will also be returned to
 the Contractor at its expense, if so requested.

 Failure of any materials to pass the specified tests will be sufficient
 cause for refusal to consider, under this contract, any further samples of
 the same brand or make of that material. Government reserves the right to
 disapproved any material or equipment which previously has proved
 unsatisfactory in service.

 Samples of various materials or equipment delivered on the site or in place
 may be taken by the Contracting Officer for testing. Samples failing to
 meet contract requirements will automatically void previous approvals.
 Contractor to replace such materials or equipment to meet contract
 requirements.

 Approval of the Contractor's samples by the Contracting Officer does not
 relieve the Contractor of his responsibilities under the contract.

PART 2   PRODUCTS

 Not used.

PART 3   EXECUTION

 Not used.


                               -- End of Section --




                           SECTION 01 33 00   Page 9
                                                                                                                                                     CONTRACT NO.
                                                      SUBMITTAL REGISTER
TITLE AND LOCATION                                                                         CONTRACTOR
Training Aids Support Center
                                                                                                     CONTRACTOR:           CONTRACTOR                        APPROVING AUTHORITY
                                                                                                    SCHEDULE DATES           ACTION
                                                                                      G
                                                                                      O
                                                                                      V
      T                                                                     C         T
      R                                                                     L
      A                                                                     A         O
 A    N                                                                     S         R                                    A                                              A
 C    S                                                                     S                                              C                                              C
 T    M           S                                              P          I         A                                    T                                              T
 I    I           P                                              A          F         /                                    I                                              I
 V    T           E                                              R          I         E                                    O              DATE FWD                        O              MAILED
 I    T           C                                              A          C                                              N               TO APPR                        N                TO
 T    A                                                          G#         A         R                                                     AUTH/                                        CONTR/
 Y    L           S                                              R          T         E                                    C                                              C
                  E                   DESCRIPTION                A          I         V               APPROVAL MATERIAL    O      DATE    DATE RCD DATE FWD DATE RCD      O      DATE    DATE RCD
 N    N           C                                              P          O         W                NEEDED  NEEDED      D       OF       FROM   TO OTHER FROM OTH      D       OF     FRM APPR
 O    O           T                  ITEM SUBMITTED              H          N         R     SUBMIT       BY       BY       E     ACTION    CONTR REVIEWER REVIEWER        E     ACTION     AUTH        REMARKS


(a)   (b)        (c)                       (d)                       (e)        (f)           (g)         (h)        (i)   (j)     (k)       (l)       (m)          (n)   (o)      (p)      (q)            (r)

            01 11 00       SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
                            Utility Outage Requests            1.8.1
                            Utility Connection Requests        1.8.1
                            Borrow Permits                     1.8.2
                            Excavation Permits                 1.8.2
                            Welding Permits                    1.8.2
                           SD-07 Certificates
                            Energy Performance Rating          1.5.1.2
            01 14 00       SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
                            List of Contact Personnel          1.3.1.1     G RO
                            Personnel List                     1.4.1.1     G RO
            01 20 00.00 20 SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
                            Earned Value Report                1.3         G RO
            01 30 00       SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
                            List of contact personnel          1.4.1       G RO
                            Progress and completion pictures   1.2         G RO
            01 32 16.00 20 SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
                            Construction schedule              1.2         G RO
            01 32 17.00 20 SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
                            Qualifications                     1.5         G RO
                            Baseline Network Analysis          1.3         G RO
                             Schedule
                           SD-07 Certificates
                            Monthly Network Analysis           1.7.1       G RO
                           SD-11 Closeout Submittals
                            As-Built Schedule                  1.7.2       G RO

SUBMITTAL FORM,Jan 96                                                                     PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE                                                                            PAGE 1 OF 57 PAGES
                                                                                                                                                       CONTRACT NO.
                                                     SUBMITTAL REGISTER
TITLE AND LOCATION                                                                           CONTRACTOR
Training Aids Support Center
                                                                                                       CONTRACTOR:           CONTRACTOR                        APPROVING AUTHORITY
                                                                                                      SCHEDULE DATES           ACTION
                                                                                        G
                                                                                        O
                                                                                        V
      T                                                                       C         T
      R                                                                       L
      A                                                                       A         O
 A    N                                                                       S         R                                    A                                              A
 C    S                                                                       S                                              C                                              C
 T    M           S                                             P             I         A                                    T                                              T
 I    I           P                                             A             F         /                                    I                                              I
 V    T           E                                             R             I         E                                    O              DATE FWD                        O              MAILED
 I    T           C                                             A             C                                              N               TO APPR                        N                TO
 T    A                                                         G#            A         R                                                     AUTH/                                        CONTR/
 Y    L           S                                             R             T         E                                    C                                              C
                  E                   DESCRIPTION               A             I         V               APPROVAL MATERIAL    O      DATE    DATE RCD DATE FWD DATE RCD      O      DATE    DATE RCD
 N    N           C                                             P             O         W                NEEDED  NEEDED      D       OF       FROM   TO OTHER FROM OTH      D       OF     FRM APPR
 O    O           T                 ITEM SUBMITTED              H             N         R     SUBMIT       BY       BY       E     ACTION    CONTR REVIEWER REVIEWER        E     ACTION     AUTH        REMARKS


(a)   (b)        (c)                      (d)                       (e)           (f)           (g)         (h)        (i)   (j)     (k)       (l)       (m)          (n)   (o)      (p)      (q)            (r)

            01 33 00       SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
                            Submittal register                1.4         G RO
            01 33 29       SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
                            LEED Implementation Plan          1.4         G RO
                           SD-11 Closeout Submittals
                            LEED Documentation Notebook       1.5         G RO
            01 35 26       SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
                            Accident Prevention Plan (APP)    1.6         G   RO
                            Activity Hazard Analysis (AHA)    1.7         G   RO
                            Crane Critical Lift Plan          1.6.1       G   RO
                            Crane Operators                   1.5.1.4     G   RO
                           SD-06 Test Reports
                            Reports                           1.11
                            Accident Reports                  1.11.1
                            Crane Reports                     1.11.2
                           SD-07 Certificates
                            Confined Space Entry Permit       1.8
                            Hot work permit                   1.8
                            License Certificates              1.13
                            Certificate of Compliance         1.11.3
            01 35 40.00 20 SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
                            Environmental Protection Plan     1.8         G RO
                            Instructor Qualifications         1.9.1
                           SD-03 Product Data
                            Life Cycle Assessments            1.7.2
                            Packaging                         2.1.2

SUBMITTAL FORM,Jan 96                                                                       PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE                                                                            PAGE 2 OF 57 PAGES
                                                                                                                                                     CONTRACT NO.
                                                      SUBMITTAL REGISTER
TITLE AND LOCATION                                                                         CONTRACTOR
Training Aids Support Center
                                                                                                     CONTRACTOR:           CONTRACTOR                        APPROVING AUTHORITY
                                                                                                    SCHEDULE DATES           ACTION
                                                                                      G
                                                                                      O
                                                                                      V
      T                                                                     C         T
      R                                                                     L
      A                                                                     A         O
 A    N                                                                     S         R                                    A                                              A
 C    S                                                                     S                                              C                                              C
 T    M           S                                              P          I         A                                    T                                              T
 I    I           P                                              A          F         /                                    I                                              I
 V    T           E                                              R          I         E                                    O              DATE FWD                        O              MAILED
 I    T           C                                              A          C                                              N               TO APPR                        N                TO
 T    A                                                          G#         A         R                                                     AUTH/                                        CONTR/
 Y    L           S                                              R          T         E                                    C                                              C
                  E                   DESCRIPTION                A          I         V               APPROVAL MATERIAL    O      DATE    DATE RCD DATE FWD DATE RCD      O      DATE    DATE RCD
 N    N           C                                              P          O         W                NEEDED  NEEDED      D       OF       FROM   TO OTHER FROM OTH      D       OF     FRM APPR
 O    O           T                  ITEM SUBMITTED              H          N         R     SUBMIT       BY       BY       E     ACTION    CONTR REVIEWER REVIEWER        E     ACTION     AUTH        REMARKS


(a)   (b)         (c)                      (d)                       (e)        (f)           (g)         (h)        (i)   (j)     (k)       (l)       (m)          (n)   (o)      (p)      (q)            (r)

            01 35 40.00 20 SD-06 Test Reports
                            Field Quality Control Reports      3.2
                           SD-07 Certificates
                            Environmental Regulatory           1.6
                             Requirements
                           SD-08 Manufacturer’s Instructions
                            Material Safety Data Sheets        1.7.1
                           SD-11 Closeout Submittals
                            Training Program                   1.9.3
                            Protection of Natural Resources    3.1
            01 45 35       SD-07 Certificates
                            Special Inspector                  1.5         G AE
                            Quality Assurance Plan             1.4         G AE
            01 50 00       SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
                            Traffic Control Plan               3.3.1
                            Construction Site Plan             1.4
                           SD-03 Product Data
                            Backflow preventers                1.5         G RO
                           SD-06 Test Reports
                            Backflow Preventer Tests           2.2.5       G RO
                           SD-07 Certificates
                            Backflow Tester                    1.5.1       G RO
                            Backflow Preventers                1.5
            01 57 16       SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
                            Pesticide Treatment Plan           1.5.4       G RO
                            Certificate of Competency          1.5.3       G RO

SUBMITTAL FORM,Jan 96                                                                     PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE                                                                            PAGE 3 OF 57 PAGES
                                                                                                                                                    CONTRACT NO.
                                                      SUBMITTAL REGISTER
TITLE AND LOCATION                                                                        CONTRACTOR
Training Aids Support Center
                                                                                                    CONTRACTOR:           CONTRACTOR                        APPROVING AUTHORITY
                                                                                                   SCHEDULE DATES           ACTION
                                                                                     G
                                                                                     O
                                                                                     V
      T                                                                    C         T
      R                                                                    L
      A                                                                    A         O
 A    N                                                                    S         R                                    A                                              A
 C    S                                                                    S                                              C                                              C
 T    M           S                                              P         I         A                                    T                                              T
 I    I           P                                              A         F         /                                    I                                              I
 V    T           E                                              R         I         E                                    O              DATE FWD                        O              MAILED
 I    T           C                                              A         C                                              N               TO APPR                        N                TO
 T    A                                                          G#        A         R                                                     AUTH/                                        CONTR/
 Y    L           S                                              R         T         E                                    C                                              C
                  E                   DESCRIPTION                A         I         V               APPROVAL MATERIAL    O      DATE    DATE RCD DATE FWD DATE RCD      O      DATE    DATE RCD
 N    N           C                                              P         O         W                NEEDED  NEEDED      D       OF       FROM   TO OTHER FROM OTH      D       OF     FRM APPR
 O    O           T                  ITEM SUBMITTED              H         N         R     SUBMIT       BY       BY       E     ACTION    CONTR REVIEWER REVIEWER        E     ACTION     AUTH        REMARKS


(a)   (b)         (c)                      (d)                    (e)          (f)           (g)         (h)        (i)   (j)     (k)       (l)       (m)          (n)   (o)      (p)      (q)            (r)

            01 57 19.00 20 SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
                            Preconstruction Survey             1.5.1      G RO
                            Solid Waste Management Plan        3.4        G RO
                             and Permit
                            Regulatory Notifications           1.5.2      G RO
                            Environmental Management Plan      3.1        G RO
                            Storm Water Pollution Prevention   3.2.2.1    G RO
                             Plan
                            Storm Water Notice of Intent       3.2.2.1    G RO
                            Dirt and Dust Control Plan         3.14.1
                            Contractor Hazardous Material      3.6        G RO
                             Inventory Log
                           SD-06 Test Reports
                            Laboratory Analysis                3.13.1.2
                            Disposal Requirements              3.15.2
                            Erosion and Sediment Control       3.2.2
                             Inspection Reports
                            Storm Water Inspection Reports     3.2.2
                             for General Permit
                            Contractor 40 CFR employee         1.5.3
                             training records
                            Solid Waste Management Report      3.4.1      G RO
                           SD-11 Closeout Submittals
                            Storm Water Pollution Prevention   3.2.2.2    G RO
                             Plan compliance notebook


SUBMITTAL FORM,Jan 96                                                                    PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE                                                                            PAGE 4 OF 57 PAGES
                                                                                                                                                CONTRACT NO.
                                                     SUBMITTAL REGISTER
TITLE AND LOCATION                                                                    CONTRACTOR
Training Aids Support Center
                                                                                                CONTRACTOR:           CONTRACTOR                        APPROVING AUTHORITY
                                                                                               SCHEDULE DATES           ACTION
                                                                                 G
                                                                                 O
                                                                                 V
      T                                                                C         T
      R                                                                L
      A                                                                A         O
 A    N                                                                S         R                                    A                                              A
 C    S                                                                S                                              C                                              C
 T    M           S                                            P       I         A                                    T                                              T
 I    I           P                                            A       F         /                                    I                                              I
 V    T           E                                            R       I         E                                    O              DATE FWD                        O              MAILED
 I    T           C                                            A       C                                              N               TO APPR                        N                TO
 T    A                                                        G#      A         R                                                     AUTH/                                        CONTR/
 Y    L           S                                            R       T         E                                    C                                              C
                  E                   DESCRIPTION              A       I         V               APPROVAL MATERIAL    O      DATE    DATE RCD DATE FWD DATE RCD      O      DATE    DATE RCD
 N    N           C                                            P       O         W                NEEDED  NEEDED      D       OF       FROM   TO OTHER FROM OTH      D       OF     FRM APPR
 O    O           T                 ITEM SUBMITTED             H       N         R     SUBMIT       BY       BY       E     ACTION    CONTR REVIEWER REVIEWER        E     ACTION     AUTH        REMARKS


(a)   (b)        (c)                      (d)                   (e)        (f)           (g)         (h)        (i)   (j)     (k)       (l)       (m)          (n)   (o)      (p)      (q)            (r)

            01 57 19.00 20 Waste Determination               3.5
                             Documentation
                            Disposal Documentation for       3.6.1
                             Hazardous and Regulated Waste
                            Contractor 40 CFR Employee       1.5.3
                             Training Records
                            Solid Waste Management Permit 3.4
                            Solid Waste Management Report 3.4.1
                            Contractor Hazardous Material    3.6      G RO
                             Inventory Log
                            Hazardous Waste/Debris           3.13.1
                             Management
                            Regulatory Notifications         1.5.2
            01 57 20.00 10 SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
                            Environmental Protection Plan    1.7      G RO
            01 57 23       SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
                            Storm Water Pollution Prevention 1.3.2
                             Plan
                            Storm Water Notice of Intent     1.3.2
                           SD-06 Test Reports
                            Erosion and Sediment Controls    1.3
                           SD-07 Certificates
                            Mill Certificate or Affidavit    2.1.3
            01 74 19       SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
                            Waste Management Plan            1.6      G RO
                           SD-11 Closeout Submittals

SUBMITTAL FORM,Jan 96                                                                PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE                                                                            PAGE 5 OF 57 PAGES
                                                                                                                                                  CONTRACT NO.
                                                   SUBMITTAL REGISTER
TITLE AND LOCATION                                                                      CONTRACTOR
Training Aids Support Center
                                                                                                  CONTRACTOR:           CONTRACTOR                        APPROVING AUTHORITY
                                                                                                 SCHEDULE DATES           ACTION
                                                                                   G
                                                                                   O
                                                                                   V
      T                                                                  C         T
      R                                                                  L
      A                                                                  A         O
 A    N                                                                  S         R                                    A                                              A
 C    S                                                                  S                                              C                                              C
 T    M           S                                           P          I         A                                    T                                              T
 I    I           P                                           A          F         /                                    I                                              I
 V    T           E                                           R          I         E                                    O              DATE FWD                        O              MAILED
 I    T           C                                           A          C                                              N               TO APPR                        N                TO
 T    A                                                       G#         A         R                                                     AUTH/                                        CONTR/
 Y    L           S                                           R          T         E                                    C                                              C
                  E                DESCRIPTION                A          I         V               APPROVAL MATERIAL    O      DATE    DATE RCD DATE FWD DATE RCD      O      DATE    DATE RCD
 N    N           C                                           P          O         W                NEEDED  NEEDED      D       OF       FROM   TO OTHER FROM OTH      D       OF     FRM APPR
 O    O           T               ITEM SUBMITTED              H          N         R     SUBMIT       BY       BY       E     ACTION    CONTR REVIEWER REVIEWER        E     ACTION     AUTH        REMARKS


(a)   (b)        (c)                    (d)                       (e)        (f)           (g)         (h)        (i)   (j)     (k)       (l)       (m)          (n)   (o)      (p)      (q)            (r)

            01 74 19     Records                            1.7
            01 75 00    SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
                         Verification of Prior Experience   1.2.1       G RO
                         Documentation of Manufacturer's    1.2.1       G RO
                          Prior Experience
                         Quality Control Plan               1.2.1       G RO
                         Manufacturer's Sample Warranty     1.2.1       G RO
                         Provide Evidence                   1.2.1
                        SD-02 Shop Drawings
                         Drawings, Diagrams and             1.2.2       G RO
                          Schedules
                         Diagrams and Instructions          1.2.2       G RO
                         Drawings                           1.2.2       G RO
                        SD-03 Product Data
                         Catalog cuts                       1.2.3       G RO
                         Samples of warranty language       1.2.3       G RO
                        SD-05 Design Data
                         Design Calculations                1.2.3       G RO
                        SD-06 Test Reports
                         Factory Tests                      1.2.4.1
                         Functional Field Test              1.2.4.2
                         Final Acceptance Test              1.2.4.3
                        SD-07 Certificates
                         Qualification of Manufacturer      1.2.1       G RO
                         Qualification of Installer         1.2.1
                        SD-08 Manufacturer’s Instructions

SUBMITTAL FORM,Jan 96                                                                  PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE                                                                            PAGE 6 OF 57 PAGES
                                                                                                                                                  CONTRACT NO.
                                                   SUBMITTAL REGISTER
TITLE AND LOCATION                                                                      CONTRACTOR
Training Aids Support Center
                                                                                                  CONTRACTOR:           CONTRACTOR                        APPROVING AUTHORITY
                                                                                                 SCHEDULE DATES           ACTION
                                                                                   G
                                                                                   O
                                                                                   V
      T                                                                  C         T
      R                                                                  L
      A                                                                  A         O
 A    N                                                                  S         R                                    A                                              A
 C    S                                                                  S                                              C                                              C
 T    M           S                                           P          I         A                                    T                                              T
 I    I           P                                           A          F         /                                    I                                              I
 V    T           E                                           R          I         E                                    O              DATE FWD                        O              MAILED
 I    T           C                                           A          C                                              N               TO APPR                        N                TO
 T    A                                                       G#         A         R                                                     AUTH/                                        CONTR/
 Y    L           S                                           R          T         E                                    C                                              C
                  E                DESCRIPTION                A          I         V               APPROVAL MATERIAL    O      DATE    DATE RCD DATE FWD DATE RCD      O      DATE    DATE RCD
 N    N           C                                           P          O         W                NEEDED  NEEDED      D       OF       FROM   TO OTHER FROM OTH      D       OF     FRM APPR
 O    O           T               ITEM SUBMITTED              H          N         R     SUBMIT       BY       BY       E     ACTION    CONTR REVIEWER REVIEWER        E     ACTION     AUTH        REMARKS


(a)   (b)        (c)                    (d)                       (e)        (f)           (g)         (h)        (i)   (j)     (k)       (l)       (m)          (n)   (o)      (p)      (q)            (r)

            01 75 00     Demonstration and Training         1.2.1       G RO
                          Information
                         Manufacturer's Procedural          1.2.1       G RO
                          Requirements
                        SD-09 Manufacturer’s Field
                         Reports
                         Documentation of the Testing       1.2.4.2     G RO
                          and Verification Actions
                        SD-10 Operation and Maintenance
                         Data
                         Operation and Maintenance Data     1.2.1
                         Operation and Maintenance Data     1.2.3
                         Safety and Security Data or        1.2.3
                          Posters
            01 78 00    SD-03 Product Data
                         As-Built Record of Equipment       1.3.2
                          and Materials
                         Warranty Management Plan           1.7.1
                         Warranty Tags                      1.7.5
                         Final Cleaning                     1.10
                         Spare Parts Data                   1.4
                        SD-08 Manufacturer’s Instructions
                         Preventative Maintenance           1.5
                         Condition Monitoring (Predictive   1.5
                          Testing)
                         Inspection                         1.5

SUBMITTAL FORM,Jan 96                                                                  PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE                                                                            PAGE 7 OF 57 PAGES
                                                                                                                                                    CONTRACT NO.
                                                  SUBMITTAL REGISTER
TITLE AND LOCATION                                                                        CONTRACTOR
Training Aids Support Center
                                                                                                    CONTRACTOR:           CONTRACTOR                        APPROVING AUTHORITY
                                                                                                   SCHEDULE DATES           ACTION
                                                                                     G
                                                                                     O
                                                                                     V
      T                                                                    C         T
      R                                                                    L
      A                                                                    A         O
 A    N                                                                    S         R                                    A                                              A
 C    S                                                                    S                                              C                                              C
 T    M           S                                          P             I         A                                    T                                              T
 I    I           P                                          A             F         /                                    I                                              I
 V    T           E                                          R             I         E                                    O              DATE FWD                        O              MAILED
 I    T           C                                          A             C                                              N               TO APPR                        N                TO
 T    A                                                      G#            A         R                                                     AUTH/                                        CONTR/
 Y    L           S                                          R             T         E                                    C                                              C
                  E               DESCRIPTION                A             I         V               APPROVAL MATERIAL    O      DATE    DATE RCD DATE FWD DATE RCD      O      DATE    DATE RCD
 N    N           C                                          P             O         W                NEEDED  NEEDED      D       OF       FROM   TO OTHER FROM OTH      D       OF     FRM APPR
 O    O           T              ITEM SUBMITTED              H             N         R     SUBMIT       BY       BY       E     ACTION    CONTR REVIEWER REVIEWER        E     ACTION     AUTH        REMARKS


(a)   (b)        (c)                   (d)                       (e)           (f)           (g)         (h)        (i)   (j)     (k)       (l)       (m)          (n)   (o)      (p)      (q)            (r)

            01 78 00     Instructions                      1.7.1
                        SD-10 Operation and Maintenance
                         Data
                         Operation and Maintenance         1.9
                          Manuals
                        SD-11 Closeout Submittals
                         Record Drawings                   1.3.1
                         Certification of EPA Designated   1.6         G RO
                          Items
                         Form DD1354                       1.11        G RO
            02 41 00    SD-07 Certificates
                         Demolition Plan                   1.9         G RO
                         Deconstruction Plan                           G RO
                         Notifications                     1.4.1       G RO
                        SD-11 Closeout Submittals
                         Receipts
            02 50 00    SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
                         Equipment and Construction        1.5.1       G RO
                          Operations
                         Mix Design                        1.5.1       G RO
                         Mix Design                        1.5.1       G RO
                        SD-03 Product Data
                         Bituminous Mixes                              G   RO
                         Aggregates                        1.5.1       G   RO
                         Mix Design                        1.5.1       G   RO
                         Bituminous Material                           G   RO

SUBMITTAL FORM,Jan 96                                                                    PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE                                                                            PAGE 8 OF 57 PAGES
                                                                                                                                              CONTRACT NO.
                                                  SUBMITTAL REGISTER
TITLE AND LOCATION                                                                  CONTRACTOR
Training Aids Support Center
                                                                                              CONTRACTOR:           CONTRACTOR                        APPROVING AUTHORITY
                                                                                             SCHEDULE DATES           ACTION
                                                                               G
                                                                               O
                                                                               V
      T                                                              C         T
      R                                                              L
      A                                                              A         O
 A    N                                                              S         R                                    A                                              A
 C    S                                                              S                                              C                                              C
 T    M           S                                         P        I         A                                    T                                              T
 I    I           P                                         A        F         /                                    I                                              I
 V    T           E                                         R        I         E                                    O              DATE FWD                        O              MAILED
 I    T           C                                         A        C                                              N               TO APPR                        N                TO
 T    A                                                     G#       A         R                                                     AUTH/                                        CONTR/
 Y    L           S                                         R        T         E                                    C                                              C
                  E                DESCRIPTION              A        I         V               APPROVAL MATERIAL    O      DATE    DATE RCD DATE FWD DATE RCD      O      DATE    DATE RCD
 N    N           C                                         P        O         W                NEEDED  NEEDED      D       OF       FROM   TO OTHER FROM OTH      D       OF     FRM APPR
 O    O           T              ITEM SUBMITTED             H        N         R     SUBMIT       BY       BY       E     ACTION    CONTR REVIEWER REVIEWER        E     ACTION     AUTH        REMARKS


(a)   (b)        (c)                   (d)                   (e)         (f)           (g)         (h)        (i)   (j)     (k)       (l)       (m)          (n)   (o)      (p)      (q)            (r)

            02 50 00    SD-06 Test Reports
                         Sampling and Testing             3.2.2     G RO
                        SD-07 Certificates
                         Waybills and Delivery Tickets              G RO
            03 30 00    SD-02 Shop Drawings
                         Reinforcing steel                1.6.2.1
                        SD-03 Product Data
                         Materials for curing concrete    2.4.7
                         Joint sealants                   2.4.10
                         Joint filler                     2.4.9
                         Plastic Forms                    2.1.2
                         Recycled Aggregate Materials     2.4.3.2
                         Cement                           2.4.1
                         Portland Cement                  2.4.1.3
                         Ready-Mix Concrete               2.3.2
                         Bonding Materials                2.6
                         Floor Finish Materials           2.7
                         Concrete Curing Materials        2.3.3
                         Reinforcement                    2.5
                         Liquid Chemical Floor Hardener   2.7.1
                         Vapor retarder                   2.4.6
                         Epoxy bonding compound           2.4.11
                         Wood Forms                       2.1.1
                         Local/Regional Materials         1.8.1
                         Biodegradable Form Release       2.4.12
                          Agent

SUBMITTAL FORM,Jan 96                                                              PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE                                                                            PAGE 9 OF 57 PAGES
                                                                                                                                                CONTRACT NO.
                                                   SUBMITTAL REGISTER
TITLE AND LOCATION                                                                    CONTRACTOR
Training Aids Support Center
                                                                                                CONTRACTOR:           CONTRACTOR                        APPROVING AUTHORITY
                                                                                               SCHEDULE DATES           ACTION
                                                                                 G
                                                                                 O
                                                                                 V
      T                                                                C         T
      R                                                                L
      A                                                                A         O
 A    N                                                                S         R                                    A                                              A
 C    S                                                                S                                              C                                              C
 T    M           S                                           P        I         A                                    T                                              T
 I    I           P                                           A        F         /                                    I                                              I
 V    T           E                                           R        I         E                                    O              DATE FWD                        O              MAILED
 I    T           C                                           A        C                                              N               TO APPR                        N                TO
 T    A                                                       G#       A         R                                                     AUTH/                                        CONTR/
 Y    L           S                                           R        T         E                                    C                                              C
                  E                DESCRIPTION                A        I         V               APPROVAL MATERIAL    O      DATE    DATE RCD DATE FWD DATE RCD      O      DATE    DATE RCD
 N    N           C                                           P        O         W                NEEDED  NEEDED      D       OF       FROM   TO OTHER FROM OTH      D       OF     FRM APPR
 O    O           T               ITEM SUBMITTED              H        N         R     SUBMIT       BY       BY       E     ACTION    CONTR REVIEWER REVIEWER        E     ACTION     AUTH         REMARKS


(a)   (b)        (c)                    (d)                    (e)         (f)           (g)         (h)        (i)   (j)     (k)       (l)       (m)          (n)   (o)      (p)      (q)             (r)

            03 30 00    SD-05 Design Data
                         mix design                         2.3.1
                        SD-06 Test Reports
                         Concrete mix design                1.6.4.1
                         Fly ash                            1.6.4.2
                         Pozzolan                           1.6.4.2
                         Ground granulated blast-furnace    1.6.4.3
                          slag
                         Tolerance report                   3.9.2.1
                         Compressive strength tests         3.11.2.3
                         Air Content                        3.11.2.4
                         Air Entrainment                    2.3.1
                        SD-07 Certificates
                         Curing concrete elements           1.6.3.1
                         Biodegradable Form Release         2.4.12
                          Agent
                         VOC Content for form release       1.6.3.2
                          agents, curing compounds, and
                          concrete penetrating sealers
                         Material Safety Data Sheets        1.6.3.3
                         Forest Stewardship Council         1.8.2
                          (FSC) Certification
                        SD-08 Manufacturer’s Instructions
                         Fly ash                            1.6.4.2
                         Ground granulated blast-furnace    1.6.4.3
                          slag

SUBMITTAL FORM,Jan 96                                                                PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE                                                                            PAGE 10 OF 57 PAGES
                                                                                                                                             CONTRACT NO.
                                                  SUBMITTAL REGISTER
TITLE AND LOCATION                                                                 CONTRACTOR
Training Aids Support Center
                                                                                             CONTRACTOR:           CONTRACTOR                        APPROVING AUTHORITY
                                                                                            SCHEDULE DATES           ACTION
                                                                              G
                                                                              O
                                                                              V
      T                                                             C         T
      R                                                             L
      A                                                             A         O
 A    N                                                             S         R                                    A                                              A
 C    S                                                             S                                              C                                              C
 T    M           S                                       P         I         A                                    T                                              T
 I    I           P                                       A         F         /                                    I                                              I
 V    T           E                                       R         I         E                                    O              DATE FWD                        O              MAILED
 I    T           C                                       A         C                                              N               TO APPR                        N                TO
 T    A                                                   G#        A         R                                                     AUTH/                                        CONTR/
 Y    L           S                                       R         T         E                                    C                                              C
                  E               DESCRIPTION             A         I         V               APPROVAL MATERIAL    O      DATE    DATE RCD DATE FWD DATE RCD      O      DATE    DATE RCD
 N    N           C                                       P         O         W                NEEDED  NEEDED      D       OF       FROM   TO OTHER FROM OTH      D       OF     FRM APPR
 O    O           T              ITEM SUBMITTED           H         N         R     SUBMIT       BY       BY       E     ACTION    CONTR REVIEWER REVIEWER        E     ACTION     AUTH         REMARKS


(a)   (b)        (c)                   (d)                    (e)       (f)           (g)         (h)        (i)   (j)     (k)       (l)       (m)          (n)   (o)      (p)      (q)             (r)

            03 30 00     Welding Procedures             1.10
                         Welding Procedures             1.10
                         Steel Bar                      2.5.7
                         Welder Qualifications          1.10
            04 20 00    SD-02 Shop Drawings
                         Detail Drawings                1.4.5
                        SD-03 Product Data
                         Local/Regional Materials       1.2.1
                         Concrete Masonry Units (CMU)   2.2
                         Insulation                     2.12
                         Flashing                       2.14
                         Water-Repellant Admixture      2.6
                        SD-04 Samples
                         Concrete Masonry Units (CMU)   2.2
                         Anchors, Ties, and Bar         2.8
                          Positioners
                         Expansion-Joint Materials      2.13
                         Joint Reinforcement            2.9
                         Insulation                     2.12
                         Portable Panel                 1.4.3
                        SD-05 Design Data
                         Pre-mixed Mortar               2.5.3
                         Unit Strength Method           1.2.2.1
                        SD-06 Test Reports
                         Field Testing of Mortar        3.22.1
                         Field Testing of Grout         3.22.2

SUBMITTAL FORM,Jan 96                                                             PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE                                                                            PAGE 11 OF 57 PAGES
                                                                                                                                                 CONTRACT NO.
                                                   SUBMITTAL REGISTER
TITLE AND LOCATION                                                                     CONTRACTOR
Training Aids Support Center
                                                                                                 CONTRACTOR:           CONTRACTOR                        APPROVING AUTHORITY
                                                                                                SCHEDULE DATES           ACTION
                                                                                  G
                                                                                  O
                                                                                  V
      T                                                                 C         T
      R                                                                 L
      A                                                                 A         O
 A    N                                                                 S         R                                    A                                              A
 C    S                                                                 S                                              C                                              C
 T    M           S                                           P         I         A                                    T                                              T
 I    I           P                                           A         F         /                                    I                                              I
 V    T           E                                           R         I         E                                    O              DATE FWD                        O              MAILED
 I    T           C                                           A         C                                              N               TO APPR                        N                TO
 T    A                                                       G#        A         R                                                     AUTH/                                        CONTR/
 Y    L           S                                           R         T         E                                    C                                              C
                  E                DESCRIPTION                A         I         V               APPROVAL MATERIAL    O      DATE    DATE RCD DATE FWD DATE RCD      O      DATE    DATE RCD
 N    N           C                                           P         O         W                NEEDED  NEEDED      D       OF       FROM   TO OTHER FROM OTH      D       OF     FRM APPR
 O    O           T               ITEM SUBMITTED              H         N         R     SUBMIT       BY       BY       E     ACTION    CONTR REVIEWER REVIEWER        E     ACTION     AUTH         REMARKS


(a)   (b)        (c)                    (d)                       (e)       (f)           (g)         (h)        (i)   (j)     (k)       (l)       (m)          (n)   (o)      (p)      (q)             (r)

            04 20 00     Masonry Inspector Qualifications   1.4.4
                        SD-07 Certificates
                         Concrete Masonry Units (CMU)       2.2
                         Joint Reinforcement                2.9
                         Reinforcing Steel Bars and Rods    2.10
                         Mortar Coloring                    2.5.2
                         Admixtures for Grout               2.7.1
                         Insulation                         2.12
                        SD-10 Operation and Maintenance
                         Data
                         Take-Back Program                  3.21.2
            05 12 00    SD-03 Product Data
                         Shop primer                        2.4
                         Welding electrodes and rods        2.3.1
                         Load indicator washers             2.2.3
                         Non-Shrink Grout                   2.3.2
                        SD-06 Test Reports
                         Class B coating                    2.4
                         Bolts, nuts, and washers           2.2
                        SD-07 Certificates
                         Steel                              2.1
                         Bolts, nuts, and washers           2.2
                         Galvanizing                        2.5
                         AISC Quality Certification         1.5
                         Welding procedures and             1.7.2.1
                          qualifications

SUBMITTAL FORM,Jan 96                                                                 PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE                                                                            PAGE 12 OF 57 PAGES
                                                                                                                                                 CONTRACT NO.
                                                   SUBMITTAL REGISTER
TITLE AND LOCATION                                                                     CONTRACTOR
Training Aids Support Center
                                                                                                 CONTRACTOR:           CONTRACTOR                        APPROVING AUTHORITY
                                                                                                SCHEDULE DATES           ACTION
                                                                                  G
                                                                                  O
                                                                                  V
      T                                                                 C         T
      R                                                                 L
      A                                                                 A         O
 A    N                                                                 S         R                                    A                                              A
 C    S                                                                 S                                              C                                              C
 T    M           S                                           P         I         A                                    T                                              T
 I    I           P                                           A         F         /                                    I                                              I
 V    T           E                                           R         I         E                                    O              DATE FWD                        O              MAILED
 I    T           C                                           A         C                                              N               TO APPR                        N                TO
 T    A                                                       G#        A         R                                                     AUTH/                                        CONTR/
 Y    L           S                                           R         T         E                                    C                                              C
                  E                DESCRIPTION                A         I         V               APPROVAL MATERIAL    O      DATE    DATE RCD DATE FWD DATE RCD      O      DATE    DATE RCD
 N    N           C                                           P         O         W                NEEDED  NEEDED      D       OF       FROM   TO OTHER FROM OTH      D       OF     FRM APPR
 O    O           T               ITEM SUBMITTED              H         N         R     SUBMIT       BY       BY       E     ACTION    CONTR REVIEWER REVIEWER        E     ACTION     AUTH         REMARKS


(a)   (b)        (c)                    (d)                       (e)       (f)           (g)         (h)        (i)   (j)     (k)       (l)       (m)          (n)   (o)      (p)      (q)             (r)

            05 50 13    SD-02 Shop Drawings
                         Expansion joint covers             2.4
                         Access doors and panels            2.3
            05 52 00    SD-02 Shop Drawings
                         Steel Railings and Handrails       2.7
                        SD-03 Product Data
                         Structural Steel Plates, Shapes,   2.2
                          and Bars
                         Concrete Inserts                   2.3
                         Masonry Anchorage                  3.1
                         Protective Coating                 2.6
                         Steel Railings and Handrails       2.7
                        SD-07 Certificates
                         Welding Procedures                 1.3
                        SD-08 Manufacturer’s Instructions
                         Protective Coating                 2.6
                         Masonry Anchorage                  3.1
                         Steel Railings and Handrails       2.7
            06 10 00    SD-03 Product Data
                         Local/Regional Materials           1.11.1
                         Fire-retardant treatment           1.8
                         Adhesives                          2.4.2
                        SD-07 Certificates
                         Forest Stewardship Council         1.11.3
                          (FSC) Certification
                        SD-11 Closeout Submittals

SUBMITTAL FORM,Jan 96                                                                 PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE                                                                            PAGE 13 OF 57 PAGES
                                                                                                                                                 CONTRACT NO.
                                                      SUBMITTAL REGISTER
TITLE AND LOCATION                                                                     CONTRACTOR
Training Aids Support Center
                                                                                                 CONTRACTOR:           CONTRACTOR                        APPROVING AUTHORITY
                                                                                                SCHEDULE DATES           ACTION
                                                                                  G
                                                                                  O
                                                                                  V
      T                                                                 C         T
      R                                                                 L
      A                                                                 A         O
 A    N                                                                 S         R                                    A                                              A
 C    S                                                                 S                                              C                                              C
 T    M           S                                           P         I         A                                    T                                              T
 I    I           P                                           A         F         /                                    I                                              I
 V    T           E                                           R         I         E                                    O              DATE FWD                        O              MAILED
 I    T           C                                           A         C                                              N               TO APPR                        N                TO
 T    A                                                       G#        A         R                                                     AUTH/                                        CONTR/
 Y    L           S                                           R         T         E                                    C                                              C
                  E                   DESCRIPTION             A         I         V               APPROVAL MATERIAL    O      DATE    DATE RCD DATE FWD DATE RCD      O      DATE    DATE RCD
 N    N           C                                           P         O         W                NEEDED  NEEDED      D       OF       FROM   TO OTHER FROM OTH      D       OF     FRM APPR
 O    O           T                  ITEM SUBMITTED           H         N         R     SUBMIT       BY       BY       E     ACTION    CONTR REVIEWER REVIEWER        E     ACTION     AUTH         REMARKS


(a)   (b)         (c)                      (d)                    (e)       (f)           (g)         (h)        (i)   (j)     (k)       (l)       (m)          (n)   (o)      (p)      (q)             (r)

            06 10 00        Local/Regional Materials        1.11.1
                            Adhesives                       2.4.2
                            Certified Wood                  1.11.2
                            Certified Wood                  1.11.3
            06 41 16.00 10 SD-02 Shop Drawings
                            Shop Drawings                   2.11
                            Installation                    3.1
                           SD-03 Product Data
                            Wood Materials                  2.1
                            Wood Finishes                   2.9
                            Finish Schedule                 2.11.6.3
                            Cabinet Hardware                2.6
                           SD-04 Samples
                            Plastic Laminates               2.3
                           SD-07 Certificates
                            Quality Assurance               1.4
                            laminate clad casework          2.9
                            laminate clad casework          3.1
            06 61 16       SD-02 Shop Drawings
                            Installation                    3.1
                           SD-03 Product Data
                            Solid polymer material          2.1
                            Qualifications                  1.4.1
                            Fabrications                    2.3
                           SD-04 Samples
                            Material                        2.1

SUBMITTAL FORM,Jan 96                                                                 PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE                                                                            PAGE 14 OF 57 PAGES
                                                                                                                                                 CONTRACT NO.
                                                   SUBMITTAL REGISTER
TITLE AND LOCATION                                                                     CONTRACTOR
Training Aids Support Center
                                                                                                 CONTRACTOR:           CONTRACTOR                        APPROVING AUTHORITY
                                                                                                SCHEDULE DATES           ACTION
                                                                                  G
                                                                                  O
                                                                                  V
      T                                                                 C         T
      R                                                                 L
      A                                                                 A         O
 A    N                                                                 S         R                                    A                                              A
 C    S                                                                 S                                              C                                              C
 T    M           S                                           P         I         A                                    T                                              T
 I    I           P                                           A         F         /                                    I                                              I
 V    T           E                                           R         I         E                                    O              DATE FWD                        O              MAILED
 I    T           C                                           A         C                                              N               TO APPR                        N                TO
 T    A                                                       G#        A         R                                                     AUTH/                                        CONTR/
 Y    L           S                                           R         T         E                                    C                                              C
                  E                DESCRIPTION                A         I         V               APPROVAL MATERIAL    O      DATE    DATE RCD DATE FWD DATE RCD      O      DATE    DATE RCD
 N    N           C                                           P         O         W                NEEDED  NEEDED      D       OF       FROM   TO OTHER FROM OTH      D       OF     FRM APPR
 O    O           T               ITEM SUBMITTED              H         N         R     SUBMIT       BY       BY       E     ACTION    CONTR REVIEWER REVIEWER        E     ACTION     AUTH         REMARKS


(a)   (b)        (c)                    (d)                       (e)       (f)           (g)         (h)        (i)   (j)     (k)       (l)       (m)          (n)   (o)      (p)      (q)             (r)

            06 61 16    SD-06 Test Reports
                         Solid polymer material             2.1
                        SD-07 Certificates
                         Fabrications                       2.3
                         Qualifications                     1.4.1
                        SD-10 Operation and Maintenance
                         Data
                         Clean-up                           3.2
            07 11 13    SD-07 Certificates
                         Materials                          1.3
            07 21 13    SD-03 Product Data
                         Block or board insulation          2.1
                         Vapor retarder                     2.2
                         Pressure sensitive tape            2.3
                         Protection board or coating        2.4
                         Accessories                        2.5
                        SD-08 Manufacturer’s Instructions
                         Block or Board Insulation          2.1
                         Adhesive                           2.5.1
            07 21 16    SD-03 Product Data
                         Blanket insulation                 2.1
                         Sill sealer insulation             2.2
                         Vapor retarder                     2.4
                         Pressure sensitive tape            2.4
                         Accessories                        2.5
                        SD-08 Manufacturer’s Instructions

SUBMITTAL FORM,Jan 96                                                                 PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE                                                                            PAGE 15 OF 57 PAGES
                                                                                                                                               CONTRACT NO.
                                                    SUBMITTAL REGISTER
TITLE AND LOCATION                                                                   CONTRACTOR
Training Aids Support Center
                                                                                               CONTRACTOR:           CONTRACTOR                        APPROVING AUTHORITY
                                                                                              SCHEDULE DATES           ACTION
                                                                                G
                                                                                O
                                                                                V
      T                                                               C         T
      R                                                               L
      A                                                               A         O
 A    N                                                               S         R                                    A                                              A
 C    S                                                               S                                              C                                              C
 T    M           S                                         P         I         A                                    T                                              T
 I    I           P                                         A         F         /                                    I                                              I
 V    T           E                                         R         I         E                                    O              DATE FWD                        O              MAILED
 I    T           C                                         A         C                                              N               TO APPR                        N                TO
 T    A                                                     G#        A         R                                                     AUTH/                                        CONTR/
 Y    L           S                                         R         T         E                                    C                                              C
                  E                 DESCRIPTION             A         I         V               APPROVAL MATERIAL    O      DATE    DATE RCD DATE FWD DATE RCD      O      DATE    DATE RCD
 N    N           C                                         P         O         W                NEEDED  NEEDED      D       OF       FROM   TO OTHER FROM OTH      D       OF     FRM APPR
 O    O           T                ITEM SUBMITTED           H         N         R     SUBMIT       BY       BY       E     ACTION    CONTR REVIEWER REVIEWER        E     ACTION     AUTH         REMARKS


(a)   (b)        (c)                     (d)                    (e)       (f)           (g)         (h)        (i)   (j)     (k)       (l)       (m)          (n)   (o)      (p)      (q)             (r)

            07 21 16     Insulation                       3.3.1
            07 84 00    SD-02 Shop Drawings
                         Firestopping Materials           2.1
                        SD-07 Certificates
                         Firestopping Materials           2.1
                         Installer Qualifications         1.4
                         Inspection                       3.3
            07 92 00    SD-03 Product Data
                         Sealants                         2.1
                         Primers                          2.2
                         Bond breakers                    2.3
                         Backstops                        2.4
                        SD-07 Certificates
                         Sealant                          3.3.6
            08 11 13    SD-02 Shop Drawings
                         Doors                            2.1
                         Doors                            2.1
                         Frames                           2.6
                         Frames                           2.6
                         Accessories                      2.4
                         Weatherstripping                 2.8
                        SD-03 Product Data
                         Doors                            2.1
                         Frames                           2.6
                         Accessories                      2.4
                         Weatherstripping                 2.8

SUBMITTAL FORM,Jan 96                                                               PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE                                                                            PAGE 16 OF 57 PAGES
                                                                                                                                                 CONTRACT NO.
                                                   SUBMITTAL REGISTER
TITLE AND LOCATION                                                                     CONTRACTOR
Training Aids Support Center
                                                                                                 CONTRACTOR:           CONTRACTOR                        APPROVING AUTHORITY
                                                                                                SCHEDULE DATES           ACTION
                                                                                  G
                                                                                  O
                                                                                  V
      T                                                                 C         T
      R                                                                 L
      A                                                                 A         O
 A    N                                                                 S         R                                    A                                              A
 C    S                                                                 S                                              C                                              C
 T    M           S                                           P         I         A                                    T                                              T
 I    I           P                                           A         F         /                                    I                                              I
 V    T           E                                           R         I         E                                    O              DATE FWD                        O              MAILED
 I    T           C                                           A         C                                              N               TO APPR                        N                TO
 T    A                                                       G#        A         R                                                     AUTH/                                        CONTR/
 Y    L           S                                           R         T         E                                    C                                              C
                  E                DESCRIPTION                A         I         V               APPROVAL MATERIAL    O      DATE    DATE RCD DATE FWD DATE RCD      O      DATE    DATE RCD
 N    N           C                                           P         O         W                NEEDED  NEEDED      D       OF       FROM   TO OTHER FROM OTH      D       OF     FRM APPR
 O    O           T               ITEM SUBMITTED              H         N         R     SUBMIT       BY       BY       E     ACTION    CONTR REVIEWER REVIEWER        E     ACTION     AUTH         REMARKS


(a)   (b)        (c)                    (d)                       (e)       (f)           (g)         (h)        (i)   (j)     (k)       (l)       (m)          (n)   (o)      (p)      (q)             (r)

            08 11 16    SD-02 Shop Drawings
                         Doors and frames                   1.5.1
                         Doors and frames                   2.1
                         Finish sample                      1.5.2.1
                         calculations                       1.2.1
                        SD-08 Manufacturer’s Instructions
                         Doors and frames                   1.5.1
                         Doors and frames                   2.1
            08 14 00    SD-02 Shop Drawings
                         Doors                              2.1
                        SD-03 Product Data
                         Doors                              2.1
                         Accessories                        2.2
                         Water-resistant sealer             2.3.6
                         warranty                           1.4
                        SD-04 Samples
                         Door finish colors                 2.3.5.2
            08 33 23    SD-02 Shop Drawings
                         Overhead Coiling Doors             2.1
                         Counterbalancing Mechanism         1.6
                         Counterbalancing Mechanism         2.3
                         Electric Door Operators            1.6
                         Electric Door Operators            2.4
                         Bottom Bar                         2.1.3
                         Guides                             1.5
                         Mounting Brackets                  2.3.1

SUBMITTAL FORM,Jan 96                                                                 PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE                                                                            PAGE 17 OF 57 PAGES
                                                                                                                                               CONTRACT NO.
                                                  SUBMITTAL REGISTER
TITLE AND LOCATION                                                                   CONTRACTOR
Training Aids Support Center
                                                                                               CONTRACTOR:           CONTRACTOR                        APPROVING AUTHORITY
                                                                                              SCHEDULE DATES           ACTION
                                                                                G
                                                                                O
                                                                                V
      T                                                               C         T
      R                                                               L
      A                                                               A         O
 A    N                                                               S         R                                    A                                              A
 C    S                                                               S                                              C                                              C
 T    M           S                                         P         I         A                                    T                                              T
 I    I           P                                         A         F         /                                    I                                              I
 V    T           E                                         R         I         E                                    O              DATE FWD                        O              MAILED
 I    T           C                                         A         C                                              N               TO APPR                        N                TO
 T    A                                                     G#        A         R                                                     AUTH/                                        CONTR/
 Y    L           S                                         R         T         E                                    C                                              C
                  E               DESCRIPTION               A         I         V               APPROVAL MATERIAL    O      DATE    DATE RCD DATE FWD DATE RCD      O      DATE    DATE RCD
 N    N           C                                         P         O         W                NEEDED  NEEDED      D       OF       FROM   TO OTHER FROM OTH      D       OF     FRM APPR
 O    O           T              ITEM SUBMITTED             H         N         R     SUBMIT       BY       BY       E     ACTION    CONTR REVIEWER REVIEWER        E     ACTION     AUTH         REMARKS


(a)   (b)        (c)                   (d)                      (e)       (f)           (g)         (h)        (i)   (j)     (k)       (l)       (m)          (n)   (o)      (p)      (q)             (r)

            08 33 23     Overhead Drum                    2.1.8
                         Hood                             1.6
                         Painting                         1.6
                         Installation Drawings            1.5
                        SD-03 Product Data
                         Overhead Coiling Doors           2.1
                         Hardware                         2.2
                         Counterbalancing Mechanism       1.6
                         Counterbalancing Mechanism       2.3
                         Electric Door Operators          1.6
                         Electric Door Operators          2.4
                         Fire-Rated Door Assembly         2.5
                        SD-05 Design Data
                         Overhead Coiling Doors           2.1
                         Hardware                         2.2
                         Counterbalancing Mechanism       1.6
                         Counterbalancing Mechanism       2.3
                         Electric Door Operators          1.6
                         Electric Door Operators          2.4
                         Fire-Rated Door                  1.3.2
                        SD-10 Operation and Maintenance
                         Data
                         Operation and Maintenance        1.5
                          Manuals
                         Overhead Coiling Door            1.6
                          Assemblies

SUBMITTAL FORM,Jan 96                                                               PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE                                                                            PAGE 18 OF 57 PAGES
                                                                                                                                               CONTRACT NO.
                                                   SUBMITTAL REGISTER
TITLE AND LOCATION                                                                   CONTRACTOR
Training Aids Support Center
                                                                                               CONTRACTOR:           CONTRACTOR                        APPROVING AUTHORITY
                                                                                              SCHEDULE DATES           ACTION
                                                                                G
                                                                                O
                                                                                V
      T                                                               C         T
      R                                                               L
      A                                                               A         O
 A    N                                                               S         R                                    A                                              A
 C    S                                                               S                                              C                                              C
 T    M           S                                        P          I         A                                    T                                              T
 I    I           P                                        A          F         /                                    I                                              I
 V    T           E                                        R          I         E                                    O              DATE FWD                        O              MAILED
 I    T           C                                        A          C                                              N               TO APPR                        N                TO
 T    A                                                    G#         A         R                                                     AUTH/                                        CONTR/
 Y    L           S                                        R          T         E                                    C                                              C
                  E                 DESCRIPTION            A          I         V               APPROVAL MATERIAL    O      DATE    DATE RCD DATE FWD DATE RCD      O      DATE    DATE RCD
 N    N           C                                        P          O         W                NEEDED  NEEDED      D       OF       FROM   TO OTHER FROM OTH      D       OF     FRM APPR
 O    O           T               ITEM SUBMITTED           H          N         R     SUBMIT       BY       BY       E     ACTION    CONTR REVIEWER REVIEWER        E     ACTION     AUTH         REMARKS


(a)   (b)        (c)                    (d)                    (e)        (f)           (g)         (h)        (i)   (j)     (k)       (l)       (m)          (n)   (o)      (p)      (q)             (r)

            08 33 23     Materials                       1.6
                         Devices                         1.6
                         Procedures                      1.6
                         Manufacture's Brochures         1.6
                         Parts Lists                     1.6
            08 51 13    SD-02 Shop Drawings
                         windows                         2.1
                        SD-03 Product Data
                         windows                         2.1
                         data                            1.4.1
                         Fasteners                       2.2.3       G RO
                         Manufacturer's                  3.1.1
                         Weatherstripping                2.2.2       G RO
                         Accessories                     2.2.7       G RO
                         Adhesives                       2.2.4
                         Thermal performance             1.11.5
                         Local/Regional Materials        1.7.1
                        SD-05 Design Data
                         Structural calculations for     2.1
                          deflection
                         Design Analysis                 1.4.1
                        SD-06 Test Reports
                         Minimum condensation            1.4.2
                          resistance factor
                         Resistance to forced entry      1.4.2
                         Standard Airblast Test          1.11.2.3

SUBMITTAL FORM,Jan 96                                                               PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE                                                                            PAGE 19 OF 57 PAGES
                                                                                                                                                  CONTRACT NO.
                                                   SUBMITTAL REGISTER
TITLE AND LOCATION                                                                      CONTRACTOR
Training Aids Support Center
                                                                                                  CONTRACTOR:           CONTRACTOR                        APPROVING AUTHORITY
                                                                                                 SCHEDULE DATES           ACTION
                                                                                   G
                                                                                   O
                                                                                   V
      T                                                                  C         T
      R                                                                  L
      A                                                                  A         O
 A    N                                                                  S         R                                    A                                              A
 C    S                                                                  S                                              C                                              C
 T    M           S                                           P          I         A                                    T                                              T
 I    I           P                                           A          F         /                                    I                                              I
 V    T           E                                           R          I         E                                    O              DATE FWD                        O              MAILED
 I    T           C                                           A          C                                              N               TO APPR                        N                TO
 T    A                                                       G#         A         R                                                     AUTH/                                        CONTR/
 Y    L           S                                           R          T         E                                    C                                              C
                  E                DESCRIPTION                A          I         V               APPROVAL MATERIAL    O      DATE    DATE RCD DATE FWD DATE RCD      O      DATE    DATE RCD
 N    N           C                                           P          O         W                NEEDED  NEEDED      D       OF       FROM   TO OTHER FROM OTH      D       OF     FRM APPR
 O    O           T               ITEM SUBMITTED              H          N         R     SUBMIT       BY       BY       E     ACTION    CONTR REVIEWER REVIEWER        E     ACTION     AUTH         REMARKS


(a)   (b)        (c)                    (d)                       (e)        (f)           (g)         (h)        (i)   (j)     (k)       (l)       (m)          (n)   (o)      (p)      (q)             (r)

            08 62 00    SD-02 Shop Drawings
                         Shop Drawings                      3.2         G RO
                        SD-03 Product Data
                         Skylights                          2.4.1.1
                         Warranty                           1.6
                        SD-06 Test Reports
                         Test Reports                       2.1         G RO
                        SD-07 Certificates
                         Skylights                          2.4.1.1     G RO
                         Qualifications                     1.4
            08 71 00    SD-02 Shop Drawings
                         Hardware schedule                  1.3
                         Keying system                      2.3.5
                        SD-03 Product Data
                         Hardware items                     2.3
                        SD-08 Manufacturer’s Instructions
                         Installation                       3.1
                        SD-10 Operation and Maintenance
                         Data
                         Hardware Schedule                  1.3
                        SD-11 Closeout Submittals
                         Key Bitting                        1.4
            08 81 00    SD-02 Shop Drawings
                         Installation                       3.1
                        SD-03 Product Data
                         Insulating Glass                   1.7.1

SUBMITTAL FORM,Jan 96                                                                  PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE                                                                            PAGE 20 OF 57 PAGES
                                                                                                                                              CONTRACT NO.
                                                   SUBMITTAL REGISTER
TITLE AND LOCATION                                                                  CONTRACTOR
Training Aids Support Center
                                                                                              CONTRACTOR:           CONTRACTOR                        APPROVING AUTHORITY
                                                                                             SCHEDULE DATES           ACTION
                                                                               G
                                                                               O
                                                                               V
      T                                                              C         T
      R                                                              L
      A                                                              A         O
 A    N                                                              S         R                                    A                                              A
 C    S                                                              S                                              C                                              C
 T    M           S                                        P         I         A                                    T                                              T
 I    I           P                                        A         F         /                                    I                                              I
 V    T           E                                        R         I         E                                    O              DATE FWD                        O              MAILED
 I    T           C                                        A         C                                              N               TO APPR                        N                TO
 T    A                                                    G#        A         R                                                     AUTH/                                        CONTR/
 Y    L           S                                        R         T         E                                    C                                              C
                  E                DESCRIPTION             A         I         V               APPROVAL MATERIAL    O      DATE    DATE RCD DATE FWD DATE RCD      O      DATE    DATE RCD
 N    N           C                                        P         O         W                NEEDED  NEEDED      D       OF       FROM   TO OTHER FROM OTH      D       OF     FRM APPR
 O    O           T               ITEM SUBMITTED           H         N         R     SUBMIT       BY       BY       E     ACTION    CONTR REVIEWER REVIEWER        E     ACTION     AUTH         REMARKS


(a)   (b)        (c)                    (d)                    (e)       (f)           (g)         (h)        (i)   (j)     (k)       (l)       (m)          (n)   (o)      (p)      (q)             (r)

            08 81 00     Plastic Glazing                 2.3
                         Glazing Accessories             1.3
                         Local/Regional Materials        1.6.1
                        SD-04 Samples
                         Insulating Glass                1.7.1
                        SD-07 Certificates
                         Glazing Accessories             1.3
                        SD-11 Closeout Submittals
                         Local/Regional Materials        1.6.1
            08 91 00    SD-02 Shop Drawings
                         Wall louvers                    1.4
                         Wall louvers                    1.5
                        SD-03 Product Data
                         Metal Wall Louvers              2.2
                        SD-04 Samples
                         Wall louvers                    1.4
                         Wall louvers                    1.5
            09 29 00    SD-03 Product Data
                         Cementitious backer units       2.1.4
                         Water-Resistant Gypsum          2.1.3
                          Backing Board
                         Accessories                     2.1.8
                         Gypsum Board                    2.1.1
                         Adhesives                       2.1.7
                         Joint Treatment Materials       2.1.5
                         Local/Regional Materials        1.5.1

SUBMITTAL FORM,Jan 96                                                              PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE                                                                            PAGE 21 OF 57 PAGES
                                                                                                                                              CONTRACT NO.
                                                   SUBMITTAL REGISTER
TITLE AND LOCATION                                                                  CONTRACTOR
Training Aids Support Center
                                                                                              CONTRACTOR:           CONTRACTOR                        APPROVING AUTHORITY
                                                                                             SCHEDULE DATES           ACTION
                                                                               G
                                                                               O
                                                                               V
      T                                                              C         T
      R                                                              L
      A                                                              A         O
 A    N                                                              S         R                                    A                                              A
 C    S                                                              S                                              C                                              C
 T    M           S                                        P         I         A                                    T                                              T
 I    I           P                                        A         F         /                                    I                                              I
 V    T           E                                        R         I         E                                    O              DATE FWD                        O              MAILED
 I    T           C                                        A         C                                              N               TO APPR                        N                TO
 T    A                                                    G#        A         R                                                     AUTH/                                        CONTR/
 Y    L           S                                        R         T         E                                    C                                              C
                  E                DESCRIPTION             A         I         V               APPROVAL MATERIAL    O      DATE    DATE RCD DATE FWD DATE RCD      O      DATE    DATE RCD
 N    N           C                                        P         O         W                NEEDED  NEEDED      D       OF       FROM   TO OTHER FROM OTH      D       OF     FRM APPR
 O    O           T               ITEM SUBMITTED           H         N         R     SUBMIT       BY       BY       E     ACTION    CONTR REVIEWER REVIEWER        E     ACTION     AUTH         REMARKS


(a)   (b)        (c)                    (d)                    (e)       (f)           (g)         (h)        (i)   (j)     (k)       (l)       (m)          (n)   (o)      (p)      (q)             (r)

            09 29 00    SD-07 Certificates
                         Asbestos Free Materials         2.1
                        SD-11 Closeout Submittals
                         Local/Regional Materials        1.5.1
                         Gypsum Board                    2.1.1
                         Adhesives                       2.1.7
            09 30 00    SD-03 Product Data
                         Local/Regional Materials        1.2.2
                         Tile                            2.1
                         Setting-Bed                     3.6.2
                         Mortar, Grout, and Adhesive     2.3
                        SD-04 Samples
                         Tile                            2.1
                         Accessories                     2.1.3
                         Marble Thresholds               2.4
                         Grout                           2.3
                        SD-07 Certificates
                         Mortar, Grout, and Adhesive     2.3
                        SD-11 Closeout Submittals
                         Local/Regional Materials        1.2.2
                         Tile                            2.1
                         Adhesives                       2.3
            09 51 00    SD-04 Samples
                         Acoustical Units                2.1
                        SD-06 Test Reports


SUBMITTAL FORM,Jan 96                                                              PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE                                                                            PAGE 22 OF 57 PAGES
                                                                                                                                                 CONTRACT NO.
                                                   SUBMITTAL REGISTER
TITLE AND LOCATION                                                                     CONTRACTOR
Training Aids Support Center
                                                                                                 CONTRACTOR:           CONTRACTOR                        APPROVING AUTHORITY
                                                                                                SCHEDULE DATES           ACTION
                                                                                  G
                                                                                  O
                                                                                  V
      T                                                                 C         T
      R                                                                 L
      A                                                                 A         O
 A    N                                                                 S         R                                    A                                              A
 C    S                                                                 S                                              C                                              C
 T    M           S                                           P         I         A                                    T                                              T
 I    I           P                                           A         F         /                                    I                                              I
 V    T           E                                           R         I         E                                    O              DATE FWD                        O              MAILED
 I    T           C                                           A         C                                              N               TO APPR                        N                TO
 T    A                                                       G#        A         R                                                     AUTH/                                        CONTR/
 Y    L           S                                           R         T         E                                    C                                              C
                  E                DESCRIPTION                A         I         V               APPROVAL MATERIAL    O      DATE    DATE RCD DATE FWD DATE RCD      O      DATE    DATE RCD
 N    N           C                                           P         O         W                NEEDED  NEEDED      D       OF       FROM   TO OTHER FROM OTH      D       OF     FRM APPR
 O    O           T               ITEM SUBMITTED              H         N         R     SUBMIT       BY       BY       E     ACTION    CONTR REVIEWER REVIEWER        E     ACTION     AUTH         REMARKS


(a)   (b)        (c)                    (d)                       (e)       (f)           (g)         (h)        (i)   (j)     (k)       (l)       (m)          (n)   (o)      (p)      (q)             (r)

            09 51 00     Ceiling Attenuation Class and      1.2.1
                          Test
                        SD-07 Certificates
                         Acoustical Units                   2.1
            09 65 00    SD-03 Product Data
                         Resilient Flooring and             2.9
                          Accessories
                         Adhesives                          2.5
                         Vinyl Composition Tile             2.1
                         Wall Base                          2.2
                         Local/Regional Materials           1.2.1
                        SD-04 Samples
                         Resilient Flooring and             2.9
                          Accessories
                        SD-06 Test Reports
                         Moisture, Alkalinity and Bond      3.3
                          Tests
                        SD-08 Manufacturer’s Instructions
                         Surface Preparation                3.2
                         Installation                       3.1
                        SD-10 Operation and Maintenance
                         Data
                         Resilient Flooring and             2.9
                          Accessories
                        SD-11 Closeout Submittals
                         Local/Regional Materials           1.2.1

SUBMITTAL FORM,Jan 96                                                                 PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE                                                                            PAGE 23 OF 57 PAGES
                                                                                                                                                 CONTRACT NO.
                                                   SUBMITTAL REGISTER
TITLE AND LOCATION                                                                     CONTRACTOR
Training Aids Support Center
                                                                                                 CONTRACTOR:           CONTRACTOR                        APPROVING AUTHORITY
                                                                                                SCHEDULE DATES           ACTION
                                                                                  G
                                                                                  O
                                                                                  V
      T                                                                 C         T
      R                                                                 L
      A                                                                 A         O
 A    N                                                                 S         R                                    A                                              A
 C    S                                                                 S                                              C                                              C
 T    M           S                                           P         I         A                                    T                                              T
 I    I           P                                           A         F         /                                    I                                              I
 V    T           E                                           R         I         E                                    O              DATE FWD                        O              MAILED
 I    T           C                                           A         C                                              N               TO APPR                        N                TO
 T    A                                                       G#        A         R                                                     AUTH/                                        CONTR/
 Y    L           S                                           R         T         E                                    C                                              C
                  E                DESCRIPTION                A         I         V               APPROVAL MATERIAL    O      DATE    DATE RCD DATE FWD DATE RCD      O      DATE    DATE RCD
 N    N           C                                           P         O         W                NEEDED  NEEDED      D       OF       FROM   TO OTHER FROM OTH      D       OF     FRM APPR
 O    O           T               ITEM SUBMITTED              H         N         R     SUBMIT       BY       BY       E     ACTION    CONTR REVIEWER REVIEWER        E     ACTION     AUTH         REMARKS


(a)   (b)        (c)                    (d)                       (e)       (f)           (g)         (h)        (i)   (j)     (k)       (l)       (m)          (n)   (o)      (p)      (q)             (r)

            09 65 00     Resilient Flooring and             2.9
                          Accessories
                         Adhesives                          2.5
            09 90 00    SD-03 Product Data
                         Local/Regional Materials           1.8.1
                         Materials                          2.1
                         Coating                            2.1
                         Manufacturer's Technical Data      2.1
                          Sheets
                        SD-04 Samples
                         Color                              1.10
                        SD-07 Certificates
                         Applicator's qualifications        1.3
                        SD-08 Manufacturer’s Instructions
                         Application instructions           3.2.1
                         Mixing                             3.6.2
                         Manufacturer's Material Safety     1.6.2
                          Data Sheets
                        SD-10 Operation and Maintenance
                         Data
                         Coatings:                          2.1
            10 10 00    SD-03 Product Data
                         Visual Display Board               1.2
                        SD-04 Samples
                         Aluminum                           2.1.3
                         Porcelain Enamel                   2.1.1

SUBMITTAL FORM,Jan 96                                                                 PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE                                                                            PAGE 24 OF 57 PAGES
                                                                                                                                                CONTRACT NO.
                                                  SUBMITTAL REGISTER
TITLE AND LOCATION                                                                    CONTRACTOR
Training Aids Support Center
                                                                                                CONTRACTOR:           CONTRACTOR                        APPROVING AUTHORITY
                                                                                               SCHEDULE DATES           ACTION
                                                                                 G
                                                                                 O
                                                                                 V
      T                                                                C         T
      R                                                                L
      A                                                                A         O
 A    N                                                                S         R                                    A                                              A
 C    S                                                                S                                              C                                              C
 T    M           S                                         P          I         A                                    T                                              T
 I    I           P                                         A          F         /                                    I                                              I
 V    T           E                                         R          I         E                                    O              DATE FWD                        O              MAILED
 I    T           C                                         A          C                                              N               TO APPR                        N                TO
 T    A                                                     G#         A         R                                                     AUTH/                                        CONTR/
 Y    L           S                                         R          T         E                                    C                                              C
                  E               DESCRIPTION               A          I         V               APPROVAL MATERIAL    O      DATE    DATE RCD DATE FWD DATE RCD      O      DATE    DATE RCD
 N    N           C                                         P          O         W                NEEDED  NEEDED      D       OF       FROM   TO OTHER FROM OTH      D       OF     FRM APPR
 O    O           T              ITEM SUBMITTED             H          N         R     SUBMIT       BY       BY       E     ACTION    CONTR REVIEWER REVIEWER        E     ACTION     AUTH         REMARKS


(a)   (b)        (c)                   (d)                      (e)        (f)           (g)         (h)        (i)   (j)     (k)       (l)       (m)          (n)   (o)      (p)      (q)             (r)

            10 10 00     Materials                        2.1
                        SD-07 Certificates
                         Visual Display Board             1.2
            10 14 02    SD-02 Shop Drawings
                         Drawings                         3.1
                        SD-03 Product Data
                         Installation                     3.1
                        SD-04 Samples
                         Interior Signage                 1.2
                        SD-10 Operation and Maintenance
                         Data
                         Approved Manufacturer's          3.1
                          Instructions
                         Protection and Cleaning          3.1.2       G RO
            10 26 13    SD-03 Product Data
                         Corner Guards                    2.2
                        SD-04 Samples
                         Finish                           2.4
                        SD-06 Test Reports
                         Corner Guards                    2.2
                        SD-07 Certificates
                         Corner Guards                    2.2
            10 28 13    SD-03 Product Data
                         Finishes                         2.1.2
                         Accessory Items                  2.2
                        SD-07 Certificates

SUBMITTAL FORM,Jan 96                                                                PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE                                                                            PAGE 25 OF 57 PAGES
                                                                                                                                                CONTRACT NO.
                                                     SUBMITTAL REGISTER
TITLE AND LOCATION                                                                    CONTRACTOR
Training Aids Support Center
                                                                                                CONTRACTOR:           CONTRACTOR                        APPROVING AUTHORITY
                                                                                               SCHEDULE DATES           ACTION
                                                                                 G
                                                                                 O
                                                                                 V
      T                                                                C         T
      R                                                                L
      A                                                                A         O
 A    N                                                                S         R                                    A                                              A
 C    S                                                                S                                              C                                              C
 T    M           S                                          P         I         A                                    T                                              T
 I    I           P                                          A         F         /                                    I                                              I
 V    T           E                                          R         I         E                                    O              DATE FWD                        O              MAILED
 I    T           C                                          A         C                                              N               TO APPR                        N                TO
 T    A                                                      G#        A         R                                                     AUTH/                                        CONTR/
 Y    L           S                                          R         T         E                                    C                                              C
                  E                  DESCRIPTION             A         I         V               APPROVAL MATERIAL    O      DATE    DATE RCD DATE FWD DATE RCD      O      DATE    DATE RCD
 N    N           C                                          P         O         W                NEEDED  NEEDED      D       OF       FROM   TO OTHER FROM OTH      D       OF     FRM APPR
 O    O           T                 ITEM SUBMITTED           H         N         R     SUBMIT       BY       BY       E     ACTION    CONTR REVIEWER REVIEWER        E     ACTION     AUTH         REMARKS


(a)   (b)        (c)                      (d)                    (e)       (f)           (g)         (h)        (i)   (j)     (k)       (l)       (m)          (n)   (o)      (p)      (q)             (r)

            10 28 13       Accessory Items                 2.2
            10 44 16      SD-02 Shop Drawings
                           Fire Extinguishers              2.1
                           Wall Brackets                   2.4
                          SD-03 Product Data
                           Fire Extinguisher               2.1
                           Wall Brackets                   2.4
                          SD-07 Certificates
                           Fire Extinguishers              2.1
                           Manufacturer's Warranty with    2.1
                            Inspection Tag
            11 16 00      SD-03 Product Data
                           Molded Dock Bumpers             2.1
            12 21 00      SD-02 Shop Drawings
                           Installation                    3.3
                          SD-03 Product Data
                           Window Blinds                   2.1
                           Installation                    3.3
            12 48 13.13   SD-03 Product Data
                           recycled material content       2.1
                           Entrance and Floor Mats         2.2.1
                           protective flooring materials   2.1
                           protective flooring materials   2.1
                          SD-04 Samples
                           Entrance and Floor Mats         2.2.1
            13 34 19      SD-02 Shop Drawings

SUBMITTAL FORM,Jan 96                                                                PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE                                                                            PAGE 26 OF 57 PAGES
                                                                                                                                                   CONTRACT NO.
                                                  SUBMITTAL REGISTER
TITLE AND LOCATION                                                                       CONTRACTOR
Training Aids Support Center
                                                                                                   CONTRACTOR:           CONTRACTOR                        APPROVING AUTHORITY
                                                                                                  SCHEDULE DATES           ACTION
                                                                                    G
                                                                                    O
                                                                                    V
      T                                                                   C         T
      R                                                                   L
      A                                                                   A         O
 A    N                                                                   S         R                                    A                                              A
 C    S                                                                   S                                              C                                              C
 T    M           S                                           P           I         A                                    T                                              T
 I    I           P                                           A           F         /                                    I                                              I
 V    T           E                                           R           I         E                                    O              DATE FWD                        O              MAILED
 I    T           C                                           A           C                                              N               TO APPR                        N                TO
 T    A                                                       G#          A         R                                                     AUTH/                                        CONTR/
 Y    L           S                                           R           T         E                                    C                                              C
                  E                DESCRIPTION                A           I         V               APPROVAL MATERIAL    O      DATE    DATE RCD DATE FWD DATE RCD      O      DATE    DATE RCD
 N    N           C                                           P           O         W                NEEDED  NEEDED      D       OF       FROM   TO OTHER FROM OTH      D       OF     FRM APPR
 O    O           T              ITEM SUBMITTED               H           N         R     SUBMIT       BY       BY       E     ACTION    CONTR REVIEWER REVIEWER        E     ACTION     AUTH         REMARKS


(a)   (b)        (c)                   (d)                     (e)            (f)           (g)         (h)        (i)   (j)     (k)       (l)       (m)          (n)   (o)      (p)      (q)             (r)

            13 34 19     Detail Drawings                    1.2.1.7   G AE
                         Detail Drawings                    1.6.1     G AE
                        SD-03 Product Data
                         Manufacturer's catalog data        1.6.1     G AE
                        SD-04 Samples
                         Coil Stock                         1.6.1     G       AE
                         Coil Stock                         2.1.8     G       AE
                         Roof Panels                        1.2.1.9   G       AE
                         Wall Panels                        1.2.1.9   G       AE
                         Fasteners                          2.5.2     G       AE
                         Metal Closure Strips               2.8.1     G       AE
                         Insulation                         2.4.3     G       AE
                         Vapor Barrier                      1.6.10    G       AE
                         Manufacturer's color charts and    2.4.4     G       AE
                          chips
                        SD-05 Design Data
                         descriptive and technical          1.6.1     G AE
                          literature
                         building design analysis           1.6.1     G AE
                        SD-06 Test Reports
                         test reports                       1.6.1     G AE
                         Coatings and base metals           1.6.1     G AE
                         Factory Color Finish Performance   1.6.1     G AE
                          Requirements
                        SD-07 Certificates
                         system components                  1.6.1     G AE

SUBMITTAL FORM,Jan 96                                                                   PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE                                                                            PAGE 27 OF 57 PAGES
                                                                                                                                                        CONTRACT NO.
                                                      SUBMITTAL REGISTER
TITLE AND LOCATION                                                                            CONTRACTOR
Training Aids Support Center
                                                                                                        CONTRACTOR:           CONTRACTOR                        APPROVING AUTHORITY
                                                                                                       SCHEDULE DATES           ACTION
                                                                                         G
                                                                                         O
                                                                                         V
      T                                                                        C         T
      R                                                                        L
      A                                                                        A         O
 A    N                                                                        S         R                                    A                                              A
 C    S                                                                        S                                              C                                              C
 T    M           S                                              P             I         A                                    T                                              T
 I    I           P                                              A             F         /                                    I                                              I
 V    T           E                                              R             I         E                                    O              DATE FWD                        O              MAILED
 I    T           C                                              A             C                                              N               TO APPR                        N                TO
 T    A                                                          G#            A         R                                                     AUTH/                                        CONTR/
 Y    L           S                                              R             T         E                                    C                                              C
                  E                   DESCRIPTION                A             I         V               APPROVAL MATERIAL    O      DATE    DATE RCD DATE FWD DATE RCD      O      DATE    DATE RCD
 N    N           C                                              P             O         W                NEEDED  NEEDED      D       OF       FROM   TO OTHER FROM OTH      D       OF     FRM APPR
 O    O           T                  ITEM SUBMITTED              H             N         R     SUBMIT       BY       BY       E     ACTION    CONTR REVIEWER REVIEWER        E     ACTION     AUTH         REMARKS


(a)   (b)         (c)                      (d)                       (e)           (f)           (g)         (h)        (i)   (j)     (k)       (l)       (m)          (n)   (o)      (p)      (q)             (r)

            13 34 19        Coil Stock                         1.6.1       G       AE
                            Coil Stock                         2.1.8       G       AE
                            Aluminized Steel Repair Paint      1.6.1       G       AE
                            Galvanizing Repair Paint           1.6.1       G       AE
                            Enamel Repair Paint                1.6.1       G       AE
                            Qualification of Manufacturer      1.6.1       G       AE
                            Qualification of Erector           1.6.1       G       AE
                           SD-08 Manufacturer’s Instructions
                            Installation of Roof and Wall      1.6.2       G AE
                             panels
                            shipping, handling, and storage    1.7         G AE
                           SD-11 Closeout Submittals
                            Manufacturer's Warranty            3.14.1      G RO
                            Contractor's Warranty for          3.14.2      G RO
                             Installation
            13 48 00       SD-02 Shop Drawings
                            Bracing                            3.1
                            Resilient Vibration Isolation      3.4
                             Devices
                            Equipment Requirements             1.3
                           SD-03 Product Data
                            Bracing                            3.1
                            Equipment Requirements             1.3
                           SD-06 Test Reports
                            Anchor Bolts                       3.3
            21 13 13.00 10 SD-02 Shop Drawings

SUBMITTAL FORM,Jan 96                                                                        PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE                                                                            PAGE 28 OF 57 PAGES
                                                                                                                                                     CONTRACT NO.
                                                    SUBMITTAL REGISTER
TITLE AND LOCATION                                                                         CONTRACTOR
Training Aids Support Center
                                                                                                     CONTRACTOR:           CONTRACTOR                        APPROVING AUTHORITY
                                                                                                    SCHEDULE DATES           ACTION
                                                                                      G
                                                                                      O
                                                                                      V
      T                                                                     C         T
      R                                                                     L
      A                                                                     A         O
 A    N                                                                     S         R                                    A                                              A
 C    S                                                                     S                                              C                                              C
 T    M          S                                            P             I         A                                    T                                              T
 I    I          P                                            A             F         /                                    I                                              I
 V    T          E                                            R             I         E                                    O              DATE FWD                        O              MAILED
 I    T          C                                            A             C                                              N               TO APPR                        N                TO
 T    A                                                       G#            A         R                                                     AUTH/                                        CONTR/
 Y    L          S                                            R             T         E                                    C                                              C
                 E                  DESCRIPTION               A             I         V               APPROVAL MATERIAL    O      DATE    DATE RCD DATE FWD DATE RCD      O      DATE    DATE RCD
 N    N          C                                            P             O         W                NEEDED  NEEDED      D       OF       FROM   TO OTHER FROM OTH      D       OF     FRM APPR
 O    O          T                 ITEM SUBMITTED             H             N         R     SUBMIT       BY       BY       E     ACTION    CONTR REVIEWER REVIEWER        E     ACTION     AUTH         REMARKS


(a)   (b)        (c)                     (d)                      (e)           (f)           (g)         (h)        (i)   (j)     (k)       (l)       (m)          (n)   (o)      (p)      (q)             (r)

            21 13 13.00 10 Shop Drawings                    1.4.3       G RO
                           As-Built Drawings                3.11
                          SD-03 Product Data
                           Fire Protection Related          1.4.1
                            Submittals
                           Materials and Equipment          2.3         G RO
                           Spare Parts                      1.6
                           Preliminary Tests                3.10        G   RO
                           Final Acceptance Test            3.11        G   RO
                           Onsite Training                  3.12        G   RO
                           Fire Protection Specialist       1.4.1       G   RO
                           Sprinkler System Installer       1.4.2       G   RO
                          SD-05 Design Data
                           Sway Bracing                     1.4.3       G RO
                           Hydraulic Calculations           1.2.1.3     G RO
                          SD-06 Test Reports
                           Preliminary Test Report          3.11        G RO
                           Final Acceptance Test Report     3.11        G RO
                          SD-07 Certificates
                           Inspection by Fire Protection    3.3         G RO
                            Specialist
                          SD-10 Operation and Maintenance
                           Data
                           Operating and Maintenance        3.12
                            Instructions
            22 00 00      SD-02 Shop Drawings

SUBMITTAL FORM,Jan 96                                                                     PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE                                                                            PAGE 29 OF 57 PAGES
                                                                                                                                                  CONTRACT NO.
                                                   SUBMITTAL REGISTER
TITLE AND LOCATION                                                                      CONTRACTOR
Training Aids Support Center
                                                                                                  CONTRACTOR:           CONTRACTOR                        APPROVING AUTHORITY
                                                                                                 SCHEDULE DATES           ACTION
                                                                                   G
                                                                                   O
                                                                                   V
      T                                                                  C         T
      R                                                                  L
      A                                                                  A         O
 A    N                                                                  S         R                                    A                                              A
 C    S                                                                  S                                              C                                              C
 T    M           S                                           P          I         A                                    T                                              T
 I    I           P                                           A          F         /                                    I                                              I
 V    T           E                                           R          I         E                                    O              DATE FWD                        O              MAILED
 I    T           C                                           A          C                                              N               TO APPR                        N                TO
 T    A                                                       G#         A         R                                                     AUTH/                                        CONTR/
 Y    L           S                                           R          T         E                                    C                                              C
                  E                DESCRIPTION                A          I         V               APPROVAL MATERIAL    O      DATE    DATE RCD DATE FWD DATE RCD      O      DATE    DATE RCD
 N    N           C                                           P          O         W                NEEDED  NEEDED      D       OF       FROM   TO OTHER FROM OTH      D       OF     FRM APPR
 O    O           T               ITEM SUBMITTED              H          N         R     SUBMIT       BY       BY       E     ACTION    CONTR REVIEWER REVIEWER        E     ACTION     AUTH         REMARKS


(a)   (b)        (c)                    (d)                       (e)        (f)           (g)         (h)        (i)   (j)     (k)       (l)       (m)          (n)   (o)      (p)      (q)             (r)

            22 00 00     Plumbing System                    3.8.1       G RO
                        SD-03 Product Data
                         Local/Regional Materials           1.10.1
                         Materials                          2.1
                         Fixtures                           2.4
                         Flush valve water closets          2.4.2
                         Flush valve urinals                2.4.3
                         Wall hung lavatories               2.4.4
                         Mop sinks                          2.4.5
                         Water heaters                      2.8         G RO
                         Backflow prevention assemblies     3.8.1.1     G RO
                         Welding                            1.5.1
                         Plumbing System                    3.8.1
                        SD-06 Test Reports
                         Tests, Flushing and Disinfection   3.8
                         Test of Backflow Prevention        3.8.1.1     G RO
                          Assemblies
                        SD-07 Certificates
                         Materials and Equipment            1.3
                         Bolts                              2.1.1
                        SD-10 Operation and Maintenance
                         Data
                         Plumbing System                    3.8.1       G RO
            22 07 19    SD-02 Shop Drawings
                         Installation Drawings              3.1
                        SD-03 Product Data

SUBMITTAL FORM,Jan 96                                                                  PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE                                                                            PAGE 30 OF 57 PAGES
                                                                                                                                                  CONTRACT NO.
                                                   SUBMITTAL REGISTER
TITLE AND LOCATION                                                                      CONTRACTOR
Training Aids Support Center
                                                                                                  CONTRACTOR:           CONTRACTOR                        APPROVING AUTHORITY
                                                                                                 SCHEDULE DATES           ACTION
                                                                                   G
                                                                                   O
                                                                                   V
      T                                                                  C         T
      R                                                                  L
      A                                                                  A         O
 A    N                                                                  S         R                                    A                                              A
 C    S                                                                  S                                              C                                              C
 T    M           S                                           P          I         A                                    T                                              T
 I    I           P                                           A          F         /                                    I                                              I
 V    T           E                                           R          I         E                                    O              DATE FWD                        O              MAILED
 I    T           C                                           A          C                                              N               TO APPR                        N                TO
 T    A                                                       G#         A         R                                                     AUTH/                                        CONTR/
 Y    L           S                                           R          T         E                                    C                                              C
                  E                DESCRIPTION                A          I         V               APPROVAL MATERIAL    O      DATE    DATE RCD DATE FWD DATE RCD      O      DATE    DATE RCD
 N    N           C                                           P          O         W                NEEDED  NEEDED      D       OF       FROM   TO OTHER FROM OTH      D       OF     FRM APPR
 O    O           T               ITEM SUBMITTED              H          N         R     SUBMIT       BY       BY       E     ACTION    CONTR REVIEWER REVIEWER        E     ACTION     AUTH         REMARKS


(a)   (b)        (c)                    (d)                       (e)        (f)           (g)         (h)        (i)   (j)     (k)       (l)       (m)          (n)   (o)      (p)      (q)             (r)

            22 07 19     Adhesives                          2.2
                         Coatings                           2.7
                         Insulating Cement                  2.3
                         Insulation Materials               2.1
                         Jacketing                          2.6
                        SD-08 Manufacturer’s Instructions
                         Insulation Materials               2.1
            23 00 00    SD-02 Shop Drawings
                         Detail Drawings                    1.4.5       G RO
                        SD-03 Product Data
                         Metallic Flexible Duct             2.8.1.1
                         Insulated Nonmetallic Flexible     2.8.1.2
                          Duct Runouts
                         Duct Connectors                    2.8.1.2
                         Duct Access Doors                  2.8.2       G RO
                         Manual Balancing Dampers           2.8.4       G RO
                         Manual Balancing Dampers           2.8.5       G RO
                         Diffusers                          2.8.9.1
                         Registers and Grilles              2.8.9.2
                         Louvers                            2.8.10
                         In-Line Centrifugal Fans           2.9.1.1
                         Axial Flow Fans                    2.9.1.2
                         Panel Type Power Wall              2.9.1.3
                          Ventilators
                         Room Fan-Coil Units                2.10.1      G RO
                         Unit Ventilators                   2.10.2

SUBMITTAL FORM,Jan 96                                                                  PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE                                                                            PAGE 31 OF 57 PAGES
                                                                                                                                                     CONTRACT NO.
                                                   SUBMITTAL REGISTER
TITLE AND LOCATION                                                                         CONTRACTOR
Training Aids Support Center
                                                                                                     CONTRACTOR:           CONTRACTOR                        APPROVING AUTHORITY
                                                                                                    SCHEDULE DATES           ACTION
                                                                                      G
                                                                                      O
                                                                                      V
      T                                                                     C         T
      R                                                                     L
      A                                                                     A         O
 A    N                                                                     S         R                                    A                                              A
 C    S                                                                     S                                              C                                              C
 T    M           S                                           P             I         A                                    T                                              T
 I    I           P                                           A             F         /                                    I                                              I
 V    T           E                                           R             I         E                                    O              DATE FWD                        O              MAILED
 I    T           C                                           A             C                                              N               TO APPR                        N                TO
 T    A                                                       G#            A         R                                                     AUTH/                                        CONTR/
 Y    L           S                                           R             T         E                                    C                                              C
                  E                DESCRIPTION                A             I         V               APPROVAL MATERIAL    O      DATE    DATE RCD DATE FWD DATE RCD      O      DATE    DATE RCD
 N    N           C                                           P             O         W                NEEDED  NEEDED      D       OF       FROM   TO OTHER FROM OTH      D       OF     FRM APPR
 O    O           T               ITEM SUBMITTED              H             N         R     SUBMIT       BY       BY       E     ACTION    CONTR REVIEWER REVIEWER        E     ACTION     AUTH         REMARKS


(a)   (b)        (c)                    (d)                       (e)           (f)           (g)         (h)        (i)   (j)     (k)       (l)       (m)          (n)   (o)      (p)      (q)             (r)

            23 00 00     Test Procedures                    2.10.1
                         Diagrams                           1.2.1       G RO
                         Operation and Maintenance          3.15
                          Training
                        SD-06 Test Reports
                         Performance Tests                  3.13        G RO
                         Performance Tests                  3.15        G RO
                         Damper Acceptance Test             3.11        G RO
                        SD-07 Certificates
                         Bolts                              1.4.1
                        SD-08 Manufacturer’s Instructions
                         Manufacturer's Installation        3.2
                          Instructions
                         Operation and Maintenance          3.15
                          Training
                        SD-10 Operation and Maintenance
                         Data
                         Operation and Maintenance          3.15
                          Manuals
                         Manual Balancing Dampers           2.8.4       G   RO
                         Manual Balancing Dampers           2.8.5       G   RO
                         In-Line Centrifugal Fans           2.9.1.1     G   RO
                         Axial Flow Fans                    2.9.1.2     G   RO
                         Panel Type Power Wall              2.9.1.3     G   RO
                          Ventilators
                         Room Fan-Coil Units                2.10.1      G RO

SUBMITTAL FORM,Jan 96                                                                     PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE                                                                            PAGE 32 OF 57 PAGES
                                                                                                                                                    CONTRACT NO.
                                                  SUBMITTAL REGISTER
TITLE AND LOCATION                                                                        CONTRACTOR
Training Aids Support Center
                                                                                                    CONTRACTOR:           CONTRACTOR                        APPROVING AUTHORITY
                                                                                                   SCHEDULE DATES           ACTION
                                                                                     G
                                                                                     O
                                                                                     V
      T                                                                    C         T
      R                                                                    L
      A                                                                    A         O
 A    N                                                                    S         R                                    A                                              A
 C    S                                                                    S                                              C                                              C
 T    M           S                                          P             I         A                                    T                                              T
 I    I           P                                          A             F         /                                    I                                              I
 V    T           E                                          R             I         E                                    O              DATE FWD                        O              MAILED
 I    T           C                                          A             C                                              N               TO APPR                        N                TO
 T    A                                                      G#            A         R                                                     AUTH/                                        CONTR/
 Y    L           S                                          R             T         E                                    C                                              C
                  E                DESCRIPTION               A             I         V               APPROVAL MATERIAL    O      DATE    DATE RCD DATE FWD DATE RCD      O      DATE    DATE RCD
 N    N           C                                          P             O         W                NEEDED  NEEDED      D       OF       FROM   TO OTHER FROM OTH      D       OF     FRM APPR
 O    O           T              ITEM SUBMITTED              H             N         R     SUBMIT       BY       BY       E     ACTION    CONTR REVIEWER REVIEWER        E     ACTION     AUTH         REMARKS


(a)   (b)        (c)                   (d)                       (e)           (f)           (g)         (h)        (i)   (j)     (k)       (l)       (m)          (n)   (o)      (p)      (q)             (r)

            23 00 00     Unit Ventilators                  2.10.2      G RO
            23 05 93    SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
                         Records of Existing Conditions    1.3         G   RO
                         Records of Existing Conditions    1.3.2       G   RO
                         TAB Firm                          1.5.4.1     G   RO
                         TAB team assistants               1.2         G   RO
                         TAB team engineer                 1.2         G   RO
                         TAB Specialist                    1.5.4.2     G   RO
                         TAB team field leader             1.2         G   RO
                        SD-02 Shop Drawings
                         TAB Schematic Drawings and        1.3.2       G RO
                          Report Forms
                        SD-03 Product Data
                         Equipment and Performance         1.3         G RO
                          Data
                         TAB Related HVAC Submittals       1.5.4.4     G   RO
                         TAB Procedures                    1.5.2       G   RO
                         Calibration                       1.5.2       G   RO
                         Systems Readiness Check           1.3.2       G   RO
                         TAB Execution                     1.5.5       G   RO
                         TAB Verification                  1.5.5.3     G   RO
                        SD-06 Test Reports
                         DALT and TAB Work Execution       3.7         G RO
                          Schedule
                         DALT and TAB Procedures           3.7         G RO
                          Summary

SUBMITTAL FORM,Jan 96                                                                    PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE                                                                            PAGE 33 OF 57 PAGES
                                                                                                                                                   CONTRACT NO.
                                                  SUBMITTAL REGISTER
TITLE AND LOCATION                                                                       CONTRACTOR
Training Aids Support Center
                                                                                                   CONTRACTOR:           CONTRACTOR                        APPROVING AUTHORITY
                                                                                                  SCHEDULE DATES           ACTION
                                                                                    G
                                                                                    O
                                                                                    V
      T                                                                   C         T
      R                                                                   L
      A                                                                   A         O
 A    N                                                                   S         R                                    A                                              A
 C    S                                                                   S                                              C                                              C
 T    M           S                                         P             I         A                                    T                                              T
 I    I           P                                         A             F         /                                    I                                              I
 V    T           E                                         R             I         E                                    O              DATE FWD                        O              MAILED
 I    T           C                                         A             C                                              N               TO APPR                        N                TO
 T    A                                                     G#            A         R                                                     AUTH/                                        CONTR/
 Y    L           S                                         R             T         E                                    C                                              C
                  E               DESCRIPTION               A             I         V               APPROVAL MATERIAL    O      DATE    DATE RCD DATE FWD DATE RCD      O      DATE    DATE RCD
 N    N           C                                         P             O         W                NEEDED  NEEDED      D       OF       FROM   TO OTHER FROM OTH      D       OF     FRM APPR
 O    O           T              ITEM SUBMITTED             H             N         R     SUBMIT       BY       BY       E     ACTION    CONTR REVIEWER REVIEWER        E     ACTION     AUTH         REMARKS


(a)   (b)        (c)                   (d)                      (e)           (f)           (g)         (h)        (i)   (j)     (k)       (l)       (m)          (n)   (o)      (p)      (q)             (r)

            23 05 93     Design review report             1.3.2       G   RO
                         Design review report             1.7.3.1     G   RO
                         Design review report             3.7         G   RO
                         Pre-Final DALT report            1.5.3       G   RO
                         Pre-Final DALT report            1.7.3       G   RO
                         Pre-Final DALT report            3.3.5       G   RO
                         Final DALT report                1.5.3       G   RO
                         Final DALT report                1.7.3       G   RO
                         Final DALT report                3.3.8       G   RO
                         TAB report for Season 1          1.5.6.2     G   RO
                         TAB report for Season 1          3.7         G   RO
                         TAB report for Season 2          1.5.6.2     G   RO
                         TAB report for Season 2          3.7         G   RO
                        SD-07 Certificates
                         Independent TAB agency and       1.5.1       G RO
                          personnel qualifications
                         Independent TAB agency and       1.5.1       G RO
                          personnel qualifications
                         Advance notice of Pre-Final      3.3.2       G RO
                          DALT field work
                         Completed Pre-Final DALT Work    3.7         G RO
                          Checklist
                         Completed Pre-Final DALT Work    3.7         G RO
                          Checklist
                         Advance Notice of Season 1 TAB   3.7         G RO
                          Field Work

SUBMITTAL FORM,Jan 96                                                                   PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE                                                                            PAGE 34 OF 57 PAGES
                                                                                                                                                    CONTRACT NO.
                                                 SUBMITTAL REGISTER
TITLE AND LOCATION                                                                        CONTRACTOR
Training Aids Support Center
                                                                                                    CONTRACTOR:           CONTRACTOR                        APPROVING AUTHORITY
                                                                                                   SCHEDULE DATES           ACTION
                                                                                     G
                                                                                     O
                                                                                     V
      T                                                                    C         T
      R                                                                    L
      A                                                                    A         O
 A    N                                                                    S         R                                    A                                              A
 C    S                                                                    S                                              C                                              C
 T    M           S                                          P             I         A                                    T                                              T
 I    I           P                                          A             F         /                                    I                                              I
 V    T           E                                          R             I         E                                    O              DATE FWD                        O              MAILED
 I    T           C                                          A             C                                              N               TO APPR                        N                TO
 T    A                                                      G#            A         R                                                     AUTH/                                        CONTR/
 Y    L           S                                          R             T         E                                    C                                              C
                  E               DESCRIPTION                A             I         V               APPROVAL MATERIAL    O      DATE    DATE RCD DATE FWD DATE RCD      O      DATE    DATE RCD
 N    N           C                                          P             O         W                NEEDED  NEEDED      D       OF       FROM   TO OTHER FROM OTH      D       OF     FRM APPR
 O    O           T             ITEM SUBMITTED               H             N         R     SUBMIT       BY       BY       E     ACTION    CONTR REVIEWER REVIEWER        E     ACTION     AUTH         REMARKS


(a)   (b)        (c)                  (d)                        (e)           (f)           (g)         (h)        (i)   (j)     (k)       (l)       (m)          (n)   (o)      (p)      (q)             (r)

            23 05 93    Completed Season 1 Pre-TAB         3.7
                         Work Checklist
                        Completed Season 1 Pre-TAB         3.7
                         Work Checklist
                        Advance Notice of Season 2 TAB     3.7         G RO
                         Field Work
                        Completed Season 2 Pre-TAB         3.7
                         Work Checklist
                        Completed Season 2 Pre-TAB         3.7
                         Work Checklist
                        TAB Firm                           1.5.4.1     G RO
                        DALT and TAB Submittal and         1.7.1       G RO
                         Work Schedule
                        DALT and TAB Submittal and         1.7.3       G RO
                         Work Schedule
                        Design review report               1.3.2       G   RO
                        Design review report               1.7.3.1     G   RO
                        Design review report               3.7         G   RO
                        Pre-field DALT preliminary         1.7.3.2     G   RO
                         notification
                        Pre-field TAB engineering report   1.7.3.3     G RO
                        Prerequisite HVAC Work Check       1.7.3       G RO
                         Out List For Season 1
                        Advanced notice for Season 2       1.7.3       G RO
                         TAB field work


SUBMITTAL FORM,Jan 96                                                                    PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE                                                                            PAGE 35 OF 57 PAGES
                                                                                                                                                     CONTRACT NO.
                                                      SUBMITTAL REGISTER
TITLE AND LOCATION                                                                         CONTRACTOR
Training Aids Support Center
                                                                                                     CONTRACTOR:           CONTRACTOR                        APPROVING AUTHORITY
                                                                                                    SCHEDULE DATES           ACTION
                                                                                      G
                                                                                      O
                                                                                      V
      T                                                                     C         T
      R                                                                     L
      A                                                                     A         O
 A    N                                                                     S         R                                    A                                              A
 C    S                                                                     S                                              C                                              C
 T    M           S                                              P          I         A                                    T                                              T
 I    I           P                                              A          F         /                                    I                                              I
 V    T           E                                              R          I         E                                    O              DATE FWD                        O              MAILED
 I    T           C                                              A          C                                              N               TO APPR                        N                TO
 T    A                                                          G#         A         R                                                     AUTH/                                        CONTR/
 Y    L           S                                              R          T         E                                    C                                              C
                  E                   DESCRIPTION                A          I         V               APPROVAL MATERIAL    O      DATE    DATE RCD DATE FWD DATE RCD      O      DATE    DATE RCD
 N    N           C                                              P          O         W                NEEDED  NEEDED      D       OF       FROM   TO OTHER FROM OTH      D       OF     FRM APPR
 O    O           T                  ITEM SUBMITTED              H          N         R     SUBMIT       BY       BY       E     ACTION    CONTR REVIEWER REVIEWER        E     ACTION     AUTH         REMARKS


(a)   (b)         (c)                      (d)                       (e)        (f)           (g)         (h)        (i)   (j)     (k)       (l)       (m)          (n)   (o)      (p)      (q)             (r)

            23 05 93        Advanced notice for Season 2       1.7.3       G RO
                             TAB field work
                            Prerequisite HVAC Work Check       1.7.3       G RO
                             Out List For Season 2
            23 07 00       SD-02 Shop Drawings
                            MICA Plates                        3.2.2.4     G RO
                            Pipe Insulation Systems            2.3
                            Pipe Insulation Systems            3.2
                            Duct Insulation Systems            3.3
                           SD-03 Product Data
                            Pipe Insulation Systems            2.3         G RO
                            Pipe Insulation Systems            3.2         G RO
                            Duct Insulation Systems            3.3         G RO
                           SD-04 Samples
                            Thermal Insulation                 2.2.1.3     G RO
                           SD-08 Manufacturer’s Instructions
                            Pipe Insulation Systems            2.3         G RO
                            Pipe Insulation Systems            3.2         G RO
                            Duct Insulation Systems            3.3         G RO
            23 08 00.00 10 SD-02 Shop Drawings
                            Commissioning Plan                 1.5.2.2     G RO
                           SD-03 Product Data
                            Pre-Functional Performance Test    3.2.1       G RO
                             Checklists
                            Functional Performance Tests       3.2.2       G RO
                           SD-06 Test Reports

SUBMITTAL FORM,Jan 96                                                                     PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE                                                                            PAGE 36 OF 57 PAGES
                                                                                                                                                      CONTRACT NO.
                                                      SUBMITTAL REGISTER
TITLE AND LOCATION                                                                          CONTRACTOR
Training Aids Support Center
                                                                                                      CONTRACTOR:           CONTRACTOR                        APPROVING AUTHORITY
                                                                                                     SCHEDULE DATES           ACTION
                                                                                       G
                                                                                       O
                                                                                       V
      T                                                                      C         T
      R                                                                      L
      A                                                                      A         O
 A    N                                                                      S         R                                    A                                              A
 C    S                                                                      S                                              C                                              C
 T    M           S                                            P             I         A                                    T                                              T
 I    I           P                                            A             F         /                                    I                                              I
 V    T           E                                            R             I         E                                    O              DATE FWD                        O              MAILED
 I    T           C                                            A             C                                              N               TO APPR                        N                TO
 T    A                                                        G#            A         R                                                     AUTH/                                        CONTR/
 Y    L           S                                            R             T         E                                    C                                              C
                  E                   DESCRIPTION              A             I         V               APPROVAL MATERIAL    O      DATE    DATE RCD DATE FWD DATE RCD      O      DATE    DATE RCD
 N    N           C                                            P             O         W                NEEDED  NEEDED      D       OF       FROM   TO OTHER FROM OTH      D       OF     FRM APPR
 O    O           T                  ITEM SUBMITTED            H             N         R     SUBMIT       BY       BY       E     ACTION    CONTR REVIEWER REVIEWER        E     ACTION     AUTH         REMARKS


(a)   (b)         (c)                      (d)                     (e)           (f)           (g)         (h)        (i)   (j)     (k)       (l)       (m)          (n)   (o)      (p)      (q)             (r)

            23 08 00.00 10 Commissioning Report              3.3         G RO
                          SD-07 Certificates
                           Commissioning Firm                1.5.1       G RO
                           Commissioning Specialist          1.5.2       G RO
            23 11 25      SD-02 Shop Drawings
                           Gas Piping System                 1.4.3       G RO
                           Gas Piping System                 2.2         G RO
                           Gas Piping System                 3.3         G RO
                          SD-03 Product Data
                           Pipe and Fittings                 1.5         G   RO
                           Gas equipment connectors          1.4.3       G   RO
                           Gas Piping System                 1.4.3       G   RO
                           Gas Piping System                 2.2         G   RO
                           Gas Piping System                 3.3         G   RO
                           Pipe Coating Materials and        2.1         G   RO
                            application procedures
                           Pressure regulators               2.6         G   RO
                           Risers                            2.4         G   RO
                           Transition fittings               2.2.10      G   RO
                           Valves                            2.3         G   RO
                           Warning and identification tape   2.2.6       G   RO
                          SD-06 Test Reports
                           Testing                           3.16        G RO
                           Pressure Tests                    3.16.1      G RO
                           Test With Gas                     3.16.2      G RO
                          SD-07 Certificates

SUBMITTAL FORM,Jan 96                                                                      PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE                                                                            PAGE 37 OF 57 PAGES
                                                                                                                                                  CONTRACT NO.
                                                   SUBMITTAL REGISTER
TITLE AND LOCATION                                                                      CONTRACTOR
Training Aids Support Center
                                                                                                  CONTRACTOR:           CONTRACTOR                        APPROVING AUTHORITY
                                                                                                 SCHEDULE DATES           ACTION
                                                                                   G
                                                                                   O
                                                                                   V
      T                                                                  C         T
      R                                                                  L
      A                                                                  A         O
 A    N                                                                  S         R                                    A                                              A
 C    S                                                                  S                                              C                                              C
 T    M           S                                           P          I         A                                    T                                              T
 I    I           P                                           A          F         /                                    I                                              I
 V    T           E                                           R          I         E                                    O              DATE FWD                        O              MAILED
 I    T           C                                           A          C                                              N               TO APPR                        N                TO
 T    A                                                       G#         A         R                                                     AUTH/                                        CONTR/
 Y    L           S                                           R          T         E                                    C                                              C
                  E                DESCRIPTION                A          I         V               APPROVAL MATERIAL    O      DATE    DATE RCD DATE FWD DATE RCD      O      DATE    DATE RCD
 N    N           C                                           P          O         W                NEEDED  NEEDED      D       OF       FROM   TO OTHER FROM OTH      D       OF     FRM APPR
 O    O           T               ITEM SUBMITTED              H          N         R     SUBMIT       BY       BY       E     ACTION    CONTR REVIEWER REVIEWER        E     ACTION     AUTH         REMARKS


(a)   (b)        (c)                    (d)                       (e)        (f)           (g)         (h)        (i)   (j)     (k)       (l)       (m)          (n)   (o)      (p)      (q)             (r)

            23 11 25     Welders procedures and             1.4.1       G RO
                          qualifications
                         assigned number, letter, or        1.4.1       G RO
                          symbol
                        SD-08 Manufacturer’s Instructions
                         PE pipe and fittings               1.4.2       G RO
                         pipe coating materials and         2.1         G RO
                          application procedures
                        SD-10 Operation and Maintenance
                         Data
                         Gas facility system and            1.2.1       G RO
                          equipment operation
                         Gas facility system maintenance    1.2.2       G RO
                         Gas facility equipment             1.2.3       G RO
                          maintenance
            23 23 00    SD-02 Shop Drawings
                         Refrigerant Piping System          2.3         G RO
                        SD-03 Product Data
                         Refrigerant Piping System          2.3
                         Spare Parts                        1.5.2
                         Qualifications                     1.3.1       G RO
                         Refrigerant Piping Tests           3.5         G RO
                         Demonstrations                     3.4         G RO
                         Verification of Dimensions         3.1
                        SD-06 Test Reports
                         Refrigerant Piping Tests           3.5

SUBMITTAL FORM,Jan 96                                                                  PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE                                                                            PAGE 38 OF 57 PAGES
                                                                                                                                                  CONTRACT NO.
                                                   SUBMITTAL REGISTER
TITLE AND LOCATION                                                                      CONTRACTOR
Training Aids Support Center
                                                                                                  CONTRACTOR:           CONTRACTOR                        APPROVING AUTHORITY
                                                                                                 SCHEDULE DATES           ACTION
                                                                                   G
                                                                                   O
                                                                                   V
      T                                                                  C         T
      R                                                                  L
      A                                                                  A         O
 A    N                                                                  S         R                                    A                                              A
 C    S                                                                  S                                              C                                              C
 T    M           S                                           P          I         A                                    T                                              T
 I    I           P                                           A          F         /                                    I                                              I
 V    T           E                                           R          I         E                                    O              DATE FWD                        O              MAILED
 I    T           C                                           A          C                                              N               TO APPR                        N                TO
 T    A                                                       G#         A         R                                                     AUTH/                                        CONTR/
 Y    L           S                                           R          T         E                                    C                                              C
                  E                DESCRIPTION                A          I         V               APPROVAL MATERIAL    O      DATE    DATE RCD DATE FWD DATE RCD      O      DATE    DATE RCD
 N    N           C                                           P          O         W                NEEDED  NEEDED      D       OF       FROM   TO OTHER FROM OTH      D       OF     FRM APPR
 O    O           T               ITEM SUBMITTED              H          N         R     SUBMIT       BY       BY       E     ACTION    CONTR REVIEWER REVIEWER        E     ACTION     AUTH         REMARKS


(a)   (b)        (c)                    (d)                       (e)        (f)           (g)         (h)        (i)   (j)     (k)       (l)       (m)          (n)   (o)      (p)      (q)             (r)

            23 23 00    SD-07 Certificates
                         Service Organization               2.1         G RO
                        SD-10 Operation and Maintenance
                         Data
                         Maintenance                        1.5
                         Operation and Maintenance          3.4
                          Manuals
            23 31 13    SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
                         Material, Equipment, and Fixture   1.5
                          Lists
                         Records of Existing Conditions     1.5
                        SD-02 Shop Drawings
                         Connection Diagrams                1.3
                         Connection Diagrams                1.6
                         Record Drawings                    1.6
                        SD-03 Product Data
                         Equipment and Performance          1.2
                          Data
                         Galvanized Steel Ductwork          2.1.1
                          Materials
                         Brazing Materials                  2.1.2
                         Mill-Rolled Reinforcing and        2.1.3
                          Supporting Materials
                         Round Sheet Metal Duct Fittings    2.2.1
                         Turning Vanes                      2.2.4
                         Flexible Connectors                2.2.6

SUBMITTAL FORM,Jan 96                                                                  PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE                                                                            PAGE 39 OF 57 PAGES
                                                                                                                                                 CONTRACT NO.
                                                   SUBMITTAL REGISTER
TITLE AND LOCATION                                                                     CONTRACTOR
Training Aids Support Center
                                                                                                 CONTRACTOR:           CONTRACTOR                        APPROVING AUTHORITY
                                                                                                SCHEDULE DATES           ACTION
                                                                                  G
                                                                                  O
                                                                                  V
      T                                                                 C         T
      R                                                                 L
      A                                                                 A         O
 A    N                                                                 S         R                                    A                                              A
 C    S                                                                 S                                              C                                              C
 T    M           S                                           P         I         A                                    T                                              T
 I    I           P                                           A         F         /                                    I                                              I
 V    T           E                                           R         I         E                                    O              DATE FWD                        O              MAILED
 I    T           C                                           A         C                                              N               TO APPR                        N                TO
 T    A                                                       G#        A         R                                                     AUTH/                                        CONTR/
 Y    L           S                                           R         T         E                                    C                                              C
                  E                DESCRIPTION                A         I         V               APPROVAL MATERIAL    O      DATE    DATE RCD DATE FWD DATE RCD      O      DATE    DATE RCD
 N    N           C                                           P         O         W                NEEDED  NEEDED      D       OF       FROM   TO OTHER FROM OTH      D       OF     FRM APPR
 O    O           T               ITEM SUBMITTED              H         N         R     SUBMIT       BY       BY       E     ACTION    CONTR REVIEWER REVIEWER        E     ACTION     AUTH         REMARKS


(a)   (b)        (c)                    (d)                       (e)       (f)           (g)         (h)        (i)   (j)     (k)       (l)       (m)          (n)   (o)      (p)      (q)             (r)

            23 31 13     Flexible Connectors                2.2.6
                         Flexible Duct Materials            2.2.9
                         Fire Dampers and Wall Collars      2.2.12
                         Gravity Backdraft and Relief       2.2.11
                          Dampers
                         Manual Volume Dampers              2.2.10
                        SD-05 Design Data
                         Design Analysis and Calculations   1.2
                         Design Analysis and Calculations   1.3
                        SD-06 Test Reports
                         Ductwork Leakage Tests             3.4.2
                         Operational Tests                  3.4.1
                        SD-07 Certificates
                         Listing of Product Installations   3.2
                         Galvanized Steel Ductwork          2.1.1
                          Materials
                         Brazing Materials                  2.1.2
                         Mill-Rolled Reinforcing and        2.1.3
                          Supporting Materials
                         Round Sheet Metal Duct Fittings    2.2.1
                         Turning Vanes                      2.2.4
                         Dampers                            2.2.5
                         Flexible Connectors                2.2.6
                        SD-10 Operation and Maintenance
                         Data


SUBMITTAL FORM,Jan 96                                                                 PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE                                                                            PAGE 40 OF 57 PAGES
                                                                                                                                                     CONTRACT NO.
                                                      SUBMITTAL REGISTER
TITLE AND LOCATION                                                                         CONTRACTOR
Training Aids Support Center
                                                                                                     CONTRACTOR:           CONTRACTOR                        APPROVING AUTHORITY
                                                                                                    SCHEDULE DATES           ACTION
                                                                                      G
                                                                                      O
                                                                                      V
      T                                                                     C         T
      R                                                                     L
      A                                                                     A         O
 A    N                                                                     S         R                                    A                                              A
 C    S                                                                     S                                              C                                              C
 T    M           S                                               P         I         A                                    T                                              T
 I    I           P                                               A         F         /                                    I                                              I
 V    T           E                                               R         I         E                                    O              DATE FWD                        O              MAILED
 I    T           C                                               A         C                                              N               TO APPR                        N                TO
 T    A                                                           G#        A         R                                                     AUTH/                                        CONTR/
 Y    L           S                                               R         T         E                                    C                                              C
                  E                   DESCRIPTION                 A         I         V               APPROVAL MATERIAL    O      DATE    DATE RCD DATE FWD DATE RCD      O      DATE    DATE RCD
 N    N           C                                               P         O         W                NEEDED  NEEDED      D       OF       FROM   TO OTHER FROM OTH      D       OF     FRM APPR
 O    O           T                  ITEM SUBMITTED               H         N         R     SUBMIT       BY       BY       E     ACTION    CONTR REVIEWER REVIEWER        E     ACTION     AUTH         REMARKS


(a)   (b)         (c)                      (d)                        (e)       (f)           (g)         (h)        (i)   (j)     (k)       (l)       (m)          (n)   (o)      (p)      (q)             (r)

            23 31 13        Operation and Maintenance           3.6
                             Manuals
                            Fire Dampers and Wall Collars       2.2.12
            23 37 13       SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
                            Material, Equipment, and Fixture    2.1
                             Lists
                            Records of Existing Conditions      2.1
                           SD-02 Shop Drawings
                            Fabrication Drawings                2.1
                            Installation Drawings               3.1
                           SD-03 Product Data
                            Equipment and Performance           1.3
                             Data
                           SD-04 Samples
                            Manufacturer's Standard Color       2.1
                             Chart
            23 54 16.00 10 SD-02 Shop Drawings
                            Detail Drawings                     1.3
                            Installation                        3.2
                           SD-03 Product Data
                            Spare Parts                         1.5
                           SD-06 Test Reports
                            Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing   3.4
                           SD-10 Operation and Maintenance
                            Data


SUBMITTAL FORM,Jan 96                                                                     PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE                                                                            PAGE 41 OF 57 PAGES
                                                                                                                                                   CONTRACT NO.
                                                     SUBMITTAL REGISTER
TITLE AND LOCATION                                                                       CONTRACTOR
Training Aids Support Center
                                                                                                   CONTRACTOR:           CONTRACTOR                        APPROVING AUTHORITY
                                                                                                  SCHEDULE DATES           ACTION
                                                                                    G
                                                                                    O
                                                                                    V
      T                                                                   C         T
      R                                                                   L
      A                                                                   A         O
 A    N                                                                   S         R                                    A                                              A
 C    S                                                                   S                                              C                                              C
 T    M           S                                             P         I         A                                    T                                              T
 I    I           P                                             A         F         /                                    I                                              I
 V    T           E                                             R         I         E                                    O              DATE FWD                        O              MAILED
 I    T           C                                             A         C                                              N               TO APPR                        N                TO
 T    A                                                         G#        A         R                                                     AUTH/                                        CONTR/
 Y    L           S                                             R         T         E                                    C                                              C
                  E                  DESCRIPTION                A         I         V               APPROVAL MATERIAL    O      DATE    DATE RCD DATE FWD DATE RCD      O      DATE    DATE RCD
 N    N           C                                             P         O         W                NEEDED  NEEDED      D       OF       FROM   TO OTHER FROM OTH      D       OF     FRM APPR
 O    O           T                 ITEM SUBMITTED              H         N         R     SUBMIT       BY       BY       E     ACTION    CONTR REVIEWER REVIEWER        E     ACTION     AUTH         REMARKS


(a)   (b)        (c)                      (d)                       (e)       (f)           (g)         (h)        (i)   (j)     (k)       (l)       (m)          (n)   (o)      (p)      (q)             (r)

            23 54 16.00 10 Operation and Maintenance          3.3
                            Instructions
            23 82 19      SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
                           Material, Equipment, and Product   1.3
                            Installation Lists
                          SD-02 Shop Drawings
                           Fabrication Drawings               1.3
                           Installation Drawings              3.1
                          SD-03 Product Data
                           Equipment and Performance          1.3
                            Data
                           Coils                              2.5
                           Casing                             2.3
                           Enclosure                          2.2
                           Motors                             2.8
                           Fan                                2.4
                           Drain Pans                         2.6
                           Filters                            2.7
                           Controls                           2.9
                           Vibration Isolation                1.3
                          SD-04 Samples
                           Manufacturer's Standard Color      1.3
                            Chart
                          SD-07 Certificates
                           Listing of Product Installations   1.3
                           Coils                              2.5

SUBMITTAL FORM,Jan 96                                                                   PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE                                                                            PAGE 42 OF 57 PAGES
                                                                                                                                                    CONTRACT NO.
                                                     SUBMITTAL REGISTER
TITLE AND LOCATION                                                                        CONTRACTOR
Training Aids Support Center
                                                                                                    CONTRACTOR:           CONTRACTOR                        APPROVING AUTHORITY
                                                                                                   SCHEDULE DATES           ACTION
                                                                                     G
                                                                                     O
                                                                                     V
      T                                                                    C         T
      R                                                                    L
      A                                                                    A         O
 A    N                                                                    S         R                                    A                                              A
 C    S                                                                    S                                              C                                              C
 T    M           S                                              P         I         A                                    T                                              T
 I    I           P                                              A         F         /                                    I                                              I
 V    T           E                                              R         I         E                                    O              DATE FWD                        O              MAILED
 I    T           C                                              A         C                                              N               TO APPR                        N                TO
 T    A                                                          G#        A         R                                                     AUTH/                                        CONTR/
 Y    L           S                                              R         T         E                                    C                                              C
                  E                   DESCRIPTION                A         I         V               APPROVAL MATERIAL    O      DATE    DATE RCD DATE FWD DATE RCD      O      DATE    DATE RCD
 N    N           C                                              P         O         W                NEEDED  NEEDED      D       OF       FROM   TO OTHER FROM OTH      D       OF     FRM APPR
 O    O           T                 ITEM SUBMITTED               H         N         R     SUBMIT       BY       BY       E     ACTION    CONTR REVIEWER REVIEWER        E     ACTION     AUTH         REMARKS


(a)   (b)        (c)                      (d)                        (e)       (f)           (g)         (h)        (i)   (j)     (k)       (l)       (m)          (n)   (o)      (p)      (q)             (r)

            23 82 19        Casing                             2.3
                            Enclosure                          2.2
                            Motors                             2.8
                            Fan                                2.4
                            Drain Pans                         2.6
                            Filters                            2.7
                            Controls                           2.9
                           SD-10 Operation and Maintenance
                            Data
                            Operation and Maintenance          3.3
                             Manuals
            23 82 46       SD-02 Shop Drawings
                            Fabrication Drawings               1.2
                           SD-03 Product Data
                            Electric Unit Heaters              2.1
                            Electric Unit Heaters              2.2
                            Heating Element                    2.5
                            Controls                           2.6
                            Casings                            2.3
                            Propellers and Motors              2.7
                           SD-08 Manufacturer’s Instructions
                            Manufacturer's Instructions        1.2
            26 05 00.00 40 SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
                            Material, Equipment, and Fixture   1.5
                             Lists
                            Conduits, Raceway sand Fittings    3.1

SUBMITTAL FORM,Jan 96                                                                    PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE                                                                            PAGE 43 OF 57 PAGES
                                                                                                                                                  CONTRACT NO.
                                                     SUBMITTAL REGISTER
TITLE AND LOCATION                                                                      CONTRACTOR
Training Aids Support Center
                                                                                                  CONTRACTOR:           CONTRACTOR                        APPROVING AUTHORITY
                                                                                                 SCHEDULE DATES           ACTION
                                                                                   G
                                                                                   O
                                                                                   V
      T                                                                  C         T
      R                                                                  L
      A                                                                  A         O
 A    N                                                                  S         R                                    A                                              A
 C    S                                                                  S                                              C                                              C
 T    M           S                                            P         I         A                                    T                                              T
 I    I           P                                            A         F         /                                    I                                              I
 V    T           E                                            R         I         E                                    O              DATE FWD                        O              MAILED
 I    T           C                                            A         C                                              N               TO APPR                        N                TO
 T    A                                                        G#        A         R                                                     AUTH/                                        CONTR/
 Y    L           S                                            R         T         E                                    C                                              C
                  E                  DESCRIPTION               A         I         V               APPROVAL MATERIAL    O      DATE    DATE RCD DATE FWD DATE RCD      O      DATE    DATE RCD
 N    N           C                                            P         O         W                NEEDED  NEEDED      D       OF       FROM   TO OTHER FROM OTH      D       OF     FRM APPR
 O    O           T                 ITEM SUBMITTED             H         N         R     SUBMIT       BY       BY       E     ACTION    CONTR REVIEWER REVIEWER        E     ACTION     AUTH         REMARKS


(a)   (b)        (c)                      (d)                      (e)       (f)           (g)         (h)        (i)   (j)     (k)       (l)       (m)          (n)   (o)      (p)      (q)             (r)

            26 05 00.00 40 Wire and Cable                    2.2
                           Splices and Connectors            2.3
                           Switches                          2.4
                           Receptacles                       2.5
                           Receptacles                       3.4.1
                           Outlets, Outlet Boxes, and Pull   2.6
                            Boxes
                           Circuit Breakers                  2.8
                           Panelboards                       2.7
                           Panelboards                       3.7
                           Lamps and Lighting Fixtures       2.9
                           Lamps and Lighting Fixtures       3.6
                          SD-03 Product Data
                           Conduits, Raceway sand Fittings   3.1
                           Wire and Cable                    2.2
                           Splices and Connectors            2.3
                           Switches                          2.4
                           Receptacles                       2.5
                           Receptacles                       3.4.1
                           Outlets, Outlet Boxes, and Pull   2.6
                            Boxes
                           Circuit Breakers                  2.8
                           Panelboards                       2.7
                           Panelboards                       3.7
                           Lamps and Lighting Fixtures       2.9
                           Lamps and Lighting Fixtures       3.6

SUBMITTAL FORM,Jan 96                                                                  PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE                                                                            PAGE 44 OF 57 PAGES
                                                                                                                                                        CONTRACT NO.
                                                      SUBMITTAL REGISTER
TITLE AND LOCATION                                                                            CONTRACTOR
Training Aids Support Center
                                                                                                        CONTRACTOR:           CONTRACTOR                        APPROVING AUTHORITY
                                                                                                       SCHEDULE DATES           ACTION
                                                                                         G
                                                                                         O
                                                                                         V
      T                                                                        C         T
      R                                                                        L
      A                                                                        A         O
 A    N                                                                        S         R                                    A                                              A
 C    S                                                                        S                                              C                                              C
 T    M           S                                              P             I         A                                    T                                              T
 I    I           P                                              A             F         /                                    I                                              I
 V    T           E                                              R             I         E                                    O              DATE FWD                        O              MAILED
 I    T           C                                              A             C                                              N               TO APPR                        N                TO
 T    A                                                          G#            A         R                                                     AUTH/                                        CONTR/
 Y    L           S                                              R             T         E                                    C                                              C
                  E                   DESCRIPTION                A             I         V               APPROVAL MATERIAL    O      DATE    DATE RCD DATE FWD DATE RCD      O      DATE    DATE RCD
 N    N           C                                              P             O         W                NEEDED  NEEDED      D       OF       FROM   TO OTHER FROM OTH      D       OF     FRM APPR
 O    O           T                  ITEM SUBMITTED              H             N         R     SUBMIT       BY       BY       E     ACTION    CONTR REVIEWER REVIEWER        E     ACTION     AUTH         REMARKS


(a)   (b)         (c)                      (d)                       (e)           (f)           (g)         (h)        (i)   (j)     (k)       (l)       (m)          (n)   (o)      (p)      (q)             (r)

            26 05 00.00 40 SD-06 Test Reports
                            Continuity Test                    3.10
                            Phase-Rotation Tests               3.10
                            Insulation Resistance Test         3.10
                           SD-08 Manufacturer’s Instructions
                            Manufacturer's Instructions        1.5
            26 05 48.00 10 SD-02 Shop Drawings
                            Lighting Fixtures in Buildings     3.2         G RO
                            Equipment Requirements             1.3         G RO
                           SD-03 Product Data
                            Lighting Fixtures in Buildings     3.2         G RO
                            Equipment Requirements             1.3         G RO
                            Contractor Designed Bracing        1.2.4       G RO
            26 09 23       SD-03 Product Data
                            Installation Drawings              1.1         G RO
            26 20 00       SD-02 Shop Drawings
                            Panelboards                        2.11        G RO
                            Busway                             2.3         G RO
                           SD-03 Product Data
                            Receptacles                        2.10        G   RO
                            Circuit breakers                   2.11.3      G   RO
                            Switches                           2.9         G   RO
                            Motor controllers                  2.13        G   RO
                            Manual motor starters              2.14        G   RO
                            Surge protective devices           2.23        G   RO
                           SD-06 Test Reports

SUBMITTAL FORM,Jan 96                                                                        PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE                                                                            PAGE 45 OF 57 PAGES
                                                                                                                                                   CONTRACT NO.
                                                    SUBMITTAL REGISTER
TITLE AND LOCATION                                                                       CONTRACTOR
Training Aids Support Center
                                                                                                   CONTRACTOR:           CONTRACTOR                        APPROVING AUTHORITY
                                                                                                  SCHEDULE DATES           ACTION
                                                                                    G
                                                                                    O
                                                                                    V
      T                                                                   C         T
      R                                                                   L
      A                                                                   A         O
 A    N                                                                   S         R                                    A                                              A
 C    S                                                                   S                                              C                                              C
 T    M           S                                            P          I         A                                    T                                              T
 I    I           P                                            A          F         /                                    I                                              I
 V    T           E                                            R          I         E                                    O              DATE FWD                        O              MAILED
 I    T           C                                            A          C                                              N               TO APPR                        N                TO
 T    A                                                        G#         A         R                                                     AUTH/                                        CONTR/
 Y    L           S                                            R          T         E                                    C                                              C
                  E                  DESCRIPTION               A          I         V               APPROVAL MATERIAL    O      DATE    DATE RCD DATE FWD DATE RCD      O      DATE    DATE RCD
 N    N           C                                            P          O         W                NEEDED  NEEDED      D       OF       FROM   TO OTHER FROM OTH      D       OF     FRM APPR
 O    O           T                ITEM SUBMITTED              H          N         R     SUBMIT       BY       BY       E     ACTION    CONTR REVIEWER REVIEWER        E     ACTION     AUTH         REMARKS


(a)   (b)        (c)                     (d)                       (e)        (f)           (g)         (h)        (i)   (j)     (k)       (l)       (m)          (n)   (o)      (p)      (q)             (r)

            26 20 00        600-volt wiring test             3.5.2       G RO
                            Grounding system test            3.5.4       G RO
                            Ground-fault receptacle test     3.5.3       G RO
                           SD-10 Operation and Maintenance
                            Data
                            Electrical Systems               1.5.1       G RO
            26 23 00.00 40 SD-02 Shop Drawings
                            Switchboard Drawings             1.4.2       G RO
                           SD-03 Product Data
                            Switchboard                      2.2         G RO
                           SD-06 Test Reports
                            Switchboard design tests         2.5.2       G RO
                            Switchboard production tests     2.5.3       G RO
                            Acceptance checks and tests      3.5.1       G RO
                           SD-10 Operation and Maintenance
                            Data
                            Switchboard Operation and        1.5.1       G RO
                             Maintenance
                           SD-11 Closeout Submittals
                            Assembled Operation and          1.5.2       G RO
                             Maintenance Manuals
                            Equipment Test Schedule          2.5.1       G RO
                            Request for Settings             3.5         G RO
            26 41 00.00 40 SD-02 Shop Drawings
                            Overall lightning protection     1.4.1       G RO
                             system

SUBMITTAL FORM,Jan 96                                                                   PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE                                                                            PAGE 46 OF 57 PAGES
                                                                                                                                                    CONTRACT NO.
                                                     SUBMITTAL REGISTER
TITLE AND LOCATION                                                                        CONTRACTOR
Training Aids Support Center
                                                                                                    CONTRACTOR:           CONTRACTOR                        APPROVING AUTHORITY
                                                                                                   SCHEDULE DATES           ACTION
                                                                                     G
                                                                                     O
                                                                                     V
      T                                                                    C         T
      R                                                                    L
      A                                                                    A         O
 A    N                                                                    S         R                                    A                                              A
 C    S                                                                    S                                              C                                              C
 T    M           S                                             P          I         A                                    T                                              T
 I    I           P                                             A          F         /                                    I                                              I
 V    T           E                                             R          I         E                                    O              DATE FWD                        O              MAILED
 I    T           C                                             A          C                                              N               TO APPR                        N                TO
 T    A                                                         G#         A         R                                                     AUTH/                                        CONTR/
 Y    L           S                                             R          T         E                                    C                                              C
                  E                  DESCRIPTION                A          I         V               APPROVAL MATERIAL    O      DATE    DATE RCD DATE FWD DATE RCD      O      DATE    DATE RCD
 N    N           C                                             P          O         W                NEEDED  NEEDED      D       OF       FROM   TO OTHER FROM OTH      D       OF     FRM APPR
 O    O           T                 ITEM SUBMITTED              H          N         R     SUBMIT       BY       BY       E     ACTION    CONTR REVIEWER REVIEWER        E     ACTION     AUTH         REMARKS


(a)   (b)        (c)                      (d)                       (e)        (f)           (g)         (h)        (i)   (j)     (k)       (l)       (m)          (n)   (o)      (p)      (q)             (r)

            26 41 00.00 40 Each major component               1.4.1       G RO
                           SD-03 Product Data
                            Air Terminals                     2.2.1
                            Main and Secondary Conductors     2.3
                            Ground Rods                       2.2.2
                            Clamp-Type Connectors             2.4
                            Lightning Protection Components   2.5
                            Hardware                          2.1
                            Accessories                       2.1
                           SD-06 Test Reports
                            Grounding system test             3.5.1       G RO
                            Lightning protection system       3.5.2       G RO
                             inspection
                           SD-07 Certificates
                            UL listing or label               1.4.2       G RO
                            Certificates                      3.5.3
            26 42 14.00 10 SD-02 Shop Drawings
                            Drawings                          1.4.6       G RO
                            Contractor's Modifications        1.2.1       G RO
                           SD-03 Product Data
                            Equipment                         1.2         G RO
                            Spare Parts                       1.6
                           SD-06 Test Reports
                            Tests and Measurements            3.5         G RO
                            Contractor's Modifications        1.2.1       G RO
                           SD-07 Certificates

SUBMITTAL FORM,Jan 96                                                                    PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE                                                                            PAGE 47 OF 57 PAGES
                                                                                                                                                       CONTRACT NO.
                                                     SUBMITTAL REGISTER
TITLE AND LOCATION                                                                           CONTRACTOR
Training Aids Support Center
                                                                                                       CONTRACTOR:           CONTRACTOR                        APPROVING AUTHORITY
                                                                                                      SCHEDULE DATES           ACTION
                                                                                        G
                                                                                        O
                                                                                        V
      T                                                                       C         T
      R                                                                       L
      A                                                                       A         O
 A    N                                                                       S         R                                    A                                              A
 C    S                                                                       S                                              C                                              C
 T    M           S                                             P             I         A                                    T                                              T
 I    I           P                                             A             F         /                                    I                                              I
 V    T           E                                             R             I         E                                    O              DATE FWD                        O              MAILED
 I    T           C                                             A             C                                              N               TO APPR                        N                TO
 T    A                                                         G#            A         R                                                     AUTH/                                        CONTR/
 Y    L           S                                             R             T         E                                    C                                              C
                  E                  DESCRIPTION                A             I         V               APPROVAL MATERIAL    O      DATE    DATE RCD DATE FWD DATE RCD      O      DATE    DATE RCD
 N    N           C                                             P             O         W                NEEDED  NEEDED      D       OF       FROM   TO OTHER FROM OTH      D       OF     FRM APPR
 O    O           T                 ITEM SUBMITTED              H             N         R     SUBMIT       BY       BY       E     ACTION    CONTR REVIEWER REVIEWER        E     ACTION     AUTH         REMARKS


(a)   (b)        (c)                      (d)                       (e)           (f)           (g)         (h)        (i)   (j)     (k)       (l)       (m)          (n)   (o)      (p)      (q)             (r)

            26 42 14.00 10 Cathodic Protection System         1.2
                            Services of 'Corrosion Expert'    1.4.1       G RO
                           SD-10 Operation and Maintenance
                            Data
                            Cathodic Protection System        1.2
                            Training Course                   3.6
            26 51 00.00 40 SD-03 Product Data
                            Fluorescent lighting fixtures     2.2         G   RO
                            Fluorescent electronic ballasts   1.5.1       G   RO
                            Fluorescent lamps                 2.2.5       G   RO
                            High-intensity-discharge (HID)    2.3         G   RO
                             lighting fixtures
                            HID ballasts                      2.3.1       G RO
                            High-pressure sodium (HPS)        2.3.2       G RO
                             lamps
                            Electronic dimming ballast        2.2.2       G RO
                            Dimming ballast controls          2.2.3       G RO
                            Light Level Sensor                2.2.4       G RO
                            Local/Regional Materials          1.8.1
                            Energy Efficiency                 1.5.3.3
                           SD-06 Test Reports
                            Operating test                    3.3
                           SD-10 Operation and Maintenance
                            Data
                            Operational Service               1.7
            26 52 00.00 40 SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals

SUBMITTAL FORM,Jan 96                                                                       PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE                                                                            PAGE 48 OF 57 PAGES
                                                                                                                                                     CONTRACT NO.
                                                      SUBMITTAL REGISTER
TITLE AND LOCATION                                                                         CONTRACTOR
Training Aids Support Center
                                                                                                     CONTRACTOR:           CONTRACTOR                        APPROVING AUTHORITY
                                                                                                    SCHEDULE DATES           ACTION
                                                                                      G
                                                                                      O
                                                                                      V
      T                                                                     C         T
      R                                                                     L
      A                                                                     A         O
 A    N                                                                     S         R                                    A                                              A
 C    S                                                                     S                                              C                                              C
 T    M           S                                              P          I         A                                    T                                              T
 I    I           P                                              A          F         /                                    I                                              I
 V    T           E                                              R          I         E                                    O              DATE FWD                        O              MAILED
 I    T           C                                              A          C                                              N               TO APPR                        N                TO
 T    A                                                          G#         A         R                                                     AUTH/                                        CONTR/
 Y    L           S                                              R          T         E                                    C                                              C
                  E                   DESCRIPTION                A          I         V               APPROVAL MATERIAL    O      DATE    DATE RCD DATE FWD DATE RCD      O      DATE    DATE RCD
 N    N           C                                              P          O         W                NEEDED  NEEDED      D       OF       FROM   TO OTHER FROM OTH      D       OF     FRM APPR
 O    O           T                  ITEM SUBMITTED              H          N         R     SUBMIT       BY       BY       E     ACTION    CONTR REVIEWER REVIEWER        E     ACTION     AUTH         REMARKS


(a)   (b)         (c)                      (d)                       (e)        (f)           (g)         (h)        (i)   (j)     (k)       (l)       (m)          (n)   (o)      (p)      (q)             (r)

            26 52 00.00 40 Material, Equipment, and Fixture    1.2
                             Lists
                           SD-03 Product Data
                            Emergency Lighting Egress Units    2.2
                            Emergency Fluorescent Lighting     2.3
                           SD-06 Test Reports
                            System Operational Tests           3.2
            26 53 00.00 40 SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
                            Material, Equipment, and Fixture   1.2
                             Lists
                            Exit Lighting Units                2.2
                           SD-03 Product Data
                            Exit Lighting Units                2.2
                           SD-06 Test Reports
                            Operational Tests                  3.2
                           SD-07 Certificates
                            Efficiencies                       2.1.1
            27 10 00       SD-02 Shop Drawings
                            Telecommunications drawings        1.5.1.1     G RO
                            Telecommunications Space           1.5.1.2     G RO
                             Drawings
                           SD-03 Product Data
                            Telecommunications cabling         2.3         G RO
                            Patch panels                       2.4.4       G RO
                            Telecommunications                 2.5         G RO
                             outlet/connector assemblies

SUBMITTAL FORM,Jan 96                                                                     PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE                                                                            PAGE 49 OF 57 PAGES
                                                                                                                                                   CONTRACT NO.
                                                  SUBMITTAL REGISTER
TITLE AND LOCATION                                                                       CONTRACTOR
Training Aids Support Center
                                                                                                   CONTRACTOR:           CONTRACTOR                        APPROVING AUTHORITY
                                                                                                  SCHEDULE DATES           ACTION
                                                                                    G
                                                                                    O
                                                                                    V
      T                                                                   C         T
      R                                                                   L
      A                                                                   A         O
 A    N                                                                   S         R                                    A                                              A
 C    S                                                                   S                                              C                                              C
 T    M           S                                         P             I         A                                    T                                              T
 I    I           P                                         A             F         /                                    I                                              I
 V    T           E                                         R             I         E                                    O              DATE FWD                        O              MAILED
 I    T           C                                         A             C                                              N               TO APPR                        N                TO
 T    A                                                     G#            A         R                                                     AUTH/                                        CONTR/
 Y    L           S                                         R             T         E                                    C                                              C
                  E               DESCRIPTION               A             I         V               APPROVAL MATERIAL    O      DATE    DATE RCD DATE FWD DATE RCD      O      DATE    DATE RCD
 N    N           C                                         P             O         W                NEEDED  NEEDED      D       OF       FROM   TO OTHER FROM OTH      D       OF     FRM APPR
 O    O           T              ITEM SUBMITTED             H             N         R     SUBMIT       BY       BY       E     ACTION    CONTR REVIEWER REVIEWER        E     ACTION     AUTH         REMARKS


(a)   (b)        (c)                   (d)                      (e)           (f)           (g)         (h)        (i)   (j)     (k)       (l)       (m)          (n)   (o)      (p)      (q)             (r)

            27 10 00     Equipment support frame          2.4.2       G RO
                        SD-06 Test Reports
                         Telecommunications cabling       3.3.1       G RO
                          testing
                        SD-07 Certificates
                         Telecommunications Contractor    1.5.2.1     G   RO
                         Key Personnel                    1.5.2.2     G   RO
                         Manufacturer Qualifications      1.5.2.3     G   RO
                         Test plan                        1.5.3       G   RO
                        SD-10 Operation and Maintenance
                         Data
                         Telecommunications cabling and   1.9.1       G RO
                          pathway system
                        SD-11 Closeout Submittals
                         Record Documentation             1.9.2       G RO
            27 51 16    SD-02 Shop Drawings
                         Detail Drawings                  1.2.4       G RO
                        SD-03 Product Data
                         Spare Parts                      1.5
                        SD-06 Test Reports
                         Approved Test Procedures         3.5         G RO
                         Acceptance Tests                 3.5
                        SD-07 Certificates
                         Components                       2.1
                        SD-10 Operation and Maintenance
                         Data

SUBMITTAL FORM,Jan 96                                                                   PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE                                                                            PAGE 50 OF 57 PAGES
                                                                                                                                                        CONTRACT NO.
                                                      SUBMITTAL REGISTER
TITLE AND LOCATION                                                                            CONTRACTOR
Training Aids Support Center
                                                                                                        CONTRACTOR:           CONTRACTOR                        APPROVING AUTHORITY
                                                                                                       SCHEDULE DATES           ACTION
                                                                                         G
                                                                                         O
                                                                                         V
      T                                                                        C         T
      R                                                                        L
      A                                                                        A         O
 A    N                                                                        S         R                                    A                                              A
 C    S                                                                        S                                              C                                              C
 T    M           S                                              P             I         A                                    T                                              T
 I    I           P                                              A             F         /                                    I                                              I
 V    T           E                                              R             I         E                                    O              DATE FWD                        O              MAILED
 I    T           C                                              A             C                                              N               TO APPR                        N                TO
 T    A                                                          G#            A         R                                                     AUTH/                                        CONTR/
 Y    L           S                                              R             T         E                                    C                                              C
                  E                   DESCRIPTION                A             I         V               APPROVAL MATERIAL    O      DATE    DATE RCD DATE FWD DATE RCD      O      DATE    DATE RCD
 N    N           C                                              P             O         W                NEEDED  NEEDED      D       OF       FROM   TO OTHER FROM OTH      D       OF     FRM APPR
 O    O           T                  ITEM SUBMITTED              H             N         R     SUBMIT       BY       BY       E     ACTION    CONTR REVIEWER REVIEWER        E     ACTION     AUTH         REMARKS


(a)   (b)         (c)                      (d)                       (e)           (f)           (g)         (h)        (i)   (j)     (k)       (l)       (m)          (n)   (o)      (p)      (q)             (r)

            27 51 16        Radio and Public Address           1.2
                             System
            28 05 26.00 40 SD-02 Shop Drawings
                            Record Drawings                    1.4         G RO
                           SD-03 Product Data
                            Ground Rods                        2.1         G   RO
                            Ground Wires                       2.2         G   RO
                            Connectors and Fasteners           2.3         G   RO
                            Bonding                            3.7         G   RO
                           SD-06 Test Reports
                            Bond Resistance Test               3.8.1       G   RO
                            Ground Resistance Tests            3.8.2       G   RO
                            Ground Isolation Test              3.8.3       G   RO
                            Continuity Isolation Test          3.8.4       G   RO
                           SD-08 Manufacturer’s Instructions
                            Grounding Systems                  3.8.2       G RO
            28 31 64.00 10 SD-02 Shop Drawings
                            Detail Drawings                    1.4.2       G RO
                           SD-03 Product Data
                            Low Battery Voltage                1.2.2       G RO
                            Special Tools and Spare Parts      1.7
                            Technical Data and Computer        1.5         G RO
                             Software
                            Training                           3.6
                            Testing                            3.7
                           SD-06 Test Reports

SUBMITTAL FORM,Jan 96                                                                        PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE                                                                            PAGE 51 OF 57 PAGES
                                                                                                                                                      CONTRACT NO.
                                                      SUBMITTAL REGISTER
TITLE AND LOCATION                                                                          CONTRACTOR
Training Aids Support Center
                                                                                                      CONTRACTOR:           CONTRACTOR                        APPROVING AUTHORITY
                                                                                                     SCHEDULE DATES           ACTION
                                                                                       G
                                                                                       O
                                                                                       V
      T                                                                      C         T
      R                                                                      L
      A                                                                      A         O
 A    N                                                                      S         R                                    A                                              A
 C    S                                                                      S                                              C                                              C
 T    M           S                                               P          I         A                                    T                                              T
 I    I           P                                               A          F         /                                    I                                              I
 V    T           E                                               R          I         E                                    O              DATE FWD                        O              MAILED
 I    T           C                                               A          C                                              N               TO APPR                        N                TO
 T    A                                                           G#         A         R                                                     AUTH/                                        CONTR/
 Y    L           S                                               R          T         E                                    C                                              C
                  E                   DESCRIPTION                 A          I         V               APPROVAL MATERIAL    O      DATE    DATE RCD DATE FWD DATE RCD      O      DATE    DATE RCD
 N    N           C                                               P          O         W                NEEDED  NEEDED      D       OF       FROM   TO OTHER FROM OTH      D       OF     FRM APPR
 O    O           T                  ITEM SUBMITTED               H          N         R     SUBMIT       BY       BY       E     ACTION    CONTR REVIEWER REVIEWER        E     ACTION     AUTH         REMARKS


(a)   (b)         (c)                      (d)                        (e)        (f)           (g)         (h)        (i)   (j)     (k)       (l)       (m)          (n)   (o)      (p)      (q)             (r)

            28 31 64.00 10 Testing                              3.7
                          SD-07 Certificates
                           Equipment                            1.2.6
                           Qualifications                       1.4.1
                          SD-10 Operation and Maintenance
                           Data
                           Operating and Maintenance            3.6         G RO
                            Instructions
            31 00 00      SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
                           Shoring                              3.5         G RO
                          SD-03 Product Data
                           Utilization of Excavated Materials   3.9         G RO
                           Opening of any Excavation or         3.4
                            Borrow Pit
                           Shoulder Construction                3.11.3      G RO
                          SD-06 Test Reports
                           Testing                              3.17
                           Borrow Site Testing                  2.1
                          SD-07 Certificates
                           Testing                              3.17
            31 11 00      SD-04 Samples
                           Tree wound paint                     2.1
                           Herbicide                            2.2
            31 31 16      SD-03 Product Data
                           Termiticide Application Plan         3.3.5       G RO
                           Termiticides                         2.1

SUBMITTAL FORM,Jan 96                                                                      PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE                                                                            PAGE 52 OF 57 PAGES
                                                                                                                                               CONTRACT NO.
                                                  SUBMITTAL REGISTER
TITLE AND LOCATION                                                                   CONTRACTOR
Training Aids Support Center
                                                                                               CONTRACTOR:           CONTRACTOR                        APPROVING AUTHORITY
                                                                                              SCHEDULE DATES           ACTION
                                                                                G
                                                                                O
                                                                                V
      T                                                               C         T
      R                                                               L
      A                                                               A         O
 A    N                                                               S         R                                    A                                              A
 C    S                                                               S                                              C                                              C
 T    M           S                                         P         I         A                                    T                                              T
 I    I           P                                         A         F         /                                    I                                              I
 V    T           E                                         R         I         E                                    O              DATE FWD                        O              MAILED
 I    T           C                                         A         C                                              N               TO APPR                        N                TO
 T    A                                                     G#        A         R                                                     AUTH/                                        CONTR/
 Y    L           S                                         R         T         E                                    C                                              C
                  E               DESCRIPTION               A         I         V               APPROVAL MATERIAL    O      DATE    DATE RCD DATE FWD DATE RCD      O      DATE    DATE RCD
 N    N           C                                         P         O         W                NEEDED  NEEDED      D       OF       FROM   TO OTHER FROM OTH      D       OF     FRM APPR
 O    O           T              ITEM SUBMITTED             H         N         R     SUBMIT       BY       BY       E     ACTION    CONTR REVIEWER REVIEWER        E     ACTION     AUTH         REMARKS


(a)   (b)        (c)                   (d)                      (e)       (f)           (g)         (h)        (i)   (j)     (k)       (l)       (m)          (n)   (o)      (p)      (q)             (r)

            31 31 16     Foundation Exterior              3.3.3
                         Utilities and Vents              3.3.4
                         Verification of Measurement      3.1
                         Application Equipment            3.4.1
                         Warranty                         1.6
                        SD-04 Samples
                         Termiticides                     2.1
                        SD-06 Test Reports
                         Equipment Calibration and Tank   3.4.1
                          Measurement
                         Soil Moisture                    1.5.1
                         Quality Assurance                1.3
                        SD-07 Certificates
                         Qualifications                   1.3.1
            32 16 13    SD-03 Product Data
                         Concrete                         2.1
                        SD-06 Test Reports
                         Field Quality Control            3.7
            32 31 13    SD-02 Shop Drawings
                         Erection/Installation Drawings   1.3
                         Fence Assembly                   1.3
                         Location of Gate, Corner, End,   3.17.1
                          and Pull Posts
                         Gate Assembly                    1.3
                         Gate Hardware and Accessories    2.19
                        SD-03 Product Data

SUBMITTAL FORM,Jan 96                                                               PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE                                                                            PAGE 53 OF 57 PAGES
                                                                                                                                                 CONTRACT NO.
                                                   SUBMITTAL REGISTER
TITLE AND LOCATION                                                                     CONTRACTOR
Training Aids Support Center
                                                                                                 CONTRACTOR:           CONTRACTOR                        APPROVING AUTHORITY
                                                                                                SCHEDULE DATES           ACTION
                                                                                  G
                                                                                  O
                                                                                  V
      T                                                                 C         T
      R                                                                 L
      A                                                                 A         O
 A    N                                                                 S         R                                    A                                              A
 C    S                                                                 S                                              C                                              C
 T    M           S                                           P         I         A                                    T                                              T
 I    I           P                                           A         F         /                                    I                                              I
 V    T           E                                           R         I         E                                    O              DATE FWD                        O              MAILED
 I    T           C                                           A         C                                              N               TO APPR                        N                TO
 T    A                                                       G#        A         R                                                     AUTH/                                        CONTR/
 Y    L           S                                           R         T         E                                    C                                              C
                  E                DESCRIPTION                A         I         V               APPROVAL MATERIAL    O      DATE    DATE RCD DATE FWD DATE RCD      O      DATE    DATE RCD
 N    N           C                                           P         O         W                NEEDED  NEEDED      D       OF       FROM   TO OTHER FROM OTH      D       OF     FRM APPR
 O    O           T               ITEM SUBMITTED              H         N         R     SUBMIT       BY       BY       E     ACTION    CONTR REVIEWER REVIEWER        E     ACTION     AUTH         REMARKS


(a)   (b)        (c)                    (d)                       (e)       (f)           (g)         (h)        (i)   (j)     (k)       (l)       (m)          (n)   (o)      (p)      (q)             (r)

            32 31 13     Fence Assembly                     1.3
                         Gate Assembly                      1.3
                         Gate Hardware and Accessories      2.19
                         Recycled material content          2.1
                        SD-08 Manufacturer’s Instructions
                         Fence Assembly                     1.3
                         Gate Assembly                      1.3
                         Hardware Assembly                  1.3
                         Accessories                        1.3
                         Accessories                        1.3
            32 92 19    SD-03 Product Data
                         Wood cellulose fiber mulch         2.5.3
                         Fertilizer                         2.4
                        SD-06 Test Reports
                         Topsoil composition tests          2.2.3
                        SD-07 Certificates
                         seed                               2.1
                        SD-08 Manufacturer’s Instructions
                         Erosion Control Materials          2.7
            32 92 23    SD-03 Product Data
                         Fertilizer                         2.4
                        SD-06 Test Reports
                         Topsoil composition tests          2.2.3
                        SD-07 Certificates
                         sods                               2.1
            32 93 00    SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals

SUBMITTAL FORM,Jan 96                                                                 PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE                                                                            PAGE 54 OF 57 PAGES
                                                                                                                                                CONTRACT NO.
                                                  SUBMITTAL REGISTER
TITLE AND LOCATION                                                                    CONTRACTOR
Training Aids Support Center
                                                                                                CONTRACTOR:           CONTRACTOR                        APPROVING AUTHORITY
                                                                                               SCHEDULE DATES           ACTION
                                                                                 G
                                                                                 O
                                                                                 V
      T                                                                C         T
      R                                                                L
      A                                                                A         O
 A    N                                                                S         R                                    A                                              A
 C    S                                                                S                                              C                                              C
 T    M           S                                         P          I         A                                    T                                              T
 I    I           P                                         A          F         /                                    I                                              I
 V    T           E                                         R          I         E                                    O              DATE FWD                        O              MAILED
 I    T           C                                         A          C                                              N               TO APPR                        N                TO
 T    A                                                     G#         A         R                                                     AUTH/                                        CONTR/
 Y    L           S                                         R          T         E                                    C                                              C
                  E               DESCRIPTION               A          I         V               APPROVAL MATERIAL    O      DATE    DATE RCD DATE FWD DATE RCD      O      DATE    DATE RCD
 N    N           C                                         P          O         W                NEEDED  NEEDED      D       OF       FROM   TO OTHER FROM OTH      D       OF     FRM APPR
 O    O           T              ITEM SUBMITTED             H          N         R     SUBMIT       BY       BY       E     ACTION    CONTR REVIEWER REVIEWER        E     ACTION     AUTH         REMARKS


(a)   (b)        (c)                   (d)                      (e)        (f)           (g)         (h)        (i)   (j)     (k)       (l)       (m)          (n)   (o)      (p)      (q)             (r)

            32 93 00     State Landscape Contractor's     1.4.3
                          License
                         Time Restrictions and Planting   1.6
                          Conditions
                        SD-03 Product Data
                         Local/Regional Materials         1.8.1
                         Peat                             2.3.5
                         Composted Derivatives            2.3.8
                         Rotted Manure                    2.3.10
                         Organic Mulch Materials          2.7.1
                         Mulch                            2.7         G RO
                         Fertilizer                       2.5
                         Antidesiccants                   2.8
                        SD-04 Samples
                         Mulch                            2.7         G RO
                        SD-06 Test Reports
                         Topsoil composition tests        1.4.1
                         Topsoil composition tests        2.2.4
                         Percolation Test                 1.4.5
                        SD-07 Certificates
                         Forest Stewardship Council       1.8.3
                          (FSC) Certification
                         Nursery certifications           1.4.2
                         Nursery certifications           2.1.1
                        SD-10 Operation and Maintenance
                         Data

SUBMITTAL FORM,Jan 96                                                                PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE                                                                            PAGE 55 OF 57 PAGES
                                                                                                                                                  CONTRACT NO.
                                                   SUBMITTAL REGISTER
TITLE AND LOCATION                                                                      CONTRACTOR
Training Aids Support Center
                                                                                                  CONTRACTOR:           CONTRACTOR                        APPROVING AUTHORITY
                                                                                                 SCHEDULE DATES           ACTION
                                                                                   G
                                                                                   O
                                                                                   V
      T                                                                  C         T
      R                                                                  L
      A                                                                  A         O
 A    N                                                                  S         R                                    A                                              A
 C    S                                                                  S                                              C                                              C
 T    M           S                                           P          I         A                                    T                                              T
 I    I           P                                           A          F         /                                    I                                              I
 V    T           E                                           R          I         E                                    O              DATE FWD                        O              MAILED
 I    T           C                                           A          C                                              N               TO APPR                        N                TO
 T    A                                                       G#         A         R                                                     AUTH/                                        CONTR/
 Y    L           S                                           R          T         E                                    C                                              C
                  E                DESCRIPTION                A          I         V               APPROVAL MATERIAL    O      DATE    DATE RCD DATE FWD DATE RCD      O      DATE    DATE RCD
 N    N           C                                           P          O         W                NEEDED  NEEDED      D       OF       FROM   TO OTHER FROM OTH      D       OF     FRM APPR
 O    O           T               ITEM SUBMITTED              H          N         R     SUBMIT       BY       BY       E     ACTION    CONTR REVIEWER REVIEWER        E     ACTION     AUTH         REMARKS


(a)   (b)        (c)                    (d)                       (e)        (f)           (g)         (h)        (i)   (j)     (k)       (l)       (m)          (n)   (o)      (p)      (q)             (r)

            32 93 00     Plastic Identification             1.8.2
            33 11 00    SD-03 Product Data
                         Piping Materials                   2.1.1
                         Water service line                 2.1
                         Indicator posts                    2.1.2.1
                        SD-08 Manufacturer’s Instructions
                         Delivery, storage, and handling    1.4
                         Installation                       3.1.1
            33 40 00    SD-03 Product Data
                         Placing Pipe                       3.3
            33 51 15    SD-02 Shop Drawings
                         Pipe, Fittings, and Associated     2.1
                          Materials
                        SD-03 Product Data
                         Materials and Equipment            2.1         G RO
                         Spare Parts                        1.6         G RO
                         Pipe and Accessory Coatings        2.1         G RO
                        SD-05 Design Data
                         Connections to Existing Lines      1.4.2.2     G RO
                         Connections to Existing Lines      3.11        G RO
                         Jointing of Polyethylene and       1.4.1.2     G RO
                          Fiberglass Piping
                        SD-06 Test Reports
                         Pressure and Leak Tests            3.13.1      G RO
                        SD-07 Certificates


SUBMITTAL FORM,Jan 96                                                                  PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE                                                                            PAGE 56 OF 57 PAGES
                                                                                                                                                      CONTRACT NO.
                                                      SUBMITTAL REGISTER
TITLE AND LOCATION                                                                          CONTRACTOR
Training Aids Support Center
                                                                                                      CONTRACTOR:           CONTRACTOR                        APPROVING AUTHORITY
                                                                                                     SCHEDULE DATES           ACTION
                                                                                       G
                                                                                       O
                                                                                       V
      T                                                                      C         T
      R                                                                      L
      A                                                                      A         O
 A    N                                                                      S         R                                    A                                              A
 C    S                                                                      S                                              C                                              C
 T    M           S                                               P          I         A                                    T                                              T
 I    I           P                                               A          F         /                                    I                                              I
 V    T           E                                               R          I         E                                    O              DATE FWD                        O              MAILED
 I    T           C                                               A          C                                              N               TO APPR                        N                TO
 T    A                                                           G#         A         R                                                     AUTH/                                        CONTR/
 Y    L           S                                               R          T         E                                    C                                              C
                  E                   DESCRIPTION                 A          I         V               APPROVAL MATERIAL    O      DATE    DATE RCD DATE FWD DATE RCD      O      DATE    DATE RCD
 N    N           C                                               P          O         W                NEEDED  NEEDED      D       OF       FROM   TO OTHER FROM OTH      D       OF     FRM APPR
 O    O           T                  ITEM SUBMITTED               H          N         R     SUBMIT       BY       BY       E     ACTION    CONTR REVIEWER REVIEWER        E     ACTION     AUTH         REMARKS


(a)   (b)         (c)                      (d)                        (e)        (f)           (g)         (h)        (i)   (j)     (k)       (l)       (m)          (n)   (o)      (p)      (q)             (r)

            33 51 15        Welder's training, qualifications   1.4.1.1     G RO
                             and procedures
                            Utility Work                        3.11.1
                           SD-10 Operation and Maintenance
                            Data
                            Gas distribution system and         1.2.1       G RO
                             equipment operation
                            Gas distribution system             1.2.2       G RO
                             maintenance
                            Gas distribution equipment          1.2.3       G RO
                             maintenance
            33 70 02.00 10 SD-02 Shop Drawings
                            Detail Drawings                     1.4.1       G AE
                            As-Built Drawings                   1.4.2       G AE
                           SD-03 Product Data
                            Nameplates                          2.2         G AE
                            Material and Equipment              2.1         G AE
                            Installation Requirements           3.2         G AE
                           SD-06 Test Reports
                            Field Testing                       3.7
                            Operating Tests                     3.7.5
                            Cable Installation                  3.3.1.4
                           SD-07 Certificates
                            Material and Equipment              2.1



SUBMITTAL FORM,Jan 96                                                                      PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE                                                                            PAGE 57 OF 57 PAGES
Training Aids Support Center                                           09X5901




                           SECTION TABLE OF CONTENTS

                       DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

                                  SECTION 01 33 29

                               LEED(TM) DOCUMENTATION

                                       07/06


 PART 1    GENERAL

   1.1   REFERENCES
   1.2   SUBMITTALS
   1.3   DESCRIPTION
     1.3.1   Credit Validation
     1.3.2   Contractor Responsibilities
   1.4   LEED IMPLEMENTATION PLAN
   1.5   LEED DOCUMENTATION NOTEBOOK
     1.5.1   Content
     1.5.2   LEED Calculations
     1.5.3   Submittals
   1.6   REQUIREMENTS
     1.6.1   Materials and Resources Credit    3, Materials Reuse
     1.6.2   Materials and Resources Credit    4, Recycled Content
       1.6.2.1   Calculations
       1.6.2.2   Substitutions
     1.6.3   Materials and Resources Credit    5, Regional Materials
       1.6.3.1   Calculations
     1.6.4   Materials and Resources Credit    7, Certified Wood
       1.6.4.1   Calculations

 PART 2    PRODUCTS


 PART 3    EXECUTION

   3.1    COORDINATION MEETINGS
   3.2    TABLE

 -- End of Section Table of Contents --




                            SECTION 01 33 29   Page 1
Training Aids Support Center                                                09X5901




                                     SECTION 01 33 29

                               LEED(TM) DOCUMENTATION
                                        07/06

PART 1     GENERAL

1.1     REFERENCES

 The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
 extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the
 basic designation only.

             FOREST STEWARDSHIP COUNCIL (FSC)

 FSC STD 01 001                         (2000) Principles and Criteria for Forest
                                        Stewardship

             U.S. GREEN BUILDING COUNCIL (USGBC)

 LEED                                   (2002; R 2005) Leadership in Energy and
                                        Environmental Design(tm) Green Building
                                        Rating System for New Construction
                                        (LEED-NC)

 LEED Reference Guide                   (2005) LEED-NC Reference Guide for New
                                        Construction

1.2     SUBMITTALS

 Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation;
 submittals not having a "G" designation are for Contractor Quality Control
 approval. The following shall be submitted in accordance with Section
 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:

         SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals

             LEED Implementation Plan; G, RO

         SD-11 Closeout Submittals

             LEED Documentation Notebook; G, RO

1.3     DESCRIPTION

 This project has been designed for, and shall be developed for a
 sustainable rating of silver in accordance with LEED Version 2.2. Table 1
 "LEED 2.2 Project Checklist" (see paragraph Table) identifies the LEED
 credit items that are designed into or otherwise required for this
 project. Table 2 "LEED 2.2 Documentation Requirements and Submittals
 Checklist" (see paragraph Table) identifies the extent of requirements for
 submittals and information related to responsible party and the phase per
 each credit. No variations or substitutions to the LEED credits identified
 for this contract shall be allowed without written consent from the
 Contracting Officer. Should there be a case where there is any problem
 meeting the full requirements of a LEED credit identified for this project
 in Table 1, the Contractor must bring this to the attention of the


                              SECTION 01 33 29    Page 2
Training Aids Support Center                                             09X5901


 Contracting Officer immediately.

1.3.1    Credit Validation

 This project has been registered with USGBC for validation of credits
 earned. Contractor is not responsible for registering the project with
 USGBC or for paying project registration fees to USGBC. Format and content
 of all construction documentation must be in accordance with the
 LEED Reference Guide requirements for supporting data required in event of
 USGBC audit of the particular credit. Contractor is required to coordinate
 through the Contracting Officer with Government's LEED consultant on
 assuring assembled data is acceptable to USGBC and responding to USGBC
 requests for additional construction data in the course of seeking project
 certification.

1.3.2    Contractor Responsibilities

 Some LEED credits are inherent in the design provided and require no
 further submittal or documentation. For these credits, the Contractor
 notify the Contracting Officer in advance of selection of any specified
 material or use of any permissible construction methods that may result in
 a deviation from the LEED designer intent. Some LEED credits involve
 material selection and are generally identified within the technical
 sections with the notation "LEED," though not specifically identified in
 all occurrences. Some LEED credits are dependent on construction practices.

 All LEED credits identified in Table 1 not inherent in the design provided
 shall be documented by the Contractor. Table 1 provides a general summary
 of applicable credits. Detailed submittal requirements are contained in
 the LEED Reference Guide and in the technical sections.

 In all cases where a material, product, or execution requirement is
 identified by "LEED" in the contract documents, additional data or
 certificates shall be submitted with the individual component or process
 validating the material or component to the respective LEED credit item.
 These additional data or certificates shall be separable from the other
 submitted data and a copy shall be included in the LEED Documentation
 Notebook in addition to the distribution indicated in the submittal
 register.

1.4     LEED IMPLEMENTATION PLAN

 LEED Implementation Plan shall be submitted within 30 days after notice to
 proceed. The plan, when completed, shall provide a detailed description of
 all activities that relate to accomplishing project LEED requirements,
 including construction practices, procurement practices, and proposed
 submittals and documentation for each LEED credit. Plan shall also include
 the following:

        a. Name of individuals on the Contractor's staff responsible for
        ensuring LEED credits and prerequisites are earned and responsible for
        assembling documentation. A responsible LEED Accredited Professional
        shall be identified for each applicable credit.

        b.   Copy of contract with Commissioning Agent.

        c. Templates to be used for tracking LEED credits. Listing of
        documents to be provided for each credit and schedule for their
        inclusion in LEED Documentation Notebook. Include proposed materials,


                              SECTION 01 33 29   Page 3
Training Aids Support Center                                             09X5901


        associated estimated costs, and details necessary for LEED calculations
        in order to determine if the listed materials can be expected to
        achieve the project goal.

        d. List of all plans required in the technical sections for LEED
        credit. Proposed submittal date of each plan. These shall be added to
        the LEED Implementation Plan as they are completed.

        e. Implementation plan for cumulative materials credits, which shall
        use applicable template with proposed materials, associated estimated
        costs, and details necessary for LEED Calculations added in order to
        determine if the listed materials can be expected to achieve the
        project goal. Submit cumulative materials implementation plans before
        materials purchasing begins.

1.5     LEED DOCUMENTATION NOTEBOOK

 The Contractor shall prepare a comprehensive notebook documenting
 compliance for each LEED credit identified in Table 1. LEED Documentation
 Notebook shall be formatted to match LEED numbering system and tabbed for
 each credit and prerequisite. LEED documentation in notebook shall contain
 up to date information through the previous month's work, and at least one
 set shall be available on the jobsite at all times. The Notebook may be
 maintained and available for reference electronically if preferred.
 Completed pages shall be prevented from being altered. If the Contractor
 fails to maintain the LEED Documentation Notebook as specified herein, the
 Contracting Officer will deduct from the monthly progress payment an amount
 representing the estimated cost of maintaining the Notebook. This monthly
 deduction will continue until an agreement can be reached between the
 Contracting Officer and the Contractor regarding the accuracy and
 completeness of the Notebook. The original, 2 copies, and an electronic
 version on CD of the notebook shall be submitted at project closeout.

1.5.1    Content

 Notebook shall include Table 1, applicable product data for material
 selection, final calculations, certifications for construction practices,
 procurement data, cumulative calculations and other items as identified in
 the approved LEED Implementation Plan. Notebook must contain all required
 data to support full compliance with the indicated LEED credit. LEED
 credits that are inherent to the design will be documented by the designer
 of record.

1.5.2    LEED Calculations

 Calculations showing compliance with a required LEED credit identified in
 Table 1 or within the LEED Implementation Plan. Calculations shall be
 current and available for monthly review. Final calculations shall be
 included in the LEED Documentation Notebook under the appropriate tab.

1.5.3    Submittals

 All "G" designated submittals required for inclusion in the LEED
 Documentation Notebook shall be separable from other submitted data and
 shall be included in the LEED Documentation Notebook in addition to the
 distribution indicated on the submittal register.




                             SECTION 01 33 29   Page 4
Training Aids Support Center                                          09X5901


1.6     REQUIREMENTS

 LEED credits as identified in Table 1 shall be incorporated and documented
 as required by the Contract documents and in full compliance with the
 LEED Reference Guide. LEED credits not identified elsewhere in the
 Contract documents and those requiring further instruction are specified
 below. Refer to the LEED Reference Guide for further definitions and
 requirements.

1.6.1     Materials and Resources Credit 3, Materials Reuse

 Project goal is that a minimum of 5 percent (by dollar value) of materials
 and products for the project are salvaged, refurbished, or reused materials
 and products. Contractor shall track cumulative calculations for this
 credit. For this credit, performance is measured for the entire project.

1.6.2     Materials and Resources Credit 4, Recycled Content

 Not withstanding the requirements of Section 01 62 35 RECYCLED/RECOVERED
 MATERIALS, Contractor shall select materials so that the sum of
 post-consumer recycled content value plus one-half of post-industrial
 recycled content value constitutes at least 10 percent of the total
 materials cost for the project.

1.6.2.1     Calculations

 LEED Letter Template forms provided by Government shall be used for
 tracking and documentation. Recycled content value of project materials
 shall be determined by the method described in the LEED Reference Guide.
 For this credit, performance is measured for the entire project.

1.6.2.2     Substitutions

 In the case of conflict between this requirement and individual technical
 section requirements, Contractor may submit for Government approval
 proposed alternative products or systems that provide equivalent
 performance and appearance and have greater contribution to project
 recycled content requirements. All such proposed substitutions shall be
 submitted with the LEED Implementation Plan accompanied by product data
 that demonstrates equivalence.

1.6.3     Materials and Resources Credit 5, Regional Materials

 Contractor shall select materials so that a minimum of 20 percent (by
 dollar value) of materials and products for the project are extracted,
 harvested, or recovered, as well as manufactured, regionally within a 500
 mile radius of the project site.
 The following technical sections include regional material requirements so
 that, if available, a minimum of 20 percent (by dollar value) of materials
 and products for the project are extracted, harvested, or recovered, as
 well as manufactured, regionally within a 500 mile radius of the project
 site.

1.6.3.1     Calculations

 LEED Letter Template forms provided by the Government shall be used for
 tracking and documentation. Amount of regional project materials shall be
 determined by the method described in the LEED Reference Guide. For this
 credit, performance is measured for the entire project.


                             SECTION 01 33 29   Page 5
Training Aids Support Center                                          09X5901



1.6.4     Materials and Resources Credit 7, Certified Wood

 Contractor shall select materials so that a minimum of 50 percent (by
 dollar value) of permanently installed wood-based materials and products
 for the project are certified in accordance with FSC STD 01 001.
 The following certified wood materials are specified so that a minimum of
 50 percent (by dollar value) of wood-based materials and products for the
 project are certified in accordance with FSC STD 01 001.

1.6.4.1     Calculations

 LEED Letter Template forms provided by the Government shall be used for
 tracking and documentation. Amount of FSC-certified project materials
 shall be determined by the method described in the LEED Reference Guide.
 For this credit, performance is measured for the entire project.

PART 2     PRODUCTS

 Not used.

PART 3     EXECUTION

3.1     COORDINATION MEETINGS

 There will be three onsite coordination meetings. The first will be a
 preconstruction meeting to review the LEED Implementation Plan. The
 requirements for this meeting may be fulfilled during the coordination and
 mutual understanding meeting outlined in Section 01 45 01 USACE QUALITY
 CONTROL. The second will be a pre-closeout meeting to review LEED
 Documentation Notebook for completeness and identify any outstanding issues
 relating to final score and documentation requirements. The third is a
 closeout meeting to review the final LEED Documentation Notebook. All
 meetings shall be attended by Contractor's designated individual
 responsible for LEED documentation, Government representative and
 Installation representative. At closeout meeting a final score for the
 project will be determined based on review of project performance and
 documentation. Contractor shall make a set of contract drawings and
 specifications available for review at each meeting as well as an updated
 LEED Documentation Notebook.

3.2     TABLE

 LEED credits as identified in Table 1 "LEED 2.2 Project Checklist" and
 Table 2 "LEED 2.2 Documentation Requirements and Submittals Checklist"
 following this section are contract requirements and shall be incorporated
 in full compliance with the LEED Reference Guide.

          -- End of Section --




                                SECTION 01 33 29   Page 6
  Training Supports Center                                                                                                                                                               FT. Gordon
                                                            DESIGN/PLANNING SUMMARY                                                                               Solicitation No. W912HN-09-D-0041




                                                                  Maximum Points Achievable
   LEED Credit Paragraph




                                                                                              Potential Points
                           LEED 2.2 Project
                           Checklist
PAR                                     FEATURE                                                Y                                                      REMARKS


                           CATEGORY 1 - SUSTAINABLE SITES
                              Construction Activity Pollution
SSPR1                         Prevention (PREREQUISITE)       R                                R All LEED prerequisites are required to be met.
SS1                                   Site Selection                 1                          1
                            Development Density & Community
SS2                                      Connectivity                1
SS3                              Brownfield Redevelopment            1
                             Alternative Transportation: Public
SS4.1                              Transportation Access             1
                            Alternative Transportation: Bicycle
SS4.2                           Storage & Changing Rooms             1                          1
                              Alternative Transportation: Low
SS4.3                        Emitting & Fuel Efficient Vehicles      1
                            Alternative Transportation: Parking
SS4.4                                     Capacity                   1                          1
                           Site Development: Protect or Restore
SS5.1                                      Habitat                   1
                            Site Development: Maximize Open
SS5.2                                       Space                    1
SS6.1                      Stormwater Design: Quantity Control       1                                           Related to compliance with 40 CFR 122.26 (Clean Water Act).
SS6.2                       Stormwater Design: Quality Control       1                          1
SS7.1                           Heat Island Effect: Non-Roof         1
SS7.2                             Heat Island Effect: Roof           1                          1
SS8                               Light Pollution Reduction          1                          1

                           CATEGORY 2 – WATER EFFICIENCY
                            Water Efficient Landscaping: Reduce
WE1.1                                      by 50%                    1                          1
                              Water Efficient Landscaping: No
WE1.2                        Potable Water Use or No Irrigation      1                          1
WE2                         Innovative Wastewater Technologies       1
WE3.1                      Water Use Reduction: 20% Reduction        1                          1
WE3.2                      Water Use Reduction: 30% Reduction        1

     CATEGORY 3 – ENERGY AND ATMOSPHERE
         Fundamental Commissioning of the
             Building Energy Systems
EAPR1           (PREREQUISITE)             R                                                   R All LEED prerequisites are required to be met.
           Minimum Energy Performance
EAPR2           (PREREQUISITE)             R                                                   R All LEED prerequisites are required to be met.
        Fundamental Refrigerant Management
EAPR3           (PREREQUISITE)             R                                                   R All LEED prerequisites are required to be met.
EA1        Optimize Energy Performance     10                                                  2 Min. of 2 points required
EA2.1       On-Site Renewable Energy        1
EA2.2       On-Site Renewable Energy        1
EA2.3       On-Site Renewable Energy        1
EA3          Enhanced Commissioning        1                                                    1
EA4      Enhanced Refrigerant Management   1                                                    1
EA5         Measurement & Verification      1
EA6                Green Power              1

             CATEGORY 4 – MATERIALS AND RESOURCES


                                                                                                                    Page 1 of 3
  Training Supports Center                                                                                                                                                   FT. Gordon
                                                              DESIGN/PLANNING SUMMARY                                                                 Solicitation No. W912HN-09-D-0041




                                                                     Maximum Points Achievable
   LEED Credit Paragraph




                                                                                                 Potential Points
                           LEED 2.2 Project
                           Checklist
PAR                                      FEATURE                                                  Y                                         REMARKS


                            Storage & Collection of Recyclables
MRPR1                                 (PREREQUISITE)                  R                           R All LEED prerequisites are required to be met.
                             Building Reuse: Maintain 75% of
MR1.1                           Existing Walls, Floors & Roof           1                          1
                             Building Reuse: Maintain 95% of
MR1.2                           Existing Walls, Floors & Roof           1                          1
                             Building Reuse: Maintain 50% of
MR1.3                         Interior Non-Structural Elements          1                          1
                             Construction Waste Management:
MR2.1                            Divert 50% From Disposal               1                          1
                             Construction Waste Management:
MR2.2                            Divert 75% From Disposal               1                          1
MR3.1                                Materials Reuse: 5%                1
MR3.2                               Materials Reuse: 10%                1
                                Recycled Content: 10% (post-
MR4.1                          consumer + 1/2 pre-consumer)             1                          1
                                Recycled Content: 20% (post-
MR4.2                          consumer + 1/2 pre-consumer)             1

                             Regional Materials:10% Extracted,
MR5.1                      Processed & Manufactured Regionally          1                          1

                             Regional Materials:20% Extracted,
MR5.2                      Processed & Manufactured Regionally          1                          1
MR6                            Rapidly Renewable Materials              1
MR7                                   Certified Wood                    1                          1

 CATEGORY 5 – INDOOR ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY
            Minimum IAQ Performance
EQPR1            (PREREQUISITE)          R R All LEED prerequisites are required to be met.
       Environmental Tobacco Smoke (ETS)
EQPR2        Control (PREREQUISITE)      R R All LEED prerequisites are required to be met.
EQ1      Outdoor Air Delivery Monitoring 1
EQ2            Increased Ventilation     1 1
       Construction IAQ Management Plan:
EQ3.1           During Construction      1 1
       Construction IAQ Management Plan:
EQ3.2           Before Occupancy         1 1



                            Low Emitting Materials: Adhesives &
EQ4.1                                    Sealants                       1                          1
                              Low Emitting Materials: Paints &
EQ4.2                                    Coatings                       1                          1

EQ4.3                      Low Emitting Materials: Carpet Systems       1
                              Low Emitting Materials: Composite
EQ4.4                            Wood & Agrifiber Products              1                          1
                             Indoor Chemical & Pollutant Source
EQ5                                          Control                    1
EQ6.1                         Controllability of Systems: Lighting      1                          1
                              Controllability of Systems: Thermal
EQ6.2                                        Comfort                    1                          1
EQ7.1                             Thermal Comfort: Design               1                          1
                                                                                                                    Page 2 of 3
  Training Supports Center                                                                                                                                     FT. Gordon
                                                            DESIGN/PLANNING SUMMARY                                                     Solicitation No. W912HN-09-D-0041




                                                                 Maximum Points Achievable
   LEED Credit Paragraph




                                                                                             Potential Points
                           LEED 2.2 Project
                           Checklist
PAR                                    FEATURE                                                Y                               REMARKS


EQ7.2                         Thermal Comfort: Verification         1
                            Daylight & Views: Daylight 75% of
EQ8.1                                     Spaces                    1
                            Daylight & Views: Views for 90% of
EQ8.2                                     Spaces                    1

     CATEGORY 6 – FACILITY DELIVERY PROCESS
IDc1.1          Innovation in Design     1  1 Green Cleaning
IDc1.2          Innovation in Design     1  1 Pest Management
IDc1.3          Innovation in Design     1    Monitor Threatened & Endangered Species
IDc1.4          Innovation in Design     1
IDc2       LEED Accredited Professional  1  1

                                         TOTAL                   69                          34




                                                                                                                Page 3 of 3
   Training Supports Center                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         FT. Gordon
                                                                                                        LEED 2.2 Documentation Requirements and Submittals Checklist                                                                         Solicitation No. W912HN-09-D-0041




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Date Submitted (to be filled in by Contractor)
                           Contractor Check Here if Credit is Claimed




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Government Reviewer's Use -
                                                                                                                                     Provide for Credit Audit Only
                                                                        LEED 2.2
   LEED Credit Paragraph




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Comments/Approved
                                                                        Documentation
                                                                        Requirements and
                                                                        Submittals Checklist for
                                                                        Government-Validated
                                                                        Project
PAR                      FEATURE                        DUE AT                                      REQUIRED DOCUMENTATION                                                                                                                                      DATE                                                   REV
GENERAL
      GENERAL - All calculations shall be in accordance with LEED 2.2 Reference Guide.
      GENERAL: Obtain excel version of this spreadsheet at http://en.sas.usace.army.mil, "Engineering Criteria".
      GENERAL - For all credits, narrative/comments may be added to describe special circumstances or considerations regarding the project's credit approach.
      GENERAL - Include all required LEED drawings indicated below in contract drawings with applicable discipline drawings, labeled For Reference Only.
      NOTE: Each submittal indicated with "**" differs from USGBC certified project submittals by either having a different due date or being an added submittal not required by
      USGBC.
                                                                           List of all Final Design submittals revised after final design to reflect actual closeout
                                                                           conditions. Revised Final Design submittals. - OR - Statement confirming that no
                                                                           changes have been made since final design that effect final design submittal
                                                          Closeout         documents.
CATEGORY 1 - SUSTAINABLE SITES
                                                                             Construction Activity Pollution                                                         List of drawings and specifications that address the erosion control, particulate/dust
SSPR1                                                                        Prevention (PREREQUISITE)             **Final Design                                    control and sedimentation control measures to be implemented.                              2/9/10
                                                                                                                                                                     Narrative that indicates which compliance path was used (NPDES or Local
                                                                                                                                                                     standards) and describes the measures to be implemented on the project. If a local
                                                                                                                                                                     standard was followed, provide specific information to demonstrate that the local
                                                                                                                    **Final Design                                   standard is equal to or more stringent than the NPDES program.

SS1                                                                                  Site Selection                  Final Design      Statement confirming that project does not meet any of the prohibited criteria.                                          2/9/10
                                                                                                                                       LEED Site plan drawing that shows all proposed development, line depicting
                                                                                                                                       boundary of all bodies of water and/or wetlands within 100 feet of project boundary
                                                                                                                                       and a line depicting 5' elevation above 100 year flood line that falls within project
                                                                                                                     Final Design    X boundary. Not required if neither condition applies.

                                                                          Development Density & Community                                                            Option 1: LEED Site vicinity plan showing project site and surrounding development.
SS2                                                                                Connectivity                      Final Design                                    Show density boundary or note drawing scale.
                                                                                                                                                                     Option 1: Table indicating, for project site and all surrounding sites within density
                                                                                                                                                                     radius (keyed to site vicinity plan), site area and building area. Project development
                                                                                                                                                                     density calculation. Density radius calculation. Development density calculation
                                                                                                                     Final Design                                    within density radius.
                                                                                                                                                                     Option 2: LEED Site vicinity plan showing project site, the 1/2 mile community radius,
                                                                                                                                                                     pedestrian walkways and the locations of the residential development(s) and Basic
                                                                                                                     Final Design                                    Services surrounding the project site.
                                                                                                                                                                     Option 2: List (including business name and type) of all Basic Services facilities
                                                                                                                     Final Design                                    within the 1/2 mile radius, keyed to site vicinity plan.


                                                                                                                                                                     Narrative describing contamination and the remediation activities included in project.
SS3                                                                           Brownfield Redevelopment               Final Design                                    Include statement indicating how site was determined to be a brownfield.

                                                                                                                                                                     Statement indicating which option for compliance applies. State whether public
                                                                           Alternative Transportation: Public                                                        transportation is existing or proposed and, if proposed, cite source of this
SS4.1                                                                            Transportation Access               Final Design                                    information.
                                                                                                                                                                     Option 1: LEED Site vicinity plan showing project site, mass transit stops and
                                                                                                                     Final Design                                    pedestrian path to them with path distance noted.
                                                                                                                                                                     Option 2: LEED Site vicinity plan showing project site, bus stops and pedestrian path
                                                                                                                     Final Design                                    to them with path distance noted.

                                                                          Alternative Transportation: Bicycle                                                        FTE calculation. Bicycle storage spaces calculation. Shower/changing facilities
SS4.2                                                                        Storage & Changing Rooms                Final Design                                    calculation.                                                                               2/9/10
                                                                                                                                                                     List of drawings that show the location(s) of bicycle storage areas. Statement
                                                                                                                     Final Design                                    indicating distance from building entrance.                                                2/9/10
                                                                                                                                                                     List of drawings that show the location(s) of shower/changing facilities and, if located
                                                                                                                     Final Design                                    outside the buiding, statement indicating distance from building entrance.                 2/9/10

                                                                        Alternative Transportation: Low Emitting                                                     Statement indicating which option for compliance applies. FTE calculation.
SS4.3                                                                           & Fuel Efficient Vehicles            Final Design                                    Statement indicating total parking capacity of site.                                       2/9/10
                                                                                                                     Final Design                                    Option 1: Low-emission & fuel-efficient vehicle calculation.
                                                                                                                                                                     Option 1: List of drawings and specification references that show location and
                                                                                                                                                                     number of preferred parking spaces for low-emission & fuel-efficient vehicles and
                                                                                                                     Final Design                                    signage.
                                                                                                                                                                     Option 1: Statement indicating quantity, make, model and manufacturer of low-
                                                                                                                                                                     emission & fuel-efficient vehicles to be provided. Statement confirming vehicles are
                                                                                                                     Final Design                                    zero-emission or indicating ACEEE vehicle scores.
                                                                                                                     Final Design                                    Option 2: Low-emission & fuel-efficient vehicle parking calculation.                       2/9/10
                                                                                                                                                                     Option 2: List of drawings and specification references that show location and
                                                                                                                     Final Design                                    number of preferred parking spaces and signage.                                            2/9/10
                                                                                                                     Final Design                                    Option 3: Low-emission & fuel-efficient vehicle refueling station calculation.




                                                                                                                                                                            Page 1 of 9
   Training Supports Center                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     FT. Gordon
                                                                                                         LEED 2.2 Documentation Requirements and Submittals Checklist                                                                    Solicitation No. W912HN-09-D-0041




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Date Submitted (to be filled in by Contractor)
                           Contractor Check Here if Credit is Claimed




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Government Reviewer's Use -
                                                                                                                                 Provide for Credit Audit Only
                                                                        LEED 2.2
   LEED Credit Paragraph




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Comments/Approved
                                                                        Documentation
                                                                        Requirements and
                                                                        Submittals Checklist for
                                                                        Government-Validated
                                                                        Project
PAR                                                                                  FEATURE                      DUE AT                                                                    REQUIRED DOCUMENTATION                                          DATE                                                   REV

                                                                                                                                   Option 3: List of drawings and specifications indicating location and number of
                                                                                                                Final Design       refueling stations, fuel type and fueling capacity for each station for an 8-hour period.
                                                                                                                                   Option 3: Construction product submittals indicating what was provided and
                                                                                                                                   confirming compliance with respect to fuel type and fueling capacity for each station
                                                                                                                  Closeout       X for an 8-hour period.

                                                                         Alternative Transportation: Parking
SS4.4                                                                                 Capacity                  Final Design                                     Statement indicating which option for compliance applies.                                  2/9/10
                                                                                                                                                                 Option 1: Preferred parking calculation including number of spaces required, total
                                                                                                                Final Design                                     provided, preferred spaces provided and percentage.                                        2/9/10
                                                                                                                                                                 Option 2: FTE calculation. Preferred parking calculation including number of spaces
                                                                                                                Final Design                                     provided, preferred spaces provided and percentage.
                                                                                                                                                                 Options 1 and 2: List of drawings and specification references that show location and
                                                                                                                Final Design                                     number of preferred parking spaces and signage.                                            2/9/10
                                                                                                                                                                 Option 3: Narrative indicating number of spaces required and provided and
                                                                                                                                                                 describing infrastructure and support programs with description of project features to
                                                                                                                Final Design                                     support them.

                                                                        Site Development: Protect or Restore                                                     Option 1: List of drawing and specification references that convey site disturbance
SS5.1                                                                                Habitat                    **Final Design                                   limits.
                                                                                                                                                                 Option 2: LEED site plan drawing that delineates boundaries of each preserved and
                                                                                                                **Final Design                                   restored habitat area with area (sf) noted for each.
                                                                                                                                                                 Option 2: Percentage calculation of restored/preserved habitat to total site area. List
                                                                                                                                                                 of drawings and specification references that convey restoration planting
                                                                                                                **Final Design                                   requirements.

                                                                                                                                                                 Option 2: LEED site plan drawing delineating boundary of vegetated open space
                                                                         Site Development: Maximize Open                                                         adjacent to building with areas of building footprint and designated open space
SS5.2                                                                                 Space                     Final Design                                     noted.

SS6.1                                                                   Stormwater Design: Quantity Control     Final Design                                     Statement indicating which option for compliance applies.
                                                                                                                                                                 Option 1: Indicate pre-development and post-development runoff rate(cfs) and runoff
                                                                                                                                                                 quantity (cf) -OR - Narrative describing site conditions, measures and controls to be
                                                                                                                Final Design                                     implemented to prevent excessive stream velocities and erosion.
                                                                                                                                                                 Option 2: Indicate pre-development and post-development runoff rate(cfs) and runoff
                                                                                                                Final Design                                     quantity (cf). Indicate percent reduction in each.

                                                                                                                                                                 For non-structural controls, list all BMPs used and, for each, describe the function of
                                                                                                                                                                 the BMP and indicate the percent annual rainfall treated. List all structural controls
                                                                                                                                                                 and, for each, describe the pollutant removal and indicate the percent annual rainfall
SS6.2                                                                    Stormwater Design: Quality Control     Final Design                                     treated.                                                                                   2/9/10

                                                                                                                                                                 LEED site plan drawing indicating locations and quantities of each paving type,
                                                                                                                                                                 including areas of shaded pavement. Percentage calculation indicating percentage of
SS7.1                                                                       Heat Island Effect: Non-Roof        **Final Design                                   reflective/shaded/open grid area.

                                                                                                                                                                  Option 1: Percentage calculation indicating percentage of SRI compliant roof area.
                                                                                                                                                                 List of drawings and specification references that convey SRI requirements and roof
SS7.2                                                                         Heat Island Effect: Roof          Final Design                                     slopes.                                                                                    2/9/10
                                                                                                                                                                 Option 1: List of installed roof materials indicating, for each, manufacturer, product
                                                                                                                  Closeout                                       name and identification, SRI value and roof slope.

                                                                                                                  Closeout       X Option 1: Manufacturer published product data or certification confirming SRI
                                                                                                                Final Design                                     Option 2: Percentage calculation indicating percentage of vegetated roof area.

                                                                                                                Final Design                                      Option 3: Combined reflective and green roof calculation.
                                                                                                                                                                 Option 3: List of installed roof materials indicating, for each, manufacturer, product
                                                                                                                  Closeout                                       name and identification, SRI value and roof slope.
                                                                                                                  Closeout       X Option 3: Manufacturer published product data or certification confirming SRI


                                                                                                                                                                 Interior Lighting: List of drawings and specification references that convey interior
                                                                                                                                                                 lighting requirements (location and type of all installed interior lighting, location of
                                                                                                                                                                 non-opaque exterior envelope surfaces, allowing confirmation that maximum candela
                                                                                                                                                                 value from interiorfixtures does not intersect non-opaque building envelope surfaces).
                                                                                                                                                                 - OR - List of drawings and specification references that show automatic lighting
SS8                                                                           Light Pollution Reduction         Final Design                                     controls that turn off non-essential lighting during non-business hours.                 2/9/10




                                                                                                                                                                        Page 2 of 9
   Training Supports Center                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    FT. Gordon
                                                                                                     LEED 2.2 Documentation Requirements and Submittals Checklist                                                                       Solicitation No. W912HN-09-D-0041




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Date Submitted (to be filled in by Contractor)
                           Contractor Check Here if Credit is Claimed




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Government Reviewer's Use -
                                                                                                                               Provide for Credit Audit Only
                                                                        LEED 2.2
   LEED Credit Paragraph




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Comments/Approved
                                                                        Documentation
                                                                        Requirements and
                                                                        Submittals Checklist for
                                                                        Government-Validated
                                                                        Project
PAR                                                                                 FEATURE                       DUE AT                                                                  REQUIRED DOCUMENTATION                                           DATE                                                   REV
                                                                                                                                                               Exterior Lighting: List of drawings and specification references that convey exterior
                                                                                                                                                               lighting requirements (location and type of all site lighting and building
                                                                                                                Final Design                                   façade/landscape lighting).                                                                 2/9/10
                                                                                                                                                               Exterior Site Lighting Power Density (LPD): Tabulation for exterior site lighting
                                                                                                                                                               indicating, for each location identification or description, units of measure, area or
                                                                                                                                                               distance of the location, actual LPD using units consistent with ASHRAE 90.1, and
                                                                                                                                                               the ASHRAE allowable LPD for that type of location. Percentage calculation of actual
                                                                                                                Final Design                                   versus allowable LPD for all site lighting.                                                 2/9/10
                                                                                                                                                               Exterior Building Facade/Landscape Lighting Power Density (LPD): Tabulation for
                                                                                                                                                               exterior building facade/landscape lighting indicating, for each location identification
                                                                                                                                                               or description, units of measure, area or distance of the location, actual LPD using
                                                                                                                                                               units consistent with ASHRAE 90.1, and the ASHRAE allowable LPD for that type of
                                                                                                                                                               location. Percentage calculation of actual versus allowable LPD for all building
                                                                                                                Final Design                                   facade/landscape lighting.                                                                  2/9/10
                                                                                                                                                               Exterior Lighting IESNA Zone: Indicate which IESNA zone is applicable to the
                                                                                                                Final Design                                   project.                                                                                    2/9/10
                                                                                                                                                               Exterior Lighting Site Lumen table indicating, for each fixture type, quantity installed,
                                                                                                                                                               initial lamp lumens per luminaire, initial lamp lumens above 90 degrees from Nadir,
                                                                                                                                                               total lamp lumens and total lamp lumens above 90 degrees. Percentage of site lamp
                                                                                                                Final Design                                   lumens above 90 degrees from nadir to total lamp lumens.                                    2/9/10
                                                                                                                                                               Exterior Lighting Narrative describing analysis used for addressing requirements for
                                                                                                                Final Design                                   light trespass at site boundary and beyond.                                                 2/9/10

CATEGORY 2 – WATER EFFICIENCY
           Water Efficient Landscaping: Reduce by
WE1.1                        50%                                                                                Final Design                                   Statement indicating which option for compliance applies.                                   2/9/10
                                                                                                                                                               Calculation indicating, for baseline and design case, total water applied, total
                                                                                                                                                               potable water applied, total non-potable water applied. Design case percent potable
                                                                                                                Final Design                                   water reduction. If nonpotable water is used, indicate source of nonpotable water.          2/9/10
                                                                                                                Final Design                                   List of landscape plan drawings.                                                            2/9/10
                                                                                                                                                               Narrative describing landscaping and irrigation design strategies, including water use
                                                                                                                                                               calculation methodology used to determine savings and, if non-potable water is used,
                                                                                                                Final Design                                   specific information about source and available quantity.                                   2/9/10

                                                                          Water Efficient Landscaping: No
WE1.2                                                                    Potable Water Use or No Irrigation   Same as WE1.1                                    Same as WE1.1                                                                               2/9/10

WE2                                                                     Innovative Wastewater Technologies      Final Design                                   Statement confirming which option for compliance applies.
                                                                                                                                                               Statement confirming which occupancy breakdown applies (default or special). For
                                                                                                                Final Design                                   special occupancy breakdown, indicate source and explanation for ratio.

                                                                                                                                                               Occupancy calculation including male/female numbers for FTEs, visitors, students,
                                                                                                                Final Design                                   customers, residential and other type occupants/users
                                                                                                                                                               Statement indicating percent of male restrooms with urinals. Statement indicating
                                                                                                                Final Design                                   annual days of operation.
                                                                                                                                                               Baseline flush fixture calculation spreadsheet indicating, for each fixture type,
                                                                                                                                                               gender, flush rate, daily uses per person for each occupant type identified in
                                                                                                                Final Design                                   occupancy calculation and annual baseline flush fixture water usage.
                                                                                                                                                               Design case flush fixture calculation spreadsheet indicating, for each fixture type,
                                                                                                                                                               gender, fixture manufacturer, fixture model number, flush rate, percent of occupants
                                                                                                                                                               using this fixture type, daily uses per person for each occupant type identified in
                                                                                                                Final Design                                   occupancy calculation and annual design case flush fixture water usage.
                                                                                                                                                               Option 1: If onsite non-potable water is used, identify source(s), indicate annual
                                                                                                                                                               quantity from each source and indicate total annual quantity from all onsite non-
                                                                                                                Final Design                                   potable water sources.
                                                                                                                                                               Option 1: Summary calculation indicating baseline annual water consumption, design
                                                                                                                                                               case annual water consumption, non-potable annual water consumption and total
                                                                                                                Final Design                                   percentage annual water savings.

                                                                                                                                                               Option 2: Statement confirming on-site treatment of all generated wastewater to
                                                                                                                Final Design                                   tertiary standards and all treated wastewater is either infiltrated or used on-site.
                                                                                                                                                               Option 2: List of drawing and specification references that convey design of on-site
                                                                                                                Final Design                                   wastewater treatment features.
                                                                                                                                                               Option 2: On-site water treatment quantity calculation indicating all on-site
                                                                                                                                                               wastewater source(s), annual quantity treated, annual quantity infiltrated and annual
                                                                                                                                                               quantity re-used on site from each source and totals for annual quantity treated,
                                                                                                                Final Design                                   annual quantity infiltrated and annual quantity re-used on site from all sources.
                                                                                                                                                               Option 2: Wastewater summary calculation indicating design case annual flush
                                                                                                                                                               fixture water usage, annual on-site water treatment and percentage sewage
                                                                                                                Final Design                                   convyance reduction.

                                                                                                                                                                      Page 3 of 9
   Training Supports Center                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 FT. Gordon
                                                                                                   LEED 2.2 Documentation Requirements and Submittals Checklist                                                                      Solicitation No. W912HN-09-D-0041




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              Date Submitted (to be filled in by Contractor)
                           Contractor Check Here if Credit is Claimed




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               Government Reviewer's Use -
                                                                                                                              Provide for Credit Audit Only
                                                                        LEED 2.2
   LEED Credit Paragraph




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               Comments/Approved
                                                                        Documentation
                                                                        Requirements and
                                                                        Submittals Checklist for
                                                                        Government-Validated
                                                                        Project
PAR                                                                                 FEATURE                    DUE AT                                                                   REQUIRED DOCUMENTATION                                          DATE                                                   REV
                                                                                                                                                              Narrative describing project strategy for reduction of potable water use for sewage
                                                                                                                                                              conveyance, including specific information on reclaimed water usage and treated
                                                                                                             Final Design                                     wastewater usage.

                                                                                                                                                              Statement confirming which occupancy breakdown applies (default or special). For
WE3.1                                                                   Water Use Reduction: 20% Reduction   Final Design                                     special occupancy breakdown, indicate source and explanation for ratio.                   2/9/10
                                                                                                                                                              Occupancy calculation including male/female numbers for FTEs, visitors, students,
                                                                                                             Final Design                                     customers, residential and other type occupants/users                                     2/9/10
                                                                                                                                                              Statement indicating percent of male restrooms with urinals. Statement indicating
                                                                                                             Final Design                                     annual days of operation.                                                                 2/9/10
                                                                                                                                                              Baseline flush fixture calculation spreadsheet indicating, for each fixture type,
                                                                                                                                                              gender, flush rate, daily uses per person for each occupant type identified in
                                                                                                             Final Design                                     occupancy calculation and annual baseline flush fixture water usage.                      2/9/10
                                                                                                                                                              Design case flush fixture calculation spreadsheet indicating, for each fixture type,
                                                                                                                                                              gender, fixture manufacturer, fixture model number, flush rate, percent of occupants
                                                                                                                                                              using this fixture type, daily uses per person for each occupant type identified in
                                                                                                             Final Design                                     occupancy calculation and annual design case flush fixture water usage.                   2/9/10
                                                                                                               Closeout       X Manufacturer published product data or certification confirming fixture water usage.


WE3.2                                                                   Water Use Reduction: 30% Reduction Same as WE3.1                                      Same as WE3.1

CATEGORY 3 – ENERGY AND ATMOSPHERE
              Fundamental Commissioning of the
                  Building Energy Systems
EAPR1                (PREREQUISITE)                                                                          **Final Design                                   **Owner's Project Requirements document                                                   2/9/10
                                                                                                             **Final Design                                   **Basis of Design document for commissioned systems                                       2/9/10
                                                                                                             **Final Design                                   **Commissioning Plan                                                                      2/9/10
                                                                                                                                                              Statement confirming all commissioning requirements have been incorporated into
                                                                                                               Closeout                                       construction documents.
                                                                                                               Closeout                                       Commissioning Report

                                                                                                                                                              Statement listing the mandatory provisions of ASHRAE 90.1 that project meets
                                                                           Minimum Energy Performance                                                         relative to compliance with this prerequisite and indicating which compliance path
EAPR2                                                                           (PREREQUISITE)               Final Design                                     was used.                                                                                 2/9/10

                                                                        Fundamental Refrigerant Management
EAPR3                                                                          (PREREQUISITE)                Final Design                                     Statement indicating which option for compliance applies.                                 2/9/10
                                                                                                                                                              Option 2: Narrative describing phase out plan, including specific information on
                                                                                                             Final Design                                     phase out dates and refrigerant quantities.

EA1                                                                        Optimize Energy Performance       Final Design                                     Statement indicating which compliance path option applies.                                2/9/10
                                                                                                                                                              Option 1: Statement confirming simulation software capabilities and confirming
                                                                                                             Final Design                                     assumptions and methodology.                                                              2/9/10
                                                                                                                                                              Option 1: General information including simulation program, principal heating source,
                                                                                                                                                              percent new construction and renovation, weather file, climate zone and Energy Start
                                                                                                             Final Design                                     Target Finder score.                                                                      2/9/10
                                                                                                                                                              Option 1: Space summary listing, for each building use, the conditioned area,
                                                                                                             Final Design                                     unconditioned area and total area and include total area for each category                2/9/10
                                                                                                                                                              Option 1: List of all simulation output advisory message data and show difference
                                                                                                             Final Design                                     between baseline and proposed design                                                      2/9/10
                                                                                                                                                              Option 1: Comparison summary for energy model inputs including description of
                                                                                                             Final Design                                     baseline and design case energy model inputs, showing both by element type                2/9/10
                                                                                                                                                              Option 1: Energy type summary lising, for each energy type, utility rate description,
                                                                                                             Final Design                                     units of energy and units of demand                                                       2/9/10
                                                                                                                                                              Option 1: Statement indicating whether project uses on-site renewable energy. If yes,
                                                                                                                                                              list all sources and indicate, for each source, backup energy type, annual energy
                                                                                                             Final Design                                     generated, rated capacity and renewable energy cost                                       2/9/10
                                                                                                                                                              Option 1: If analysis includes exceptional calculation methods, statement describing
                                                                                                             Final Design                                     how exceptional calculation measure cost savings is determined                            2/9/10
                                                                                                                                                              Option 1: If analysis includes exceptional calculation methods, for each exceptional
                                                                                                                                                              calculation method indicate energy types and, for each energy type, annual energy
                                                                                                             Final Design                                     savings, annual cost savings, and brief descriptive narrative                             2/9/10
                                                                                                                                                              Option 1: Baseline performance rating compliance report table indicating, for each
                                                                                                                                                              energy end use, whether it is a process load, energy type, annual and peak energy
                                                                                                                                                              demand for all four orientations. For each orientation indicate total annual energy use
                                                                                                             Final Design                                     for each orientation and total annual process energy use.                                 2/9/10
                                                                                                                                                              Option 1: Baseline energy cost table indicating, for each energy type, annual cost for
                                                                                                             Final Design                                     all four orientations and building total energy cost.                                     2/9/10



                                                                                                                                                                    Page 4 of 9
   Training Supports Center                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  FT. Gordon
                                                                                                    LEED 2.2 Documentation Requirements and Submittals Checklist                                                                      Solicitation No. W912HN-09-D-0041




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               Date Submitted (to be filled in by Contractor)
                           Contractor Check Here if Credit is Claimed




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Government Reviewer's Use -
                                                                                                                             Provide for Credit Audit Only
                                                                        LEED 2.2
   LEED Credit Paragraph




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Comments/Approved
                                                                        Documentation
                                                                        Requirements and
                                                                        Submittals Checklist for
                                                                        Government-Validated
                                                                        Project
PAR                                                                                 FEATURE                    DUE AT                                                                   REQUIRED DOCUMENTATION                                           DATE                                                   REV
                                                                                                                                                             Option 1: Proposed Design performance rating compliance report table indicating, for
                                                                                                                                                             each energy end use, whether it is a process load, energy type, annual and peak
                                                                                                                                                             energy demand, baseline annual and peak energy demand and percent savings.
                                                                                                                                                             Indicate total annual energy use and total annual process energy use for both
                                                                                                             Final Design                                    proposed design and baseline and percent savings.                                           2/9/10
                                                                                                                                                             Option 1: Proposed Design energy cost table indicating, for each energy type, annual
                                                                                                             Final Design                                    cost for all four orientations and building total energy cost.                              2/9/10
                                                                                                                                                             Option 1: Energy cost and consumption by energy type report indicating, for each
                                                                                                                                                             energy type, proposed design and baseline annual use and annual cost, percent
                                                                                                                                                             savings annual use and annual cost. Indicate for renewable energy annual energy
                                                                                                                                                             generated and annual cost. Indicate exceptional calculations annual energy savings
                                                                                                                                                             and annual cost savings. Indicate building total annual energy use, annual energy
                                                                                                                                                             cost for proposed design and baseline and indicate percent savings annual energy
                                                                                                             Final Design                                    use and annual energy cost.                                                                 2/9/10
                                                                                                                                                             Option 1: Compliance summaries from energy simulation software. If software does
                                                                                                                                                             not produce compliance summaries provide output summaries and example input
                                                                                                                                                             summaries for baseline and proposed design supporting data in the tables. Output
                                                                                                                                                             summaries must include simulated energy consumption by end use and total energy
                                                                                                                                                             use and cost by energy type. Example input summaries should represent most
                                                                                                                                                             common systems and must include occupancy, use pattern, assumed envelope
                                                                                                                                                             component sizes and descriptive features and assumed mechanical equipment types
                                                                                                             Final Design                                    and descriptive features                                                                    2/9/10
                                                                                                                                                             Option 1: Energy rate tariff from project energy providers (only if not using LEED
                                                                                                             Final Design                                    Reference Guide default rates)


EA2.1                                                                       On-Site Renewable Energy         Final Design                                    Statement indicating which compliance path option applies.
                                                                                                                                                             List all on-site renewable energy sources and indicate, for each source, backup
                                                                                                                                                             energy type, annual energy generated, rated capacity and renewable energy cost.
                                                                                                                                                             Indicate total annual energy use (all sources), total annual energy cost (all sources)
                                                                                                             Final Design                                    and percent renewable energy cost.
                                                                                                                                                             Option 1: Indicate, for renewable energy,proposed design total annual energy
                                                                                                             Final Design                                    generated and annual cost.
                                                                                                                                                             Option 2: Indicate CBECS building type and building gross area. Provide the
                                                                                                                                                             following CBECS data: median annual electrical intensity, median annual non-
                                                                                                                                                             electrical fuel intensity, average electric energy cost, average non-electric fuel cost,
                                                                                                             Final Design                                    annual electric energy use and cost, annual non-electric fuel use and cost.
                                                                                                                                                             Option 2: Narrative describing renewable systems and explaining calculation
                                                                                                                                                             method used to estimate annual energy generated, including factors influencing
                                                                                                             Final Design                                    performance.

EA2.2                                                                       On-Site Renewable Energy       Same as EA2.1                                     Same as EA2.1

EA2.3                                                                       On-Site Renewable Energy       Same as EA2.1                                     Same as EA2.1

EA3                                                                          Enhanced Commissioning         **Final Design                                   **Owner's Project Requirements document (OPR)                                               2/9/10
                                                                                                            **Final Design                                   **Basis of Design document for commissioned systems (BOD)                                   2/9/10
                                                                                                            **Final Design                                   **Commissioning Plan                                                                        2/9/10
                                                                                                                                                             Statement confirming all commissioning requirements have been incorporated into
                                                                                                               Closeout                                      construction documents.
                                                                                                               Closeout                                      **Commissioning Report
                                                                                                            **Final Design                                   Statement by CxA confirming Commissioning Design Review                                     2/9/10
                                                                                                                                                             Statement by CxA confirming review of Contractor submittals for compliance with
                                                                                                              Closeout                                       OPR and BOD
                                                                                                              Closeout                                       **Systems Manual
                                                                                                              Closeout                                       Statement by CxA confirming completion of O&M staff and occupant training
                                                                                                                                                             **Scope of work for post-occupancy review of building operation, including plan for
                                                                                                              Closeout                                       resolution of outstanding issues
                                                                                                                                                             Statement confirming CxA qualifications and contractual relationships relative to
                                                                                                             **Predesign                                     work on this project, demonstrating that CxA is an independent third party.                 2/9/10

                                                                                                                                                             Refrigerant impact calculation table with all building data and calculation values as
EA4                                                                      Enhanced Refrigerant Management     Final Design                                    shown in LEED 2.2 Reference Guide Example Calculations                                      2/9/10
                                                                                                             Final Design                                    Narrative describing light trespass analysis conducted to determine compliance              2/9/10
                                                                                                              Closeout       X Cut sheets highlighting refrigerant data for all HVAC components.

EA5                                                                         Measurement & Verification        Closeout                                       Statement indicating which compliance path option applies.
                                                                                                              Closeout                                       Measurement and Verification Plan
                                                                                                              Closeout                                       **Scope of work for post-occupancy implementation of M&V plan

EA6                                                                               Green Power                 Closeout                                       Statement indicating which compliance path option applies.
                                                                                                              Closeout                                       Option 1: Indicate proposed design total annual electric energy usage
                                                                                                              Closeout                                       Option 2: Indicate actual total annual electric energy usage

                                                                                                                                                                    Page 5 of 9
  Training Supports Center                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        FT. Gordon
                                                                                                     LEED 2.2 Documentation Requirements and Submittals Checklist                                                                          Solicitation No. W912HN-09-D-0041




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Date Submitted (to be filled in by Contractor)
                          Contractor Check Here if Credit is Claimed




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Government Reviewer's Use -
                                                                                                                                  Provide for Credit Audit Only
                                                                       LEED 2.2
  LEED Credit Paragraph




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Comments/Approved
                                                                       Documentation
                                                                       Requirements and
                                                                       Submittals Checklist for
                                                                       Government-Validated
                                                                       Project
PAR                                                                                 FEATURE                       DUE AT                                                                     REQUIRED DOCUMENTATION                                           DATE                                                   REV
                                                                                                                                                                  Option 3: Calculation indicating building type, total gross area, median electrical
                                                                                                                  Closeout                                        intensity and annual electric energy use
                                                                                                                                                                  Green power provider summary table indicating, for each purchase type, provider
                                                                                                                                                                  name, annual quantity green power purchased and contract term. Indicate total
                                                                                                                  Closeout                                        annual green power use and indicate percent green power
                                                                                                                  Closeout                                        Narrative describing how Green Power or Green Tags are purchased

CATEGORY 4 – MATERIALS AND RESOURCES
                                                                                                                                                                  Statement confirming that recycling area will accommodate recycling of plastic,
                                                                        Storage & Collection of Recyclables                                                       metal, paper, cardboard and glass. Narrative indicating any other materials
MRPR1                                                                           (PREREQUISITE)                  Final Design                                      addressed and coordination with pickup.                                                     2/9/10

                                                                         Building Reuse: Maintain 75% of                                                          If project includes a building addition, confirm that area of building addition does not
MR1.1                                                                     Existing Walls, Floors & Roof        **Final Design                                     exceed 2x the area of the existing building.                                                2/9/10
                                                                                                                                                                  Spreadsheet listing, for each building structural/envelope element, the existing area
                                                                                                               **Final Design                                     and reused area. Total percent reused.                                                      2/9/10

                                                                         Building Reuse: Maintain 95% of
MR1.2                                                                     Existing Walls, Floors & Roof       Same as MR1.1                                       Same as MR1.1                                                                               2/9/10

                                                                         Building Reuse: Maintain 50% of                                                          If project includes a building addition, confirm that area of building addition does not
MR1.3                                                                    Interior Non-Structural Elements      **Final Design                                     exceed 2x the area of the existing building.                                                2/9/10
                                                                                                                                                                  Spreadsheet listing, for each building interior non-structural element, the existing
                                                                                                               **Final Design                                     area and reused area. Total percent reused.                                                 2/9/10

                                                                        Construction Waste Management:
MR2.1                                                                      Divert 50% From Disposal           **Preconstruction                                   Waste Management Plan
                                                                                                               **Construction                                     Spreadsheet calculations indicating material description, disposal/diversion location
                                                                                                               Quarterly and                                      (or recycling hauler), weight, total waste generated, total waste diverted, diversion
                                                                                                                  Closeout                                        percentage

                                                                                                                                                                  **Implementation Strategy Plan consisting of spreadsheet indicated above, filled in
                                                                                                              Preconstruction                                     with estimated quantities to show strategy for achieving goal.
                                                                                                              **Construction
                                                                                                               Quarterly and
                                                                                                                 Closeout                                         Receipts/tickets for all items on spreadsheet

                                                                        Construction Waste Management:
MR2.2                                                                      Divert 75% From Disposal           Same as MR2.1                                       Same as MR2.1


MR3.1                                                                          Materials Reuse: 5%                Closeout                                        Statement indicating total materials value and whether default or actual.
                                                                                                                                                                  Spreadsheet calculations indicating, for each reused/salvaged material, material
                                                                                                                  Closeout                                        description, source or vendor, cost. Total reused/salvaged materials percentage.

MR3.2                                                                         Materials Reuse: 10%            Same as MR3.1                                       Same as MR3.1

                                                                           Recycled Content: 10% (post-
MR4.1                                                                     consumer + 1/2 pre-consumer)            Closeout                                        Statement indicating total materials value and whether default or actual.

                                                                                                                                                                  Spreadsheet calculations indicating, for each recycled content material, material
                                                                                                                                                                  name/description, manufacturer, cost, post-consumer recycled content percent, pre-
                                                                                                                                                                  consumer recycled content percent, source of recycled content data. Total post-
                                                                                                                                                                  consumer content materials cost, total pre-consumer content materials cost, total
                                                                                                                 Closeout                                         combined recycled content materials cost, recycled content materials percentage.
                                                                                                              Final Design or
                                                                                                                    NLT             **Implementation Strategy Plan consisting of spreadsheet indicated above, filled in
                                                                                                              Preconstruction       with estimated quantities to show strategy for achieving goal.
                                                                                                                                    Manufacturer published product data or certification, confirming recycled content
                                                                                                                  Closeout        X percentages in spreadsheet

                                                                           Recycled Content: 20% (post-
MR4.2                                                                     consumer + 1/2 pre-consumer)        Same as MR4.1                                       Same as MR4.1


                                                                        Regional Materials:10% Extracted,
MR5.1                                                                  Processed & Manufactured Regionally        Closeout                                        Statement indicating total materials value and whether default or actual.
                                                                                                                                                                  Spreadsheet calculations indicating, for each regional material, material
                                                                                                                                                                  name/description, manufacturer, cost, percent compliant, harvest distance,
                                                                                                                                                                  manufacture distance, source of manufacture and harvest location data. Total
                                                                                                                  Closeout                                        regional materials cost, regional materials percentage.




                                                                                                                                                                         Page 6 of 9
   Training Supports Center                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     FT. Gordon
                                                                                                       LEED 2.2 Documentation Requirements and Submittals Checklist                                                                      Solicitation No. W912HN-09-D-0041




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Date Submitted (to be filled in by Contractor)
                          Contractor Check Here if Credit is Claimed




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Government Reviewer's Use -
                                                                                                                                 Provide for Credit Audit Only
                                                                       LEED 2.2
  LEED Credit Paragraph




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Comments/Approved
                                                                       Documentation
                                                                       Requirements and
                                                                       Submittals Checklist for
                                                                       Government-Validated
                                                                       Project
PAR                                                                                 FEATURE                      DUE AT                                                                     REQUIRED DOCUMENTATION                                          DATE                                                   REV

                                                                                                             Final Design or
                                                                                                                   NLT             **Implementation Strategy Plan consisting of spreadsheet indicated above, filled in
                                                                                                             Preconstruction       with estimated quantities to show strategy for achieving goal.
                                                                                                                                   Manufacturer published product data or certification confirming regional material
                                                                                                                 Closeout        X percentages in spreadsheet


                                                                        Regional Materials:20% Extracted,
MR5.2                                                                  Processed & Manufactured Regionally Same as MR5.1                                         Same as MR5.1


MR6                                                                        Rapidly Renewable Materials           Closeout                                        Statement indicating total materials value and whether default or actual.
                                                                                                                                                                 Spreadsheet calculations indicating, for each rapidly renewable material, material
                                                                                                                                                                 name/description, manufacturer, cost, rapidly renewable content percent, rapidly
                                                                                                                                                                 renewable product value. Total rapidly renewable product value, rapidly renewable
                                                                                                                Closeout                                         materials percentage.
                                                                                                             Final Design or
                                                                                                                   NLT                                           **Implementation Strategy Plan consisting of spreadsheet indicated above, filled in
                                                                                                             Preconstruction                                     with estimated quantities to show strategy for achieving goal.
                                                                                                                                   Manufacturer published product data or certification confirming rapidly renewable
                                                                                                                 Closeout        X material percentages in spreadsheet



MR7                                                                               Certified Wood                 Closeout                                        Statement indicating total materials value and whether default or actual.
                                                                                                                                                                 Spreadsheet calculations indicating, for each certified wood material, material
                                                                                                                                                                 name/description, vendor, cost, wood component percent, certified wood percent of
                                                                                                                                                                 wood component, FSC chain of custody certificate number. Total certified wood
                                                                                                                 Closeout                                        product value, certified wood materials percentage.
                                                                                                             Final Design or
                                                                                                                   NLT                                           **Implementation Strategy Plan consisting of spreadsheet indicated above, filled in
                                                                                                             Preconstruction                                     with estimated quantities to show strategy for achieving goal.
                                                                                                                                   Vendor invoices, FSC chain of custody certificates and anufacturer published product
                                                                                                                                   data or certification confirming all certified wood materials percentages in
                                                                                                                 Closeout        X spreadsheet.

CATEGORY 5 – INDOOR ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY
                                                                                                                                                                 Statement indicating which option for compliance applies, stating applicable
                                                                            Minimum IAQ Performance                                                              criteria/requirement, and confirming that project has been designed to meet the
EQPR1                                                                           (PREREQUISITE)                 Final Design                                      applicable requirements.                                                                   2/9/10
                                                                                                                                                                 Narrative describing the project's ventilation design, including specifics about fresh
                                                                                                               Final Design                                      air intake volumes and special considerations.                                             2/9/10

                                                                                                                                                                 Statement indicating which option for compliance applies, stating applicable
                                                                       Environmental Tobacco Smoke (ETS)                                                         criteria/requirement, and confirming that project has been designed to meet the
EQPR2                                                                        Control (PREREQUISITE)            Final Design                                      applicable requirements.                                                                   2/9/10

                                                                                                                                                                 List of drawing and specification references that convey conformance to applicable
                                                                                                               Final Design                                      requirements (signage, exhaust system, room separation details, etc).                      2/9/10

                                                                                                                                                                 Statement indicating which option for compliance applies and confirming that project
EQ1                                                                       Outdoor Air Delivery Monitoring      Final Design                                      has been designed to meet the applicable requirements.
                                                                                                                                                                 List of drawing and specification references that convey conformance to applicable
                                                                                                               Final Design                                      requirements.

                                                                                                                                                                 Narrative describing the project's ventilation design and CO2 monitoring system,
                                                                                                               Final Design                                      including specifics about monitors, operational parameters and setpoints.
                                                                                                                 Closeout        X Cut sheets for CO2 monitoring system.

                                                                                                                                                                 Statement indicating which option for compliance applies and confirming that project
EQ2                                                                            Increased Ventilation           Final Design                                      has been designed to meet the applicable requirements.                                     2/9/10
                                                                                                                                                                 Narrative describing the project's ventilation design, including specifics about zone
                                                                                                               Final Design                                      fresh air intake volumes and demonstrating compliance.                                     2/9/10
                                                                                                                                                                 Option 2: Narrative describing design method used for determining natural ventilation
                                                                                                                                                                 design, including calculation methodology/model results and demonstrating
                                                                                                               Final Design                                      compliance.                                                                                2/9/10
                                                                                                                                                                 List of drawing and specification references that convey conformance to applicable
                                                                                                               Final Design                                      requirements.                                                                              2/9/10

                                                                        Construction IAQ Management Plan:
EQ3.1                                                                          During Construction           **Preconstruction                                   Construction IAQ Management Plan
                                                                                                                 Closeout                                        Statement confirming whether air handling units were operated during construction

                                                                                                                                                                        Page 7 of 9
   Training Supports Center                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       FT. Gordon
                                                                                                     LEED 2.2 Documentation Requirements and Submittals Checklist                                                                          Solicitation No. W912HN-09-D-0041




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Date Submitted (to be filled in by Contractor)
                          Contractor Check Here if Credit is Claimed




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Government Reviewer's Use -
                                                                                                                                    Provide for Credit Audit Only
                                                                       LEED 2.2
  LEED Credit Paragraph




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Comments/Approved
                                                                       Documentation
                                                                       Requirements and
                                                                       Submittals Checklist for
                                                                       Government-Validated
                                                                       Project
PAR                                                                                  FEATURE                        DUE AT                                                                     REQUIRED DOCUMENTATION                                          DATE                                                  REV
                                                                                                                                                                    Dated jobsite photos showing examples of IAQ management plan practices being
                                                                                                                                                                    implemented. Label photos to indicate which practice they demonstrate. Minimum
                                                                                                                    Closeout                                        one photo of each practice at each building.
                                                                                                                                                                    Spreadsheet indicating, for each filter installed during construction, the manufacturer,
                                                                                                                                                                    model number, MERV rating, location installed, and if it was replaced immediately
                                                                                                                    Closeout                                        prior to occupancy.

                                                                        Construction IAQ Management Plan:
EQ3.2                                                                           Before Occupancy                **Preconstruction                                   Construction IAQ Management Plan
                                                                                                                                                                    Statement indicating which option for compliance applies and confirming that
                                                                                                                    Closeout                                        required activities have occurred that meet the applicable requirements.
                                                                                                                                                                    Option 1a: Narrative describing the project's flushout process, including specifics
                                                                                                                                                                    about temperature, airflow and duration, special considerations (if any) and
                                                                                                                    Closeout                                        demonstrating compliance.
                                                                                                                                                                    Option 1b: Narrative describing the project's pre-occupancy and post-occupancy
                                                                                                                                                                    flushout processes, including specifics about temperature, airflow and duration,
                                                                                                                    Closeout                                        special considerations (if any) and demonstrating compliance.
                                                                                                                                                                    Option 2: Narrative describing the project's IAQ testing process, including specifics
                                                                                                                                                                    about contaminants tested for, locations, remaining work at time of test, retest
                                                                                                                    Closeout                                        parameters and special considerations (if any).
                                                                                                                    Closeout                                        Option 2: IAQ testing report demonstrating compliance.

                                                                                                                                                                    Spreadsheet indicating, for each applicable indoor adhesive, sealant and sealant
                                                                        Low Emitting Materials: Adhesives &                                                         primer used, the manufacturer, product name/model number, VOC content, LEED
EQ4.1                                                                                Sealants                       Closeout                                        VOC limit, and source of VOC data.
                                                                                                                                                                    Spreadsheet indicating, for each applicable indoor aerosol adhesive, the
                                                                                                                                                                    manufacturer, product name/model number, VOC content, LEED VOC limit, and
                                                                                                                                                                    source of VOC data - OR - Statement confirming no indoor aerosol adhesives were
                                                                                                                    Closeout                                        used for the project.

                                                                                                                                      Manufacturer published product data or certification confirming material VOCs in
                                                                                                                    Closeout        X spreadsheet

                                                                                                                                                                    Spreadsheet indicating, for each applicable indoor paint and coating used, the
                                                                          Low Emitting Materials: Paints &                                                          manufacturer, product name/model number, VOC content, LEED VOC limit, and
EQ4.2                                                                                Coatings                       Closeout                                        source of VOC data.
                                                                                                                                                                    Spreadsheet indicating, for each applicable indoor anti-corrosive/anti-rust paint and
                                                                                                                                                                    coating used, the manufacturer, product name/model number, VOC content, LEED
                                                                                                                                                                    VOC limit, and source of VOC data - OR - Statement confirming no indoor anti-
                                                                                                                    Closeout                                        corrosive/anti-rust paints were used for the project .
                                                                                                                                      Manufacturer published product data or certification confirming material VOCs in
                                                                                                                    Closeout        X spreadsheet

                                                                                                                                      Spreadsheet indicating, for each indoor carpet used, the manufacturer, product
                                                                                                                                      name/model number, if it meets LEED requirement (yes/no) and source of LEED
EQ4.3                                                                  Low Emitting Materials: Carpet Systems       Closeout          compliance data.
                                                                                                                                      Spreadsheet indicating, for each indoor carpet cushion used, the manufacturer,
                                                                                                                                      product name/model number, if it meets LEED requirement (yes/no) and source of
                                                                                                                                      LEED compliance data - OR - Statement confirming no indoor carpet cushion was
                                                                                                                    Closeout          used for the project.
                                                                                                                                      Manufacturer published product data or certification confirming material CRI label in
                                                                                                                    Closeout        X spreadsheet

                                                                                                                                      Spreadsheet indicating, for each indoor composite wood and agrifiber product used,
                                                                         Low Emitting Materials: Composite                            the manufacturer, product name/model number, if it contains added urea
EQ4.4                                                                       Wood & Agrifiber Products               Closeout          formaldehyde (yes/no) and source of LEED compliance data.
                                                                                                                                      Manufacturer published product data or certification confirming material urea
                                                                                                                    Closeout        X formaldehyde in spreadsheet

                                                                                                                                                                    Spreadsheet indicating, for each permanent entryway system used, the
                                                                                                                                                                    manufacturer, product name/model number and description of system. Roll-up and
                                                                         Indoor Chemical & Pollutant Source                                                         carpet systems requiring weekly cleaning to earn this credit are not a permitted
EQ5                                                                                   Control                     Final Design                                      option for Army projects.
                                                                                                                                                                    List of drawing and specification references that convey locations and installation
                                                                                                                  Final Design                                      methods for entryway systems.
                                                                                                                                                                    Spreadsheet indicating, for each chemical use area, the room number, room name,
                                                                                                                                                                    description of room separation features (walls, floor/ceilings, openings) and pressure
                                                                                                                                                                    differential from surrounding spaces with doors closed - OR - Statement confirming
                                                                                                                                                                    that project includes no chemical use areas and that no hazardous cleaning materials
                                                                                                                  Final Design                                      are needed for building maintenance.


                                                                                                                                                                           Page 8 of 9
   Training Supports Center                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    FT. Gordon
                                                                                                       LEED 2.2 Documentation Requirements and Submittals Checklist                                                                     Solicitation No. W912HN-09-D-0041




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Date Submitted (to be filled in by Contractor)
                           Contractor Check Here if Credit is Claimed




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Government Reviewer's Use -
                                                                                                                               Provide for Credit Audit Only
                                                                        LEED 2.2
   LEED Credit Paragraph




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Comments/Approved
                                                                        Documentation
                                                                        Requirements and
                                                                        Submittals Checklist for
                                                                        Government-Validated
                                                                        Project
PAR                                                                                  FEATURE                      DUE AT                                                                  REQUIRED DOCUMENTATION                                           DATE                                                   REV
                                                                                                                                                               If project includes chemical use areas: List of drawing and specification references
                                                                                                                                                               that convey locations of chemical use areas, room separation features and exhaust
                                                                                                                Final Design                                   system.
                                                                                                                                                               If project includes chemical use areas: Spreadsheet indicating, for AHUs/mechanical
                                                                                                                                                               ventilation equipment serving occupied areas, the manufacturer, model number,
                                                                                                                                                               MERV rating, location installed, and if it was replaced immediately prior to
                                                                                                                                                               occupancy (yes/no) - OR - Statement confirming that project does not use
                                                                                                                Final Design                                   mechanical equipment for ventilation of occupied areas.

                                                                                                                                                               Calculation indicating total number of individual workstations, number of workstations
                                                                                                                                                               with individual lighting controls and the percentage of workstations with individual
EQ6.1                                                                    Controllability of Systems: Lighting   Final Design                                   lighting controls.                                                                          2/9/10

                                                                                                                Final Design                                   For each shared multi-occupant space, provide a brief description of lighting controls.     2/9/10

                                                                                                                                                               Narrative describing lighting control strategy, including type and location of individual
                                                                                                                Final Design                                   controls and type and location of controls in shared multi-occupant spaces.                 2/9/10


                                                                                                                                                               Calculation indicating total number of individual workstations, number of workstations
                                                                         Controllability of Systems: Thermal                                                   with individual thermal comfort controls and the percentage of workstations with
EQ6.2                                                                                   Comfort                 Final Design                                   individual thermal comfort controls.                                                        2/9/10
                                                                                                                                                               For each shared multi-occupant space, provide a brief description of thermal comfort
                                                                                                                Final Design                                   controls.                                                                                   2/9/10
                                                                                                                                                               Narrative describing thermal comfort control strategy, including type and location of
                                                                                                                Final Design                                   individual and shared multi-occupant controls.                                              2/9/10
                                                                                                                                                               Design criteria spreadsheet indicating, for spring, summer, fall and winter, maximum
                                                                                                                                                               indoor space design temperature, minimum indoor space design temperature and
EQ7.1                                                                        Thermal Comfort: Design            Final Design                                   maximum indoor space design humidity.                                                       2/9/10
                                                                                                                                                               Narrative describing method used to establish thermal comfort control conditions and
                                                                                                                                                               how systems design addresses the design criteria, including compliance with the
                                                                                                                Final Design                                   referenced standard.                                                                        2/9/10

                                                                                                                                                               Narrative describing the scope of work for the thermal comfort survey, including
EQ7.2                                                                      Thermal Comfort: Verification        Final Design                                   corrective action plan development

                                                                                                                                                               Option 1: Table indicating all regularly occupied spaces with space area and space
                                                                                                                                                               area with 2% daylighting factor. Sum of regularly occupied areas and regularly
                                                                         Daylight & Views: Daylight 75% of                                                     occupied areas with 2% daylighting factor. Percentage calculation of areas with 2%
EQ8.1                                                                                 Spaces                    Final Design                                   daylighting factor to total regularly occupied areas.
                                                                                                                Final Design                                   Option 1: Glazing factor calculation table
                                                                                                                Final Design                                   Option 2: Simulation model method, software and output data
                                                                                                                                                               Option 2: Table indicating all regularly occupied spaces with space area, space area
                                                                                                                                                               with minimum 25 footcandles daylighting illumination, and method of providing glare
                                                                                                                                                               control. Sum of regularly occupied areas and regularly occupied areas with 25 fc
                                                                                                                                                               daylighting. Percentage calculation of areas with 25 fc daylighting to total regularly
                                                                                                                Final Design                                   occupied areas.
                                                                                                                                                               For all occupied spaces excluded from the calculation, provide narrative indicating
                                                                                                                Final Design                                   reasons for excluding the space.
                                                                                                                                                               List of drawing and specification references that convey exterior glazed opening
                                                                                                                Final Design                                   head and sill heights and glazing performance properties.
                                                                                                                                 Manufacturer published product data or certification confirming glazing Tvis in
                                                                                                                 Closeout      X spreadsheet

                                                                                                                                                               Table indicating all regularly occupied spaces with space area and space area with
                                                                                                                                                               access to views. Sum of regularly occupied areas and regularly occupied areas with
                                                                         Daylight & Views: Views for 90% of                                                    access to views. Percentage calculation of areas with views to total regularly
EQ8.2                                                                                  Spaces                   Final Design                                   occupied areas.                                                                             2/9/10
                                                                                                                                                               For all occupied spaces excluded from the calculation, provide narrative indicating
                                                                                                                Final Design                                   reasons for excluding the space.                                                            2/9/10
                                                                                                                                                               LEED Floor plan drawings showing line of sight diagramming of views areas in each
                                                                                                                                                               regularly occupied space. List of drawing/specification references that convey
                                                                                                                Final Design                                   exterior glazed opening head and sill heights.                                              2/9/10

CATEGORY 6 – FACILITY DELIVERY PROCESS
                                                                                                                                                               Narrative decribing intent, requirement for credit, project approach to the credit. List
                                                                                                                                                               of drawings and specification references that convey implementation of credit. All
IDc1.1                                                                          Innovation in Design              Varies                                       other documentation that validates claimed credit.
IDc1.2                                                                          Innovation in Design              Varies
IDc1.3                                                                          Innovation in Design              Varies
IDc1.4                                                                          Innovation in Design              Varies
                                                                                                                                                               Narrative indicating name of LEED AP, company name of LEED AP, description of
IDc2                                                                       LEED Accredited Professional         Final Design                                   LEED AP's role and responsiblilities in the project.                                        2/9/10

                                                                                                                                                                      Page 9 of 9
Training Aids Support Center                                              09X5901




                          SECTION TABLE OF CONTENTS

                      DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

                               SECTION 01 35 26

                       GOVERNMENTAL SAFETY REQUIREMENTS

                                      08/09


 PART 1   GENERAL

   1.1    REFERENCES
   1.2    SUBMITTALS
   1.3    DEFINITIONS
   1.4    REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
   1.5    SITE QUALIFICATIONS, DUTIES AND MEETINGS
     1.5.1    Personnel Qualifications
        1.5.1.1    Site Safety and Health Officer (SSHO)
        1.5.1.2    Construction Safety Hazard Awareness Training
        1.5.1.3    Certified Safety Professional (CSP) and/or Certified
          Industrial hygienist (CIH)
        1.5.1.4    Crane Operators
     1.5.2    Meetings
        1.5.2.1    Preconstruction Conference
        1.5.2.2    Safety Meetings
   1.6    ACCIDENT PREVENTION PLAN (APP)
     1.6.1    EM 385-1-1 Contents
   1.7    ACTIVITY HAZARD ANALYSIS (AHA)
   1.8    DISPLAY OF SAFETY INFORMATION
   1.9    SITE SAFETY REFERENCE MATERIALS
   1.10    EMERGENCY MEDICAL TREATMENT
   1.11    REPORTS
     1.11.1     Accident Reports
     1.11.2     Crane Reports
     1.11.3     Certificate of Compliance
   1.12    HOT WORK
   1.13    RADIATION SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
   1.14    FACILITY OCCUPANCY CLOSURE
   1.15    HIGH NOISE LEVEL PROTECTION
   1.16    SEVERE STORM PLAN
   1.17    CONFINED SPACE ENTRY REQUIREMENTS.

 PART 2   PRODUCTS

   2.1    CONFINED SPACE SIGNAGE
   2.2    FALL PROTECTION ANCHORAGE

 PART 3   EXECUTION

   3.1   CONSTRUCTION AND/OR OTHER WORK
     3.1.1   Hazardous Material Exclusions
     3.1.2   Unforeseen Hazardous Material
   3.2   PRE-OUTAGE COORDINATION MEETING
   3.3   CONTROL OF HAZARDOUS ENERGY (LOCKOUT/TAGOUT)
     3.3.1   Tag Placement


                           SECTION 01 35 26   Page 1
Training Aids Support Center                              09X5901


     3.3.2    Tag Removal
   3.4    FALL HAZARD PROTECTION AND PREVENTION PROGRAM
     3.4.1    Training
     3.4.2    Fall Protection Equipment and Systems
        3.4.2.1   Personal Fall Arrest Equipment
     3.4.3    Fall Protection for Roofing Work
     3.4.4    Existing Anchorage
     3.4.5    Horizontal Lifelines
     3.4.6    Guardrails and Safety Nets
     3.4.7    Rescue and Evacuation Procedures
   3.5    SCAFFOLDING
   3.6    EQUIPMENT
     3.6.1    Material Handling Equipment
     3.6.2    USE OF EXPLOSIVES
   3.7    EXCAVATIONS
     3.7.1    Utility Locations
     3.7.2    Utility Location Verification
     3.7.3    Shoring Systems
     3.7.4    Trenching Machinery
   3.8    UTILITIES WITHIN CONCRETE SLABS
   3.9    ELECTRICAL
     3.9.1    Conduct of Electrical Work
     3.9.2    Portable Extension Cords
   3.10    WORK IN CONFINED SPACES

 -- End of Section Table of Contents --




                           SECTION 01 35 26   Page 2
Training Aids Support Center                                             09X5901




                                SECTION 01 35 26

                        GOVERNMENTAL SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
                                      08/09

PART 1     GENERAL

1.1   REFERENCES

 The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
 extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the
 basic designation only.

            AMERICAN SOCIETY OF SAFETY ENGINEERS (ASSE/SAFE)

 ASSE/SAFE A10.32                   (2004) Fall Protection

 ASSE/SAFE A10.34                   (2001; R 2005) Protection of the Public on
                                    or Adjacent to Construction Sites

 ASSE/SAFE Z359.1                   (2007) Safety Requirements for Personal
                                    Fall Arrest Systems, Subsystems and
                                    Components

            NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA)

 NFPA 241                           (2009) Standard for Safeguarding
                                    Construction,Alteration, and Demolition
                                    Operations

 NFPA 51B                           (2009) Standard for Fire Prevention During
                                    Welding, Cutting, and Other Hot Work

 NFPA 70                            (2008; AMD 1 2008) National Electrical
                                    Code - 2008 Edition

 NFPA 70E                           (2009; Errata 2009) Standard for
                                    Electrical Safety in the Workplace

            U.S. ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS (USACE)

 EM 385-1-1                         (2008) Safety and Health Requirements
                                    Manual

            U.S. NATIONAL ARCHIVES AND RECORDS ADMINISTRATION (NARA)

 10 CFR 20                          Standards for Protection Against Radiation

 29 CFR 1910.146                    Permit-required Confined Spaces

 29 CFR 1926                        Safety and Health Regulations for
                                    Construction

 29 CFR 1926.500                    Fall Protection




                            SECTION 01 35 26   Page 3
Training Aids Support Center                                                09X5901


1.2    SUBMITTALS

 Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation;
 submittals not having a "G" designation are for Contractor Quality Control
 approval. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00
 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:

       SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals

             Accident Prevention Plan (APP);       G, RO

             Activity Hazard Analysis (AHA);       G, RO

             Crane Critical Lift Plan;     G, RO

             Proof of qualification for Crane Operators;     G, RO

       SD-06 Test Reports

             Reports

               Submit reports as their incidence occurs, in accordance with the
             requirements of the paragraph entitled, "Reports."

             Accident Reports

             Crane Reports

       SD-07 Certificates

             Confined Space Entry Permit

             Hot work permit

             License Certificates

             Certificate of Compliance (Crane)

               Submit one copy of each permit/certificate attached to each
             Daily Report.

1.3    DEFINITIONS

  a.    High Visibility Accident.     Any mishap which may generate publicity
       and/or high visibility.

  b.   Operating Envelope. The area surrounding any crane. Inside this
       "envelope" is the crane, the operator, riggers and crane walkers,
       rigging gear between the hook and the load, the load and the crane's
       supporting structure (ground, rail, etc.).

  c.   Recordable Injuries or Illnesses.      Any work-related injury or illness
       that results in:

       (1)     Death, regardless of the time between the injury and death, or
             the length of the illness;

       (2)     Days away from work (any time lost after day of injury/illness
             onset);


                                SECTION 01 35 26    Page 4
Training Aids Support Center                                              09X5901



        (3)     Restricted work;

        (4)     Transfer to another job;

        (5)     Medical treatment beyond first aid;

        (6)     Loss of consciousness; or

        (7)     A significant injury or illness diagnosed by a physician or
              other licensed health care professional, even if it did not result
              in (1) through (6) above.

  d.    "USACE" property and equipment specified in USACE EM 385-1-1 should be
        interpreted as Government property and equipment.

  e.     Weight Handling Equipment (WHE) Accident. A WHE accident occurs when
        any one or more of the six elements in the operating envelope fails to
        perform correctly during operation, including operation during
        maintenance or testing resulting in personnel injury or death; material
        or equipment damage; dropped load; derailment; two-blocking; overload;
        and/or collision, including unplanned contact between the load, crane,
        and/or other objects. A dropped load, derailment, two-blocking,
        overload and collision are considered accidents even though no material
        damage or injury occurs. A component failure (e.g., motor burnout,
        gear tooth failure, bearing failure) is not considered an accident
        solely due to material or equipment damage unless the component failure
        results in damage to other components (e.g., dropped boom, dropped
        load, roll over, etc.) Any mishap meeting the criteria described above
        shall be documented in the Contractor Significant Incident Report
        (CSIR) submitted within five days as provided by the Contracting
        Officer.

1.4     REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

 In addition to the detailed requirements included in the provisions of this
 contract, comply with the most recent addition of USACE EM 385-1-1, and the
 following federal, state, and local, laws, ordinances, criteria, rules and
 regulations. Submit matters of interpretation of standards to the
 appropriate administrative agency for resolution before starting work.
 Where the requirements of this specification, applicable laws, criteria,
 ordinances, regulations, and referenced documents vary, the most stringent
 requirements govern.

1.5     SITE QUALIFICATIONS, DUTIES AND MEETINGS

1.5.1     Personnel Qualifications

1.5.1.1       Site Safety and Health Officer (SSHO)

 The contractor shall provide a Safety oversight team that includes a
 minimum of one (1) Competent Person at each project site to function as the
 Safety and Health Officer (SSHO). The SSHO shall be at the work site at
 all times, unless specified differently in the contract, to perform safety
 and occupational health management, surveillance, inspections, and safety
 enforcement for the Contractor, and their training, experience, and
 qualifications shall be as required by EM 385-1-1 paragraph 01.A.17 and all
 associated sub-paragraphs. A Competent Personal shall be provided for all
 of the hazards identified in the Contractor's Safety and Health Program in


                               SECTION 01 35 26   Page 5
Training Aids Support Center                                           09X5901


 accordance with the accepted Accident Prevention Plan, and shall be on-site
 at all times when the work that presents the hazards associated with their
 professional expertise is being performed. The credentials of the
 Competent Persons(s) shall be approved by the Contracting Officer in
 consultation with the Safety Office.


1.5.1.2     Construction Safety Hazard Awareness Training

 The training requirements for the Site Safety and Health Officer (SSHO)
 must include the successful completion of the course entitled "Construction
 Safety Hazard Awareness Training for Contractors". If the SSHO does not
 have a current certification, they must obtain the course certification
 within sixty (60) calendar days from award.

1.5.1.3   Certified Safety Professional (CSP) and/or Certified Industrial
hygienist (CIH)

 Provide a Certified Safety Professional (CSP) and Certified Industrial
 Hygienist (CIH) at the work site to perform safety and occupational health
 management, surveillance, inspections, and safety enforcement for the
 Contractor. The CSP and or CIH shall be the safety and occupational health
 "competent person" as defined by USACE EM 385-1-1.

1.5.1.4     Crane Operators

 Meet the crane operators requirements in USACE EM 385-1-1, Section 16 and
 Appendix I. In addition, for mobile cranes with Original Equipment
 Manufacturer (OEM) rated capacitates of 50,000 pounds or greater, designate
 crane operators as qualified by a source that qualifies crane operators
 (i.e., union, a government agency, or and organization that tests and
 qualifies crane operators). Provide proof of current qualification.

1.5.2     Meetings

1.5.2.1     Preconstruction Conference

  a. Contractor representatives who have a responsibility or significant role
      in accident prevention on the project shall attend the preconstruction
      conference. This includes the project superintendent, site safety and
      health officer, quality control supervisor, or any other assigned
      safety and health professionals who participated in the development of
      the APP (including the Activity Hazard Analyses (AHAs) and special
      plans, program and procedures associated with it).

  b. Discuss the details of the submitted APP to include incorporated plans,
      programs, procedures and a listing of anticipated AHAs that will be
      developed and implemented during the performance of the contract. This
      list of proposed AHAs will be reviewed at the conference and an
      agreement will be reached between the Contractor and the Contracting
      Officer's representative as to which phases will require an analysis.
      In addition, establish a schedule for the preparation, submittal,
      review, and acceptance of AHAs to preclude project delays.

  c. Deficiencies in the submitted APP will be brought to the attention of
      the Contractor at the preconstruction conference, and the Contractor
      shall revise the plan to correct deficiencies and re-submit it for
      acceptance. Do not begin work until there is an accepted APP.



                              SECTION 01 35 26   Page 6
Training Aids Support Center                                            09X5901


  d.    The functions of a Preconstruction conference may take place at the
       Post-Award Kickoff meeting for Design Build Contracts.

1.5.2.2   Safety Meetings

 Conduct and document meetings as required by EM 385-1-1. Attach minutes
 showing contract title, signatures of attendees and a list of topics
 discussed to the Contractors' daily quality control report.

1.6    ACCIDENT PREVENTION PLAN (APP)

 Use a qualified person to prepare the written site-specific APP. Prepare
 the APP in accordance with the format and requirements of USACE EM 385-1-1
 and as supplemented herein. Cover all paragraph and subparagraph elements
 in USACE EM 385-1-1, Appendix A, "Minimum Basic Outline for Accident
 Prevention Plan." Specific requirements for some of the APP elements are
 described below. The APP shall be job-specific and address any unusual or
 unique aspects of the project or activity for which it is written. The APP
 shall interface with the Contractor's overall safety and health program.
 Include any portions of the Contractor's overall safety and health program
 referenced in the APP in the applicable APP element and made site-specific.
 The Government considers the Prime Contractor to be the "controlling
 authority" for all work site safety and health of the subcontractors.
 Contractors are responsible for informing their subcontractors of the
 safety provisions under the terms of the contract and the penalties for
 noncompliance, coordinating the work to prevent one craft from interfering
 with or creating hazardous working conditions for other crafts, and
 inspecting subcontractor operations to ensure that accident prevention
 responsibilities are being carried out. The APP shall be signed by the
 person and firm (senior person) preparing the APP, the Contractor, the
 on-site superintendent, the designated site safety and health officer, the
 Contractor Quality control Manager, and any designated CSP and/or CIH.

 Submit the APP to the Contracting Officer 15 calendar days prior to the
 date of the preconstruction conference for acceptance. Work cannot proceed
 without an accepted APP.

 Once accepted by the Contracting Officer, the APP and attachments will be
 enforced as part of the contract. Disregarding the provisions of this
 contract or the accepted APP will be cause for stopping of work, at the
 discretion of the Contracting Officer, until the matter has been rectified.

 Once work begins, changes to the accepted APP shall be made with the
 knowledge and concurrence of the Contracting Officer, project
 superintendent, SSHO and quality control manager. Should any severe hazard
 exposure, i.e. imminent danger, become evident, stop work in the area,
 secure the area, and develop a plan to remove the exposure and control the
 hazard. Notify the Contracting Officer within 24 hours of discovery.
 Eliminate/remove the hazard. In the interim, take all necessary action to
 restore and maintain safe working conditions in order to safeguard onsite
 personnel, visitors, the public (as defined by ASSE/SAFE A10.34,) and the
 environment.

 Copies of the accepted plan will be maintained at the resident engineer's
 office and at the job site.
 Continuously reviewed and amended the APP, as necessary, throughout the
 life of the contract. Incorporate unusual or high-hazard activities not
 identified in the original APP as they are discovered.



                            SECTION 01 35 26   Page 7
Training Aids Support Center                                                 09X5901


1.6.1    EM 385-1-1 Contents

 In addition to the requirements outlines in Appendix A of USACE EM 385-1-1,
 the following is required:

  a. Names and qualifications (resumes including education, training,
      experience and certifications) of all site safety and health personnel
      designated to perform work on this project to include the designated
      site safety and health officer and other competent and qualified
      personnel to be used such as CSPs, CIHs, STSs, CHSTs. Specify the
      duties of each position.

  b.    Qualifications of competent and of qualified persons. As a minimum,
        designate and submit qualifications of competent persons for each of
        the following major areas: excavation; scaffolding; fall protection;
        hazardous energy; confined space; health hazard recognition, evaluation
        and control of chemical, physical and biological agents; personal
        protective equipment and clothing to include selection, use and
        maintenance.

  c. Crane Critical Lift Plan. Prepare and sign weight handling critical lift
      plans for lifts over 75 percent of the capacity of the crane or hoist
      at any radius of lift; lifts involving more than one crane or hoist;
      lifts of personnel; and lifts involving non-routine rigging or
      operation, sensitive equipment, or unusual safety risks. Submit 15
      calendar days prior to on-site work and include the requirements of
      USACE EM 385-1-1, paragraph 16.H. and the following:

        (1)     For lifts of personnel, demonstrate compliance with the
              requirements of 29 CFR 1926.550(g).

  d.    Fall Protection and Prevention (FP&P) Program Documentation. The
        program documentation shall be site specific and address all fall
        hazards in the work place and during different phases of construction.
        Address how to protect and prevent workers from falling to lower levels
        when they are exposed to fall hazards above 6 feet. A qualified person
        for fall protection shall prepare and sign the program documentation.
        Include fall protection and prevention systems, equipment and methods
        employed for every phase of work, responsibilities, assisted rescue,
        self-rescue and evacuation procedures, training requirements, and
        monitoring methods. Revise the Fall Protection and Prevention Program
        documentation every six months for lengthy projects, reflecting any
        changes during the course of construction due to changes in personnel,
        equipment, systems or work habits. Keep and maintain the accepted Fall
        Protection and Prevention Program documentation at the job site for the
        duration of the project. Include the Fall Protection and Prevention
        Program documentation in the Accident Prevention Plan (APP).

  e.     Occupant Protection Plan.   The safety and health aspects of lead-based
        paint removal.

  f.     Lead Compliance Plan.   The safety and health aspects of lead work.

  g.    Asbestos Hazard Abatement Plan.   The safety and health aspects of
        asbestos work.

  h.    PCB Plan.   The safety and health aspects of Polychlorinated Biphenyls
        work.



                               SECTION 01 35 26   Page 8
Training Aids Support Center                                               09X5901


  i.     Site Demolition Plan. The safety and health aspects prepared in
         accordance with demolition.

  j.     Excavation Plan.   The safety and health aspects in excavation.

1.7      ACTIVITY HAZARD ANALYSIS (AHA)

 The Activity Hazard Analysis (AHA) format shall be in accordance with USACE
 EM 385-1-1, Section 1. Submit the AHA for review at least 15 calendar days
 prior to the start of each phase. Format subsequent AHAs as amendments to
 the APP. The analysis should be used during daily inspections to ensure the
 implementation and effectiveness of the activity's safety and health
 controls.

 The AHA list will be reviewed periodically (at least monthly) at the
 Contractor supervisory safety meeting and updated as necessary when
 procedures, scheduling, or hazards change.

 Develop the activity hazard analyses using the project schedule as the
 basis for the activities performed. Any activities listed on the project
 schedule will require an AHA. The AHAs will be developed by the
 contractor, supplier or subcontractor and provided to the prime contractor
 for submittal to the Contracting Officer.

1.8    DISPLAY OF SAFETY INFORMATION

 Within 1 calendar day after commencement of work, erect a safety bulletin
 board at the job site. Where size, duration, or logistics of project do
 not facilitate a bulletin board, an alternative method, acceptable to the
 Contracting Officer, that is accessible and includes all mandatory
 information for employee and visitor review, shall be deemed as meeting the
 requirement for a bulletin board. Include and maintain information on
 safety bulletin board as required by EM 385-1-1, section 01.A.06.
 Additional items required to be posted include:

  a.     Confined space entry permit.

  b.     Hot work permit.

1.9    SITE SAFETY REFERENCE MATERIALS

 Maintain safety-related references applicable to the project, including
 those listed in the article "References." Maintain applicable equipment
 manufacturer's manuals.

1.10     EMERGENCY MEDICAL TREATMENT

 Contractors will arrange for their own emergency medical treatment.
 Government has no responsibility to provide emergency medical treatment.

1.11      REPORTS

1.11.1      Accident Reports

  a.     Conduct an accident investigation for recordable injuries and
         illnesses, as defined in 1.3.h and property damage accidents resulting
         in at least $2,000 in damages, to establish the root cause(s) of the
         accident, complete the USACE Accident Report Form 3394 and provide the
         report to the Contracting Officer within 5 calendar day(s) of the


                               SECTION 01 35 26   Page 9
Training Aids Support Center                                             09X5901


         accident. The Contracting Officer will provide copies of any required
         or special forms.

1.11.2     Crane Reports

 Submit crane inspection reports required in accordance with USACE EM 385-1-1,
 Appendix I and as specified herein with Daily Reports of Inspections.

1.11.3     Certificate of Compliance

 Provide a Certificate of Compliance for each crane entering an activity
 under this contract (see Contracting Officer for a blank certificate).
 State within the certificate that the crane and rigging gear meet
 applicable OSHA regulations (with the Contractor citing which OSHA
 regulations are applicable, e.g., cranes used in construction, demolition,
 or maintenance comply with 29 CFR 1926 and USACE EM 385-1-1 Section 16 and
 Appendix I. Certify on the Certificate of Compliance that the crane
 operator(s) is qualified and trained in the operation of the crane to be
 used. Also certify that all of its crane operators working on the DOD
 activity have been trained in the proper use of all safety devices (e.g.,
 anti-two block devices). Post certifications on the crane.

1.12     HOT WORK

 Submit and obtain a written permit prior to performing "Hot Work" (welding,
 cutting, etc.) or operating other flame-producing/spark producing devices,
 from the Fire Department. A permit is required from the Explosives Safety
 Office for work in and around where explosives are processed, stored, or
 handled. CONTRACTORS ARE REQUIRED TO MEET ALL CRITERIA BEFORE A PERMIT IS
 ISSUED. The Contractor will provide at least two (2) twenty (20) pound
 4A:20 BC rated extinguishers for normal "Hot Work". All extinguishers
 shall be current inspection tagged, approved safety pin and tamper
 resistant seal. It is also mandatory to have a designated FIRE WATCH for
 any "Hot Work" done at this activity. The Fire Watch shall be trained in
 accordance with NFPA 51B and remain on-site for a minimum of 30 minutes
 after completion of the task or as specified on the hot work permit.

 When starting work in the facility, require personnel to familiarize
 themselves with the location of the nearest fire alarm boxes and place in
 memory the emergency Fire Department phone number. ANY FIRE, NO MATTER HOW
 SMALL, SHALL BE REPORTED TO THE RESPONSIBLE FIRE DEPARTMENT IMMEDIATELY.


1.13     RADIATION SAFETY REQUIREMENTS

 License Certificates for radiation materials and equipment shall be
 submitted to the Contracting Officer and Radiation Safety Office (RSO) for
 all specialized and licensed material and equipment that could cause fatal
 harm to construction personnel or to the construction project.

 Workers shall be protected from radiation exposure in accordance with
 10 CFR 20. Standards for Protection Against Radiation

 Loss of radioactive material shall be reported immediately to the
 Contracting Officer.

 Actual exposure of the radiographic film or unshielding the source shall
 not be initiated until after 5 p.m. on weekdays.



                             SECTION 01 35 26   Page 10
Training Aids Support Center                                            09X5901


 In instances where radiography is scheduled near or adjacent to buildings
 or areas having limited access or one-way doors, no assumptions shall be
 made as to building occupancy. Where necessary, the Contracting Officer
 will direct the Contractor to conduct an actual building entry, search, and
 alert. Where removal of personnel from such a building cannot be
 accomplished and it is otherwise safe to proceed with the radiography, a
 fully instructed employee shall be positioned inside such building or area
 to prevent exiting while external radiographic operations are in process.
 Transporation of Regulated Amounts of Radioactive Material will comply with
 49 CFR, Subchapter C, Hazardous Material Regulations. Local Fire
 authorities and the site Radiation Safety officer (RSO) shall be notified
 of any Radioactive Material use.

 Transmitter Requirements: The base policy concerning the use of
 transmitters such as radios, cell phones, etc., must be adhered to by all
 contractor personnel. They must also obey Emissions control (EMCON)
 restrictions.

1.14   FACILITY OCCUPANCY CLOSURE

 Streets, walks, and other facilities occupied and used by the Government
 shall not be closed or obstructed without written permission from the
 Contracting Officer.

1.15   HIGH NOISE LEVEL PROTECTION

 Operations performed by the Contractor that involve the use of equipment
 with output of high noise levels (jackhammers, air compressors, and
 explosive-actuated devices) shall be scheduled for after duty working hours
 during the hours 0700 at 1700. Use of any such equipment shall be approved
 in writing by the Contracting Officer prior to commencement of work.

1.16   SEVERE STORM PLAN

 In the event of a severe storm warning, the Contractor must:

  a.   Secure outside equipment and materials and place materials that could
       be damaged in protected areas.

  b.   Check surrounding area, including roof, for loose material, equipment,
       debris, and other objects that could be blown away or against existing
       facilities.

  c.   Ensure that temporary erosion controls are adequate.

1.17   CONFINED SPACE ENTRY REQUIREMENTS.

 Contractors entering and working in confined spaces performing shipyard
 industry work are required to follow the requirements of OSHA 29 CFR Part
 1915 Subpart B. Contractors entering and working in confined spaces
 performing general industry work are required to follow the requirements of
 OSHA 29 CFR Part 1926.

 Navy personnel entering and working in confined spaces performing naval
 maritime facility work are required to follow the requirements of NAVSEA
 S6470-AA-SAF-101 Rev. 03. Navy personnel entering and working in confined
 spaces performing non-maritime facility work are required to follow the
 requirements of OPNAVINST 5100.23G Chapter 27.



                           SECTION 01 35 26   Page 11
Training Aids Support Center                                          09X5901


PART 2     PRODUCTS

 Not used.

2.1     CONFINED SPACE SIGNAGE

 Provide permanent signs integral to or securely attached to access covers
 for new permit-required confined spaces. Signs wording:
 "DANGER--PERMIT-REQUIRED CONFINED SPACE - DO NOT ENTER -" in bold letters a
 minimum of one inch in height and constructed to be clearly legible with
 all paint removed. The signal word "DANGER" shall be red and readable from
 5 feet.

2.2     FALL PROTECTION ANCHORAGE

 Leave in place fall protection anchorage, conforming to ASSE/SAFE Z359.1,
 installed under the supervision of a qualified person in fall protection,
 for continued customer use and so identified by signage stating the
 capacity of the anchorage (strength and number of persons who may be
 tied-off to it at any one time).

PART 3     EXECUTION

3.1     CONSTRUCTION AND/OR OTHER WORK

 Comply with USACE EM 385-1-1, NFPA 241, the APP, the AHA, Federal and/or
 State OSHA regulations, and other related submittals and activity fire and
 safety regulations. The most stringent standard prevails.

3.1.1     Hazardous Material Exclusions

 Notwithstanding any other hazardous material used in this contract,
 radioactive materials or instruments capable of producing
 ionizing/non-ionizing radiation (with the exception of radioactive material
 and devices used in accordance with USACE EM 385-1-1 such as nuclear
 density meters for compaction testing and laboratory equipment with
 radioactive sources) as well as materials which contain asbestos, mercury
 or polychlorinated biphenyls, di-isocynates, lead-based paint are
 prohibited. The Contracting Officer, upon written request by the
 Contractor, may consider exceptions to the use of any of the above excluded
 materials. The Radiation Safety Officer (RSO) must be notified prior to
 excepted items of radioactive material and devices being brought on base.

3.1.2     Unforeseen Hazardous Material

 The USACE should have identified materials such as PCB, lead paint, and
 friable and non-friable asbestos and other OSHA regulated chemicals (i.e.
 29 CFR Part 1910.1000). If additional material, not indicated, that may be
 hazardous to human health upon disturbance during construction operations
 is encountered, stop that portion of work and notify the Contracting
 Officer immediately. Within 14 calendar days the Government will determine
 if the material is hazardous. If material is not hazardous or poses no
 danger, the Government will direct the Contractor to proceed without
 change. If material is hazardous and handling of the material is necessary
 to accomplish the work, the Government will issue a modification pursuant
 to "FAR 52.243-4, Changes" and "FAR 52.236-2, Differing Site Conditions."




                            SECTION 01 35 26   Page 12
Training Aids Support Center                                             09X5901


3.2   PRE-OUTAGE COORDINATION MEETING

 Contractors are required to apply for utility outages at least 5 days in
 advance. As a minimum, the request should include the location of the
 outage, utilities being affected, duration of outage and any necessary
 sketches. Special requirements for electrical outage requests are
 contained elsewhere in this specification section. Once approved, and
 prior to beginning work on the utility system requiring shut down, attend a
 pre-outage coordination meeting with the Contracting Officer Public
 Utilities representative to review the scope of work and the
 lock-out/tag-out procedures for worker protection. No work will be
 performed on energized electrical circuits unless proof is provided that no
 other means exist.

3.3   CONTROL OF HAZARDOUS ENERGY (LOCKOUT/TAGOUT)

 Contractor shall ensure that each employee is familiar with and complies
 with these procedures and USACE EM 385-1-1, Section 12, Control of
 Hazardous Energy.

 Contracting Officer will, at the Contractor's request, apply
 lockout/tagout tags and take other actions that, because of experience and
 knowledge, are known to be necessary to make the particular equipment safe
 to work on for government owned and operated systems.

 No person, regardless of position or authority, shall operate any switch,
 valve, or equipment that has an official lockout/tagout tag attached to it,
 nor shall such tag be removed except as provided in this section. No
 person shall work on any energized equipment including, but not limited to
 activities such as erecting, installing, constructing, repairing,
 adjusting, inspecting, un-jamming, setting up, trouble shooting, testing,
 cleaning, dismantling, servicing and maintaining machines equipment of
 processes until an evaluation has been conducted identifying the energy
 source and the procedures which will be taken to ensure the safety of
 personnel.

 When work is to be performed on electrical circuits, only qualified
 personnel shall perform work on electrical circuits.

 A supervisor who is required to enter an area protected by a lockout/tagout
 tag will be considered a member of the protected group provided he notifies
 the holder of the tag stub each time he enters and departs from the
 protected area.

 Identification markings on building light and power distribution circuits
 shall not be relied on for established safe work conditions.

 Before clearance will be given on any equipment other than electrical
 (generally referred to as mechanical apparatus), the apparatus, valves, or
 systems shall be secured in a passive condition with the appropriate vents,
 pins, and locks.

 Pressurized or vacuum systems shall be vented to relieve differential
 pressure completely.

 Vent valves shall be tagged open during the course of the work.

 Where dangerous gas or fluid systems are involved, or in areas where the
 environment may be oxygen deficient, system or areas shall be purged,


                          SECTION 01 35 26   Page 13
Training Aids Support Center                                          09X5901


 ventilated, or otherwise made safe prior to entry.

3.3.1    Tag Placement

 Lockout/tagout tags shall be completed in accordance with the regulations
 printed on the back thereof and attached to any device which, if operated,
 could cause an unsafe condition to exist.

 If more than one group is to work on any circuit or equipment, the employee
 in charge of each group shall have a separate set of lockout/tagout tags
 completed and properly attached.

 When it is required that certain equipment be tagged, the Government will
 review the characteristics of the various systems involved that affect the
 safety of the operations and the work to be done; take the necessary
 actions, including voltage and pressure checks, grounding, and venting, to
 make the system and equipment safe to work on; and apply such
 lockout/tagout tags to those switches, valves, vents, or other mechanical
 devices needed to preserve the safety provided. This operation is referred
 to as "Providing Safety Clearance."

3.3.2    Tag Removal

 When any individual or group has completed its part of the work and is
 clear of the circuits or equipment, the supervisor, project leader, or
 individual for whom the equipment was tagged shall turn in his signed
 lockout/tagout tag stub to the Contracting Officer. That group's or
 individual's lockout/tagout tags on equipment may then be removed on
 authorization by the Contracting Officer.

3.4     FALL HAZARD PROTECTION AND PREVENTION PROGRAM

 Establish a fall protection and prevention program, for the protection of
 all employees exposed to fall hazards. Within the program include company
 policy, identify responsibilities, education and training requirements,
 fall hazard identification, prevention and control measures, inspection,
 storage, care and maintenance of fall protection equipment and rescue and
 evacuation procedures.

3.4.1    Training

 Institute a fall protection training program. As part of the Fall Hazard
 Protection and Prevention Program, provide training for each employee who
 might be exposed to fall hazards. Provide training by a competent person
 for fall protection in accordance with USACE EM 385-1-1, Section 21.B.

3.4.2    Fall Protection Equipment and Systems

 Enforce use of the fall protection equipment and systems designated for
 each specific work activity in the Fall Protection and Prevention Plan
 and/or AHA at all times when an employee is exposed to a fall hazard.
 Protect employees from fall hazards as specified in EM 385-1-1, Section
 21. In addition to the required fall protection systems, safety skiff,
 personal floatation devices, life rings etc., are required when working
 above or next to water in accordance with USACE EM 385-1-1, Paragraphs 21.N
 through 21.N.04. Personal fall arrest systems are required when working
 from an articulating or extendible boom, swing stages, or suspended
 platform. In addition, personal fall arrest systems are required when
 operating other equipment such as scissor lifts if the work platform is


                            SECTION 01 35 26   Page 14
Training Aids Support Center                                              09X5901


 capable of being positioned outside the wheelbase. The need for tying-off
 in such equipment is to prevent ejection of the employee from the equipment
 during raising, lowering, or travel. Fall protection must comply with
 29 CFR 1926.500, Subpart M, USACE EM 385-1-1 and ASSE/SAFE A10.32.

3.4.2.1       Personal Fall Arrest Equipment

 Personal fall arrest equipment, systems, subsystems, and components shall
 meet ASSE/SAFE Z359.1. Only a full-body harness with a shock-absorbing
 lanyard or self-retracting lanyard is an acceptable personal fall arrest
 body support device. Body belts may only be used as a positioning device
 system (for uses such as steel reinforcing assembly and in addition to an
 approved fall arrest system). Harnesses shall have a fall arrest attachment
 affixed to the body support (usually a Dorsal D-ring) and specifically
 designated for attachment to the rest of the system. Only locking snap
 hooks and carabiners shall be used. Webbing, straps, and ropes shall be
 made of synthetic fiber. The maximum free fall distance when using fall
 arrest equipment shall not exceed 6 feet. The total fall distance and any
 swinging of the worker (pendulum-like motion) that can occur during a fall
 shall always be taken into consideration when attaching a person to a fall
 arrest system.

3.4.3     Fall Protection for Roofing Work

 Implement fall protection controls based on the type of roof being
 constructed and work being performed. Evaluate the roof area to be accessed
 for its structural integrity including weight-bearing capabilities for the
 projected loading.

  a.    Low Sloped Roofs:

        (1)    For work greater than 6 feet from an edge, erect and install
              warning lines in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.500 and USACE
              EM 385-1-1.

  b.    Steep-Sloped Roofs: Work on steep-sloped roofs requires a personal
        fall arrest system, guardrails with toe-boards, or safety nets. This
        requirement also includes residential or housing type construction.

3.4.4     Existing Anchorage

 Certified (or re-certified) by a qualified person for fall protection
 existing anchorages, to be used for attachment of personal fall arrest
 equipment in accordance with ASSE/SAFE Z359.1. Exiting horizontal lifeline
 anchorages must be certified (or re-certified) by a registered professional
 engineer with experience in designing horizontal lifeline systems.

3.4.5     Horizontal Lifelines

 Design, install, certify and use under the supervision of a qualified
 person horizontal lifelines for fall protection as part of a complete fall
 arrest system which maintains a safety factor of 2 (29 CFR 1926.500).

3.4.6     Guardrails and Safety Nets

 Design, install and use guardrails and safety nets in accordance with
 EM 385-1-1 and 29 CFR 1926 Subpart M.




                               SECTION 01 35 26   Page 15
Training Aids Support Center                                               09X5901


3.4.7     Rescue and Evacuation Procedures

 When personal fall arrest systems are used, the contractor must ensure that
 the mishap victim can self-rescue or can be rescued promptly should a fall
 occur. Prepare a Rescue and Evacuation Plan and include a detailed
 discussion of the following: methods of rescue; methods of self-rescue;
 equipment used; training requirement; specialized training for the
 rescuers; procedures for requesting rescue and medical assistance; and
 transportation routes to a medical facility. Include the Rescue and
 Evacuation Plan within the Activity Hazard Analysis (AHA) for the phase of
 work, in the Fall Protection and Prevention (FP&P) Plan, and the Accident
 Prevention Plan (APP).

3.5     SCAFFOLDING

 Provide employees with a safe means of access to the work area on the
 scaffold. Climbing of any scaffold braces or supports not specifically
 designed for access is prohibited. Access scaffold platforms greater than
 20 feet maximum in height by use of a scaffold stair system. Do not use
 vertical ladders commonly provided by scaffold system manufacturers for
 accessing scaffold platforms greater than 20 feet maximum in height. The
 use of an adequate gate is required. Ensure that employees are qualified
 to perform scaffold erection and dismantling. Do not use scaffold without
 the capability of supporting at least four times the maximum intended load
 or without appropriate fall protection as delineated in the accepted fall
 protection and prevention plan. Stationary scaffolds must be attached to
 structural building components to safeguard against tipping forward or
 backward. Give special care to ensure scaffold systems are not
 overloaded. Side brackets used to extend scaffold platforms on
 self-supported scaffold systems for the storage of material is prohibited.
 The first tie-in shall be at the height equal to 4 times the width of the
 smallest dimension of the scaffold base. Place work platforms on mud
 sills. Scaffold or work platform erectors shall have fall protection
 during the erection and dismantling of scaffolding or work platforms that
 are more than six feet. Delineate fall protection requirements when
 working above six feet or above dangerous operations in the Fall Protection
 and Prevention (FP&P) Plan and Activity Hazard Analysis (AHA) for the phase
 of work.

3.6     EQUIPMENT

3.6.1     Material Handling Equipment

  a.    Material handling equipment such as forklifts shall not be modified
        with work platform attachments for supporting employees unless
        specifically delineated in the manufacturer's printed operating
        instructions.

  b.    The use of hooks on equipment for lifting of material must be in
        accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions.

  c.     Operators of forklifts or power industrial trucks shall be licensed in
        accordance with OSHA.

3.6.2     USE OF EXPLOSIVES

 Explosives shall not be used or brought to the project site.




                              SECTION 01 35 26   Page 16
Training Aids Support Center                                            09X5901


3.7     EXCAVATIONS

 Perform soil classification by a competent person in accordance with
 29 CFR 1926.

3.7.1     Utility Locations

 Prior to digging, the appropriate digging permit must be obtained. All
 underground utilities in the work area must be positively identified by a
 private utility locating service in addition to any station locating
 service and coordinated with the station utility department. Any markings
 made during the utility investigation must be maintained throughout the
 contract.

3.7.2     Utility Location Verification

 The Contractor must physically verify underground utility locations by hand
 digging using wood or fiberglass handled tools when any adjacent
 construction work is expected to come within three feet of the underground
 system. Digging within 2 feet of a known utility must not be performed by
 means of mechanical equipment; hand digging shall be used. If construction
 is parallel to an existing utility expose the utility by hand digging every
 100 feet if parallel within 5 feet of the excavation.

3.7.3     Shoring Systems

 Trench and shoring systems must be identified in the accepted safety plan
 and AHA. Manufacture tabulated data and specifications or registered
 engineer tabulated data for shoring or benching systems shall be readily
 available on-site for review. Job-made shoring or shielding must have the
 registered professional engineer stamp, specifications, and tabulated
 data. Extreme care must be used when excavating near direct burial
 electric underground cables.

3.7.4     Trenching Machinery

 Operate trenching machines with digging chain drives only when the
 spotters/laborers are in plain view of the operator. Provide operator and
 spotters/laborers training on the hazards of the digging chain drives with
 emphasis on the distance that needs to be maintained when the digging chain
 is operating. Keep documentation of the training on file at the project
 site.

3.8     UTILITIES WITHIN CONCRETE SLABS

 Utilities located within concrete slabs or pier structures, bridges, and
 the like, are extremely difficult to identify due to the reinforcing steel
 used in the construction of these structures. Whenever contract work
 involves concrete chipping, saw cutting, or core drilling, the existing
 utility location must be coordinated with station utility departments in
 addition to a private locating service. Outages to isolate utility systems
 must be used in circumstances where utilities are unable to be positively
 identified. The use of historical drawings does not alleviate the
 contractor from meeting this requirement.




                              SECTION 01 35 26   Page 17
Training Aids Support Center                                             09X5901


3.9     ELECTRICAL

3.9.1     Conduct of Electrical Work

 Underground electrical spaces must be certified safe for entry before
 entering to conduct work. Cables that will be cut must be positively
 identified and de-energized prior to performing each cut. Positive cable
 identification must be made prior to submitting any outage request for
 electrical systems. Arrangements are to be coordinated with the
 Contracting Officer and Station Utilities for identification. The
 Contracting Officer will not accept an outage request until the Contractor
 satisfactorily documents that the circuits have been clearly identified.
 Perform all high voltage cable cutting remotely using hydraulic cutting
 tool. When racking in or live switching of circuit breakers, no additional
 person other than the switch operator will be allowed in the space during
 the actual operation. Plan so that work near energized parts is minimized
 to the fullest extent possible. Use of electrical outages clear of any
 energized electrical sources is the preferred method. When working in
 energized substations, only qualified electrical workers will be permitted
 to enter. When work requires Contractor to work near energized circuits as
 defined by the NFPA 70, high voltage personnel must use personal protective
 equipment that includes, as a minimum, electrical hard hat, safety shoes,
 insulating gloves with leather protective sleeves, fire retarding shirts,
 coveralls, face shields, and safety glasses. In addition, provide
 electrical arc flash protection for personnel as required by NFPA 70E.
 Insulating blankets, hearing protection, and switching suits may also be
 required, depending on the specific job and as delineated in the
 Contractor's AHA.

3.9.2     Portable Extension Cords

 Size portable extension cords in accordance with manufacturer ratings for
 the tool to be powered and protected from damage. Immediately removed from
 service all damaged extension cords. Portable extension cords shall meet
 the requirements of NFPA 70E and OSHA electrical standards.

3.10     WORK IN CONFINED SPACES

 Comply with the requirements in Section 34 of USACE EM 385-1-1, OSHA
 29 CFR 1910.146 and OSHA 29 CFR 1926.21(b)(6). Any potential for a hazard
 in the confined space requires a permit system to be used.

  a.    Entry Procedures. Prohibit entry into a confined space by personnel
        for any purpose, including hot work, until the qualified person has
        conducted appropriate tests to ensure the confined or enclosed space is
        safe for the work intended and that all potential hazards are
        controlled or eliminated and documented. (See Section 34 of USACE
        EM 385-1-1 for entry procedures.) All hazards pertaining to the space
        shall be reviewed with each employee during review of the AHA.




                            SECTION 01 35 26   Page 18
Training Aids Support Center                                            09X5901



  b.   Forced air ventilation is required for all confined space entry
       operations and the minimum air exchange requirements must be maintained
       to ensure exposure to any hazardous atmosphere is kept below its'
       action level.

  c.   Sewer wet wells require continuous atmosphere monitoring with audible
       alarm for toxic gas detection.

        -- End of Section --




                           SECTION 01 35 26   Page 19
Training Aids Support Center                                 09X5901




                          SECTION TABLE OF CONTENTS

                      DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

                               SECTION 01 35 40.00 20

                           ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT

                                       07/06


 PART 1   GENERAL

   1.1   REFERENCES
   1.2   DEFINITIONS
   1.3   PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING
   1.4   SUBMITTALS
   1.5   CONTRACTOR'S ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGER
     1.5.1   Duties
     1.5.2   Qualifications
   1.6   ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
   1.7   ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PRODUCTS
     1.7.1   Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS)
     1.7.2   Life Cycle Assessments (LCAs)
   1.8   ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION PLAN
   1.9   ENVIRONMENTAL DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING
     1.9.1   Instructor Qualifications
     1.9.2   Coordination
     1.9.3   Training Program
       1.9.3.1   Scheduling
       1.9.3.2   Training Modules
       1.9.3.3   Evaluation

 PART 2   PRODUCTS

   2.1   ENVIRONMENTALLY PREFERABLE PRODUCTS
     2.1.1   Prohibited Materials
     2.1.2   Packaging
       2.1.2.1   Industrial Paperboard
       2.1.2.2   Carrier Board
       2.1.2.3   Brown Papers
     2.1.3   Substitutions

 PART 3   EXECUTION

   3.1   PROTECTION OF NATURAL RESOURCES
     3.1.1   General Disturbance
     3.1.2   Water Resources
     3.1.3   Land Resources
       3.1.3.1   Erodible Soils
       3.1.3.2   Erosion and Sedimentation Control Devices
       3.1.3.3   Tree and Plant Protection
     3.1.4   Air Resources
     3.1.5   Fish and Wildlife Resources
   3.2   FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

 -- End of Section Table of Contents --


                        SECTION 01 35 40.00 20    Page 1
Training Aids Support Center                              09X5901




                        SECTION 01 35 40.00 20   Page 2
Training Aids Support Center                                              09X5901




                               SECTION 01 35 40.00 20

                              ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
                                        07/06

PART 1     GENERAL

1.1     REFERENCES

 The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
 extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the
 basic designation only.

             ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)

 ASTM D 4840                         (1999; R 2004) Sampling Chain-Of-Custody
                                     Procedures

 ASTM D 5663                         (1997; R 2003) Validating Recycled Content
                                     in Packaging Paper and Paperboard

 ASTM E 1991                         (2005) Environmental Life Cycle Assessment
                                     of Building Materials/Products

 ASTM E 2114                         (2008) Standard Terminology for
                                     Sustainability Relative to the Performance
                                     of Buildings

             U.S. DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE (USDA)

 Biomass R&D Act                     (2000) Biomass Research and Development Act

 U.S. Farm Bill                      (2002) U.S. Farm Bill of May 2002

             U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (EPA)

 NPDES                               (1972; R 2005) National Pollutant
                                     Discharge Elimination System

             U.S. GREEN BUILDING COUNCIL (USGBC)

 LEED                                (2002; R 2005) Leadership in Energy and
                                     Environmental Design(tm) Green Building
                                     Rating System for New Construction
                                     (LEED-NC)

             U.S. NATIONAL ARCHIVES AND RECORDS ADMINISTRATION (NARA)

 40 CFR                              Protection of Environment

1.2     DEFINITIONS

 Definitions pertaining to sustainable development are as defined in
 ASTM E 2114 and as specified.

         a. "Biobased content" is calculated as the weight of the biobased
         material divided by the total weight of the product, and is expressed


                           SECTION 01 35 40.00 20    Page 3
Training Aids Support Center                                           09X5901


      as a percentage by weight.

      b. "Biobased materials" include fuels, chemicals, building materials,
      or electric power or heat produced from biomass as defined by the
      Biomass R&D Act. Minimum biobased content shall be as defined in the
      U.S. Farm Bill.

      c. "Chain-of-custody" is a process whereby a product or material is
      maintained under the physical possession or control during its entire
      life cycle.

      d. "Pollution and environmental damage" is caused by the presence of
      chemical, physical, or biological elements or agents. Human health or
      welfare is adversely affected; ecological balances are unfavorably
      altered; the utility of the environment for aesthetic, cultural, or
      historical purposes degrades.

1.3   PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING

 After award of Contract and prior to commencement of the work, the
 Contractor shall schedule and conduct a meeting with the Contracting
 Officer to discuss the proposed Environmental Protection Plan and to
 develop a mutual understanding relative to the details of environmental
 protection. The requirements for this meeting may be fulfilled during the
 coordination and mutual understanding meeting as specified in Section
 01 45 01 USACE QUALITY CONTROL.

1.4   SUBMITTALS

 Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation;
 submittals not having a "G" designation are for Contractor Quality Control
 approval. The following shall be submitted in accordance with Section
 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:

      SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals

          Environmental Protection Plan; G, RO

          Instructor Qualifications

            Submit reference data to demonstrate instructors' individual and
          firm's capabilities and experience.

      SD-03 Product Data

          Life Cycle Assessments

          Packaging; (LEED)

            Submit documentation indicating percentage of post-industrial
          and post-consumer recycled content per unit of product. Indicate
          relative dollar value of recycled content products to total dollar
          value of products included in project.

      SD-06 Test Reports

          Field Quality Control Reports

      SD-07 Certificates


                           SECTION 01 35 40.00 20   Page 4
Training Aids Support Center                                              09X5901



             Environmental Regulatory Requirements

               For Government's records, submit copies of permits, licenses,
             certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional
             settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments,
             correspondence, records, and similar documents, established for
             compliance with environmental regulations bearing on performance
             of the work.

        SD-08 Manufacturer's Instructions

             Material Safety Data Sheets

        SD-11 Closeout Submittals

             Training Program

               Submit two copies of instructional program outline for
             demonstration and training, including a schedule of dates, times,
             length of instruction, instructors' names, learning objective, and
             teaching outline for each training module. At completion of
             training, submit 2 complete training manuals for Government's use,
             and a list of participants with each participant's results of
             performance-based test for each training module. For Government's
             records, submit Contractor 40 CFR employee training records.

             Protection of Natural Resources

1.5     CONTRACTOR'S ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGER

 Designate an on-site Environmental Manager responsible for overseeing the
 environmental goals for the project and implementing procedures for
 environmental protection.

1.5.1     Duties

 The Environmental Manager shall be responsible for the following:

        a. Compliance with applicable federal, state, and local environmental
        regulations, including maintaining required documentation.

        b.   Implementation of the Waste Management Plan.

        c.   Implementation of the Indoor Air Quality (IAQ) Management Plan.

        d.   Implementation of the Environmental Protection Plan.

        e. Environmental training for Contractor personnel in accordance with
        their position requirements.

        f.   Monitoring and documentation of environmental procedures.

1.5.2     Qualifications

 Minimum 5 years construction experience on projects of similar size and
 scope; minimum 2 years experience with environmental procedures similar to
 those of this project; familiarity with Environmental Management Systems
 (EMSs); familiarity with environmental regulations applicable to


                           SECTION 01 35 40.00 20    Page 5
Training Aids Support Center                                          09X5901


 construction operations.

1.6     ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

 The Contractor shall be responsible for knowing federal, state, and local
 regulatory requirements pertaining to legal disposal of all construction
 and demolition waste materials. Comply with all applicable regulations and
 maintain records of permits, licenses, certificates, and other
 environmental regulatory requirement correspondences.

1.7     ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PRODUCTS

1.7.1        Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS)

 Submit an MSDS for each product specified in other sections or required by
 OSHA to have an MSDS. MSDS shall be prepared within the previous five years.

1.7.2        Life Cycle Assessments (LCAs)

 For the following products, submit LCA data developed in accordance with
 ASTM E 1991 100 percent Environmental Performance Weighting and the
 Environmental Impact Category Weights.

        a.    Masonry

        b.    Finish Carpentry

        c.    Plastic Fabrications

        d.    Building Insulation

        e.    Roofing

        f.    Joint Sealers

        g.    Wood & Plastic Doors

        h.    Windows

        i.    Skylights

        j.    Glazed Curtain Wall

        k.    Gypsum Board

        l.    Tile

        m.    Acoustical Ceilings

        n.    Resilient Flooring

        o.    Carpet

        p.    Toilet Compartments

        q.    Loading Dock Equipment

        r.    Office Equipment



                              SECTION 01 35 40.00 20   Page 6
Training Aids Support Center                                               09X5901


        s.    Furnishings & Accessories

        t.    Renewable Energy Equipment

        u.    Elevators

        v.    HVAC equipment

        x.    Lighting equipment

1.8     ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION PLAN

 Prepare and submit an Environmental Protection Plan not less than 10 days
 before the preconstruction meeting. At a minimum, address the following
 elements in accordance with this section:

        a.    Identification and contact information for Environmental Manager.

        b. General site information, including preconstruction description and
        photographs.

        c.    Summary of training program.

        d.    Procedures to address water resources.

        e.    Procedures to address land resources.

        f.    Procedures to address air resources.

        g.    Procedures to address fish and wildlife resources.

        h.    Monitoring and quality control procedures.

 Revise and resubmit Plan as required by the Contracting Officer. Approval
 of Contractor's Plan will not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for
 compliance with applicable environmental regulations.

1.9     ENVIRONMENTAL DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING

 Contractor shall provide environmental training for workers performing work
 on the project site.

1.9.1        Instructor Qualifications

 Training shall be given by a firm or individual experienced in providing
 training or education similar in content and extent to that indicated for
 this project.

1.9.2     Coordination

 Coordinate instruction schedule with Government operations. Adjust
 schedule as required to minimize disruption of Government operations.
 Coordinate instruction with demonstration and training of general building
 systems.

1.9.3        Training Program

 Develop a training program for all site workers that includes the following
 topics:


                                SECTION 01 35 40.00 20   Page 7
Training Aids Support Center                                             09X5901



         a. Overview of environmental and sustainability issues related to the
         building industry.

         b. Overview of environmental and sustainability issues related to the
         project.

         c. Compliance with applicable federal, state, and local environmental
         regulations.

         d. Review of site specific procedures and management plans implemented
         during construction, including the Waste Management Plan, Indoor Air
         Quality (IAQ) Management Plan, Environmental Protection Plan, and
         procedures for noise and acoustics management.

1.9.3.1        Scheduling

 Provide instruction at mutually agreeable times.

1.9.3.2        Training Modules

 Develop a learning objective and teaching outline for each topic in the
 Training Program. Include a description of specific skills and knowledge
 that each participant is expected to acquire. Instructors shall be
 well-versed in the particular topics that they are presenting.

1.9.3.3        Evaluation

 At the conclusion of each training module, assess and document each
 participant's understanding of the module by use of a written
 performance-based test.

PART 2        PRODUCTS

2.1     ENVIRONMENTALLY PREFERABLE PRODUCTS

 Consider raw materials acquisition, production, manufacturing, packaging,
 distribution, reuse, operation, maintenance, and disposal of products, and
 provide products and materials with the least effect on the environment,
 determined by LCA analysis, released toxins, and other methods.

2.1.1     Prohibited Materials

 The use of the following materials is prohibited:

         a.    Products containing asbestos.

         b.    Products containing urea formaldehyde.

         c.    Products containing polychlorinated biphenyls.

         d.    Products containing chlorinated fluorocarbons.

         e. Solder or flux containing more than 0.2 percent lead and domestic
         water pipe or pipe fittings containing more than 8 percent lead.

         f.    Paint containing more than 0.06 percent lead.




                             SECTION 01 35 40.00 20     Page 8
Training Aids Support Center                                             09X5901


2.1.2      Packaging

 Where Contractor has the option to provide one of the listed products or
 equal, preference shall be given to products with minimal packaging and
 easily recyclable packaging, and to manufacturers with policies that take
 back product packaging.

2.1.2.1     Industrial Paperboard

 Minimum 100 percent post-consumer recycled content in accordance with
 ASTM D 5663.

2.1.2.2     Carrier Board

 Minimum 100 percent recycled content with a minimum of 15 percent
 post-consumer recycled content in accordance with ASTM D 5663.

2.1.2.3     Brown Papers

 Minimum 40 percent recycled content with a minimum of 20 percent
 post-consumer recycled content in accordance with ASTM D 5663.

2.1.3     Substitutions

 Notify the Contracting Officer when Contractor is aware of materials,
 equipment, or products that meet the aesthetic and programmatic intent of
 Contract Documents, but which are more environmentally responsible than
 materials, equipment, or products specified or indicated in the Contract
 Documents. Submit the following for initial review by the Contracting
 Officer:

         a. Product data including manufacturer's name, address, and phone
         number.

         b. Description of environmental advantages of proposed substitution
         over specified product.

PART 3     EXECUTION

3.1      PROTECTION OF NATURAL RESOURCES

 Comply with applicable regulations and these specifications. Preserve the
 natural resources within the project boundaries and outside the limits of
 permanent work performed under this Contract in their existing condition or
 restore to an equivalent or improved condition as approved by the
 Contracting Officer.

3.1.1     General Disturbance

 Confine demolition and construction activities to work area limits
 indicated on the Drawings. Remove debris, rubbish, and other waste
 materials resulting from demolition and construction operations from site.
 Transport materials with appropriate vehicles and dispose of them off site
 to areas that are approved for disposal by governing authorities having
 jurisdiction. Avoid spillage by covering and securing loads when hauling
 on or adjacent to public streets or highways. Remove spillage and sweep,
 wash, or otherwise clean project site, streets, or highways. Burning is
 prohibited.



                            SECTION 01 35 40.00 20   Page 9
Training Aids Support Center                                               09X5901


3.1.2     Water Resources

 Comply with requirements of the NPDES and the applicable State Pollutant
 Discharge Elimination System (SPDES). Prevent oily or other hazardous
 substances from entering the ground, drainage areas, or local bodies of
 water. Store and service construction equipment at areas designated for
 collection of oil wastes. Prevent ponding of stagnant water conducive to
 mosquito breeding habitat. Prevent run-off from site during demolition and
 construction operations. Equipment will be permitted to ford live streams
 if temporary culverts or bridges are constructed for the purpose. Remove
 temporary culverts and bridges upon completion of work and repair the area
 to its original condition, unless otherwise accepted in writing by the
 Contracting Officer.

3.1.3     Land Resources

 Prior to construction, identify      land resources to be preserved within the
 work area. Do not remove, cut,       deface, injure, or destroy land resources
 including trees, shrubs, vines,      grasses, topsoil, and landforms without
 permission from the Contracting      Officer. Coordinate protection practices
 with work specified in Division      2 SITEWORK.

3.1.3.1      Erodible Soils

 Plan and conduct earthwork to minimize the duration of exposure of
 unprotected soils, except where the constructed feature obscures borrow
 areas, quarries, and waste material areas. Clear areas in reasonably sized
 increments only as needed to use the areas developed. Form earthwork to
 final grade as shown. Immediately protect side slopes and back slopes upon
 completion of rough grading.

3.1.3.2      Erosion and Sedimentation Control Devices

 Construct or install temporary and permanent erosion and sedimentation
 control features as required.

3.1.3.3      Tree and Plant Protection

 Protect as specified in Division 2 SITEWORK and as specified. Prior to
 start of construction, tag each tree and plant scheduled to remain. In the
 event of damage to tree or plant, the Government may, at the Contracting
 Officer's discretion, deduct the indicated value of the damaged tree or
 plant from the Contract Sum.

3.1.4     Air Resources

 Comply with Indoor Air Quality (IAQ) Management Plan and as follows:

        a.   Prevent creation of dust, air pollution, and odors.

        b.   Sequence construction to avoid unnecessary disturbance to site.

        c. Use mulch, water sprinkling, temporary enclosures, and other
        appropriate methods as needed to limit dust and dirt rising and
        scattering in air. Do not use water when it may create hazardous or
        other adverse conditions such as flooding and pollution.

        d. Store volatile liquids, including fuels and solvents, in closed
        containers.  Do not store with materials that have a high capacity to


                            SECTION 01 35 40.00 20   Page 10
Training Aids Support Center                                              09X5901


        adsorb VOC emissions or in occupied spaces.

        e.   Properly maintain equipment to reduce gaseous pollutant emissions.

3.1.5     Fish and Wildlife Resources

 Manage and control construction activities to minimize interference with
 and damage to fish and wildlife. Do not disturb fish and wildlife. Do not
 alter water flows or otherwise significantly disturb the native habitat
 related to the project and critical to the survival of fish and wildlife,
 except as indicated or specified.

3.2     FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

 Comply with requirements of agencies having jurisdiction and as specified
 herein. Provide field practices, shipping, and handling of samples in
 accordance with ASTM D 4840. Provide Field Quality Control Reports in
 accordance with approved Environmental Protection Plan.

          -- End of Section --




                          SECTION 01 35 40.00 20   Page 11
Training Aids Support Center                               09X5901




                          SECTION TABLE OF CONTENTS

                      DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

                                 SECTION 01 42 00

                      SOURCES FOR REFERENCE PUBLICATIONS

                                      05/09


 PART 1    GENERAL

   1.1    REFERENCES
   1.2    ORDERING INFORMATION

 -- End of Section Table of Contents --




                           SECTION 01 42 00   Page 1
Training Aids Support Center                                             09X5901




                                 SECTION 01 42 00

                      SOURCES FOR REFERENCE PUBLICATIONS
                                     05/09

PART 1   GENERAL

1.1   REFERENCES

 Various publications are referenced in other sections of the specifications
 to establish requirements for the work. These references are identified in
 each section by document number, date and title. The document number used
 in the citation is the number assigned by the standards producing
 organization, (e.g.   ASTM B 564 Nickel Alloy Forgings). However, when the
 standards producing organization has not assigned a number to a document,
 an identifying number has been assigned for reference purposes.

1.2   ORDERING INFORMATION

 The addresses of the standards publishing organizations whose documents are
 referenced in other sections of these specifications are listed below, and
 if the source of the publications is different from the address of the
 sponsoring organization, that information is also provided. Documents
 listed in the specifications with numbers which were not assigned by the
 standards producing organization should be ordered from the source by title
 rather than by number.

          ACOUSTICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA (ASA)
          2 Huntington Quadrangle, Suite 1NO1
          Melville, NY 11747-4502
          Ph:   516-576-2360
          Fax: 516-576-2377
          E-mail: asa@aip.org
          Internet: http://asa.aip.org

          ACI INTERNATIONAL (ACI)
          38800 Country Club Drive
          Farmington Hills, MI 48331
          Ph:   248-848-3700
          Fax: 248-848-3701
          E-mail: bkstore@concrete.org
          Internet: http://www.concrete.org

          AIR-CONDITIONING, HEATING AND REFRIGERATION INSTITUTE (AHRI)
          2111 Wilson blvd, Suite 500
          Arlington, VA 22201
          Ph:   703-524-8800
          Fax: 703-528-3816
          E-mail: ahri@ahrinet.org
          Internet: http://www.ahrinet.org

          AIR MOVEMENT AND CONTROL ASSOCIATION INTERNATIONAL (AMCA)
          30 West University Drive
          Arlington Heights, IL 60004-1893
          Ph:   847-394-0150
          Fax: 847-253-0088


                             SECTION 01 42 00   Page 2
Training Aids Support Center                                          09X5901


          E-mail: amca@amca.org
          Internet: http://www.amca.org

          ALLIANCE FOR TELECOMMUNICATIONS INDUSTRY SOLUTIONS (ATIS)
          1200 G Street, NW, Suite 500
          Washington, D.C. 20005
          Ph:   202-628-6380
          Fax: 202-393-5453
          Internet: http://www.atis.org

          ALUMINUM ASSOCIATION (AA)
          National Headquarters
          1525 Wilson Boulevard, Suite 600
          Arlington, VA 22209
          Ph:   703-358-2960
          Fax: 703-358-2961
          Internet: http://www.aluminum.org

          AMERICAN ARCHITECTURAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (AAMA)
          1827 Walden Office Square
          Suite 550
          Schaumburg, IL 60173-4268
          Ph:   847-303-5664
          Fax: 847-303-5774
          E-mail: webmaster@aamanet.org
          Internet: http://www.aamanet.org

          AMERICAN ASSOCIATION OF STATE HIGHWAY AND TRANSPORTATION OFFICIALS
          (AASHTO)
          444 North Capital Street, NW, Suite 249
          Washington, DC 20001
          Ph:   202-624-5800
          Fax: 202-624-5806
          E-Mail: info@aashto.org
          Internet: http://www.aashto.org

          AMERICAN BEARING MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (ABMA)
          2025 M Street, NW, Suite 800
          Washington, DC 20036
          Ph:   202-367-1155
          Fax: 202-367-2155
          E-mail: info.abma@smithbucklin.com
          Internet: http://www.abma-dc.org

          AMERICAN CONFERENCE OF GOVERNMENTAL INDUSTRIAL HYGIENISTS (ACGIH)
          1330 Kemper Meadow Drive
          Cincinnati, OH 45240
          Ph:   513-742-2020
          Fax: 513-742-3355
          E-mail: mail@acgih.org
          Internet: http://www.acgih.org

          AMERICAN GAS ASSOCIATION (AGA)
          400 North Capitol Street N.W.
          Suite 450
          Washington, D.C. 20001
          Ph:   202-824-7000
          Fax: 202-824-7115
          E-mail: webmaster@aga.org


                           SECTION 01 42 00   Page 3
Training Aids Support Center                                09X5901


          Internet:   http://www.aga.org

          AMERICAN HARDBOARD ASSOCIATION (AHA)
          c/o Composite Panel Association
          18922 Premiere Court
          Gaithersburg, MD 20879-1574
          Ph:   301-670-0604
          Fax: 301-840-1252
          Internet: http://www.pbmdf.org

          AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION (AISC)
          One East Wacker Drive
          Chicago, IL 60601-1802
          Ph:   312-670-2400
          Fax: 312-670-5403
          Publications: 800-644-2400
          E-mail: pubs@aisc.org
          Internet: http://www.aisc.org

          AMERICAN IRON AND STEEL INSTITUTE (AISI)
          1140 Connecticut Avenue, NW, Suite 705
          Washington, DC 20036
          Ph:   202-452-7100
          Fax: 202-463-6573
          Internet: http://www.steel.org

          AMERICAN LUMBER STANDARDS COMMITTEE (ALSC)
          P.O. Box 210
          Germantown, MD 20875-0210
          Ph:   301-972-1700
          Fax: 301-540-8004
          E-mail: alsc@alsc.org
          Internet:    http://www.alsc.org

          AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE (ANSI)
          1819 L Street, NW, 6th Floor
          Washington, DC 20036
          Ph:   202-293-8020
          Fax: 202-293-9287
          E-mail: info@ansi.org
          Internet: http://www.ansi.org/

          AMERICAN PETROLEUM INSTITUTE (API)
          1220 L Street, NW
          Washington, DC 20005-4070
          Ph:   202-682-8000
          Fax: 202-682-8223
          Internet: http://www.api.org

          AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS (ASCE)
          1801 Alexander Bell Drive
          Reston, VA 20191-4400
          Ph:   703-295-6300 - 800-548-2723
          Fax: 703-295-6222
          E-mail: marketing@asce.org
          Internet: http://www.asce.org




                           SECTION 01 42 00    Page 4
Training Aids Support Center                                          09X5901


          AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEATING, REFRIGERATING AND AIR-CONDITIONING
          ENGINEERS (ASHRAE)
          1791 Tullie Circle, NE
          Atlanta, GA 30329
          Ph:   800-527-4723 or 404-636-8400
          Fax: 404-321-5478
          E-mail: ashrae@ashrae.org
          Internet: http://www.ashrae.org

          AMERICAN SOCIETY OF SAFETY ENGINEERS (ASSE/SAFE)
          1800 East Oakton Street
          Des Plaines, IL 60018-2187
          Ph: 847-699-2929
          Fax: 847-768-3434
          E-mail: customerservice@asse.org
          Internet: http://www.asse.org

          AMERICAN SOCIETY OF SANITARY ENGINEERING (ASSE)
          901 Canterbury, Suite A
          Westlake, OH 44145
          Ph:   440-835-3040
          Fax: 440-835-3488
          E-mail: info@asse-plumbing.org
          Internet: http://www.asse-plumbing.org

          AMERICAN WATER WORKS ASSOCIATION (AWWA)
          6666 West Quincy Avenue
          Denver, CO 80235
          Ph: 800-926-7337
          Fax: 303-347-0804
          Internet: http://www.awwa.org

          AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY (AWS)
          550 N.W. LeJeune Road
          Miami, FL 33126
          Ph:   800-443-9353 - 305-443-9353
          Fax: 305-443-7559
          E-mail: info@aws.org
          Internet: http://www.aws.org

          AMERICAN WOOD PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (AWPA)
          P.O. Box 361784
          Birmingham, AL 35236-1784
          Ph:   205-733-4077
          Fax: 205-733-4075
          E-mail: email@awpa.com
          Internet: http://www.awpa.com

          APA - THE ENGINEERED WOOD ASSOCIATION (APA)
          7011 South 19th
          Tacoma, WA 98466
          Ph:   253-565-6600
          Fax: 253-565-7265
          E-mail: help@apawood.org
          Internet: http://www.apawood.org

          ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK INSTITUTE (AWI)
          146179 Westlake Drive, Suite 120
          Potomac Falls, VA 20165


                           SECTION 01 42 00   Page 5
Training Aids Support Center                                         09X5901


          Ph:   571-323-3636
          Fax: 571-323-3630
          Internet: http://www.awinet.org

          ASM INTERNATIONAL (ASM)
          9639 Kinsman Road
          Materials Park, OH 44073-0002
          Ph: 440-338-5151
          Fax: 440-338-4634
          E-mail: cust-srv@asminternational.org
          Internet: http://www.asm-international.org

          ASME INTERNATIONAL (ASME)
          Three Park Avenue, M/S 10E
          New York, NY 10016
          Ph:   212-591-7722 or 800-843-2763
          Fax: 212-591-7674
          E-mail: infocentral@asme.org
          Internet: http://www.asme.org

          ASSOCIATED AIR BALANCE COUNCIL (AABC)
          1518 K Street, NW
          Washington, DC 20005
          Ph:   202-737-0202
          Fax: 202-638-4833
          E-mail: info@aabc.com
          Internet: http://www.aabchq.com

          ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)
          100 Barr Harbor Drive, P.O. Box C700
          West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959
          Ph:   610-832-9500
          Fax: 610-832-9555
          E-mail: service@astm.org
          Internet: http://www.astm.org

          BAY AREA AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT (Bay Area AQMD)
          939 Ellis Street
          San Francisco, CA 94109
          Ph: 415-771-6000
          Fax: 415-928-8560
          Internet: http://www.baaqmd.gov/

          BUILDERS HARDWARE MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (BHMA)
          355 Lexington Avenue
          17th Floor
          New York, NY 10017
          Ph: 212-297-2122
          Fax: 212-370-9047
          E-mail: assocmgmt@aol.com
          Internet: http://www.buildershardware.com

          CANADIAN STANDARDS ASSOCIATION (CSA)
          178 Rexdale Blvd.
          Etobicoke, ON M9W 1R3
          CANADA
          Ph: 416-747-4104
          Fax: 416-747-2475
          internet: http://www.csa.ca/Default.asp?language=english


                           SECTION 01 42 00    Page 6
Training Aids Support Center                            09X5901



          CSA AMERICA INC (CSA/AM)
          8501 East Pleasant Valley Road
          Cleveland, OH 44131-5575
          Ph: 216-524-4990
          Fax: 216-520-8979
          E-mail: cathy.rake@csa-america.org
          Internet: http://www.csa-america.org

          CALIFORNIA ENERGY COMMISSION (CEC)
          Media and Public Communications Office
          1516 Ninth Street, MS-29
          Sacramento, CA 95814-5512
          Ph: 916-654-4287
          Internet: http://www.energy.ca.gov/

          CARPET AND RUG INSTITUTE (CRI)
          P.O. Box 2048
          Dalton, GA 30722-2048
          Ph:   800-882-8846 or 706-278-3176
          Fax: 706-278-8835
          Internet: http://www.carpet-rug.com

          CAST IRON SOIL PIPE INSTITUTE (CISPI)
          5959 Shallowford Road, Suite 419
          Chattanooga, TN 37421
          Ph:   423-892-0137
          Fax: 423-892-0817
          Internet: http://www.cispi.org

          COMPOSITE PANEL ASSOCIATION (CPA)
          18922 Premeire Court
          Gaithersburg, MD 20879-1574
          Ph:   301-670-0604
          Fax: 301-840-1252
          Internet: http://www.pbmdf.com

          CONCRETE REINFORCING STEEL INSTITUTE (CRSI)
          933 North Plum Grove Road
          Schaumburg, IL 60173-4758
          Ph:   847-517-1200
          Fax: 847-517-1206
          Internet: http://www.crsi.org/

          CONSUMER ELECTRONICS ASSOCIATION (CEA)
          2500 Wilson Blvd.
          Arlington, VA 22201-3834
          Ph: 866-858-1555 or 703-907-7600
          Fax: 703-907-7675
          E-mail: cea@CE.org
          Internet: http://www.CE.org

          COPPER DEVELOPMENT ASSOCIATION (CDA)
          260 Madison Avenue
          New York, NY 10016
          Ph:   212-251-7200
          Fax: 212-251-7234
          E-mail: questions@cda.copper.org
          Internet: http://www.copper.org


                           SECTION 01 42 00   Page 7
Training Aids Support Center                                          09X5901



          ELECTRONIC INDUSTRIES ALLIANCE (EIA)
          2500 Wilson Boulevard
          Arlington, VA 22201-3834
          Ph: 703-907-7500
          Fax: 703-907-7501
          Internet: http://www.eia.org

          U.S. DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY (DOE)
          1000 Independance Ave. SW
          Washington, DC 20585
          Ph: 800-342-5363
          Fax: 202-586-4403
          E-mail: dmteam@hq.doe.gov
          Internet: http://www.eh.doe.gov/

          FM GLOBAL (FM)
          1301 Atwood Avenue
          P.O. Box 7500
          Johnston, RI 02919
          Ph:   401-275-3000
          Fax: 401-275-3029
          E-mail: information@fmglobal.com
          Internet: http://www.fmglobal.com

          FOREST STEWARDSHIP COUNCIL (FSC)
          1155 30th Street NW
          Suite 300
          Washington, DC 20007
          Ph:   202.342.0413
          Fax: 202.342.6589
          E-mail: info@fscus.org
          Internet: http://www.fscus.org

          FOUNDATION FOR CROSS-CONNECTION CONTROL AND HYDRAULIC RESEARCH
          (FCCCHR)
          University of South California
          Kaprielian Hall 200
          Los Angeles, CA 90089-2531
          Ph:   213-740-2032 or 800-545-6340
          Fax: 213-740-8399
          E-mail: fccchr@usc.edu
          Internet: http://www.usc.edu/dept/fccchr

          GLASS ASSOCIATION OF NORTH AMERICA (GANA)
          2945 SW Wanamaker Drive, Suite A
          Topeka, KS 66614
          Ph:   785-271-0208
          Fax: 785-271-0166
          E-mail: gana@glasswebsite.com
          Internet: http://www.glasswebsite.com

          GREEN SEAL (GS)
          1001 Connecticut Avenue, NW
          Suite 827
          Washington, DC 20036-5525
          Ph:   202-872-6400
          Fax: 202-872-4324
          E-mail: greenseal@greenseal.org


                           SECTION 01 42 00   Page 8
Training Aids Support Center                                          09X5901


          Internet: http://www.greenseal.org

          GYPSUM ASSOCIATION (GA)
          810 First Street, NE, Suite 510
          Washington, DC 20002
          Ph:   202-289-5440
          Fax: 202-289-3707
          E-mail: info@gypsum.org
          Internet: http://www.gypsum.org

          ILLUMINATING ENGINEERING SOCIETY OF NORTH AMERICA (IESNA)
          120 Wall Street, 17th Floor
          New York, NY 10005
          Ph:   212-248-5000
          Fax: 212-248-5018
          E-mail: iesna@iesna.org
          Internet: http://www.iesna.org

          INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERS (IEEE)
          445 Hoes Lane
          Piscataway, NJ 08855-1331
          Ph:   732-981-0060
          Fax: 732-981-1712
          E-mail: customer-services@ieee.org
          Internet: http://www.ieee.org

          INSULATED CABLE ENGINEERS ASSOCIATION (ICEA)
          P.O. Box 1568
          Carrollton, GA 30112
          Ph:   770-830-0369
          Fax: 770-830-8501
          Internet: http://www.icea.net

          INSULATING GLASS MANUFACTURERS ALLIANCE (IGMA)
          1500 Bank Street, Suite 300
          Ottawa, Ontario CANADA K1H 1B8
          Ph:   613-233-1510
          Fax:     613-482-9436
          E-mail: info@igmaonline.org
          Internet: http://www.igmaonline.org

          INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL OFFICIALS
          (IAPMO)
          5001 E. Philadelphia St.
          Ontario, CA 91761
          Ph:   909-472-4100
          Fax: 909-472-4150
          E-mail: iampo@iampo.org
          Internet: www.iampo.org

          INTERNATIONAL CODE COUNCIL (ICC)
          5360 Workman Mill Road
          Whittier, CA 90601
          Ph:   562-699-0541
          Fax: 562-699-9721
          E-mail: webmaster@iccsafe.org
          Internet: www.iccsafe.org




                           SECTION 01 42 00    Page 9
Training Aids Support Center                                          09X5901


          INTERNATIONAL ELECTRICAL TESTING ASSOCIATION (NETA)
          P.O. Box 687
          106 Stone Street
          Morrison, CO 80465
          Ph: 303-697-8441
          Fax: 303-697-8431
          E-mail: neta@netaworld.org
          Internet: http://www.netaworld.org

          INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATION FOR STANDARDIZATION (ISO)
          1, rue de Varembe'
          Case Postale 56
          CH-1211 Geneve 20 Switzerland
          Ph:   41-22-749-0111
          Fax: 41-22-733-3430
          E-mail: central@iso.ch
          Internet: http://www.iso.ch

          L.H. BAILEY HORTORIUM (LHBH)
          Dept of Plant Biology
          c/o Cornell University
          228 Plant Science Building
          Ithaca, NY 14853
          Ph: 607-255-4477
          Internet: http://www.plantbio.cornell.edu/Hort.php

          MANUFACTURERS STANDARDIZATION SOCIETY OF THE VALVE AND FITTINGS
          INDUSTRY (MSS)
          127 Park Street, NE
          Vienna, VA 22180-4602
          Ph:   703-281-6613
          Fax: 703-281-6671
          E-mail: info@mss-hq.com
          Internet: http://www.mss-hq.com

          MARBLE INSTITUTE OF AMERICA (MIA)
          28901 Clemens Road, Suite 100
          Westlake, OH 44145
          Ph:   440-250-9222
          Fax: 440-250-9223
          E-mail: info@marble-institute.com
          Internet: http://www.marble-institute.com

          MASTER PAINTERS INSTITUTE (MPI)
          4090 Graveley Street
          Burnaby, BC CANADA V5C 3T6
          Ph: 888-674-8937
          Fax: 888-211-8708
          E-mail: info@paintinfo.com
          Internet: http://www.paintinfo.com/mpi

          METAL BUILDING MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (MBMA)
          1300 Sumner Avenue
          Cleveland, OH 44115-2851
          Ph:   216-241-7333
          Fax: 216-241-0105
          E-mail: mbma@mbma.com
          Internet: http://www.mbma.com



                          SECTION 01 42 00   Page 10
Training Aids Support Center                                          09X5901


          MIDWEST INSULATION CONTRACTORS ASSOCIATION (MICA)
          16712 elm Circle
          Omaha, NE 68130
          Ph:   800-747-6422
          Fax: 402-330-9702
          E-mail: info@micainsulation.org
          Internet: http://www.micainsulation.org

          NACE INTERNATIONAL (NACE)
          1440 South Creek Drive
          Houston, TX 77084-4906
          Ph:   281-228-6200
          Fax: 281-228-6300
          E-mail: firstservice@nace.org
          Internet: http://www.nace.org

          NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION (NASA)
          Publication(s) Available From
          Superintendent of Documents
          U.S. Government Printing Office
          Washington, DC 20402
          Ph: 202-783-3238

          NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF ARCHITECTURAL METAL MANUFACTURERS (NAAMM)
          8oo Roosevelt Road, Bldg C, Suite 312
          Glen Ellyn, IL 60137
          Ph:   630-942-6591
          Fax: 630-790-3095
          E-mail: naamm@gss.net
          Internet: http://www.naamm.org

          NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (NEMA)
          1300 North 17th Street, Suite 1752
          Rosslyn, VA 22209
          Ph:   703-841-3200
          Fax: 703-841-5900
          E-mail: webmaster@nema.org
          Internet: http://www.nema.org/

          NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL BALANCING BUREAU (NEBB)
          8575 Grovemont Circle
          Gaithersburg, MD 20877
          Ph:   301-977-3698
          Fax: 301-977-9589
          Internet: http://www.nebb.org

          NATIONAL FENESTRATION RATING COUNCIL (NFRC)
          8484 Georgia Avenue, Suite 320
          Silver Spring, MD 20910
          Ph: 301-589-1776
          Fax: 301-589-3884
          E-Mail: info@nfrc.org
          Internet: http://www.nfrc.org

          NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA)
          1 Batterymarch Park
          Quincy, MA 02169-7471
          Ph:   617-770-3000
          Fax: 617-770-0700


                          SECTION 01 42 00   Page 11
Training Aids Support Center                                          09X5901


          E-mail: webmaster@nfpa.org
          Internet: http://www.nfpa.org

          NATIONAL HARDWOOD LUMBER ASSOCIATION (NHLA)
          6830 Raleigh LaGrange Road
          Memphis, TN 38184-0518
          Ph:   901-377-1818
          Fax: 901-382-6419
          E-mail: info@nhla.com
          Internet: http://www.natlhardwood.org

          NATIONAL INSTITUTE FOR CERTIFICATION IN ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGIES
          (NICET)
          1420 King Street
          Alexandria, VA 22314-2794
          Ph: 888-476-4238
          E-mail: tech@nicet.org
          Internet: http://www.nicet.org

          NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF STANDARDS AND TECHNOLOGY (NIST)
          100 Bureau Drive
          Stop 2100
          Gaithersburg, MD 20899-2100
          Ph: 301-975-NIST
          Internet: http://www.nist.gov
          Order Publications From:
          Superintendent of Documents
          U.S. Government Printing Office (GPO)
          732 North Capitol Street, NW
          Washington, DC 20401
          Ph:   888-293-6498 or 202-512-1530
          Fax: 202-512-1262
          E-mail: gpoaccess@gpo.gov
          Internet: http://www.gpoaccess.gov
          or
          National Technical Information Service (NTIS)
          5285 Port Royal Road
          Springfield, VA 22161
          Ph: 703-605-6585
          Fax: 703-605-6900
          E-mail: info@ntis.gov
          Internet: http://www.ntis.gov

          NATIONAL ROOFING CONTRACTORS ASSOCIATION (NRCA)
          10255 West Higgins Road, Suite 600
          Rosemont, IL 60018
          Ph:   847-299-9070
          Fax: 847-299-1183
          Internet: http://www.nrca.net

          NORTHEASTERN LUMBER MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (NELMA)
          272 Tuttle Road
          Cumberland, ME 04021
          Ph:   207-829-6901
          Fax: 207-829-4293
          E-mail: info@nelma.org
          Internet: http://www.nelma.org




                          SECTION 01 42 00   Page 12
Training Aids Support Center                                          09X5901


          NSF INTERNATIONAL (NSF)
          789 North Dixboro Road
          P.O. Box 130140
          Ann Arbor, MI 48113-0140
          Ph:   734-769-8010 or 800-NSF-MARK
          Fax: 734-769-0109
          E-mail: info@nsf.org
          Internet: http://www.nsf.org

          PLASTIC PIPE AND FITTINGS ASSOCIATION (PPFA)
          800 Roosevelt Road, Building C, Suite 20
          Glen Ellyn, IL 60137
          Ph:   630-858-6540
          Fax: 630-790-3095
          Internet: http://www.ppfahome.org

          PLUMBING AND DRAINAGE INSTITUTE (PDI)
          800 Turnpike Street, Suite 300
          North Andover, MA 01845
          Ph:   978-557-0720 or 800-589-8956
          Fax: 978-557-0721
          E-Mail: info@pdionline.org
          Internet: http://www.pdionline.org

          SCIENTIFIC CERTIFICATION SYSTEMS (SCS)
          2200 Powell Street, Suite 725
          Emeryville, CA 94608
          Ph: 510-452-8000
          Fax: 510-452-8001
          E-mail: webmaster@scscertified.com
          Internet: http://www.scs1.com

          SHEET METAL AND AIR CONDITIONING CONTRACTORS' NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
          (SMACNA)
          4201 Lafayette Center Drive
          Chantilly, VA 20151-1209
          Ph:   703-803-2980
          Fax: 703-803-3732
          E-mail: info@smacna.org
          Internet: http://www.smacna.org

          SOCIETY OF AUTOMOTIVE ENGINEERS INTERNATIONAL (SAE)
          400 Commonwealth Drive
          Warrendale, PA 15096-0001
          Ph:   724-776-4841
          Fax: 724-776-0790
          E-mail: customerservice@sae.org
          Internet: http://www.sae.org

          SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT (SCAQMD)
          21865 Copley Drive
          Diamond Bar, CA 91765-4182
          Ph:     909-396-2000
          E-mail: webinquiry@aqmd.gov
          Internet: http://www.aqmd.gov

          SOUTHERN CYPRESS MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (SCMA)
          400 Penn Center Boulevard, Suite 530
          Pittsburgh, PA 15235


                          SECTION 01 42 00     Page 13
Training Aids Support Center                                             09X5901


          Ph: 412-829-0770 or 877-607-SCMA
          Fax: 412-829-0844
          Internet: http://www.cypressinfo.org

          SOUTHERN PINE INSPECTION BUREAU (SPIB)
          4709 Scenic Highway
          Pensacola, FL 32504-9094
          Ph:   850-434-2611
          Fax: 850-433-5594
          E-mail: spib@spib.org
          Internet: http://www.spib.org

          STEEL DOOR INSTITUTE (SDI/DOOR)
          c/o Wherry Associates
          30200 Detroit Road
          Cleveland, OH 44145-1967
          Ph:   440-899-0010
          Fax: 440-892-1404
          E-mail: leh@wherryassoc.com
          Internet: http://www.steeldoor.org

          TECHNICAL ASSOCIATION OF THE PULP AND PAPER INDUSTRY (TAPPI)
          15 Technology Parkway South
          Norcross, GA 30092
          Ph:   800-322-8686 or 770-446-1400
          Fax: 770-446-6947
          E-mail: memberconnection@tappi.org
          Internet: http://www.tappi.org

          THE SOCIETY FOR PROTECTIVE COATINGS (SSPC)
          40 24th Street, 6th Floor
          Pittsburgh, PA 15222-4656
          Ph: 412-281-2331
          Fax: 412-281-9992
          E-mail: info@sspc.org
          Internet: http://www.sspc.org

          TELECOMMUNICATIONS INDUSTRY ASSOCIATION (TIA)
          2500 Wilson Blvd,. Suite 300
          Arlington, VA 22201
          Ph: 703-907-7700
          Fax: 703-907-7727
          Internet: http://www.tiaonline.org

          TILE COUNCIL OF AMERICA (TCA)
          100 Clemson Research Boulevard
          Anderson, SC 29625
          Ph: 864-646-8453
          Fax: 864-646-2821
          E-mail: literature@tileusa.com
          Internet: http://www.tileusa.com

          TURFGRASS PRODUCERS INTERNATIONAL (TPI)
          2 East Main Street
          East Dundee, IL 60118
          Ph: 847-649-5555 or 800-405-8873
          Fax: 847-649-5678
          E-mail: info@turfgrasssod.org
          Internet: http://www.turfgrasssod.org


                          SECTION 01 42 00   Page 14
Training Aids Support Center                                             09X5901



          UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL)
          333 Pfingsten Road
          Northbrook, IL 60062-2096
          Ph: 847-272-8800
          Fax: 847-272-8129
          E-mail: customerexperiencecenter@us.ul.com
          Internet: http://www.ul.com/

          U.S. ARMY (DA)
          U.S. Army Publishing Directorate
          Internet: http://www.apd.army.mil

          U.S. ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS (USACE)
          Order CRD-C DOCUMENTS from:
          U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station
          ATTN: Technical Report Distribution Section, Services
          Branch, TIC
          3909 Halls Ferry Road
          Vicksburg, MS 39180-6199
          Ph:   601-634-2664
          Fax: 601-634-2388
          E-mail: mtc-info@erdc.usace.army.mil
          Internet: http://www.wes.army.mil/SL/MTC/handbook.htm

          Order Other Documents from:
          USACE Publications Depot
          Attn: CEHEC-IM-PD
          2803 52nd Avenue
          Hyattsville, MD 20781-1102
          Ph: 301-394-0081
          Fax: 301-394-0084
          E-mail: pubs-army@usace.army.mil
          Internet: http://www.usace.army.mil/publications
               or   http://www.hnd.usace.army.mil/techinfo/engpubs.htm

          U.S. DEFENSE LOGISTICS AGENCY (DLA)
          Andrew T. McNamara Building
          8725 John J. Kingman Road
          Fort Belvoir, VA 22060
          Ph: 1-877-352-2255
          Internet: http://www.dla.mil

          U.S. DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE (USDA)
          Order AMS Publications from:
          AGRICULTURAL MARKETING SERVICE (AMS)
          Seed Regulatory and Testing Branch
          801 Summit Crossing Place, Suite C
          Gastonia, NC 28054-2193
          Ph:   704-810-8870
          Fax: 704-852-4189
          Internet: http://www.ams.usda.gov/lsg/seed.htm
          E-mail: seed.ams@usda.gov

          Order Other Publications from:
          U.S. Department of Agriculture, Rural Utilities Service
          14th and Independence Avenue, SW, Room 4028-S
          Washington, DC 20250
          Ph:   202-720-2791


                          SECTION 01 42 00    Page 15
Training Aids Support Center                                          09X5901


          Fax: 202-720-2166
          Internet: http://www.usda.gov/rus

          U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE (DOC)
          1401 Constitution Avenue, NW
          Washington, DC 20230
          Ph: 202-482-2000
          Internet: http://www.commerce.gov/

          Order Publications From:
          National Technical Information Service (NTIS)
          5285 Port Royal Road
          Springfield, VA 22161
          Ph:   703-605-6585
          Fax: 703-605-6900
          E-mail: info@ntis.gov
          Internet: http://www.ntis.gov

          U.S. DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE (DOD)
          Directorate for Public Inquiry and Analysis
          Office of the Secretary of Defense (Public Affairs)
          Room 3A750 -- The Pentagon
          1400 Defense Pentagon
          Washington, DC 20301-1400
          Ph: 703-428-0711
          E-mail: pia@hq.afis.asd.mil
          Internet: http://www.dod.gov

          Order DOD Documents from:
          National Technical Information Service (NTIS)
          5285 Port Royal Road
          Springfield, VA 22161
          Ph: 703-605-6585
          FAX: 703-605-6900
          E-mail: info@ntis.gov
          Internet: http://www.ntis.gov

          Order Military Specifications, Standards and Related Publications
          from:
          Department of Defense Single Stock Point for (DODSSP)
          Defense Automation and Production Service (DAPS)
          Building 4D
          700 Robbins Avenue
          Philadelphia, PA 19111-5098
          Ph:   215-697-2179
          Fax: 215-697-1462
          Internet: http://www.dodssp.daps.mil
                      www.daps.dla.mil

                  - - - - - Detail Series Documents - - - - -

          U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (EPA)
          Ariel Rios Building
          1200 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W.
          Washington, DC 20460
          Ph:   202-272-0167
          Internet: http://www.epa.gov

          --- Some EPA documents are available only from:


                          SECTION 01 42 00    Page 16
Training Aids Support Center                                           09X5901


          National Technical Information Service (NTIS)
          5285 Port Royal Road
          Springfield, VA 22161
          Ph: 703-605-6585
          Fax: 703-605-6900
          E-mail: info@ntis.gov
          Internet: http://www.ntis.gov

          U.S. FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION (FCC)
          445 12th Street SW
          Washington, DC 20554
          Phone:     888-CALL-FCC
          Fax:       866-418-0232
          Internet: http://www.fcc.gov
          E-mail:    fccinfo@fcc.gov
          Order Publications From:
          Superintendent of Documents
          U.S. Government Printing Office (GPO)
          732 North Capitol Street, NW
          Washington, DC 20401
          Ph:    202-512-1800
          Fax: 202-512-2104
          E-mail: contactcenter@gpo.gov
          Internet: http://www.gpoaccess.gov

          U.S. FEDERAL EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT AGENCY (FEMA)
          500 C Street, SW
          Washington, D.C. 20472
          Ph: 1-800-621-FEMA
          Internet: http://www.fema.gov

          U. S. GREEN BUILDING COUNCIL (USGBC)
          1015 18th Street, NW, Suite 508
          Washington, D.C. 20036
          Ph:   202-828-7422
          Fax:   202-828-5110
          E-mail: info@usbc.org
          Internet: http://www.usgbc.org
          AOK: 2/04
          LOK: 2/04

          U.S. GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION (GSA)
          General Services Administration
          1800 F Street, NW
          Washington, DC 20405
          Ph: 202-501-1021
          Internet: www.GSA.gov

          Order from:
          General Services Administration
          Federal Supply Service Bureau
          1941 Jefferson Davis Highway
          Arlington, VA 22202
          Ph: 703-605-5400
          Internet: http://apps.fss.gsa.gov/pub/fedspecs/index.cfm

           - - - - - Commercial Item Description Documents - - - - -




                          SECTION 01 42 00   Page 17
Training Aids Support Center                                         09X5901


          U.S. NATIONAL ARCHIVES AND RECORDS ADMINISTRATION (NARA)
          8601 Adelphi Road
          College Park, MD 20740-6001
          Ph: 866-272-6272
          Fax: 301-837-0483
          Internet: http://www.archives.gov

          Order documents from:
          Superintendent of Documents
          U.S.Government Printing Office (GPO)
          732 North Capitol Street, NW
          Washington, DC 20401
          Ph:   202-512-1800
          Fax: 202-512-2104
          E-mail: contactcenter@gpo.gov
          Internet: http://www.gpoaccess.gov

          WINDOW AND DOOR MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (WDMA)
          1400 East Touhy Avenue, Suite 470
          Des Plaines, IL 60018
          Ph:   847-299-5200 or 800-223-2301
          Fax: 847-299-1286
          E-mail: admin@wdma.com
          Internet: http://www.wdma.com

        -- End of Section --




                          SECTION 01 42 00   Page 18
Training Aids Support Center                                        09X5901




                           SECTION TABLE OF CONTENTS

                       DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

                                 SECTION 01 45 01

                               USACE QUALITY CONTROL

                                       01/08


 PART 1    GENERAL

   1.1    REFERENCES
   1.2    PAYMENT

 PART 2    PRODUCTS


 PART 3    EXECUTION

   3.1    GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
   3.2    QUALITY CONTROL PLAN
     3.2.1    Content of the CQC Plan
   3.3    COORDINATION MEETING
   3.4    QUALITY CONTROL ORGANIZATION
     3.4.1    Personnel Requirements
     3.4.2    CQC System Manager
     3.4.3    CQC Personnel
     3.4.4    Additional Requirement
     3.4.5    Organizational Changes
   3.5    SUBMITTALS AND DELIVERABLES
   3.6    CONTROL
     3.6.1    Preparatory Phase
     3.6.2    Initial Phase
     3.6.3    Follow-up Phase
     3.6.4    Additional Preparatory and Initial Phases
   3.7    TESTS
     3.7.1    Testing Procedure
     3.7.2    Testing Laboratories
        3.7.2.1   Capability Check
     3.7.3    Furnishing or Transportation of Samples for Testing
   3.8    COMPLETION INSPECTION
     3.8.1    Punch-Out Inspection
     3.8.2    Pre-Final Inspection
     3.8.3    Final Acceptance Inspection
   3.9    DOCUMENTATION
   3.10    SAMPLE FORMS
   3.11    NOTIFICATION OF NONCOMPLIANCE

 -- End of Section Table of Contents --




                            SECTION 01 45 01   Page 1
Training Aids Support Center                                            09X5901




                                 SECTION 01 45 01

                               USACE QUALITY CONTROL
                                       01/08

PART 1   GENERAL

1.1   REFERENCES

 The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
 extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the
 basic designation only.

            ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)

 ASTM D 3740                        (2008) Minimum Requirements for Agencies
                                    Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection
                                    of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering
                                    Design and Construction

 ASTM E 329                         (2008) Standard Specification for Agencies
                                    Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection
                                    of Materials Used in Construction

1.2   PAYMENT

 Separate payment will not be made for providing and maintaining an
 effective Quality Control program, and all associated costs will be
 included in the applicable Bid Schedule unit or lump-sum prices.

PART 2   PRODUCTS

 Not Used

PART 3   EXECUTION

3.1   GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

 Establish and maintain an effective quality control (QC) system in
 compliance with the Contract Clause titled "Inspection of Construction."
 QC consist of plans, procedures, and organization necessary to produce an
 end product which complies with the contract requirements. Cover all
 construction design and construction operations, both onsite and offsite,
 and be keyed to the proposed construction design and construction
 sequence. The project superintendent must maintain a physical presence at
 the site at all times and is responsible for all construction and related
 activities at the site, except as otherwise acceptable to the Contracting
 Officer.

3.2   QUALITY CONTROL PLAN

 After having been reviewed and approved by the Contracting Officer, submit
 after receipt of notice to proceed and 5 days prior to the Pre-construction
 meeting, the Contractor Quality Control (CQC) Plan proposed to implement
 the requirements of the Contract Clause titled "Inspection of
 Construction." The Government will consider an interim plan for the first


                             SECTION 01 45 01   Page 2
Training Aids Support Center                                               09X5901


 15 days of operation. Construction will be permitted to begin only after
 acceptance of the CQC Plan or acceptance of an interim plan applicable to
 the particular feature of work to be started. Work outside of the accepted
 interim plan will not be permitted to begin until acceptance of a CQC Plan
 or another interim plan containing the additional work.

3.2.1    Content of the CQC Plan

 Include, as a minimum, the following to cover all construction operations,
 both onsite and offsite, including work by subcontractors, fabricators,
 suppliers, and purchasing agents:

        a.   A description of the quality control organization, including a
             chart showing lines of authority and acknowledgment that the CQC
             staff will implement the three phase control system for all
             aspects of the work specified. Include a CQC System Manager who
             reports to the project superintendent.

        b.   The name, qualifications (in resume format), duties,
             responsibilities, and authorities of each person assigned a CQC
             function.

        c.   A copy of the letter to the CQC System Manager signed by an
             authorized official of the firm which describes the
             responsibilities and delegates sufficient authorities to
             adequately perform the functions of the CQC System Manager,
             including authority to stop work which is not in compliance with
             the contract. Letters of direction to all other various quality
             control representatives outlining duties, authorities, and
             responsibilities will be issued by the CQC System Manager. Copies
             of these letters must be furnished to the Government.

        d.   Procedures for scheduling, reviewing, certifying, and managing
             submittals, including those of subcontractors, offsite
             fabricators, suppliers, and purchasing agents. These procedures
             must be in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES.

        e.   Control, verification, and acceptance testing procedures for each
             specific test to include the test name, specification paragraph
             requiring test, feature of work to be tested, test frequency, and
             person responsible for each test. (Laboratory facilities approved
             by the Contracting Officer must be used.)

        f.   Procedures for tracking preparatory, initial, and follow-up
             control phases and control, verification, and acceptance tests
             including documentation.

        g.   Procedures for tracking construction deficiencies from
             identification through acceptable corrective action. Establish
             verification procedures that identified deficiencies have been
             corrected.

        h.   Reporting procedures, including proposed reporting formats.

        i.   A list of the definable features of work. A definable feature of
             work is a task which is separate and distinct from other tasks,
             has separate control requirements, and may be identified by
             different trades or disciplines, or it may be work by the same
             trade in a different environment. Although each section of the


                             SECTION 01 45 01   Page 3
Training Aids Support Center                                            09X5901


            specifications may generally be considered as a definable feature
            of work, there are frequently more than one definable features
            under a particular section. This list will be agreed upon during
            the coordination meeting.

3.3     COORDINATION MEETING

 After the Preconstruction Conference, before start of construction, and
 prior to acceptance by the Government of the CQC Plan, meet with the
 Contracting Officer or Authorized Representative and discuss the
 Contractor's quality control system. Submit the CQC Plan a minimum of 5
 calendar days prior to the Coordination Meeting. During the meeting, a
 mutual understanding of the system details must be developed, including the
 forms for recording the CQC operations operations, design activities,
 control activities, testing, administration of the system for both onsite
 and offsite work, and the interrelationship of Contractor's Management and
 control with the Government's Quality Assurance. Minutes of the meeting
 will be prepared by the Government, signed by both the Contractor and the
 Contracting Officer and will become a part of the contract file. There may
 be occasions when subsequent conferences will be called by either party to
 reconfirm mutual understandings and/or address deficiencies in the CQC
 system or procedures which may require corrective action by the Contractor.

3.4     QUALITY CONTROL ORGANIZATION

3.4.1     Personnel Requirements

 The requirements for the CQC organization are a CQC System Manager and
 sufficient number of additional qualified personnel to ensure safety and
 contract compliance. The Safety and Health Manager must receive direction
 and authority from the CQC System Manager and serve as a member of the CQC
 staff. Personnel identified in the technical provisions as requiring
 specialized skills to assure the required work is being performed properly
 will also be included as part of the CQC organization. The Contractor's
 CQC staff must maintain a presence at the site at all times during progress
 of the work and have complete authority and responsibility to take any
 action necessary to ensure contract compliance. The CQC staff will be
 subject to acceptance by the Contracting Officer. Provide adequate office
 space, filing systems and other resources as necessary to maintain an
 effective and fully functional CQC organization. Promptly complete and
 furnish all letters, material submittals, shop drawing submittals,
 schedules and all other project documentation to the CQC organization. The
 CQC organization shall be responsible to maintain these documents and
 records at the site at all times, except as otherwise acceptable to the
 Contracting Officer.

3.4.2     CQC System Manager

 Identify as CQC System Manager an individual within the onsite work
 organization who is responsible for overall management of CQC and have the
 authority to act in all CQC matters for the Contractor. The CQC System
 Manager must be a graduate engineer, graduate architect, or a graduate of
 construction management, with a minimum of 5 years construction experience
 on construction similar to this contract or a construction person with a
 minimum of 5 years in related work. This CQC System Manager must be on the
 site at all times during construction and be employed by the prime
 Contractor. The CQC System Manager must be assigned as System Manager and
 may not have any other duties. Identify in the plan an alternate to serve
 in the event of the CQC System Manager's absence. The requirements for the


                               SECTION 01 45 01   Page 4
Training Aids Support Center                                              09X5901


 alternate are the same as the CQC System Manager.

3.4.3   CQC Personnel

 In addition to CQC personnel specified elsewhere in the contract, provide
 as part of the CQC organization specialized personnel to assist the CQC
 System Manager for the following areas: electrical, mechanical, civil,
 structural, environmental, architectural, occupied family housing
 coordinator. These individuals must be directly employed by the prime
 Contractor and may not be employed by a supplier or subcontractor on this
 project; be responsible to the CQC System Manager; be physically present at
 the construction site during work on their areas of responsibility; have
 the necessary education and/or experience in accordance with the experience
 matrix listed herein. These individuals may perform other duties but must
 be allowed sufficient time to perform their assigned quality control duties
 as described in the Quality Control Plan. A single person may cover more
 than one area provided that they are qualified to perform QC activities in
 each designated and that workload allows.

                               Experience Matrix

        Area                                              Qualifications


a.      Civil                                 Graduate Civil Engineer or
                                              Construction Manager with
                                              2 years experience in the
                                              type of work being performed
                                              on this project or technician
                                              with 5 yrs related experience

b.      Mechanical                            Graduate Mechanical Engineer
                                              or Construction Manager
                                              with 2 yrs experience or
                                              person with 5 yrs related
                                              experience

c.      Electrical                            Graduate Electrical Engineer
                                              or Construction Manager with
                                              2 yrs related experience or
                                              person with 5 yrs
                                              related experience

d.      Structural                            Graduate Structural Engineer
                                              or Construction Manager with
                                              2 yrs experience or person with
                                              5 yrs related experience

e.      Architectural                         Graduate Architect with 2
                                              yrs experience or person
                                              with 5 yrs related experience

f.      Environmental                         Graduate Environmental
                                              Engineer with 3 yrs experience

g.      Concrete, Pavements and Soils         Materials Technician with
                                              2 yrs experience for the
                                              appropriate area



                           SECTION 01 45 01   Page 5
Training Aids Support Center                                               09X5901



                                   Experience Matrix

             Area                                             Qualifications

h.        Testing, Adjusting and Balancing        Specialist must be a member
          (TAB) Personnel                         of AABC or an experienced
                                                  technician of the firm
                                                  certified by the NEBB.

3.4.4     Additional Requirement

 In addition to the above experience and/or education requirements the CQC
 System Manager must have completed the course entitled "Construction
 Quality Management For Contractors". This course is periodically offered
 at Fort Gordon and other approved locations.

3.4.5     Organizational Changes

 Maintain the CQC staff at full strength at all times. When it is necessary
 to make changes to the CQC staff, revise the CQC Plan to reflect the
 changes and submit the changes to the Contracting Officer for acceptance.

3.5     SUBMITTALS AND DELIVERABLES

 Submittals, if needed, must comply with the requirements in Section 01 33 00
 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES. The CQC organization is responsible for certifying
 that all submittals and deliverables are in compliance with the contract
 requirements. When Section 23 08 00.00 10 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC SYSTEMS
 are included in the contract, the submittals required by those sections
 must be coordinated with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES to ensure
 adequate time is allowed for each type of submittal required.

3.6     CONTROL

 Contractor Quality Control is the means by which the Contractor ensures
 that the construction, to include that of subcontractors and suppliers,
 complies with the requirements of the contract. At least three phases of
 control must be conducted by the CQC System Manager for each definable
 feature of the construction work as follows:

3.6.1     Preparatory Phase

 This phase is performed prior to beginning work on each definable feature
 of work, after all required plans/documents/materials are
 approved/accepted, and after copies are at the work site. This phase
 includes:

        a.    A review of each paragraph of applicable specifications, reference
              codes, and standards. Make available during the preparatory
              inspection a copy of those sections of referenced codes and
              standards applicable to that portion of the work to be
              accomplished in the field. Maintain and make available in the
              field for use by Government personnel until final acceptance of
              the work.

        b.    Review of the contract drawings.

        c.    Check to assure that all materials and/or equipment have been


                              SECTION 01 45 01   Page 6
Training Aids Support Center                                                09X5901


             tested, submitted, and approved.

        d.   Review of provisions that have been made to provide required
             control inspection and testing.

        e.   Examination of the work area to assure that all required
             preliminary work has been completed and is in compliance with the
             contract.

        f.   Examination of required materials, equipment, and sample work to
             assure that they are on hand, conform to approved shop drawings or
             submitted data, and are properly stored.

        g.   Review of the appropriate activity hazard analysis to assure
             safety requirements are met.

        h.   Discussion of procedures for controlling quality of the work
             including repetitive deficiencies. Document construction
             tolerances and workmanship standards for that feature of work.

        i.   Check to ensure that the portion of the plan for the work to be
             performed has been accepted by the Contracting Officer.

        j.   Discussion of the initial control phase.

        k.   The Government must be notified at least 24 hours in advance of
             beginning the preparatory control phase. Include a meeting
             conducted by the CQC System Manager and attended by the
             superintendent, other CQC personnel (as applicable), and the
             foreman responsible for the definable feature. Document the
             results of the preparatory phase actions by separate minutes
             prepared by the CQC System Manager and attach to the daily CQC
             report. Instruct applicable workers as to the acceptable level of
             workmanship required in order to meet contract specifications.

3.6.2    Initial Phase

 This phase is accomplished at the beginning of a definable feature of
 work. Accomplish the following:

        a.   Check work to ensure that it is in full compliance with contract
             requirements. Review minutes of the preparatory meeting.

        b.   Verify adequacy of controls to ensure full contract compliance.
             Verify required control inspection and testing.

        c.   Establish level of workmanship and verify that it meets minimum
             acceptable workmanship standards. Compare with required sample
             panels as appropriate.

        d.   Resolve all differences.

        e.   Check safety to include compliance with and upgrading of the
             safety plan and activity hazard analysis. Review the activity
             analysis with each worker.

        f.   The Government must be notified at least 24 hours in advance of
             beginning the initial phase. Prepare separate minutes of this
             phase by the CQC System Manager and attach to the daily CQC


                             SECTION 01 45 01   Page 7
Training Aids Support Center                                             09X5901


             report. Indicate the exact location of initial phase for future
             reference and comparison with follow-up phases.

        g.   The initial phase should be repeated for each new crew to work
             onsite, or any time acceptable specified quality standards are not
             being met.

3.6.3     Follow-up Phase

 Perform daily checks to assure control activities, including control
 testing, are providing continued compliance with contract requirements,
 until completion of the particular feature of work. Record the checks in
 the CQC documentation. Conduct final follow-up checks and correct all
 deficiencies prior to the start of additional features of work which may be
 affected by the deficient work. Do not build upon nor conceal
 non-conforming work.

3.6.4     Additional Preparatory and Initial Phases

 Conduct additional preparatory and initial phases on the same definable
 features of work if: the quality of on-going work is unacceptable; if
 there are changes in the applicable CQC staff, onsite production
 supervision or work crew; if work on a definable feature is resumed after a
 substantial period of inactivity; or if other problems develop.

3.7     TESTS

3.7.1     Testing Procedure

 Perform specified or required tests to verify that control measures are
 adequate to provide a product which conforms to contract requirements.
 Upon request, furnish to the Government duplicate samples of test specimens
 for possible testing by the Government. Testing includes operation and/or
 acceptance tests when specified. Procure the services of a Corps of
 Engineers approved testing laboratory or establish an approved testing
 laboratory at the project site. Perform the following activities and
 record and provide the following data:

        a.   Verify that testing procedures comply with contract requirements.

        b.   Verify that facilities and testing equipment are available and
             comply with testing standards.

        c.   Check test instrument calibration data against certified standards.

        d.   Verify that recording forms and test identification control number
             system, including all of the test documentation requirements, have
             been prepared.

        e.   Record results of all tests taken, both passing and failing on the
             CQC report for the date taken. Specification paragraph reference,
             location where tests were taken, and the sequential control number
             identifying the test. If approved by the Contracting Officer,
             actual test reports may be submitted later with a reference to the
             test number and date taken. Provide an information copy of tests
             performed by an offsite or commercial test facility directly to
             the Contracting Officer. Failure to submit timely test reports as
             stated may result in nonpayment for related work performed and
             disapproval of the test facility for this contract.


                              SECTION 01 45 01   Page 8
Training Aids Support Center                                          09X5901



3.7.2     Testing Laboratories

3.7.2.1     Capability Check

 The Government reserves the right to check laboratory equipment in the
 proposed laboratory for compliance with the standards set forth in the
 contract specifications and to check the laboratory technician's testing
 procedures and techniques. Laboratories utilized for testing soils,
 concrete, asphalt, and steel must meet criteria detailed in ASTM D 3740 and
 ASTM E 329.

3.7.3     Furnishing or Transportation of Samples for Testing

 Costs incidental to the transportation of samples or materials will be
 borne by the Contractor.

3.8     COMPLETION INSPECTION

3.8.1     Punch-Out Inspection

 Conduct an inspection of the work by the CQC Manager near the end of the
 work, or any increment of the work established by a time stated in the
 SPECIAL CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS Clause, "Commencement, Prosecution, and
 Completion of Work", or by the specifications. Prepare and include in the
 CQC documentation a punch list of items which do not conform to the
 approved drawings and specifications, as required by paragraph
 DOCUMENTATION. Include within the list of deficiencies the estimated date
 by which the deficiencies will be corrected. Make a second inspection the
 CQC System Manager or staff to ascertain that all deficiencies have been
 corrected. Once this is accomplished, notify the Government that the
 facility is ready for the Government Pre-Final inspection.

3.8.2     Pre-Final Inspection

 The Government will perform the pre-final inspection to verify that the
 facility is complete and ready to be occupied. A Government Pre-Final
 Punch List may be developed as a result of this inspection. Ensure that
 all items on this list have been corrected before notifying the Government,
 so that a Final inspection with the customer can be scheduled. Correct any
 items noted on the Pre-Final inspection in a timely manner. These
 inspections and any deficiency corrections required by this paragraph must
 be accomplished within the time slated for completion of the entire work or
 any particular increment of the work if the project is divided into
 increments by separate completion dates.

3.8.3     Final Acceptance Inspection

 The Contractor's Quality Control Inspection personnel, plus the
 superintendent or other primary management person, and the Contracting
 Officer's Representative must be in attendance at the final acceptance
 inspection. Additional Government personnel including, but not limited to,
 those from Base/Post Civil Facility Engineer user groups, and major
 commands may also be in attendance. The final acceptance inspection will
 be formally scheduled by the Contracting Officer based upon results of the
 Pre-Final inspection. Notify the Contracting Officer at least 14 days
 prior to the final acceptance inspection and include the Contractor's
 assurance that all specific items previously identified to the Contractor
 as being unacceptable, along with all remaining work performed under the


                                SECTION 01 45 01   Page 9
Training Aids Support Center                                            09X5901


 contract, will be complete and acceptable by the date scheduled for the
 final acceptance inspection. Failure of the Contractor to have all
 contract work acceptably complete for this inspection will be cause for the
 Contracting Officer to bill the Contractor for the Government's additional
 inspection cost in accordance with the contract clause titled "Inspection
 of Construction".

3.9   DOCUMENTATION

 Maintain current records providing factual evidence that required quality
 control activities and/or tests have been performed. Include in these
 records the work of subcontractors and suppliers on an acceptable form that
 includes, as a minimum, the following information:

      a.   Contractor/subcontractor and their area of responsibility.

      b.   Operating plant/equipment with hours worked, idle, or down for
           repair.

      c.   Work performed each day, giving location, description, and by
           whom. When Network Analysis (NAS) is used, identify each phase of
           work performed each day by NAS activity number.

      d.   Test and/or control activities performed with results and
           references to specifications/drawings requirements. Identify the
           control phase (Preparatory, Initial, Follow-up). List of
           deficiencies noted, along with corrective action.

      e.   Quantity of materials received at the site with statement as to
           acceptability, storage, and reference to specifications/drawings
           requirements.

      f.   Submittals and deliverables reviewed, with contract reference, by
           whom, and action taken.

      g.   Offsite surveillance activities, including actions taken.

      h.   Job safety evaluations stating what was checked, results, and
           instructions or corrective actions.

      i.   Instructions given/received and conflicts in plans and/or
           specifications.

      j.   Contractor's verification statement.

 Indicate a description of trades working on the project; the number of
 personnel working; weather conditions encountered; and any delays
 encountered. Cover both conforming and deficient features and include a
 statement that equipment and materials incorporated in the work and
 workmanship comply with the contract. Furnish the original and one copy of
 these records in report form to the Government daily within 8 hours after
 the date covered by the report, except that reports need not be submitted
 for days on which no work is performed. As a minimum, prepare and submit
 one report for every 7 days of no work and on the last day of a no work
 period. All calendar days must be accounted for throughout the life of the
 contract. The first report following a day of no work will be for that day
 only. Reports must be signed and dated by the CQC System Manager. Include
 copies of test reports and copies of reports prepared by all subordinate
 quality control personnel within the CQC System Manager Report.


                           SECTION 01 45 01   Page 10
Training Aids Support Center                                          09X5901



3.10   SAMPLE FORMS

 Sample forms enclosed at the end of this section.

3.11   NOTIFICATION OF NONCOMPLIANCE

 The Contracting Officer will notify the Contractor of any detected
 noncompliance with the foregoing requirements. Take immediate corrective
 action after receipt of such notice. Such notice, when delivered to the
 Contractor at the work site, will be deemed sufficient for the purpose of
 notification. If the Contractor fails or refuses to comply promptly, the
 Contracting Officer may issue an order stopping all or part of the work
 until satisfactory corrective action has been taken. No part of the time
 lost due to such stop orders will be made the subject of claim for
 extension of time or for excess costs or damages by the Contractor.

        -- End of Section --




                          SECTION 01 45 01   Page 11
Training Aids Support Center                                        09X5901




                          SECTION TABLE OF CONTENTS

                      DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

                               SECTION 01 45 01.10

                      USACE QUALITY CONTROL SYSTEM (QCS)

                                      01/08


 PART 1   GENERAL

   1.1    Contract Administration
     1.1.1    Correspondence and Electronic Communications
     1.1.2    Other Factors
   1.2    QCS SOFTWARE
   1.3    SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS
   1.4    RELATED INFORMATION
     1.4.1    QCS User Guide
     1.4.2    Contractor Quality Control(CQC) Training
   1.5    CONTRACT DATABASE
   1.6    DATABASE MAINTENANCE
     1.6.1    Administration
        1.6.1.1   Contractor Information
        1.6.1.2   Subcontractor Information
        1.6.1.3   Correspondence
        1.6.1.4   Equipment
        1.6.1.5   Management Reporting
        1.6.1.6   Request For Information (RFI)
     1.6.2    Finances
        1.6.2.1   Pay Activity Data
        1.6.2.2   Payment Requests
     1.6.3    Quality Control (QC)
        1.6.3.1   Daily Contractor Quality Control (CQC) Reports.
        1.6.3.2   Deficiency Tracking.
        1.6.3.3   QC Requirements
        1.6.3.4   Three-Phase Control Meetings
        1.6.3.5   Labor and Equipment Hours
        1.6.3.6   Accident/Safety Reporting
        1.6.3.7   Features of Work
        1.6.3.8   Hazard Analysis
     1.6.4    Submittal Management
     1.6.5    Schedule
     1.6.6    Import/Export of Data
   1.7    IMPLEMENTATION
   1.8    DATA SUBMISSION VIA CD-ROM
     1.8.1    File Medium
     1.8.2    CD-ROM Labels
     1.8.3    File Names
   1.9    MONTHLY COORDINATION MEETING
   1.10    NOTIFICATION OF NONCOMPLIANCE

 PART 2   PRODUCTS


 PART 3   EXECUTION


                         SECTION 01 45 01.10   Page 1
Training Aids Support Center                            09X5901




 -- End of Section Table of Contents --




                         SECTION 01 45 01.10   Page 2
Training Aids Support Center                                          09X5901




                                  SECTION 01 45 01.10

                          USACE QUALITY CONTROL SYSTEM (QCS)
                                         01/08

PART 1     GENERAL

1.1     Contract Administration

 The Government will use the Resident Management System for Windows (RMS) to
 assist in its monitoring and administration of this contract. The
 Contractor must use the Government-furnished Construction Contractor Module
 of RMS, referred to as QCS, to record, maintain, and submit various
 information throughout the contract period. The Contractor module, user
 manuals, updates, and training information can be downloaded from the RMS
 web site. This joint Government-Contractor use of RMS and QCS will
 facilitate electronic exchange of information and overall management of the
 contract. QCS provides the means for the Contractor to input, track, and
 electronically share information with the Government in the following areas:

         Administration
         Finances
         Quality Control
         Submittal Monitoring
         Scheduling
         Import/Export of Data

1.1.1     Correspondence and Electronic Communications

 For ease and speed of communications, both Government and Contractor will,
 to the maximum extent feasible, exchange correspondence and other documents
 in electronic format. Correspondence, pay requests and other documents
 comprising the official contract record will also be provided in paper
 format, with signatures and dates where necessary. Paper documents will
 govern, in the event of discrepancy with the electronic version.

1.1.2     Other Factors

 Particular attention is directed to Contract Clause, "Schedules for
 Construction Contracts", Contract Clause, "Payments", Section 01 32 17.00 20
 NETWORK ANALYSIS SCHEDULES (NAS), Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES,
 and Section 01 45 01 USACE QUALITY CONTROL, which have a direct
 relationship to the reporting to be accomplished through QCS. Also, there
 is no separate payment for establishing and maintaining the QCS database;
 all costs associated therewith will be included in the contract pricing for
 the work.

1.2     QCS SOFTWARE

 QCS is a Windows-based program that can be run on a stand-alone personal
 computer or on a network. The Government will make available the QCS
 software to the Contractor after award of the construction contract. Prior
 to the Pre-Construction Conference, the Contractor will be responsible to
 download, install and use the latest version of the QCS software from the
 Government's RMS Internet Website. Upon specific justification and request
 by the Contractor, the Government can provide QCS on CD-ROM. Any program


                             SECTION 01 45 01.10   Page 3
Training Aids Support Center                                              09X5901


 updates of QCS will be made available to the Contractor via the Government
 RMS Website as they become available.

1.3     SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS

 The following is the minimum system configuration that the Contractor must
 have to run QCS:

 QCS and QAS System

                                       Hardware

            IBM-compatible PC with 1000 MHz Pentium or higher processor

            256+ MB RAM for workstation / 512+ MB RAM for server

            1 GB hard drive disk space for sole use by the QCS system

            3-1/2 inch high-density floppy drive

            Compact Disk (CD) Reader 8x speed or higher

            SVGA or higher resolution monitor (1024x768, 256 colors)

            Mouse or other pointing device

            Windows compatible printer. (Laser printer must have 4 MB+ of RAM)

            Connection to the Internet, minimum 56k BPS

                                       Software

            MS Windows 2000 or higher

            QAS-Word Processing software: MS Word 2000 or newer

            Latest version of: Netscape Navigator, Microsoft Internet
            Explorer, or other browser that supports HTML 4.0 or higher

            Electronic mail (E-mail) MAPI compatible

            Virus protection software that is regularly upgraded with all
            issued manufacturer's updates

1.4     RELATED INFORMATION

1.4.1     QCS User Guide

 After contract award, download instructions for the installation and use of
 QCS from the Government RMS Internet Website. In case of justifiable
 difficulties, the Government will provide the Contractor with a CD-ROM
 containing these instructions.

1.4.2     Contractor Quality Control(CQC) Training

 The use of QCS will be discussed with the Contractor's QC System Manager
 during the mandatory CQC Training class.




                              SECTION 01 45 01.10   Page 4
Training Aids Support Center                                          09X5901


1.5     CONTRACT DATABASE

 Prior to the pre-construction conference, the Government will provide the
 Contractor with basic contract award data to use for QCS. The Government
 will provide data updates to the Contractor as needed, generally by using
 the Government's SFTP repository built into QCS import/export function.
 These updates will generally consist of submittal reviews, correspondence
 status, QA comments, and other administrative and QA data.

1.6     DATABASE MAINTENANCE

 Establish, maintain, and update data in the QCS database throughout the
 duration of the contract at the Contractor's site office. Submit data
 updates to the Government (e.g., daily reports, submittals, RFI's, schedule
 updates, payment requests, etc.) using the Government's SFTP repository
 built into QCS export function. If permitted by the Contracting Officer,
 e-mail or CD-ROM may be used instead of E-mail (see Paragraph DATA
 SUBMISSION VIA CD-ROM). The QCS database typically includes current data
 on the following items:

1.6.1     Administration

1.6.1.1     Contractor Information

 Contain within the database the Contractor's name, address, telephone
 numbers, management staff, and other required items. Within 14 calendar
 days of receipt of QCS software from the Government, deliver Contractor
 administrative data in electronic format.

1.6.1.2     Subcontractor Information

 Contain within the database the name, trade, address, phone numbers, and
 other required information for all subcontractors. A subcontractor must be
 listed separately for each trade to be performed. Assign each
 subcontractor/trade a unique Responsibility Code, provided in QCS. Within
 14 calendar days of receipt of QCS software from the Government, deliver
 subcontractor administrative data in electronic format.

1.6.1.3     Correspondence

 Identify all Contractor correspondence to the Government with a serial
 number. Prefix correspondence initiated by the Contractor's site office
 with "S". Prefix letters initiated by the Contractor's home (main) office
 with "H". Letters must be numbered starting from 0001. (e.g., H-0001 or
 S-0001). The Government's letters to the Contractor will be prefixed with
 "C".

1.6.1.4     Equipment

 Contain within the Contractor's QCS database a current list of equipment
 planned for use or being used on the jobsite, including the most recent and
 planned equipment inspection dates.

1.6.1.5     Management Reporting

 QCS includes a number of reports that Contractor management can use to
 track the status of the project. The value of these reports is reflective
 of the quality of the data input, and is maintained in the various sections
 of QCS. Among these reports are: Progress Payment Request worksheet,


                             SECTION 01 45 01.10   Page 5
Training Aids Support Center                                            09X5901


 QA/QC comments, Submittal Register Status, Three-Phase Inspection
 checklists.

1.6.1.6     Request For Information (RFI)

 Exchange all Requests For Information (RFI) using the Built-in RFI
 generator and tracker in QCS.

1.6.2     Finances

1.6.2.1     Pay Activity Data

 Include within the QCS database a list of pay activities that the
 Contractor must develop in conjunction with the construction schedule. The
 sum of all pay activities must be equal to the total contract amount,
 including modifications. Group pay activities Contract Line Item Number
 (CLIN); the sum of the activities must equal the amount of each CLIN. The
 total of all CLINs equals the Contract Amount.

1.6.2.2     Payment Requests

 Prepare all progress payment requests using QCS. Complete the payment
 request worksheet, prompt payment certification, and payment invoice in
 QCS. Update the work completed under the contract, measured as percent or
 as specific quantities, at least monthly. After the update, generate a
 payment request report using QCS. Submit the payment request, prompt
 payment certification, and payment invoice with supporting data using the
 Government's SFTP repository built into QCS export function. If permitted
 by the Contracting Officer, e-mail or a CD-ROM may be used. A signed paper
 copy of the approved payment request is also required, which will govern in
 the event of discrepancy with the electronic version.

1.6.3     Quality Control (QC)

 QCS provides a means to track implementation of the 3-phase QC Control
 System, prepare daily reports, identify and track deficiencies, document
 progress of work, and support other Contractor QC requirements. Maintain
 this data on a daily basis. Entered data will automatically output to the
 QCS generated daily report. Provide the Government a Contractor Quality
 Control (CQC) Plan within the time required in Section 01 45 01 USACE
 QUALITY CONTROL. Within seven calendar days of Government acceptance,
 submit a QCS update reflecting the information contained in the accepted
 CQC Plan: schedule, pay activities, features of work, submittal register,
 QC requirements, and equipment list.

1.6.3.1     Daily Contractor Quality Control (CQC) Reports.

 QCS includes the means to produce the Daily CQC Report. The Contractor may
 use other formats to record basic QC data. However, the Daily CQC Report
 generated by QCS must be the Contractor's official report. Summarize data
 from any supplemental reports by the Contractor and consolidate onto the
 QCS-generated Daily CQC Report. Submit daily CQC Reports as required by
 Section 01 45 01 USACE QUALITY CONTROL. Electronically submit reports to
 the Government within 24 hours after the date covered by the report. Also
 provide the Government a signed, printed copy of the daily CQC report.

1.6.3.2     Deficiency Tracking.

 Use QCS to track deficiencies.    Deficiencies identified by the Contractor


                           SECTION 01 45 01.10   Page 6
Training Aids Support Center                                            09X5901


 will be numerically tracked using QC punch list items. Maintain a current
 log of its QC punch list items in the QCS database. The Government will
 log the deficiencies it has identified using its QA punch list items. The
 Government's QA punch list items will be included in its export file to the
 Contractor. Regularly update the correction status of both QC and QA punch
 list items.

1.6.3.3     QC Requirements

 Develop and maintain a complete list of QC testing and required structural
 and life safety special inspections required by the International Code
 Council (ICC), transferred and installed property, and user training
 requirements in QCS. Update all data on these QC requirements as work
 progresses, and promptly provide this information to the Government via QCS.

1.6.3.4     Three-Phase Control Meetings

 Maintain scheduled and actual dates and times of preparatory and initial
 control meetings in QCS.

1.6.3.5     Labor and Equipment Hours

 Log labor and equipment exposure hours on a daily basis.    This data will be
 rolled up into a monthly exposure report.

1.6.3.6     Accident/Safety Reporting

 The Government will issue safety comments, directions, or guidance whenever
 safety deficiencies are observed. The Government's safety comments will be
 included in its export file to the Contractor. Regularly update the
 correction status of the safety comments. In addition, utilize QCS to
 advise the Government of any accidents occurring on the jobsite. This
 brief supplemental entry is not to be considered as a substitute for
 completion of mandatory reports, e.g., ENG Form 3394 and OSHA Form 300.

1.6.3.7     Features of Work

 Include a complete list of the features of work in the QCS database. A
 feature of work may be associated with multiple pay activities. However,
 each pay activity (see subparagraph "Pay Activity Data" of paragraph
 "Finances") will only be linked to a single feature of work.

1.6.3.8     Hazard Analysis

 Use QCS to develop a hazard analysis for each feature of work included in
 the CQC Plan. Address any hazards, or potential hazards, that may be
 associated with the work.

1.6.4     Submittal Management

 The Government will provide the initial submittal register in electronic
 format. Thereafter, maintain a complete list of all submittals, including
 completion of all data columns. Dates on which submittals are received and
 returned by the Government will be included in its export file to the
 Contractor. Use QCS to track and transmit all submittals. ENG Form 4025,
 submittal transmittal form, and the submittal register update must be
 produced using QCS. QCS and RMS will be used to update, store and exchange
 submittal registers and transmittals, but will not be used for storage of
 actual submittals.


                              SECTION 01 45 01.10   Page 7
Training Aids Support Center                                            09X5901



1.6.5     Schedule

 Develop a construction schedule consisting of pay activities,   in accordance
 with Section 01 32 17.00 20 NETWORK ANALYSIS SCHEDULES (NAS).    Input and
 maintain in the QCS database this schedule either manually or   by using the
 Standard Data Exchange Format (SDEF) (see Section 01 32 17.00   20 NETWORK
 ANALYSIS SCHEDULES (NAS)). Include with each pay request the    updated
 schedule.

1.6.6     Import/Export of Data

 QCS includes the ability to export Contractor data to the Government and to
 import submittal register and other Government-provided data from RMS, and
 schedule data using SDEF.

1.7     IMPLEMENTATION

 Contractor use of QCS as described in the preceding paragraphs is
 mandatory. Ensure that sufficient resources are available to maintain its
 QCS database, and to provide the Government with regular database updates.
 QCS shall be an integral part of the Contractor's management of quality
 control.

1.8     DATA SUBMISSION VIA CD-ROM

 The Government-preferred method for Contractor's submission of QCS data is
 by using the Government's SFTP repository built into QCS export function.
 Other data should be submitted using E-mail with file attachment(s). For
 locations where this is not feasible, the Contracting Officer may permit
 use of CD-ROM for data transfer. Export data onto CDs using the QCS
 built-in export function. If used, submit CD-ROMs in accordance with the
 following:

1.8.1     File Medium

 Submit in English required data on CD-ROM conforming to industry standards
 used in the United States.

1.8.2     CD-ROM Labels

 Affix a permanent exterior label to each CD-ROM submitted. Indicate on the
 label in English, the QCS file name, full contract number, contract name,
 project location, data date, name and telephone number of person
 responsible for the data.

1.8.3     File Names

 The files will be automatically named by the QCS software. The naming
 convention established by the QCS software must not be altered.

1.9     MONTHLY COORDINATION MEETING

 Update the QCS database each workday. At least monthly, generate and
 submit an export file to the Government with schedule update and progress
 payment request. As required in Contract Clause "Payments", at least one
 week prior to submittal, meet with the Government representative to review
 the planned progress payment data submission for errors and omissions.



                           SECTION 01 45 01.10   Page 8
Training Aids Support Center                                          09X5901


 Make all required corrections prior to Government acceptance of the export
 file and progress payment request. Payment requests accompanied by
 incomplete or incorrect data submittals will be returned. The Government
 will not process progress payments until an acceptable QCS export file is
 received.

1.10     NOTIFICATION OF NONCOMPLIANCE

 The Contracting Officer will notify the Contractor of any detected
 noncompliance with the requirements of this specification. Take immediate
 corrective action after receipt of such notice. Such notice, when
 delivered to the Contractor at the work site, will be deemed sufficient for
 the purpose of notification.

PART 2     PRODUCTS

 Not Used

PART 3     EXECUTION

 Not Used

          -- End of Section --




                           SECTION 01 45 01.10   Page 9
Training Aids Support Center                                      09X5901




                          SECTION TABLE OF CONTENTS

                      DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

                               SECTION 01 45 35

               SPECIAL INSPECTION FOR SEISMIC-RESISTING SYSTEMS

                                    08/08


 PART 1   GENERAL

   1.1   REFERENCES
   1.2   SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
     1.2.1   Continuous Special Inspection
     1.2.2   Periodic Special Inspection
   1.3   SUBMITTALS
   1.4   QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN
   1.5   SPECIAL INSPECTOR

 PART 2   PRODUCTS


 PART 3   EXECUTION

   3.1   PERFORMANCE OF INSPECTIONS
     3.1.1   Reinforcing Steel
     3.1.2   Structural Concrete
     3.1.3   Structural Masonry
     3.1.4   Structural Steel
     3.1.5   Cold-Formed Steel Framing
     3.1.6   Architectural Components
   3.2   TESTING
   3.3   REPORTING AND COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES

 -- End of Section Table of Contents --




                           SECTION 01 45 35    Page 1
Training Aids Support Center                                              09X5901



                                 SECTION 01 45 35

                 SPECIAL INSPECTION FOR SEISMIC-RESISTING SYSTEMS
                                       08/08

PART 1     GENERAL

1.1     REFERENCES

 The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
 extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the
 basic designation only.

            ACI INTERNATIONAL (ACI)

 ACI 318                              (2008; Errata 2008) Building Code
                                      Requirements for Structural Concrete and
                                      Commentary

 ACI 530/530.1                        (2008; Errata 2008; Errata 2009) Building
                                      Code Requirements and Specification for
                                      Masonry Structures; Containing Building
                                      Code Requirements for Masonry Structures,
                                      Specification for Masonry Structures and
                                      Companion Commentaries

            AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION (AISC)

 AISC 341                             (2005; Supp 2005) Seismic Provisions for
                                      Structural Steel Buildings

 AISC 360                             (2005) Specification for Structural Steel
                                      Buildings, with Commentary

            ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)

 ASTM A 435/A 435M                    (1990; R 2007) Standard Specification for
                                      Straight-Beam Ultrasonic Examination of
                                      Steel Plates

 ASTM A 615/A 615M                    (2009) Standard Specification for Deformed
                                      and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for Concrete
                                      Reinforcement

 ASTM A 898/A 898M                    (2007) Standard Specification for Straight
                                      Beam Ultrasonic Examination of Rolled
                                      Steel Structural Shapes

1.2     SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

 Perform the Special Inspection for seismic-resisting system components as
 specified. Special Inspector personnel shall be in addition to the quality
 control inspections and inspectors required elsewhere in this section.

1.2.1     Continuous Special Inspection

 Continuous special inspection is the full time observation of the work by
 the Special Inspector present in the work area whenever work is being


                             SECTION 01 45 35   Page 2
Training Aids Support Center                                                09X5901


 performed. Perform continuous special inspection where specified for items
 as shown on the drawings.

1.2.2     Periodic Special Inspection

 Periodic special inspection is the intermittent observation of the work by
 a Special Inspector present in the work area while work is being
 performed. The intermittent observation periods shall be: at times of
 significant work; recurrent over the complete work period; and total at
 least 25 percent of the total work time. Perform periodic special
 inspection where specified for items as shown on the drawings.

1.3     SUBMITTALS

 Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation;
 submittals not having a "G" designation are for information only. When
 used, a designation following the "G" designation identifies the office
 that will review the submittal for the Government. Submit the following in
 accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:

        SD-07 Certificates

             Special Inspector; G, AE

               Certification attesting that the Special Inspector is qualified
             by knowledge and experience to perform the specified Special
             Inspections. Information, which provides evidence of the
             knowledge and experience necessary to qualify a person as a
             Special Inspector for the category of work being certified, will
             accompany the qualification.

             Quality Assurance Plan; G, AE

               A copy of the Quality Assurance Plan covered by a certificate
             indicating that the plan meets the content specified in this
             section.

1.4     QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN

 Develop a quality assurance plan containing the following:

        a. A list of all items that require quality assurance Special
        Inspection and testing, including the type, frequency, extent, and
        duration of the special inspection for each item on this list.

        b. A list of all items that require quality assurance testing,
        including the type and frequency of testing for each item on this list.

        c. The content, distribution, and frequency of special inspection
        reports.

        d.   The content, distribution, and frequency of testing reports.

        e. The procedures, controls, and people used within the Contractor's
        organization to develop, sign, and distribute Special Inspection and
        Testing reports along with the position title and pertinent
        qualifications of all Contractor personnel involved.




                              SECTION 01 45 35   Page 3
Training Aids Support Center                                                09X5901


1.5      SPECIAL INSPECTOR

 Use a Special Inspector to perform Special Inspections required by this
 section. The Special Inspector is a person employed by the Contractor and
 approved by the Government as being qualified by knowledge and experience
 to perform the Special Inspection for the category of work being
 constructed. Special Inspectors shall perform their duties independent
 from the construction quality control staff employed by the Contractor.
 More than one Special Inspector may be required to provide the varied
 knowledge and experience necessary to adequately inspect all of the
 categories of work requiring Special Inspection.

PART 2     PRODUCTS

 Not Used

PART 3     EXECUTION

3.1     PERFORMANCE OF INSPECTIONS

 Perform Special Inspections for the following where designated on the
 drawings:

3.1.1     Reinforcing Steel

         a. Periodic special inspection during and upon completion of the
         placement of reinforcing steel.

3.1.2     Structural Concrete

 Periodic special inspection during and on completion of the placement of
 concrete.

3.1.3     Structural Masonry

         a. Periodic special inspection during the preparation of mortar, the
         laying of masonry units, and placement of reinforcement and prior to
         placement of grout.

         b. Continuous special inspection during the welding of reinforcement,
         grouting, consolidation and reconsolidation and placement of bent-bar
         anchors.

3.1.4     Structural Steel

         a. Continuous special inspection for all structural welding, except
         that periodic special inspection is permitted for single-pass or
         resistance welds provided the qualifications of the welder and the
         welding electrodes are inspected at the beginning of the work and all
         welds are inspected for compliance with the approved construction
         documents at the completion of welding.

         b. Periodic special inspection in accordance with AISC 360 for the
         installation of bolts except that bolts not required to be fully
         tensioned need not be inspected for bolt tension, other than to ensure
         that the plies of the connected elements have been brought into snug
         contact




                                SECTION 01 45 35   Page 4
Training Aids Support Center                                               09X5901


3.1.5     Cold-Formed Steel Framing

        a. Periodic special inspections during all welding operations of
        elements of the seismic-force-resisting system.

        b. Periodic special inspections for screw attachment, bolting,
        anchoring, and other fastening of components within the
        seismic-force-resisting system, including struts, braces, and
        hold-downs.

3.1.6     Architectural Components

 Perform special inspection of the architectural components ensuring that
 the methods of anchoring and fastening indicated on the drawings are being
 complied with at the onset of construction of the components, and that the
 specified or shown number, spacing, and types of fasteners were actually
 installed. Special inspection for architectural components shall be as
 follows:

        a. Periodic special inspection during the erection and fastening of
        exterior cladding, interior nonloadbearing partition walls, exterior
        nonloadbearing walls and masonry veneer.

        b. Periodic special inspection during the anchorage of suspended
        ceilings and storage racks 8 feet or greater in height.

3.2     TESTING

 The special inspector shall be responsible for verifying that the testing
 requirements are performed by an approved testing agency for compliance
 with the following, where shown on the drawings:

        a. Reinforcing and Prestressing Steel: Special testing of reinforcing
        and prestressing steel shall be as follows:

             (1) Examine certified mill test reports for each shipment of
             reinforcing steel used in reinforced concrete. The special
             inspector shall determine conformance with the construction
             documents.

             (2) Examine the reports for chemical tests, done in accordance
             with Sec. 3.5.2 of ACI 318, which were performed to determine the
             weldability of ASTM A 615/A 615M reinforcing steel.

        b. Structural Concrete: Verify that samples of structural concrete
        obtained at the project site, along with all material components
        obtained at the batch plant, have been tested in accordance with the
        requirements of ACI 318 and comply with all acceptance provisions
        contained therein.

        c. Structural Masonry: Verify that all quality assurance testing of
        structural masonry along with all material components is in accordance
        with the requirements of ACI 530/530.1 and complies with all acceptance
        provisions contained therein.

        d.   Structural Steel:

             (1) Verify that all quality assurance testing needed to confirm
             required material properties contained in Section 05 12 00


                                 SECTION 01 45 35   Page 5
Training Aids Support Center                                           09X5901


          STRUCTURAL STEEL and given in the quality assurance plan has been
          done in accordance with applicable provisions in AISC 341 and
          AISC 360 and that the test results comply with all acceptance
          provisions contained therein.

          (2) When a flange or a plate of steel member with a base metal
          thickness greater than 1.5 inches, is joined by welding so that
          the flange or plate is subjected to through-thickness weld
          shrinkage strains, verify that the required ultrasonic testing for
          discontinuities behind and adjacent to such welds has been done
          after joint completion. Further verify that any material
          discontinuities rejected on the basis of the requirements
          contained in Section 05 12 00 STRUCTURAL STEEL and
          ASTM A 435/A 435M or ASTM A 898/A 898M, (Level 1 Criteria) were
          repaired and were retested after the repairs and found acceptable.

3.3   REPORTING AND COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES

      a. On the first day of each month, furnish to the Government five
      copies of the combined progress reports of the special inspector's
      observations listing all special inspections of construction or reviews
      of testing performed during that month, noting all uncorrected
      deficiencies, and describing the corrections made both to these
      deficiencies and to previously reported deficiencies. Each monthly
      report shall be signed by all special inspectors who performed special
      inspections of construction or reviewed testing during that month,
      regardless of whether they reported any deficiencies . Each monthly
      report shall be signed by the Contractor.

      b. At completion of construction, each special inspector shall prepare
      and sign a final report attesting that all work they inspected and all
      testing and test reports they reviewed were completed in accordance
      with the approved construction documents and that deficiencies
      identified were satisfactorily corrected. Submit a combined final
      report containing the signed final reports of all the special
      inspectors. Sign the combined final report attesting that all final
      reports of special inspectors that performed work to comply with these
      construction documents are contained therein, and that the Contractor
      has reviewed and approved all of the individual inspector's final
      reports.

        -- End of Section --




                           SECTION 01 45 35   Page 6
Training Aids Support Center                                          09X5901




                          SECTION TABLE OF CONTENTS

                      DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

                               SECTION 01 50 00

                TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND CONTROLS

                                    08/09


 PART 1   GENERAL

   1.1   SUMMARY
   1.2   REFERENCES
   1.3   SUBMITTALS
   1.4   CONSTRUCTION SITE PLAN
   1.5   BACKFLOW PREVENTERS CERTIFICATE
     1.5.1   Backflow Tester Certificate
     1.5.2   Backflow Prevention Training Certificate

 PART 2   PRODUCTS

   2.1   TEMPORARY SIGNAGE
     2.1.1   Bulletin Board
     2.1.2   Project and Safety Signs
   2.2   TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL
     2.2.1   Haul Roads
     2.2.2   Barricades
     2.2.3   Fencing
     2.2.4   Temporary Wiring
     2.2.5   Backflow Preventers

 PART 3   EXECUTION

   3.1   EMPLOYEE PARKING
   3.2   AVAILABILITY AND USE OF UTILITY SERVICES
     3.2.1   Temporary Utilities
     3.2.2   Payment for Utility Services
     3.2.3   Meters and Temporary Connections
     3.2.4   Final Meter Reading
     3.2.5   Utility Services for Diego Garcia Projects
       3.2.5.1   Contractor-Owned and Operated Radio Telecommunications
     3.2.6   Water
     3.2.7   Sanitation
     3.2.8   Telephone
     3.2.9   Fire Protection
   3.3   TRAFFIC PROVISIONS
     3.3.1   Maintenance of Traffic
     3.3.2   Protection of Traffic
     3.3.3   Rush Hour Restrictions
     3.3.4   Dust Control
   3.4   CONTRACTOR'S TEMPORARY FACILITIES
     3.4.1   Safety
     3.4.2   Administrative Field Offices
     3.4.3   Storage Area
     3.4.4   Supplemental Storage Area


                           SECTION 01 50 00   Page 1
Training Aids Support Center                                          09X5901


     3.4.5   Appearance of Trailers
     3.4.6   Trailers or Storage Buildings
     3.4.7   Maintenance of Storage Area
     3.4.8   Security Provisions
     3.4.9   Storage in Existing Buildings
     3.4.10   Weather Protection of Temporary Facilities and Stored Materials
       3.4.10.1   Building and Site Storm Protection
       3.4.10.2   Hurricane Condition of Readiness
   3.5   GOVERNMENT FIELD OFFICE
     3.5.1   Resident Engineer's Office
     3.5.2   Quality Control Manager Records and Field Office
     3.5.3   Trailer-Type Mobile Office
   3.6   PLANT COMMUNICATION
   3.7   TEMPORARY PROJECT SAFETY FENCING
   3.8   CLEANUP
   3.9   RESTORATION OF STORAGE AREA

 -- End of Section Table of Contents --




                           SECTION 01 50 00   Page 2
Training Aids Support Center                                               09X5901



                                    SECTION 01 50 00

                     TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
                                          08/09

PART 1     GENERAL

1.1   SUMMARY

 Requirements of this Section apply to, and are a component of, each section
 of the specifications.

1.2   REFERENCES

 The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
 extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the
 basic designation only.

             AMERICAN WATER WORKS ASSOCIATION (AWWA)

 AWWA C511                             (2007) Standard for Reduced-Pressure
                                       Principle Backflow Prevention Assembly

             FOUNDATION FOR CROSS-CONNECTION CONTROL AND HYDRAULIC RESEARCH
             (FCCCHR)

 FCCCHR List                           (continuously updated) List of Approved
                                       Backflow Prevention Assemblies

 FCCCHR Manual                         (1988e9) Manual of Cross-Connection Control

             NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA)

 NFPA 241                              (2009) Standard for Safeguarding
                                       Construction,Alteration, and Demolition
                                       Operations

 NFPA 70                               (2008; AMD 1 2008) National Electrical
                                       Code - 2008 Edition

1.3   SUBMITTALS

 Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation;
 submittals not having a "G" designation are for Contractor Quality Control
 approval. Submitted the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00
 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:

         SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals

             Traffic Control Plan

             Construction Site Plan

         SD-03 Product Data

             Backflow preventers; G, RO

         SD-06 Test Reports


                                SECTION 01 50 00   Page 3
Training Aids Support Center                                          09X5901



             Backflow Preventer Tests; G, RO

         SD-07 Certificates

             Backflow Tester Certification; G, RO

             Backflow Preventers Certificate of Full Approval

1.4      CONSTRUCTION SITE PLAN

 Prior to the start of work, submit a site plan showing the locations and
 dimensions of temporary facilities (including layouts and details,
 equipment and material storage area (onsite and offsite), and access and
 haul routes, avenues of ingress/egress to the fenced area and details of
 the fence installation. Identify any areas which may have to be graveled
 to prevent the tracking of mud. Indicate if the use of a supplemental or
 other staging area is desired. Show locations of safety and construction
 fences, site trailers, construction entrances, trash dumpsters, temporary
 sanitary facilities, and worker parking areas.

1.5      BACKFLOW PREVENTERS CERTIFICATE

 Certificate of Full Approval from FCCCHR List, University of Southern
 California, attesting that the design, size and make of each backflow
 preventer has satisfactorily passed the complete sequence of performance
 testing and evaluation for the respective level of approval. Certificate
 of Provisional Approval will not be acceptable.

1.5.1     Backflow Tester Certificate

 Prior to testing, submit to the Contracting Officer certification issued by
 the State or local regulatory agency attesting that the backflow tester has
 successfully completed a certification course sponsored by the regulatory
 agency. Tester must not be affiliated with any company participating in
 any other phase of this Contract.

1.5.2     Backflow Prevention Training Certificate

 Submit a certificate recognized by the State or local authority that states
 the Contractor has completed at least 10 hours of training in backflow
 preventer installations. The certificate must be current.

PART 2     PRODUCTS

2.1     TEMPORARY SIGNAGE

2.1.1     Bulletin Board

 Immediately upon beginning of work, provide a weatherproof glass-covered
 bulletin board not less than 36 by 48 inches in size for displaying the
 Equal Employment Opportunity poster, a copy of the wage decision contained
 in the contract, Wage Rate Information poster, and other information
 approved by the Contracting Officer. Locate the bulletin board at the
 project site in a conspicuous place easily accessible to all employees, as
 approved by the Contracting Officer.




                              SECTION 01 50 00   Page 4
Training Aids Support Center                                             09X5901


2.1.2     Project and Safety Signs

 The requirements for the signs can be found in Attachment 1 to Section
 00800 of the original MATOC contract. Erect signs within 15 days after
 receipt of the notice to proceed. Correct the data required by the safety
 sign daily, with light colored metallic or non-metallic numerals.

2.2     TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL

2.2.1     Haul Roads

 At contractors expense construct access and haul roads necessary for proper
 prosecution of the work under this contract. Construct with suitable
 grades and widths; sharp curves, blind corners, and dangerous cross traffic
 are be avoided. Provide necessary lighting, signs, barricades, and
 distinctive markings for the safe movement of traffic. The method of dust
 control, although optional, must be adequate to ensure safe operation at
 all times. Location, grade, width, and alignment of construction and
 hauling roads are subject to approval by the Contracting Officer. Lighting
 must be adequate to assure full and clear visibility for full width of haul
 road and work areas during any night work operations.

2.2.2     Barricades

 Erect and maintain temporary barricades to limit public access to hazardous
 areas. Whenever safe public access to paved areas such as roads, parking
 areas or sidewalks is prevented by construction activities or as otherwise
 necessary to ensure the safety of both pedestrian and vehicular traffic
 barricades will be required. Securely place barricades clearly visible
 with adequate illumination to provide sufficient visual warning of the
 hazard during both day and night.

2.2.3     Fencing

  a.    Provide fencing along the construction site at all open excavations and
        tunnels to control access by unauthorized people. Fencing must be
        installed to be able to restrain a force of at least 250 pounds against
        it.

  b.    In addition, prior to the start of work, enclose those areas at the
        construction site which are not within the construction fence with a
        temporary safety fence, including gates and warning signs, to protect
        the public from construction activities. The safety fence shall match
        the base standard color (or bright orange where it protects excavated
        areas), shall be made of plastic fence from recovered materials
        containing 60-100 percent recovered content level plastic, a minimum of
        42 inches high, supported and tightly secured to steel posts located on
        minimum 10 foot centers. Remove the fence from the work site upon
        completion of the contract.

2.2.4     Temporary Wiring

 Provide temporary wiring in accordance with NFPA 241 and NFPA 70, Article
 305-6(b), Assured Equipment Grounding Conductor Program. Include frequent
 inspection of all equipment and apparatus.

2.2.5     Backflow Preventers

 Reduced pressure principle type conforming to the applicable requirements


                                SECTION 01 50 00   Page 5
Training Aids Support Center                                              09X5901


 AWWA C511. Provide backflow preventers complete with 150 pound flanged,
 brass mounted gate valve and strainer, . The particular make,
 model/design, and size of backflow preventers to be installed must be
 included in the latest edition of the List of Approved Backflow Prevention
 Assemblies issued by the FCCCHR List and be accompanied by a Certificate of
 Full Approval from FCCCHR List. After installation conduct Backflow
 Preventer Tests and provide test reports verifying that the installation
 meets the FCCCHR Manual Standards.

PART 3     EXECUTION

3.1     EMPLOYEE PARKING

 Contractor employees will park privately owned vehicles in an area
 designated by the Contracting Officer. This area will be within reasonable
 walking distance of the construction site. Contractor employee parking
 must not interfere with existing and established parking requirements of
 the government installation.

3.2     AVAILABILITY AND USE OF UTILITY SERVICES

3.2.1     Temporary Utilities

 Provide temporary utilities required for construction. Materials may be
 new or used, must be adequate for the required usage, not create unsafe
 conditions, and not violate applicable codes and standards.

3.2.2     Payment for Utility Services

  a.     The Government will allow utilities available to the Contractor from
         existing outlets and supplies. Unless otherwise provided in the
         contract, the amount of each utility service consumed will be charged
         to or paid for by the Contractor at prevailing rates charged to the
         Government or, where the utility is produced by the Government, at
         reasonable rates determined by the Contracting Officer. Carefully
         conserve any utilities furnished without charge.

  b.     The point at which the Government will deliver such utilities or
         services and the quantity available is as indicated. Pay all costs
         incurred in connecting, converting, and transferring the utilities to
         the work. Make connections, including providing backflow-preventing
         devices on connections to domestic water lines; providing meters; and
         providing transformers; and make disconnections. Under no
         circumstances will taps to base fire hydrants be allowed for obtaining
         domestic water.

3.2.3     Meters and Temporary Connections

 At the Contractors expense and in a manner satisfactory to the Contracting
 Officer, provide and maintain necessary temporary connections, distribution
 lines, and meter bases (Government will provide meters) required to measure
 the amount of each utility used for the purpose of determining charges.
 Notify the Contracting Officer, in writing, 15 working days before final
 electrical connection is desired so that a utilities contract can be
 established.

3.2.4     Final Meter Reading

 Before completion of the work and final acceptance of the work by the


                                SECTION 01 50 00   Page 6
Training Aids Support Center                                             09X5901


 Government, notify the Contracting Officer, in writing, 15 working days
 before termination is desired.

3.2.5     Utility Services for Diego Garcia Projects

3.2.5.1     Contractor-Owned and Operated Radio Telecommunications

 If approved, the Contractor may erect a transmitter/receiver and antenna.
 Submit for approval, 30 calendar days prior to the use of the equipment,
 the type of radio equipment power and band width of the equipment.

3.2.6     Water

 Make connections to existing facilities to provide water for construction
 purposes. Water used will not be furnished by the Government.

3.2.7     Sanitation

        a. Provide and maintain within the construction area minimum
        field-type sanitary facilities approved by the Contracting Officer and
        periodically empty wastes into a municipal, district, or station
        sanitary sewage system, or remove waste to a commercial facility.
        Obtain approval from the system owner prior to discharge into any
        municipal, district, or commercial sanitary sewer system. Any
        penalties and / or fines associated with improper discharge will be the
        responsibility of the Contractor. Coordinate with the Contracting
        Officer and follow station regulations and procedures when discharging
        into the station sanitary sewer system. Maintain these conveniences at
        all times without nuisance. Include provisions for pest control and
        elimination of odors. Government toilet facilities will not be
        available to Contractor's personnel.

3.2.8     Telephone

 Make arrangements and pay all costs for telephone facilities desired.

3.2.9     Fire Protection

 Provide temporary fire protection equipment for the protection of personnel
 and property during construction. Remove debris and flammable materials
 daily to minimize potential hazards.

3.3     TRAFFIC PROVISIONS

3.3.1     Maintenance of Traffic

  a.    Conduct operations in a manner that will not close any thoroughfare or
        interfere in any way with traffic on railways or highways except with
        written permission of the Contracting Officer at least 15 calendar days
        prior to the proposed modification date, and provide a Traffic Control
        Plan detailing the proposed controls to traffic movement for approval.
        The plan must be in accordance with State and local regulations. Make
        all notifications and obtain any permits required for modification to
        traffic movements outside Station's jurisdiction.. Contractor may move
        oversized and slow-moving vehicles to the worksite provided
        requirements of the highway authority have been met.

  b.    Conduct work so as to minimize obstruction of traffic, and maintain
        traffic on at least half of the roadway width at all times. Obtain


                             SECTION 01 50 00   Page 7
Training Aids Support Center                                             09X5901


        approval from the Contracting Officer prior to starting any activity
        that will obstruct traffic.

  c.    Provide, erect, and maintain, at contractors expense, lights, barriers,
        signals, passageways, detours, and other items, that may be required by
        the Life Safety Signage, overhead protection authority having
        jurisdiction.

3.3.2     Protection of Traffic

 Maintain and protect traffic on all affected roads during the construction
 period except as otherwise specifically directed by the Contracting
 Officer. Measures for the protection and diversion of traffic, including
 the provision of watchmen and flagmen, erection of barricades, placing of
 lights around and in front of equipment the work, and the erection and
 maintenance of adequate warning, danger, and direction signs, will be as
 required by the State and local authorities having jurisdiction. Protect
 the traveling public from damage to person and property. Minimize the
 interference with public traffic on roads selected for hauling material to
 and from the site. Investigate the adequacy of existing roads and their
 allowable load limit. Contractor is responsible for the repair of any
 damage to roads caused by construction operations.

3.3.3     Rush Hour Restrictions

 Do not interfere with the peak traffic flows preceding and during normal
 operations without notification to and approval by the Contracting Officer.

3.3.4     Dust Control

 Dust control methods and procedures must be approved by the Contracting
 Officer. Treat dust abatement on access roads with applications of calcium
 chloride, water sprinklers, or similar methods or treatment.

3.4     CONTRACTOR'S TEMPORARY FACILITIES

3.4.1     Safety

 Protect the integrity of any installed safety systems or personnel safety
 devices. If entrance into systems serving safety devices is required, the
 Contractor must obtain prior approval from the Contracting Officer. If it
 is temporarily necessary to remove or disable personnel safety devices in
 order to accomplish contract requirements, provide alternative means of
 protection prior to removing or disabling any permanently installed safety
 devices or equipment and obtain approval from the Contracting Officer.

3.4.2     Administrative Field Offices

 Provide and maintain administrative field office facilities within the
 construction area at the designated site. Government office and warehouse
 facilities will not be available to the Contractor's personnel.

3.4.3     Storage Area

 Construct a temporary 6 foot high chain link fence around trailers and
 materials. Include plastic strip inserts, colored green, so that
 visibility through the fence is obstructed. Fence posts may be driven, in
 lieu of concrete bases, where soil conditions permit. Do not place or
 store Trailers, materials, or equipment outside the fenced area unless such


                             SECTION 01 50 00   Page 8
Training Aids Support Center                                             09X5901


 trailers, materials, or equipment are assigned a separate and distinct
 storage area by the Contracting Officer away from the vicinity of the
 construction site but within the installation boundaries. Trailers,
 equipment, or materials must not be open to public view with the exception
 of those items which are in support of ongoing work on any given day. Do
 not stockpile materials outside the fence in preparation for the next day's
 work. Park mobile equipment, such as tractors, wheeled lifting equipment,
 cranes, trucks, and like equipment within the fenced area at the end of
 each work day.

3.4.4    Supplemental Storage Area

 Upon Contractor's request, the Contracting Officer will designate another
 or supplemental area for the Contractor's use and storage of trailers,
 equipment, and materials. This area may not be in close proximity of the
 construction site but will be within the installation boundaries. Fencing
 of materials or equipment will not be required at this site; however, the
 Contractor is responsible for cleanliness and orderliness of the area used
 and for the security of any material or equipment stored in this area.
 Utilities will not be provided to this area by the Government.

3.4.5    Appearance of Trailers

  a.    Trailers utilized by the Contractor for administrative or material
        storage purposes must present a clean and neat exterior appearance and
        be in a state of good repair. Trailers which, in the opinion of the
        Contracting Officer, require exterior painting or maintenance will not
        be allowed on installation property.

3.4.6    Trailers or Storage Buildings

  a.    Trailers or storage buildings will be permitted, where space is
        available, subject to the approval of the Contracting Officer. The
        trailers or buildings shall be in good condition, free from visible
        damage rust and deterioration, and meet all applicable safety
        requirements. Trailers shall be roadworthy and comply with all
        appropriate state and local vehicle requirements. Failure to maintain
        storage trailers or buildings to these standards shall result in the
        removal of non-complying units at the Contractor's expense. A sign not
        smaller than 24 by 24 inches shall be conspicuously placed on the
        trailer depicting the company name, business phone number, and
        emergency phone number. Trailers shall be anchored to resist high
        winds and must meet applicable state of local standards for anchoring
        mobile trailers.

3.4.7    Maintenance of Storage Area

  a.    Keep fencing in a state of good repair and proper alignment. Grassed
        or unpaved areas, which are not established roadways, will be covered
        with a layer of gravel as necessary to prevent rutting and the tracking
        of mud onto paved or established roadways, should the Contractor elect
        to traverse them with construction equipment or other vehicles; gravel
        gradation will be at the Contractor's discretion. Mow and maintain
        grass located within the boundaries of the construction site for the
        duration of the project. Grass and vegetation along fences, buildings,
        under trailers, and in areas not accessible to mowers will be edged or
        trimmed neatly.




                             SECTION 01 50 00   Page 9
Training Aids Support Center                                             09X5901


  b.     Cut grass (or annual weeds) within the construction and storage sites
         to a maximum 4 inch height at least once a week during the growing
         season unless the grass area is not visible to the public. Trim the
         grass around fences at time of grass cutting. Maintain grass or weeds
         on stockpiled earth as descried above.

3.4.8     Security Provisions

 Provide adequate outside security lighting at the Contractor's temporary
 facilities. The Contractor will be responsible for the security of its own
 equipment; in addition, the Contractor will notify the appropriate law
 enforcement agency requesting periodic security checks of the temporary
 project field office.

3.4.9     Storage in Existing Buildings

 The Contractor will be working in and around existing buildings; the
 storage of material will not be allowed in the buildings. Provide 8 foot
 high security fence with a lockable gate around the storage area. Remove
 at the completion of work.

3.4.10     Weather Protection of Temporary Facilities and Stored Materials

 Take necessary precautions to ensure that roof openings and other critical
 openings in the building are monitored carefully. Take immediate actions
 required to seal off such openings when rain or other detrimental weather
 is imminent, and at the end of each workday. Ensure that the openings are
 completely sealed off to protect materials and equipment in the building
 from damage.

3.4.10.1     Building and Site Storm Protection

 When a warning of gale force winds is issued, take precautions to minimize
 danger to persons, and protect the work and nearby Government property.
 Precautions must include, but are not limited to, closing openings;
 removing loose materials, tools and equipment from exposed locations; and
 removing or securing scaffolding and other temporary work. Close openings
 in the work when storms of lesser intensity pose a threat to the work or
 any nearby Government property.

3.4.10.2     Hurricane Condition of Readiness

 Unless directed otherwise, comply with:

  a.     Condition TWO (Sustained winds of 50 knots or greater expected within
         24 hours): Curtail or cease routine activities until securing
         operation is complete. Reinforce or remove form work and scaffolding.
         Secure machinery, tools, equipment, materials, or remove from the
         jobsite. Expend every effort to clear all missile hazards and loose
         equipment from general base areas. Contact Contracting Officer for
         weather and Condition of Readiness (COR) updates and completion of
         required actions.

3.5     GOVERNMENT FIELD OFFICE

3.5.1     Resident Engineer's Office

 Provide the Government Resident Engineer with an office, approximately 200
 square feet in floor area, located where directed and providing space heat,


                             SECTION 01 50 00   Page 10
Training Aids Support Center                                          09X5901


 electric light and power, and toilet facilities consisting of one lavatory
 and one water closet complete with connections to water and sewer mains.
 Provide a mail slot in the door or a lockable mail box mounted on the
 surface of the door. Include a 4 by 8 foot plan table, computer work space
 a standard size office desk and chair, and telephone. At completion of the
 project, the office will remain the property of the Contractor and be
 removed from the site. Utilities will be connected and disconnected in
 accordance with local codes and to the satisfaction of the Contracting
 Officer.

3.5.2     Quality Control Manager Records and Field Office

 Provide on the jobsite an office with approximately 100 square feet of
 useful floor area for the exclusive use of the QC Manager. Provide a
 weathertight structure with adequate heating and cooling, toilet
 facilities, lighting, ventilation, a 4 by 8 foot plan table, a standard
 size office desk and chair, computer station, and working communications
 facilities. Provide either a 1,500 watt radiant heater and a
 window-mounted air conditioner rated at 9,000 Btus minimum or a
 window-mounted heat pump of the same minimum heating and cooling ratings.
 Provide a door with a cylinder lock and windows with locking hardware.
 Make utility connections. File quality control records in the office and
 make available at all times to the Government. After completion of the
 work, remove the entire structure from the site.

3.5.3     Trailer-Type Mobile Office

 The Contractor may, at its option, furnish and maintain a trailer-type
 mobile office acceptable to the Contracting Officer and providing as a
 minimum the facilities specified above. Securely anchor the trailer to the
 ground at all four corners to guard against movement during high winds.

3.6     PLANT COMMUNICATION

 Whenever the Contractor has the individual elements of its plant so located
 that operation by normal voice between these elements is not satisfactory,
 the Contractor must install a satisfactory means of communication, such as
 telephone or other suitable devices and made available for use by
 Government personnel.

3.7     TEMPORARY PROJECT SAFETY FENCING

 As soon as practicable, but not later than 15 days after the date
 established for commencement of work, furnish and erect temporary project
 safety fencing at the work site. The safety fencing must be a high
 visibility orange colored, high density polyethylene grid or approved
 equal, a minimum of 42 inches high, supported and tightly secured to steel
 posts located on maximum 10 foot centers, constructed at the approved
 location. Maintain the safety fencing during the life of the contract and,
 upon completion and acceptance of the work, will become the property of the
 Contractor and be removed from the work site.

3.8     CLEANUP

 Remove construction debris, waste materials, packaging material and the
 like from the work site daily. Any dirt or mud which is tracked onto paved
 or surfaced roadways must be cleaned away. Store within the fenced area
 described above or at the supplemental storage area any materials resulting
 from demolition activities which are salvageable. Neatly stacked stored


                              SECTION 01 50 00   Page 11
Training Aids Support Center                                          09X5901


 materials not in trailers, whether new or salvaged.

3.9   RESTORATION OF STORAGE AREA

 Upon completion of the project remove the bulletin board, signs,
 barricades, haulroads, and any other temporary products from the site.
 After removal of trailers, materials, and equipment from within the fenced
 area, remove the fence that will become the property of the Contractor.
 Restore to the original or better condition, areas used by the Contractor
 for the storage of equipment or material, or other use. Gravel used to
 traverse grassed areas must be removed and the area restored to its
 original condition, including top soil and seeding as necessary.

        -- End of Section --




                          SECTION 01 50 00   Page 12
Training Aids Support Center                               09X5901




                          SECTION TABLE OF CONTENTS

                      DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

                                  SECTION 01 57 16

                               TEMPORARY PEST CONTROL

                                       04/08


 PART 1   GENERAL

   1.1   REFERENCES
   1.2   DEFINITIONS
     1.2.1   Installation Pest Management Coordinator
     1.2.2   Project Pesticide Coordinator
     1.2.3   Pesticide
     1.2.4   Pests
   1.3   SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
   1.4   SUBMITTALS
   1.5   QUALITY ASSURANCE
     1.5.1   Qualifications
     1.5.2   Training Of Pest Control Personnel
     1.5.3   Pest Control Training Records
     1.5.4   Pesticide Treatment Plan
   1.6   DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
     1.6.1   Pesticide Delivery and Storage
     1.6.2   Pesticide Handling Requirements

 PART 2   PRODUCTS


 PART 3   EXECUTION

   3.1    INTEGRATED PEST MANAGEMENT
   3.2    APPLICATION

 -- End of Section Table of Contents --




                           SECTION 01 57 16    Page 1
Training Aids Support Center                                           09X5901



                                  SECTION 01 57 16

                               TEMPORARY PEST CONTROL
                                        04/08

PART 1     GENERAL

1.1     REFERENCES

 The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
 extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the
 basic designation only.

            U.S. ARMY (DA)

 DA AR 200-5                         (1999) Pest Management

            U.S. NATIONAL ARCHIVES AND RECORDS ADMINISTRATION (NARA)

 40 CFR 152 - 186                    Pesticide Programs

1.2     DEFINITIONS

1.2.1     Installation Pest Management Coordinator

 Installation Pest Management Coordinator (IPMC) is the individual
 officially designated by the Installation Commander to oversee the
 Installation Pest Management Program and the Installation Pest Management
 Plan.

1.2.2     Project Pesticide Coordinator

 The Project Pesticide Coordinator (PPC) is an individual that resides at a
 Civil Works Project office and that is responsible for oversight of
 pesticide application on Project grounds.

1.2.3     Pesticide

 Pesticide is defined as any substance or mixture of substances intended for
 preventing, destroying, repelling, or mitigating any pest, or intended for
 use as a plant regulator, defoliant or desiccant.

1.2.4     Pests

 The term "pests" means arthropods, birds, rodents, nematodes, fungi,
 bacteria, viruses, algae, snails, marine borers, snakes, weeds and other
 organisms (except for human or animal disease-causing organisms) that
 adversely affect readiness, military operations, or the well-being of
 personnel and animals; attack or damage real property, supplies, equipment,
 or vegetation; or are otherwise undesirable.

1.3     SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

 The work consists of minimizing environmental pollution and damage that may
 occur as the result of Pest Control. Protect the environmental resources
 within the project boundaries, and those affected outside the limits of
 permanent work, during the entire duration of this contract. Comply with
 all applicable environmental Federal, State, and local laws and


                             SECTION 01 57 16   Page 2
Training Aids Support Center                                            09X5901


 regulations. Any delays resulting from failure to comply with
 environmental laws and regulations will be the Contractor's responsibility.

1.4     SUBMITTALS

 Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation;
 submittals not having a "G" designation are for Contractor Quality Control
 approval. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00
 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:

        SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals

            Pesticide Treatment Plan; G, RO

            Certificate of Competency; G, RO

1.5     QUALITY ASSURANCE

1.5.1     Qualifications

 For the application of pesticides, use the services of a subcontractor
 whose principal business is pest control. Provide a subcontractor licensed
 and certified in the state where the work is to be performed.

1.5.2     Training Of Pest Control Personnel

 The Contractor's personnel shall be trained in pest control. Conduct a
 pest control meeting for all personnel prior to commencing construction
 activities. Conduct additional meetings for new personnel and when site
 conditions change. Include in the training and meeting agenda: methods of
 detecting and pest infestation; familiarization with statutory and
 contractual pest control standards; installation and care of devices, and
 instruments, if required, for monitoring purposes to ensure adequate and
 continuous pest control; anticipated hazardous or toxic chemicals or
 wastes, and other regulated contaminants; recognition and protection of
 wetlands, and endangered species and their habitat that are known to be in
 the area.

1.5.3     Pest Control Training Records

 Provide a Certificate of Competency for the personnel who will be
 conducting the pesticide application and management of pest control.

1.5.4     Pesticide Treatment Plan

 Include and update a pesticide treatment plan, as information becomes
 available. Include in the plan: sequence of treatment, dates, times,
 locations, pesticide trade name, EPA registration numbers, authorized uses,
 chemical composition, formulation, original and applied concentration,
 application rates of active ingredient (i.e. pounds of active ingredient
 applied), equipment used for application and calibration of equipment.
 Federal, State, Regional and Local pest management record keeping and
 reporting requirements as well as any additional Installation Project
 Office specific requirements are the Contractor's responsibility in
 conformance with DA AR 200-5 Pest Management, Chapter 2, Section III "Pest
 Management Records and Reports" for data required to be reported to the
 Installation.




                             SECTION 01 57 16   Page 3
Training Aids Support Center                                          09X5901


1.6     DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

1.6.1     Pesticide Delivery and Storage

 Deliver pesticides to the site in the original, unopened containers bearing
 legible labels indicating the EPA registration number and the
 manufacturer's registered uses. Store pesticides according to
 manufacturer's instructions and under lock and key when unattended.

1.6.2     Pesticide Handling Requirements

 Formulate, treat with, and dispose of pesticides and associated containers
 in accordance with label directions and use the clothing and personal
 protective equipment specified on the labeling for use during all phases of
 the application. Furnish Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for all
 pesticide products.

PART 2     PRODUCTS

 Not used.

PART 3     EXECUTION

3.1     INTEGRATED PEST MANAGEMENT

 In order to minimize impacts to existing fauna and flora, the Contractor
 through the Contracting Officer, shall coordinate with the Installation
 Pest Management Coordinator (IPMC) Project Pesticide Coordinator (PPC) at
 the earliest possible time prior to pesticide application. Discuss
 integrated pest management strategies with the IPMC and receive concurrence
 from the IPMC through the COR prior to the application of any pesticide
 associated with these specifications. Installation Project Office Pest
 Management personnel will be given the opportunity to be present at all
 meetings concerning treatment measures for pest or disease control and
 during application of the pesticide. The use and management of pesticides
 are regulated under 40 CFR 152 - 186.

3.2     APPLICATION

 Apply pesticides using a State Certified Pesticide Applicator in accordance
 with EPA label restrictions and recommendation. The Certified Applicator
 shall wear clothing and personal protective equipment as specified on the
 pesticide label. The Contracting Officer will designate locations for
 water used in formulating. Do not allow the equipment to overflow.
 Inspect all equipment for leaks, clogging, wear, or damage and repaired
 prior to application of pesticide.

          -- End of Section --




                             SECTION 01 57 16   Page 4
Training Aids Support Center                                          09X5901




                          SECTION TABLE OF CONTENTS

                      DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

                               SECTION 01 57 19.00 20

                       TEMPORARY ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS

                                       02/09


 PART 1   GENERAL

   1.1   REFERENCES
   1.2   DEFINITIONS
     1.2.1   Sediment
     1.2.2   Solid Waste
     1.2.3   Hazardous Debris
     1.2.4   Chemical Wastes
     1.2.5   Garbage
     1.2.6   Hazardous Waste
     1.2.7   Hazardous Materials
     1.2.8   Waste Hazardous Material (WHM)
     1.2.9   Oily Waste
     1.2.10   Regulated Waste
     1.2.11   Class I Ozone Depleting Substance (ODS)
       1.2.11.1   Universal Waste
   1.3   SUBMITTALS
   1.4   ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS
   1.5   QUALITY ASSURANCE
     1.5.1   Preconstruction Survey
     1.5.2   Regulatory Notifications
     1.5.3   Contractor 40 CFR Employee Training Records

 PART 2   PRODUCTS


 PART 3   EXECUTION

   3.1   ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
     3.1.1   Environmental Protection Plan Review
     3.1.2   Licenses and Permits
   3.2   PROTECTION OF NATURAL RESOURCES
     3.2.1   Erosion and Sediment Control Measures
       3.2.1.1   Burnoff
       3.2.1.2   Protection of Erodible Soils
       3.2.1.3   Temporary Protection of Erodible Soils
     3.2.2   Erosion and Sediment Control Inspection Reports
       3.2.2.1   Storm Water Notice of Intent for Construction Activities
         and Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan
       3.2.2.2   Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan Compliance Notebook
     3.2.3   Stormwater Drainage and Construction Dewatering
   3.3   HISTORICAL AND ARCHAEOLOGICAL RESOURCES
   3.4   SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN and PERMIT
     3.4.1   Solid Waste Management Report
     3.4.2   Control and Management of Solid Wastes
       3.4.2.1   Dumpsters


                        SECTION 01 57 19.00 20    Page 1
Training Aids Support Center                                           09X5901


   3.5    WASTE DETERMINATION DOCUMENTATION
   3.6    CONTRACTOR HAZARDOUS MATERIAL INVENTORY LOG
     3.6.1    Disposal Documentation for Hazardous and Regulated Waste
   3.7    POLLUTION PREVENTION/HAZARDOUS WASTE MINIMIZATION
   3.8    WHM/HW MATERIALS PROHIBITION
   3.9    HAZARDOUS MATERIAL MANAGEMENT
   3.10    PETROLEUM PRODUCTS AND REFUELING
     3.10.1    Oily and Hazardous Substances
     3.10.2    Inadvertent Discovery of Petroleum Contaminated Soil or
          Hazardous Wastes
   3.11    FUEL TANKS
   3.12    RELEASES/SPILLS OF OIL AND HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES
   3.13    CONTROL AND MANAGEMENT OF HAZARDOUS WASTES
     3.13.1    Hazardous Waste/Debris Management
        3.13.1.1   Regulated Waste Storage/Satellite Accumulation/90 Day
          Storage Areas
        3.13.1.2   Sampling and Analysis of HW
        3.13.1.3   Asbestos Certification
        3.13.1.4   Hazardous Waste Disposal
     3.13.2    Class I and II ODS Prohibition
        3.13.2.1   Universal Waste/e-Waste Management
   3.14    DUST CONTROL
     3.14.1    Dirt and Dust Control Plan
   3.15    ABRASIVE BLASTING
     3.15.1    Blasting Operations
     3.15.2    Disposal Requirements
   3.16    NOISE
   3.17    MERCURY MATERIALS

 -- End of Section Table of Contents --




                        SECTION 01 57 19.00 20   Page 2
Training Aids Support Center                                               09X5901



                               SECTION 01 57 19.00 20

                       TEMPORARY ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS
                                     02/09

PART 1   GENERAL

1.1   REFERENCES

 The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
 extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the
 basic designation only.

          U.S. NATIONAL ARCHIVES AND RECORDS ADMINISTRATION (NARA)

 29 CFR 1910.120                     Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency
                                     Response

 40 CFR 112                          Oil Pollution Prevention

 40 CFR 241                          Guidelines for Disposal of Solid Waste

 40 CFR 243                          Guidelines for the Storage and Collection
                                     of Residential, Commercial, and
                                     Institutional Solid Waste

 40 CFR 258                          Subtitle D Landfill Requirements

 40 CFR 260                          Hazardous Waste Management System:    General

 40 CFR 261                          Identification and Listing of Hazardous
                                     Waste

 40 CFR 262                          Standards Applicable to Generators of
                                     Hazardous Waste

 40 CFR 263                          Standards Applicable to Transporters of
                                     Hazardous Waste

 40 CFR 264                          Standards for Owners and Operators of
                                     Hazardous Waste Treatment, Storage, and
                                     Disposal Facilities

 40 CFR 265                          Interim Status Standards for Owners and
                                     Operators of Hazardous Waste Treatment,
                                     Storage, and Disposal Facilities

 40 CFR 266                          Standards for the Management of Specific
                                     Hazardous Wastes and Specific Types of
                                     Hazardous Waste Management Facilities

 40 CFR 268                          Land Disposal Restrictions

 40 CFR 270                          EPA Administered Permit Programs:    The
                                     Hazardous Waste Permit Program

 40 CFR 271                          Requirements for Authorization of State
                                     Hazardous Waste Programs


                        SECTION 01 57 19.00 20    Page 3
Training Aids Support Center                                               09X5901



 40 CFR 272                          Approved State Hazardous Waste Management
                                     Programs

 40 CFR 273                          Standards For Universal Waste Management

 40 CFR 279                          Standards for the Management of Used Oil

 40 CFR 280                          Technical Standards and Corrective Action
                                     Requirements for Owners and Operators of
                                     Underground Storage Tanks (UST)

 40 CFR 300                          National Oil and Hazardous Substances
                                     Pollution Contingency Plan

 40 CFR 355                          Emergency Planning and Notification

 40 CFR 372-SUBPART D                Specific Toxic Chemical Listings

 40 CFR 82                           Protection of Stratospheric Ozone

 49 CFR 171                          General Information, Regulations, and
                                     Definitions

 49 CFR 172                          Hazardous Materials Table, Special
                                     Provisions, Hazardous Materials
                                     Communications, Emergency Response
                                     Information, and Training Requirements

 49 CFR 173                          Shippers - General Requirements for
                                     Shipments and Packagings

 49 CFR 178                          Specifications for Packagings

1.2     DEFINITIONS

1.2.1     Sediment

 Soil and other debris that have eroded and have been transported by runoff
 water or wind.

1.2.2     Solid Waste

 Garbage, refuse, debris, sludge, or other discharged material, including
 solid, liquid, semisolid, or contained gaseous materials resulting from
 domestic, industrial, commercial, mining, or agricultural operations.
 Types of solid waste typically generated at construction sites may include:

        a.   Green waste: The vegetative matter from landscaping, land
             clearing and grubbing, including, but not limited to, grass,
             bushes, scrubs, small trees and saplings, tree stumps and plant
             roots. Marketable trees, grasses and plants that are indicated to
             remain, be re-located, or be re-used are not included.

        b.   Surplus soil: Existing soil that is in excess of what is required
             for this work, including aggregates intended, but not used, for
             on-site mixing of concrete, mortars and paving. Contaminated soil
             meeting the definition of hazardous material or hazardous waste is
             not included.


                          SECTION 01 57 19.00 20   Page 4
Training Aids Support Center                                             09X5901



        c.   Debris: Non-hazardous solid material generated during the
             construction, demolition, or renovation of a structure which
             exceeds 2.5 inch particle size that is: a manufactured object;
             plant or animal matter; or natural geologic material (e.g. cobbles
             and boulders), broken or removed concrete, masonry, and rock
             asphalt paving; ceramics; roofing paper and shingles. Inert
             materials may not be reinforced with or contain ferrous wire,
             rods, accessories and weldments. A mixture of debris and other
             material such as soil or sludge is also subject to regulation as
             debris if the mixture is comprised primarily of debris by volume,
             based on visual inspection..

        d.   Wood: Dimension and non-dimension lumber, plywood, chipboard,
             hardboard. Treated and/or painted wood that meets the definition
             of lead contaminated or lead based contaminated paint is not
             included.

        e.   Scrap metal: Scrap and excess ferrous and non-ferrous metals such
             as reinforcing steel, structural shapes, pipe and wire that are
             recovered or collected and disposed of as scrap. Scrap metal
             meeting the definition of hazardous material or hazardous waste is
             not included.

        f.   Paint cans: Metal cans that are empty of paints, solvents,
             thinners and adhesives. If permitted by the paint can label, a
             thin dry film may remain in the can.

        g.   Recyclables: Materials, equipment and assemblies such as doors,
             windows, door and window frames, plumbing fixtures, glazing and
             mirrors that are recovered and sold as recyclable. Metal meeting
             the definition of lead contaminated or lead based paint
             contaminated may not be included as recyclable if sold to a scrap
             metal company. Paint cans may not be included as recyclable if
             sold to a scrap metal company.

        h.   Hazardous Waste: By definition, to be a hazardous waste a
             material must first meet the definition of a solid waste.
             Hazardous waste and hazardous debris are special cases of solid
             waste. They have additional regulatory controls and must be
             handled separately. They are thus defined separately in this
             document.

             Material not regulated as solid waste are: nuclear source or
             byproduct materials regulated under the Federal Atomic Energy Act
             of 1954 as amended; suspended or dissolved materials in domestic
             sewage effluent or irrigation return flows, or other regulated
             point source discharges; regulated air emissions; and fluids or
             wastes associated with natural gas or crude oil exploration or
             production.

1.2.3    Hazardous Debris

 As defined in Solid Waste paragraph, debris that contains listed hazardous
 waste (either on the debris surface, or in its interstices, such as pore
 structure) per 40 CFR 261; or debris that exhibits a characteristic of
 hazardous waste per 40 CFR 261.




                            SECTION 01 57 19.00 20   Page 5
Training Aids Support Center                                             09X5901


1.2.4   Chemical Wastes

 This includes salts, acids, alkalizes, herbicides, pesticides, and organic
 chemicals.

1.2.5   Garbage

 Refuse and scraps resulting from preparation, cooking, dispensing, and
 consumption of food.

1.2.6   Hazardous Waste

 Any discarded material, liquid, solid, or gas, which meets the definition
 of hazardous material or is designated hazardous waste by the Environmental
 Protection Agency or State Hazardous Control Authority as defined in
 40 CFR 260, 40 CFR 261, 40 CFR 262, 40 CFR 263, 40 CFR 264, 40 CFR 265,
 40 CFR 266, 40 CFR 268, 40 CFR 270, 40 CFR 271, 40 CFR 272, 40 CFR 273,
 40 CFR 279, and 40 CFR 280.

1.2.7   Hazardous Materials

 Hazardous materials as defined in 49 CFR 171 and listed in 49 CFR 172.

 Hazardous material is any material that:

          a.   Is regulated as a hazardous material per 49 CFR 173, or

          b. Requires a Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) per
          29 CFR 1910.120, or

          c. During end use, treatment, handling, packaging, storage,
          transpiration, or disposal meets or has components that meet or
          have potential to meet the definition of a hazardous waste as
          defined by 40 CFR 261 Subparts A, B, C, or D.

 Designation of a material by this definition, when separately regulated or
 controlled by other instructions or directives, does not eliminate the need
 for adherence to that hazard-specific guidance which takes precedence over
 this instruction for "control" purposes. Such material include ammunition,
 weapons, explosive actuated devices, propellants, pyrotechnics, chemical
 and biological warfare materials, medical and pharmaceutical supplies,
 medical waste and infectious materials, bulk fuels, radioactive materials,
 and other materials such as asbestos, mercury, and polychlorinated
 biphenyls (PCBs). Nonetheless, the exposure may occur incident to
 manufacture, storage, use and demilitarization of these items.

1.2.8   Waste Hazardous Material (WHM)

 Any waste material which because of its quantity, concentration, or
 physical, chemical, or infectious characteristics may pose a substantial
 hazard to human health or the environment and which has been so
 designated. Used oil not containing any hazardous waste, as defined above,
 falls under this definition.

1.2.9   Oily Waste

 Those materials which are, or were, mixed with used oil and have become
 separated from that used oil. Oily wastes also means materials, including
 wastewaters, centrifuge solids, filter residues or sludges, bottom


                          SECTION 01 57 19.00 20   Page 6
Training Aids Support Center                                               09X5901


 sediments, tank bottoms, and sorbents which have come into contact with and
 have been contaminated by, used oil and may be appropriately tested and
 discarded in a manner which is in compliance with other State and local
 requirements.

 This definition includes materials such as oily rags, "kitty litter"
 sorbent clay and organic sorbent material. These materials may be land
 filled provided that:

             a. It is not prohibited in other State regulations or local
             ordinances

             b. The amount generated is "de minimus" (a small amount)

             c. It is the result of minor leaks or spills resulting from normal
             process operations

             d. All free-flowing oil has been removed to the practical extent
             possible

 Large quantities of this material, generated as a result of a major spill
 or in lieu of proper maintenance of the processing equipment, are a solid
 waste. As a solid waste, a hazardous waste determination must be performed
 prior to disposal. As this can be an expensive process, it is recommended
 that this type of waste be minimized through good housekeeping practices
 and employee education.

1.2.10     Regulated Waste

 Those solid waste that have specific additional Federal, state, or local
 controls for handling, storage, or disposal.

1.2.11     Class I Ozone Depleting Substance (ODS)

 Class I ODS is defined in Section 602(a) of The Clean Air Act and includes
 the following chemicals:

         chlorofluorocarbon-11 (CFC-11)
         chlorofluorocarbon-12 (CFC-12)
         chlorofluorocarbon-13 (CFC-13)
         chlorofluorocarbon-111 (CFC-111)
         chlorofluorocarbon-112 (CFC-112)
         chlorofluorocarbon-113 (CFC-113)
         chlorofluorocarbon-114 (CFC-114)
         chlorofluorocarbon-115 (CFC-115)
         chlorofluorocarbon-211 (CFC-211)
         chlorofluorocarbon-212 (CFC-212)
         chlorofluorocarbon-213 (CFC-213)
         chlorofluorocarbon-214 (CFC-214)
         chlorofluorocarbon-215 (CFC-215)
         chlorofluorocarbon-216 (CFC-216)
         chlorofluorocarbon-217 (CFC-217)
         chlorofluorocarbon-500 (CFC-500)
         chlorofluorocarbon-502 (CFC-502)
         chlorofluorocarbon-503 (CFC-503)
         halon-1211
         halon-1301
         halon-2402
         carbon tetrachloride


                             SECTION 01 57 19.00 20   Page 7
Training Aids Support Center                                          09X5901


      methyl bromide
      methyl chloroform

 Class II ODS is defined in Section 602(s) of The Clean Air Act and includes
 the following chemicals:

      hydrochlorofluorocarbon-21    (HCFC-21)
      hydrochlorofluorocarbon-22    (HCFC-22)
      hydrochlorofluorocarbon-31    (HCFC-31)
      hydrochlorofluorocarbon-121   (HCFC-121)
      hydrochlorofluorocarbon-122   (HCFC-122)
      hydrochlorofluorocarbon-123   (HCFC-123)
      hydrochlorofluorocarbon-124   (HCFC-124)
      hydrochlorofluorocarbon-131   (HCFC-131)
      hydrochlorofluorocarbon-132   (HCFC-132)
      hydrochlorofluorocarbon-133   (HCFC-133)
      hydrochlorofluorocarbon-141   (HCFC-141)
      hydrochlorofluorocarbon-142   (HCFC-142)
      hydrochlorofluorocarbon-221   (HCFC-221)
      hydrochlorofluorocarbon-222   (HCFC-222)
      hydrochlorofluorocarbon-223   (HCFC-223)
      hydrochlorofluorocarbon-224   (HCFC-224)
      hydrochlorofluorocarbon-225   (HCFC-225)
      hydrochlorofluorocarbon-226   (HCFC-226)
      hydrochlorofluorocarbon-231   (HCFC-231)
      hydrochlorofluorocarbon-232   (HCFC-232)
      hydrochlorofluorocarbon-233   (HCFC-233)
      hydrochlorofluorocarbon-234   (HCFC-234)
      hydrochlorofluorocarbon-235   (HCFC-235)
      hydrochlorofluorocarbon-241   (HCFC-241)
      hydrochlorofluorocarbon-242   (HCFC-242)
      hydrochlorofluorocarbon-243   (HCFC-243)
      hydrochlorofluorocarbon-244   (HCFC-244)
      hydrochlorofluorocarbon-251   (HCFC-251)
      hydrochlorofluorocarbon-252   (HCFC-252)
      hydrochlorofluorocarbon-253   (HCFC-253)
      hydrochlorofluorocarbon-261   (HCFC-261)
      hydrochlorofluorocarbon-262   (HCFC-262)
      hydrochlorofluorocarbon-271   (HCFC-271)

1.2.11.1   Universal Waste

 The universal waste regulations streamline collection requirements for
 certain hazardous wastes in the following categories: batteries,
 pesticides, mercury-containing equipment (e.g., thermostats) and lamps
 (e.g., fluorescent bulbs). The rule is designed to reduce hazardous waste
 in the municipal solid waste (MSW) stream by making it easier for universal
 waste handlers to collect these items and send them for recycling or proper
 disposal. These regulations can be found at 40 CFR 273.

1.3   SUBMITTALS

 Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation;
 submittals not having a "G" designation are for Contractor Quality Control
 approval. The following shall be submitted in accordance with Section
 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:

      SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals



                          SECTION 01 57 19.00 20   Page 8
Training Aids Support Center                                          09X5901


          Preconstruction Survey; G, RO

          Solid Waste Management Plan and Permit;      G, RO

          Regulatory Notifications; G, RO

          Environmental Management Plan; G, RO

          Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan; G, RO

          Storm Water Notice of Intent (for NPDES coverage under the general
          permit for construction activities); G, RO

          Dirt and Dust Control Plan

          Contractor Hazardous Material Inventory Log; G, RO

      SD-06 Test Reports

          Laboratory Analysis

          Disposal Requirements

          Erosion and Sediment Control Inspection Reports

          Storm Water Inspection Reports for General Permit

          Contractor 40 CFR employee training records

          Solid Waste Management Report; G, RO

      SD-11 Closeout Submittals

            Some of the records listed below are also required as part of
          other submittals. For the "Records" submittal, maintain on-site a
          separate three-ring Environmental Records binder and submit at the
          completion of the project. Make separate parts to the binder
          corresponding to each of the applicable sub items listed below.

          Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan compliance notebook; G, RO

          Waste Determination Documentation

          Disposal Documentation for Hazardous and Regulated Waste

          Contractor 40 CFR Employee Training Records

          Solid Waste Management Permit

          Solid Waste Management Report

          Contractor Hazardous Material Inventory Log; G, RO

          Hazardous Waste/Debris Management

          Regulatory Notifications




                           SECTION 01 57 19.00 20   Page 9
Training Aids Support Center                                          09X5901


1.4     ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS

 Provide and maintain, during the life of the contract, environmental
 protection as defined. Plan for and provide environmental protective
 measures to control pollution that develops during normal construction
 practice. Plan for and provide environmental protective measures required
 to correct conditions that develop during the construction of permanent or
 temporary environmental features associated with the project. Comply with
 Federal, State, and local regulations pertaining to the environment,
 including water, air, solid waste, hazardous waste and substances, oily
 substances, and noise pollution.

 The Contractor may be required to promptly conduct tests and procedures for
 the purpose of assessing whether construction operations are in compliance
 with Applicable Environmental Laws. Analytical work shall be done by
 qualified laboratories; and where required by law, the laboratories shall
 be certified.

1.5     QUALITY ASSURANCE

1.5.1     Preconstruction Survey

 Perform a Preconstruction Survey of the project site with the Contracting
 Officer, and take photographs showing existing environmental conditions in
 and adjacent to the site. Submit a report for the record.

1.5.2      Regulatory Notifications

 The Contractor is responsible for all regulatory notification requirements
 in accordance with Federal, State and local regulations. In cases where
 the Navy must also provide public notification (such as stormwater
 permitting), the Contractor must coordinate with the Contracting Officer.
 The Contractor shall submit copies of all regulatory notifications to the
 Contracting Officer prior to commencement of work activities. Typically,
 regulatory notifications must be provided for the following (this listing
 is not all inclusive): demolition, renovation, NPDES defined site work,
 remediation of controlled substances (asbestos, hazardous waste, lead
 paint).

1.5.3      Contractor 40 CFR Employee Training Records

 Prepare and maintain employee training records throughout the term of the
 contract meeting applicable 40 CFR requirements. Submit these training
 records to the Contracting Officer at the conclusion of the project, unless
 otherwise directed.

PART 2     PRODUCTS

 Not used.

PART 3     EXECUTION

3.1      ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

 Prior to initiating any work on site, the Contractor will meet with the
 Contracting Officer to discuss the proposed Environmental Protection Plan
 and develop a mutual understanding relative to the details of environmental
 protection, including measures for protecting natural resources, required
 reports, and other measures to be taken. The Contractor's Environmental


                            SECTION 01 57 19.00 20   Page 10
Training Aids Support Center                                            09X5901


 Plan shall incorporate construction related objectives and targets from the
 installation's Environmental Management System. The Environmental
 Management Plan will be submitted in the following format and shall include
 the elements specified below.

      a.   Description of the Environmental Management Plan

           (1)    General overview and purpose

           (a). A brief description of each specific plan required by
           environmental permit or elsewhere in this contract.

           (b). The duties and level of authority assigned to the person(s)
           on the job site that oversee environmental compliance.

           (c). A copy of any standard or project specific operating
           procedures that will be used to effectively manage and protect the
           environment on the project site.

           (d). Communication and training procedures that will be used to
           convey environmental management requirements to contractor
           employees and subcontractors.

           (e). Emergency contact information contact information (office
           phone number, cell phone number, and e-mail address).

           (2)    General site information

      b.   Management of Natural Resources

           (1)    Land resources

           (2)    Tree protection

           (3)    Replacement of damaged landscape features

           (4)    Temporary construction

           (5)    Stream crossings

           (6)    Fish and wildlife resources

           (7)    Wetland areas

      c.   Protection of Historical and Archaeological Resources

           (1)    Objectives

           (2)    Methods

      d.   Storm Water Management and Control

           (1)    Ground cover

           (2)    Erodible soils

           (3)    Temporary measures

                 (a)   Mechanical retardation and control of runoff


                            SECTION 01 57 19.00 20   Page 11
Training Aids Support Center                                              09X5901



                 (b)   Vegetation and mulch

           (4) Effective selection, implementation and maintenance of Best
           Management Practices (BMPs).

      e.   Protection of the Environment from Waste Derived from Contractor
           Operations

           (1) Control and disposal of solid and sanitary waste. If Section
           01 74 19.05 20 is included in the contract, submit the plan
           required by that section as part of the Environmental Management
           Plan.

           (2) Control and disposal of hazardous waste (Hazardous Waste
           Management Section)

           This item will consist of the management procedures for all
           hazardous waste to be generated. The elements of those procedures
           will coincide with the Activity Hazardous Waste Management Plan.
           A copy of the Activity Hazardous Waste Management Plan will be
           provided by the Contracting Officer. As a minimum, include the
           following:

               (a) Procedures to be employed to ensure a written waste
           determination is made for appropriate wastes which are to be
           generated;

                 (b)   Sampling/analysis plan;

               (c) Methods of hazardous waste accumulation/storage (i.e., in
           tanks and/or containers);

               (d) Management procedures for storage, labeling,
           transportation, and disposal of waste (treatment of waste is not
           allowed unless specifically noted);

               (e) Management procedures and regulatory documentation
           ensuring disposal of hazardous waste complies with Land Disposal
           Restrictions (40 CFR 268);

               (f) Management procedures for recyclable hazardous materials
           such as lead-acid batteries, used oil, and the like;

               (g) Used oil management procedures in accordance with
           40 CFR 279;

               (h) Pollution prevention\hazardous waste minimization
           procedures;

               (i) Plans for the disposal of hazardous waste by permitted
           facilities;

               (j) Procedures to be employed to ensure all required employee
           training records are maintained.

      f.   Prevention of Releases to the Environment

           (1)    Procedures to prevent releases to the environment


                           SECTION 01 57 19.00 20   Page 12
Training Aids Support Center                                               09X5901



             (2)   Notifications in the event of a release to the environment

        g.   Regulatory Notification and Permits

             (1) List what notifications and permit applications must be
             made. Demonstrate that those permits have been obtained by
             including copies of all applicable, environmental permits..

3.1.1     Environmental Protection Plan Review

 Within thirty days after the Contract award date, submit the proposed
 Environmental Management Plan for further discussion, review, and
 approval. Commencement of work will not begin until the environmental
 management plan has been approved.

3.1.2     Licenses and Permits

 Obtain licenses and permits pursuant to the "Permits and Responsibilities"
 FAR Clause 52.236-7.

 No permits will be obtained by the Contracting Officer.

 Where required by the State regulatory authority, the inspections and
 certifications will be provided through the services of a Professional
 Engineer (PE), registered in the State where the work is being performed.
 As a part of the quality control plan, which is required to be submitted
 for approval by the quality control section, provide a sub item containing
 the name, appropriate professional registration or licence number, address,
 and telephone number of the professionals or other qualified persons who
 will be performing the inspections and certifications for each permit.

3.2     PROTECTION OF NATURAL RESOURCES

 Preserve the natural resources within the project boundaries and outside
 the limits of permanent work. Restore to an equivalent or improved
 condition upon completion of work. Confine construction activities to
 within the limits of the work indicated or specified. If the work is near
 streams, lakes, or other waterways, conform to the national permitting
 requirements of the Clean Water Act.

 Do not disturb fish and wildlife. Do not alter water flows or otherwise
 significantly disturb the native habitat adjacent to the project and
 critical to the survival of fish and wildlife, except as indicated or
 specified.

 Except in areas to be cleared, do not remove, cut, deface, injure, or
 destroy trees or shrubs without the Contracting Officer's permission. Do
 not fasten or attach ropes, cables, or guys to existing nearby trees for
 anchorages unless authorized by the Contracting Officer. Where such use of
 attached ropes, cables, or guys is authorized, the Contractor will be
 responsible for any resultant damage.

 Protect existing trees which are to remain and which may be injured,
 bruised, defaced, or otherwise damaged by construction operations. Remove
 displaced rocks from uncleared areas. By approved excavation, remove trees
 with 30 percent or more of their root systems destroyed. Remove trees and
 other landscape features scarred or damaged by equipment operations, and
 replace with equivalent, undamaged trees and landscape features. Obtain


                           SECTION 01 57 19.00 20   Page 13
Training Aids Support Center                                                09X5901


 Contracting Officer's approval before replacement.

 The Contracting Officer's approval is required before any equipment will be
 permitted to ford live streams. In areas where frequent crossings are
 required, install temporary culverts or bridges. Obtain Contracting
 Officer's approval prior to installation. Remove temporary culverts or
 bridges upon completion of work, and repair the area to its original
 condition unless otherwise required by the Contracting Officer.

3.2.1     Erosion and Sediment Control Measures

3.2.1.1      Burnoff

 Burnoff of the ground cover is not permitted.

3.2.1.2      Protection of Erodible Soils

 Immediately finish the earthwork brought to a final grade, as indicated or
 specified. Immediately protect the side slopes and back slopes upon
 completion of rough grading. Plan and conduct earthwork to minimize the
 duration of exposure of unprotected soils.

3.2.1.3      Temporary Protection of Erodible Soils

 Use the following methods to prevent erosion and control sedimentation:

        a.   Mechanical Retardation and Control of Runoff

             (1) Mechanically retard     and control the rate of runoff from the
             construction site. This     includes construction of diversion
             ditches, benches, berms,    and use of silt fences and straw bales to
             retard and divert runoff    to protected drainage courses.

        b.   Sediment Basins

             (1) Trap sediment in temporary sediment basins. Select a basin
             size to accommodate the runoff of a local 50-year storm. Pump dry
             and remove the accumulated sediment, after each storm. Use a
             paved weir or vertical overflow pipe for overflow. Remove
             collected sediment from the site. Institute effluent quality
             monitoring programs.

             (2) Install, inspect, and maintain best management practices
             (BMPs) as required by the general permit. Prepare BMP Inspection
             Reports as required by the general permit. If required by the
             permit, include those inspection reports.

        c.   Vegetation and Mulch

             (1) Provide temporary protection on sides and back slopes as soon
             as rough grading is completed or sufficient soil is exposed to
             require erosion protection. Protect slopes by accelerated growth
             of permanent vegetation, temporary vegetation, mulching, or
             netting. Stabilize slopes by hydroseeding, anchoring mulch in
             place, covering with anchored netting, sodding, or such
             combination of these and other methods necessary for effective
             erosion control.

             (2)   Seeding:    Provide new seeding where ground is disturbed.


                              SECTION 01 57 19.00 20   Page 14
Training Aids Support Center                                            09X5901


            Include topsoil or nutriment during the seeding operation
            necessary to establish or reestablish a suitable stand of grass.

3.2.2     Erosion and Sediment Control Inspection Reports

 Submit "Erosion and Sediment Control Inspection Reports" (E&S) (form
 provided at the pre-construction conference) and Storm Water Inspection
 Reports for General Permit for General Permit to the Contracting Officer
 once every 7 calendar days and within 24 hours of a storm event that
 produces 0.5 inch or more of rain.

 Note erosion control inspection reports may be compiled as part of a
 stormwater pollution prevention plan inspection reports if applicable.

3.2.2.1   Storm Water Notice of Intent for Construction Activities and Storm
Water Pollution Prevention Plan

 The contractor shall comply with the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan
 (SWPPP), prepare and submit a Registration Statement as a co-permittee with
 the Construction Officer, and provide the permit fee to the responsible
 state agency before any land disturbing activities begin. The contractor
 shall file for permit coverage on behalf Construction Officer and himself
 and file a Notice of Termination once construction is complete and the site
 is stabilized with a final sustainable cover.

 Under the terms and conditions of the permit, the Contractor will be
 required to install, inspect, maintain best management practices (BMPs),
 and submit stormwater BMP inspection reports and stormwater pollution
 prevention plan inspection reports. The Contractor shall ensure
 construction operations and management are constantly in compliance with
 the terms and conditions of the general permit for storm water discharges
 from construction activities.

3.2.2.2     Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan Compliance Notebook

 The contractor shall create and maintain a three binder of documents that
 demonstrate compliance with the Stormwater Construction Activity permit.
 The binder shall include a copy of the permit Registration Statement, proof
 of permit fee payment, SWPPP and SWPPP update amendments, inspection
 reports, copies of correspondence with the state agency that issued the
 permit and a copy of the permit Notice of Termination. At the completion
 of the project the folder shall become the property of the Government. The
 compliance notebook shall be provided to Contracting Officer. An advance
 copy of the Registration Statement shall be provided to the Contracting
 Officer immediately after the form is presented to the permitting agency.

3.2.3     Stormwater Drainage and Construction Dewatering

 There will be no discharge of excavation ground water to the sanitary
 sewer, storm drains, or to the river without prior specific authorization
 of the Environmental Division in writing. Discharge of hazardous
 substances will not be permitted under any circumstances.

 Construction site runoff will be prevented from entering any storm drain or
 the river directly by the use of straw bales or other method suitable to
 the Environmental Division. Contractor will provide erosion protection of
 the surrounding soils.

 Construction Dewatering shall not be discharged to the sanitary sewer.    If


                         SECTION 01 57 19.00 20   Page 15
Training Aids Support Center                                          09X5901


 the construction dewatering is noted or suspected of being contaminated, it
 may only be released to the storm drain system if the discharge is
 specifically permitted. Authorization for any contaminated groundwater
 release shall be obtained in advance from the base Environmental Officer.
 Discharge of hazardous substances will not be permitted under any
 circumstances.

3.3     HISTORICAL AND ARCHAEOLOGICAL RESOURCES


 Carefully protect in-place and report immediately to the Contracting
 Officer historical and archaeological items or human skeletal remains
 discovered in the course of work. Upon discovery, notify the Contracting
 Officer. Stop work in the immediate area of the discovery until directed
 by the Contracting Officer to resume work. The Government retains
 ownership and control over historical and archaeological resources.

3.4     SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN and PERMIT

 Provide to the contracting officer written notification of the quantity of
 solid waste/debris that is anticipated to be generated by construction.
 Include in the report the locations where various types of waste will be
 disposed or recycled. Include letters of acceptance or as applicable,
 submit one copy of a State and local Solid Waste Management Permit or
 license showing such agency's approval of the disposal plan before
 transporting wastes off Government property.

3.4.1     Solid Waste Management Report

 Monthly, submit a solid waste disposal report to the Contracting Officer.
 For each waste, the report will state the classification (using the
 definitions provided in this section), amount, location, and name of the
 business receiving the solid waste.

 The Contractor will include copies of the waste handling facilities' weight
 tickets, receipts, bills of sale, and other sales documentation. In lieu
 of sales documentation, the Contractor may submit a statement indicating
 the disposal location for the solid waste which is signed by an officer of
 the Contractor firm authorized to legally obligate or bind the firm. The
 sales documentation or Contractor certification will include the receiver's
 tax identification number and business, EPA or State registration number,
 along with the receiver's delivery and business addresses and telephone
 numbers. For each solid waste retained by the Contractor for his own use,
 the Contractor will submit on the solid waste disposal report the
 information previously described in this paragraph. Prices paid or
 received will not be reported to the Contracting Officer unless required by
 other provisions or specifications of this Contract or public law.

3.4.2     Control and Management of Solid Wastes

 Pick up solid wastes, and place in covered containers which are regularly
 emptied. Do not prepare or cook food on the project site. Prevent
 contamination of the site or other areas when handling and disposing of
 wastes. At project completion, leave the areas clean. Recycling is
 encouraged and can be coordinated with the Contracting Officer and the
 activity recycling coordinator. Remove all solid waste (including
 non-hazardous debris) from Government property and dispose off-site at an
 approved landfill. Solid waste disposal off-site must comply with most
 stringent local, State, and Federal requirements including 40 CFR 241,


                         SECTION 01 57 19.00 20    Page 16
Training Aids Support Center                                          09X5901


 40 CFR 243, and 40 CFR 258.

 Manage spent hazardous material used in construction, including but not
 limited to, aerosol cans, waste paint, cleaning solvents, contaminated
 brushes, and used rags, as per environmental law.

3.4.2.1    Dumpsters

 Equip dumpsters with a secure cover and paint the standard base color.
 Keep cover closed at all times, except when being loaded with trash and
 debris. Locate dumpsters behind the construction fence or out of the
 public view. Empty site dumpsters at least once a week. or as needed to
 keep the site free of debris and trash. If necessary, provide 55 gallon
 trash containers painted the darker base color to collect debris in the
 construction site area. Locate the trash containers behind the
 construction fence or out of the public view. Empty trash containers at
 least once a day. For large demolitions, large dumpsters without lids are
 acceptable but should not have debris higher than the sides before emptying.

3.5     WASTE DETERMINATION DOCUMENTATION

 Complete a Waste Determination form (provided at the pre-construction
 conference) for all contractor derived wastes to be generated. Base the
 waste determination upon either a constituent listing from the manufacturer
 used in conjunction with consideration of the process by which the waste
 was generated, EPA approved analytical data, or laboratory analysis
 (Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) by themselves are not adequate).
 Attach all support documentation to the Waste Determination form. As a
 minimum, a Waste Determination form must be provided for the following
 wastes (this listing is not all inclusive): oil and latex based painting
 and caulking products, solvents, adhesives, aerosols, petroleum products,
 and all containers of the original materials.

3.6     CONTRACTOR HAZARDOUS MATERIAL INVENTORY LOG

 Submit the "Contractor Hazardous Material Inventory Log"(found at:
 http://www.wbdg.org/ccb/NAVGRAPH/graphtoc.pdf), which provides information
 required by (EPCRA Sections 312 and 313) along with corresponding Material
 Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) to the Contracting Officer at the start and at
 the end of construction (30 days from final acceptance), and update no
 later than January 31 of each calendar year during the life of the
 contract. Documentation for any spills/releases, environmental reports or
 off-site transfers may be requested by the Contracting Officer.

3.6.1     Disposal Documentation for Hazardous and Regulated Waste

 Manifest, pack, ship and dispose of hazardous or toxic waste and universal
 waste that is generated as a result of construction in accordance with the
 generating facilities generator status under the Recourse Conservation and
 Recovery Act. Contact the Contracting Officer for the facility RCRA
 identification number that is to be used on each manifest.

 Submit a copy of the applicable EPA and or State permit(s), manifest(s), or
 license(s) for transportation, treatment, storage, and disposal of
 hazardous and regulated waste by permitted facilities. Hazardous or toxic
 waste manifest must be reviewed, signed, and approved by the Navy before
 the Contractor may ship waste. To obtain specific disposal instructions
 the Contractor must coordinate with the Activity environmental office.
 Refer to Section 01 57 19.01 20 for the Activity Point of Contact


                         SECTION 01 57 19.00 20   Page 17
Training Aids Support Center                                          09X5901


 information.

 3.7    POLLUTION PREVENTION/HAZARDOUS WASTE MINIMIZATION

 Minimize the use of hazardous materials and the generation of hazardous
 waste. Include procedures for pollution prevention/ hazardous waste
 minimization in the Hazardous Waste Management Section of the Environmental
 Management Plan. Consult with the activity Environmental Office for
 suggestions and to obtain a copy of the installation's pollution
 prevention/hazardous waste minimization plan for reference material when
 preparing this part of the plan. If no written plan exists, obtain
 information by contacting the Contracting Officer. Describe the types of
 the hazardous materials expected to be used in the construction when
 requesting information.

3.8    WHM/HW MATERIALS PROHIBITION

 No waste hazardous material or hazardous waste shall be disposed of on
 government property. No hazardous material shall be brought onto
 government property that does not directly relate to requirements for the
 performance of this contract. The government is not responsible for
 disposal of Contractor's waste material brought on the job site and not
 required in the performance of this contract. The intent of this provision
 is to dispose of that waste identified as waste hazardous
 material/hazardous waste as defined herein that was generated as part of
 this contract and existed within the boundary of the Contract limits and
 not brought in from offsite by the Contractor. Incidental materials used
 to support the contract including, but not limited to aerosol cans, waste
 paint, cleaning solvents, contaminated brushes, rags, clothing, etc. are
 the responsibility of the Contractor. The list is illustrative rather than
 inclusive. The Contractor is not authorized to discharge any materials to
 sanitary sewer, storm drain, or to the river or conduct waste treatment or
 disposal on government property without written approval of the Contracting
 Officer.

3.9    HAZARDOUS MATERIAL MANAGEMENT

 No hazardous material shall be brought onto government property that does
 not directly relate to requirements for the performance of this contract.

 Include hazardous material control procedures in the Safety Plan. Address
 procedures and proper handling of hazardous materials, including the
 appropriate transportation requirements. Submit a MSDS and estimated
 quantities to be used for each hazardous material to the Contracting
 Officer prior to bringing the material on base. Typical materials
 requiring MSDS and quantity reporting include, but are not limited to, oil
 and latex based painting and caulking products, solvents, adhesives,
 aerosol, and petroleum products. At the end of the project, provide the
 Contracting Officer with the maximum quantity of each material that was
 present at the site at any one time, the dates the material was present,
 the amount of each material that was used during the project, and how the
 material was used. Ensure that hazardous materials are utilized in a
 manner that will minimize the amount of hazardous waste that is generated.
 Ensure that all containers of hazardous materials have NFPA labels or their
 equivalent. Keep copies of the MSDS for hazardous materials on site at all
 times and provide them to the Contracting Officer at the end of the
 project. Certify that all hazardous materials removed from the site are
 hazardous materials and do not meet the definition of hazardous waste per
 40 CFR 261.


                        SECTION 01 57 19.00 20   Page 18
Training Aids Support Center                                             09X5901



3.10     PETROLEUM PRODUCTS AND REFUELING

 Conduct the fueling and lubricating of equipment and motor vehicles in a
 manner that protects against spills and evaporation. Manage all used oil
 generated on site in accordance with 40 CFR 279. Determine if any used oil
 generated while on-site exhibits a characteristic of hazardous waste. Used
 oil containing 1000 parts per million of solvents will be considered a
 hazardous waste and disposed of at Contractor's expense. Used oil mixed
 with a hazardous waste will also be considered a hazardous waste.

3.10.1     Oily and Hazardous Substances

 Prevent oil or hazardous substances from entering the ground, drainage
 areas, or navigable waters. In accordance with 40 CFR 112, surround all
 temporary fuel oil or petroleum storage tanks with a temporary berm or
 containment of sufficient size and strength to contain the contents of the
 tanks, plus 10 percent freeboard for precipitation. The berm will be
 impervious to oil for 72 hours and be constructed so that any discharge
 will not permeate, drain, infiltrate, or otherwise escape before cleanup
 occurs.

3.10.2     Inadvertent Discovery of Petroleum Contaminated Soil or Hazardous
Wastes

 If petroleum contaminated soil or suspected hazardous waste is found during
 construction that was not identified in the contract documents, the
 contractor shall immediately notify the contracting officer. The
 contractor shall not disturb this material until authorized by the
 contracting officer.

3.11     FUEL TANKS

 Petroleum products and lubricants required to sustain up to 5 days of
 construction activity may be kept on site. Storage and refilling practices
 shall comply with 40 CFR Part 112. Secondary containment shall be provided
 and be no less than 110 percent of the tank volume plus five inches of
 free-board. If a secondary berm is used for containment then the berm
 shall be impervious to oil for 72 hours and be constructed so that any
 discharge will not permeate, drain, infiltrate, or otherwise escape before
 cleanup occurs. Drips pans are required and the tanks must be covered
 during inclement weather.

3.12     RELEASES/SPILLS OF OIL AND HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES

 Exercise due diligence to prevent, contain, and respond to spills of
 hazardous material, hazardous substances, hazardous waste, sewage,
 regulated gas, petroleum, lubrication oil, and other substances regulated
 by environmental law. Maintain spill cleanup equipment and materials at
 the work site. In the event of a spill, take prompt, effective action to
 stop, contain, curtail, or otherwise limit the amount, duration, and
 severity of the spill/release. In the event of any releases of oil and
 hazardous substances, chemicals, or gases; immediately (within 15 minutes)
 notify the Base or Activity Fire Department, the activity's Command Duty
 Officer, and the Contracting Officer. If the contractor's response is
 inadequate, the Navy may respond. If this should occur, the contractor
 will be required to reimburse the government for spill response assistance
 and analysis.



                         SECTION 01 57 19.00 20   Page 19
Training Aids Support Center                                               09X5901


 The Contractor is responsible for verbal and written notifications as
 required by the federal 40 CFR 355, State, local regulations and Navy
 Instructions. Spill response will be in accordance with 40 CFR 300 and
 applicable State and local regulations. Contain and clean up these spills
 without cost to the Government. If Government assistance is requested or
 required, the Contractor will reimburse the Government for such
 assistance. Provide copies of the written notification and documentation
 that a verbal notification was made within 20 days.

 Maintain spill cleanup equipment and materials at the work site. Clean up
 all hazardous and non-hazardous (WHM) waste spills. The Contractor shall
 reimburse the government for all material, equipment, and clothing
 generated during any spill cleanup. The Contractor shall reimburse the
 government for all costs incurred including sample analysis materials,
 equipment, and labor if the government must initiate its own spill cleanup
 procedures, for Contractor responsible spills, when:

            a. The Contractor has not begun spill cleanup procedure within
            one hour of spill discovery/occurrence, or

            b. If, in the government's judgment, the Contractor's spill
            cleanup is not adequately abating life threatening situation
            and/or is a threat to any body of water or environmentally
            sensitive areas.

3.13     CONTROL AND MANAGEMENT OF HAZARDOUS WASTES

3.13.1     Hazardous Waste/Debris Management

 Identify all construction activities which will generate hazardous
 waste/debris. Provide a documented waste determination for all resultant
 waste streams. Hazardous waste/debris will be identified, labeled,
 handled, stored, and disposed of in accordance with all Federal, State, and
 local regulations including 40 CFR 261, 40 CFR 262, 40 CFR 263, 40 CFR 264,
 40 CFR 265, 40 CFR 266, and 40 CFR 268.

 Hazardous waste will also be managed in accordance with the approved
 Hazardous Waste Management Section of the Environmental Protection Plan.
 Store hazardous wastes in approved containers in accordance with 49 CFR 173
 and 49 CFR 178. Hazardous waste generated within the confines of
 Government facilities will be identified as being generated by the
 Government.

 Prior to removal of any hazardous waste from Government property, all
 hazardous waste manifests must be signed by activity personnel from the
 Station Environmental Office. No hazardous waste will be brought onto
 Government property. Provide to the Contracting Officer a copy of waste
 determination documentation for any solid waste streams that have any
 potential to be hazardous waste or contain any chemical constituents listed
 in 40 CFR 372-SUBPART D. For hazardous wastes spills, verbally notify the
 Contracting Officer immediately.

3.13.1.1    Regulated Waste Storage/Satellite Accumulation/90 Day Storage Areas

 If the work requires the temporary storage/collection of regulated or
 hazardous wastes, the Contractor will request the establishment of a
 Regulated Waste Storage Area, a Satellite Accumulation Area, or a 90 Day
 Storage Area at the point of generation. The Contractor must submit a
 request in writing to the Contracting Officer providing the following


                         SECTION 01 57 19.00 20   Page 20
Training Aids Support Center                                            09X5901


 information:

 Contract Number         ____________    Contractor        ______________

 Haz/Waste or
 Regulated Waste POC     ____________    Phone Number      ______________

 Type of Waste           ____________    Source of Waste   ______________

 Emergency POC           ____________    Phone Number      ______________

 Location of the Site: ____________
 (Attach Site Plan to the Request)

3.13.1.2   Sampling and Analysis of HW

      a.   Laboratory Analysis

           Follow the analytical procedure and methods in accordance with the
           40 CFR 261. The Contractor will provide all analytical results
           and reports performed to the Contracting Officer

3.13.1.3   Asbestos Certification

 Items, components, or materials disturbed by or included in work under this
 contract do not involve asbestos. Other materials in the general area
 around where work will be performed may contain asbestos. All thermal
 insulation, in all work areas, should be considered to be asbestos unless
 positively identified by conspicuous tags or previous laboratory analysis
 certifying them as asbestos free.

 Inadvertent discovery of non-disclosed asbestos that will result in an
 abatement action requires a change in scope before proceeding. Upon
 discovery of asbestos containing material not identified in the contract
 documents, the Contractor shall immediately stop all work that would
 generate further damage to the material, evacuate the asbestos exposed
 area, and notify the Contracting Officer for resolution of the situation
 prior to resuming normal work activities in the affected area. The
 Contractor will not remove or perform work on any asbestos containing
 materials without the prior approval of the Contracting Officer. The
 Contractor will not engage in any activity, which would remove or damage
 such materials or cause the generation of fibers from such materials.

 Asbestos containing waste shall be managed and disposed of in accordance
 with applicable environmental law. Asbestos containing waste shall be
 manifested and the manifest provided to the Contracting Officer.

3.13.1.4   Hazardous Waste Disposal

 No hazardous, toxic, or universal waste shall be disposed or hazardous
 material abandoned on government property. And unless otherwise other wise
 noted in this contract, the government is not responsible for disposal of
 Contractor generated waste material. The disposal of incidental materials
 used to accomplish the work including, but not limited to aerosol cans,
 waste paint, cleaning solvents, contaminated brushes, rags, clothing, etc.
 are the responsibility of the Contractor. The list is illustrative rather
 than inclusive.

 The Contractor is not authorized to discharge any materials to sanitary


                        SECTION 01 57 19.00 20   Page 21
Training Aids Support Center                                               09X5901


 sewer, storm drain, or water way or conduct waste treatment or disposal on
 government property without written approval of the Contracting Officer.

 Control of stored waste, packaging, sampling, analysis, and disposal will
 be determined by the details in the contract. The requirements for jobs in
 the following paragraphs will be used as the guidelines for disposal of any
 hazardous waste generated.

            a.   Responsibilities for Contractor's Disposal

            Contractor responsibilities include any generation of WHM/HW
            requiring Contractor disposal of solid waste or liquid.

      (1)    The Contractor agrees to provide all service necessary for the
            final treatment/disposal of the hazardous material/waste in
            accordance with all local, State and Federal laws and regulations,
            and the terms and conditions of the contract within sixty (60)
            days after the materials have been generated. These services will
            include all necessary personnel, labor, transportation, packaging,
            detailed analysis (if required for disposal, and/or
            transportation, including manifesting or completing waste profile
            sheets, equipment, and the compilation of all documentation is
            required).

      (2)    Obtaining a representative sample of the material generated for
            each job done to provide waste stream determination.

      (3)    Analyzing for each sample taken and providing analytical results
            to the Contracting Officer. Provide two copies of the results.

      (4)    Determine the DOT proper shipping names for all waste (each
            container requiring disposal) and will demonstrate how this
            determination is developed and supported by the sampling and
            analysis requirements contained herein to the Contracting Officer.

 Contractor Disposal Turn-In Requirements

 For any waste hazardous materials or hazardous waste generated which
 requires the Contractor to dispose of, the following conditions must be
 complied with in order to be acceptable for disposal:

            1 Drums compatible with waste contents and drums meet DOT
            requirements for 49 CFR 173 for transportation of materials.

            2 Drums banded to wooden pallets. No more than three (3) 55
            gallon drums to a pallet, or two (2) 85 gallon over packs.

            3    Band using 1-1/4 inch minimum band on upper third of drum.

            4 Recovery materials label (provided by Code 106.321) located in
            middle of drum, filled out to indicate actual volume of material,
            name of material manufacturer, other vendor information as
            available.

            5 Always have three (3) to five (5) inches of empty space above
            volume of material. This space is called 'outage'.




                           SECTION 01 57 19.00 20   Page 22
Training Aids Support Center                                          09X5901


3.13.2     Class I and II ODS Prohibition

 Class I and II ODS as defined and identified herein will not be used in the
 performance of this contract, nor be provided as part of the equipment.
 This prohibition will be considered to prevail over any other provision,
 specification, drawing, or referenced documents. Regulations related to
 the protection of stratosphere ozone may be found in 40 CFR 82.

 Heating and air conditioning technicians must be certified through an
 EPA-approved program. Copies of certifications shall be maintained at the
 employees' place of business and be carried as a wallet card by the
 technician, as provided by environmental law. Accidental venting of a
 refrigerant is a release and shall be reported to the Contracting Officer.

3.13.2.1     Universal Waste/e-Waste Management

 Universal waste including but not limited to some mercury containing
 building products such florescent lamps, mercury vapor lamps, high pressure
 sodium lamps, CRTs, batteries, aerosol paint containers, electrical
 equipment containing PCBs, and consumed electronic devices, shall be
 managed in accordance with applicable environmental law and installation
 instructions.

3.14     DUST CONTROL

 Keep dust down at all times, including during nonworking periods. Sprinkle
 or treat, with dust suppressants, the soil at the site, haul roads, and
 other areas disturbed by operations. Dry power brooming will not be
 permitted. Instead, use vacuuming, wet mopping, wet sweeping, or wet power
 brooming. Air blowing will be permitted only for cleaning nonparticulate
 debris such as steel reinforcing bars. Only wet cutting will be permitted
 for cutting concrete blocks, concrete, and bituminous concrete. Do not
 unnecessarily shake bags of cement, concrete mortar, or plaster.

3.14.1     Dirt and Dust Control Plan

 Submit truck and material haul routes along with a plan for controlling
 dirt, debris, and dust on base roadways. As a minimum, identify in the
 plan the subcontractor and equipment for cleaning along the haul route and
 measures to reduce dirt, dust, and debris from roadways.

3.15     ABRASIVE BLASTING

3.15.1     Blasting Operations

 The use of silica sand is prohibited in sandblasting.

 Provide tarpaulin drop cloths and windscreens to enclose abrasive blasting
 operations to confine and collect dust, abrasive, agent, paint chips, and
 other debris.

3.15.2     Disposal Requirements

 Submit analytical results of the debris generated from abrasive blasting
 operations per paragraph entitled Laboratory Analysis of this section.
 Hazardous waste generated from blasting operations will be managed in
 accordance with paragraph entitled "Hazardous Waste\Debris Management" of
 this section and with the approved HWMP.



                         SECTION 01 57 19.00 20   Page 23
Training Aids Support Center                                          09X5901


3.16   NOISE

 Make the maximum use of low-noise emission products, as certified by the
 EPA. Blasting or use of explosives will not be permitted without written
 permission from the Contracting Officer, and then only during the
 designated times. Confine pile-driving operations to the period between 8
 a.m. and 4 p.m., Monday through Friday, exclusive of holidays, unless
 otherwise specified.

3.17   MERCURY MATERIALS

 Mercury is prohibited in the construction of this facility, unless
 specified otherwise, and with the exception of mercury vapor lamps and
 fluorescent lamps. Dumping of mercury-containing materials and devices
 such as mercury vapor lamps, fluorescent lamps, and mercury switches, in
 rubbish containers is prohibited. Remove without breaking, pack to prevent
 breakage, and transport out of the activity in an unbroken condition for
 disposal as directed. Immediately report to the Environmental Office and
 the Contracting Officer instances of breakage or mercury spillage. Clean
 mercury spill area to the satisfaction of the Contracting Officer.

 Cleanup of a mercury spill shall not be recycled and shall be managed as a
 hazardous waste for disposal.

        -- End of Section --




                       SECTION 01 57 19.00 20   Page 24
Training Aids Support Center                                     09X5901




                          SECTION TABLE OF CONTENTS

                      DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

                               SECTION 01 57 20.00 10

                           ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION

                                       04/06


 PART 1   GENERAL

   1.1   REFERENCES
   1.2   DEFINITIONS
     1.2.1    Environmental Pollution and Damage
     1.2.2    Environmental Protection
     1.2.3    Contractor Generated Hazardous Waste
     1.2.4    Installation Pest Management Coordinator
     1.2.5    Land Application for Discharge Water
     1.2.6    Pesticide
     1.2.7    Pests
     1.2.8    Surface Discharge
     1.2.9    Waters of the United States
     1.2.10    Wetlands
   1.3   GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
   1.4   SUBCONTRACTORS
   1.5   PAYMENT
   1.6   SUBMITTALS
   1.7   ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION PLAN
     1.7.1    Compliance
     1.7.2    Contents
     1.7.3    Appendix
   1.8   PROTECTION FEATURES
   1.9   ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT OF CONTRACT DEVIATIONS
   1.10    NOTIFICATION

 PART 2   PRODUCTS


 PART 3   EXECUTION

   3.1   LAND RESOURCES
     3.1.1   Work Area Limits
     3.1.2   Landscape
     3.1.3   Erosion and Sediment Controls
     3.1.4   Contractor Facilities and Work Areas
   3.2   WATER RESOURCES
     3.2.1   Cofferdams, Diversions, and Dewatering Operations
     3.2.2   Wetlands
   3.3   AIR RESOURCES
     3.3.1   Particulates
     3.3.2   Odors
     3.3.3   Sound Intrusions
     3.3.4   Burning
   3.4   CHEMICAL MATERIALS MANAGEMENT AND WASTE DISPOSAL
     3.4.1   Solid Wastes


                        SECTION 01 57 20.00 10    Page 1
Training Aids Support Center                                           09X5901


     3.4.2    Chemicals and Chemical Wastes
     3.4.3    Contractor Generated Hazardous Wastes/Excess Hazardous Materials
     3.4.4    Fuel and Lubricants
     3.4.5    Waste Water
   3.5   RECYCLING AND WASTE MINIMIZATION
   3.6   INTEGRATED PEST MANAGEMENT
     3.6.1    Pesticide Delivery and Storage
     3.6.2    Qualifications
     3.6.3    Pesticide Handling Requirements
     3.6.4    Application
   3.7   PREVIOUSLY USED EQUIPMENT
   3.8   MAINTENANCE OF POLLUTION FACILITIES
   3.9   MILITARY MUNITIONS
   3.10    TRAINING OF CONTRACTOR PERSONNEL
   3.11    POST CONSTRUCTION CLEANUP

 -- End of Section Table of Contents --




                        SECTION 01 57 20.00 10   Page 2
Training Aids Support Center                                               09X5901



                               SECTION 01 57 20.00 10

                             ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
                                       04/06

PART 1     GENERAL

1.1     REFERENCES

 The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
 extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the
 basic designation only.

            U.S. ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS (USACE)

 EM 385-1-1                          (2008) Safety and Health Requirements
                                     Manual

 WETLAND MANUAL                      Corps of Engineers Wetlands Delineation
                                     Manual Technical Report Y-87-1

            U.S. NATIONAL ARCHIVES AND RECORDS ADMINISTRATION (NARA)

 33 CFR 328                          Definitions of Waters of the United States

 40 CFR 260                          Hazardous Waste Management System:    General

 40 CFR 261                          Identification and Listing of Hazardous
                                     Waste

 40 CFR 262                          Standards Applicable to Generators of
                                     Hazardous Waste

 40 CFR 279                          Standards for the Management of Used Oil

 40 CFR 302                          Designation, Reportable Quantities, and
                                     Notification

 40 CFR 355                          Emergency Planning and Notification

 40 CFR 68                           Chemical Accident Prevention Provisions

 49 CFR 171 - 178                    Hazardous Materials Regulations

1.2     DEFINITIONS

1.2.1     Environmental Pollution and Damage

 Environmental pollution and damage is the presence of chemical, physical,
 or biological elements or agents which adversely affect human health or
 welfare; unfavorably alter ecological balances of importance to human life;
 affect other species of importance to humankind; or degrade the environment
 aesthetically, culturally and/or historically.

1.2.2     Environmental Protection

 Environmental protection is the prevention/control of pollution and habitat
 disruption that may occur to the environment during construction. The


                          SECTION 01 57 20.00 10   Page 3
Training Aids Support Center                                          09X5901


 control of environmental pollution and damage requires consideration of
 land, water, and air; biological and cultural resources; and includes
 management of visual aesthetics; noise; solid, chemical, gaseous, and
 liquid waste; radiant energy and radioactive material as well as other
 pollutants.

1.2.3   Contractor Generated Hazardous Waste

 Contractor generated hazardous waste means materials that, if abandoned or
 disposed of, may meet the definition of a hazardous waste. These waste
 streams would typically consist of material brought on site by the
 Contractor to execute work, but are not fully consumed during the course of
 construction. Examples include, but are not limited to, excess paint
 thinners (i.e. methyl ethyl ketone, toluene etc.), waste thinners,excess
 paints, excess solvents, waste solvents, and excess pesticides, and
 contaminated pesticide equipment rinse water.

1.2.4   Installation Pest Management Coordinator

 Installation Pest Management Coordinator (IPMC) is the individual
 officially designated by the Installation Commander to oversee the
 Installation Pest Management Program and the Installation Pest Management
 Plan.

1.2.5   Land Application for Discharge Water

 The term "Land Application" for discharge water implies that the Contractor
 must discharge water at a rate which allows the water to percolate into the
 soil. No sheeting action, soil erosion, discharge into storm sewers,
 discharge into defined drainage areas, or discharge into the "waters of the
 United States" must occur. Land Application must be in compliance with all
 applicable Federal, State, and local laws and regulations.

1.2.6   Pesticide

 Pesticide is defined as any substance or mixture of substances intended for
 preventing, destroying, repelling, or mitigating any pest, or intended for
 use as a plant regulator, defoliant or desiccant.

1.2.7   Pests

 The term "pests" means arthropods, birds, rodents, nematodes, fungi,
 bacteria, viruses, algae, snails, marine borers, snakes, weeds and other
 organisms (except for human or animal disease-causing organisms) that
 adversely affect readiness, military operations, or the well-being of
 personnel and animals; attack or damage real property, supplies, equipment,
 or vegetation; or are otherwise undesirable.

1.2.8   Surface Discharge

 The term "Surface Discharge" implies that the water is discharged with
 possible sheeting action and subsequent soil erosion may occur. Waters
 that are surface discharged may terminate in drainage ditches, storm
 sewers,creeks, and/or "waters of the United States" and would require a
 permit to discharge water from the governing agency.

1.2.9   Waters of the United States

 All waters which are under the jurisdiction of the Clean Water Act, as


                        SECTION 01 57 20.00 10     Page 4
Training Aids Support Center                                          09X5901


 defined in 33 CFR 328.

1.2.10     Wetlands

 Those areas that are inundated or saturated by surface or ground water at a
 frequency and duration sufficient to support, and that under normal
 circumstances do support, a prevalence of vegetation typically adapted for
 life in saturated soil conditions. Wetlands generally include swamps,
 marshes, and bogs. Official determination of whether or not an area is
 classified as a wetland must be done in accordance with WETLAND MANUAL.

1.3   GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

 Minimize environmental pollution and damage that may occur as the result of
 construction operations. The environmental resources within the project
 boundaries and those affected outside the limits of permanent work must be
 protected during the entire duration of this contract. Comply with all
 applicable environmental Federal, State, and local laws and regulations.
 Any delays resulting from failure to comply with environmental laws and
 regulations will be the Contractor's responsibility.

1.4   SUBCONTRACTORS

 Ensure compliance with this section by subcontractors.

1.5   PAYMENT

 No separate payment will be made for work covered under this section.
 Payment of fees associated with environmental permits, application, and/or
 notices obtained by the Contractor, and payment of all fines/fees for
 violation or non-compliance with Federal, State, Regional and local laws
 and regulations are the Contractor's responsibility. All costs associated
 with this section must be included in the contract price.

1.6   SUBMITTALS

 Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation;
 submittals not having a "G" designation are for Contractor Quality Control
 approval. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00
 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:

         SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals

             Environmental Protection Plan; G, RO

1.7      ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION PLAN

 Prior to commencing construction activities or delivery of materials to the
 site, submit an Environmental Protection Plan for review and approval by
 the Contracting Officer. The purpose of the Environmental Protection Plan
 is to present a comprehensive overview of known or potential environmental
 issues which the Contractor must address during construction. Issues of
 concern must be defined within the Environmental Protection Plan as
 outlined in this section. Address each topic at a level of detail
 commensurate with the environmental issue and required construction
 task(s). Topics or issues which are not identified in this section, but
 are considered necessary, must be identified and discussed after those
 items formally identified in this section. Prior to submittal of the
 Environmental Protection Plan, meet with the Contracting Officer for the


                           SECTION 01 57 20.00 10   Page 5
Training Aids Support Center                                               09X5901


 purpose of discussing the implementation of the initial Environmental
 Protection Plan; possible subsequent additions and revisions to the plan
 including any reporting requirements; and methods for administration of the
 Contractor's Environmental Plans. The Environmental Protection Plan must
 be current and maintained onsite by the Contractor.

1.7.1    Compliance

 No requirement in this Section will relieve the Contractor of any
 applicable Federal, State, and local environmental protection laws and
 regulations. During Construction, the Contractor will be responsible for
 identifying, implementing, and submitting for approval any additional
 requirements to be included in the Environmental Protection Plan.

1.7.2    Contents

 Include in the environmental protection plan, but not limit it to, the
 following:

        a. Name(s) of person(s) within the Contractor's organization who
        is(are) responsible for ensuring adherence to the Environmental
        Protection Plan.

        b. Name(s) and qualifications of person(s) responsible for manifesting
        hazardous waste to be removed from the site, if applicable.

        c. Name(s) and qualifications of person(s) responsible for training
        the Contractor's environmental protection personnel.

        d. Description of the Contractor's environmental protection personnel
        training program.

        e. An erosion and sediment control plan which identifies the type and
        location of the erosion and sediment controls to be provided. The plan
        must include monitoring and reporting requirements to assure that the
        control measures are in compliance with the erosion and sediment
        control plan, Federal, State, and local laws and regulations. A Storm
        Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) may be substituted for this
        plan.

        f. Drawings showing locations of proposed temporary excavations or
        embankments for haul roads, stream crossings, material storage areas,
        structures, sanitary facilities, and stockpiles of excess or spoil
        materials including methods to control runoff and to contain materials
        on the site.

        g. Traffic control plans including measures to reduce erosion of
        temporary roadbeds by construction traffic, especially during wet
        weather. Plan shall include measures to minimize the amount of mud
        transported onto paved public roads by vehicles or runoff.

        h. Work area plan showing the proposed activity in each portion of the
        area and identifying the areas of limited use or nonuse. Plan should
        include measures for marking the limits of use areas including methods
        for protection of features to be preserved within authorized work areas.

        i.   Drawing showing the location of borrow areas.

        j.   Include in the Spill Control plan the procedures, instructions, and


                           SECTION 01 57 20.00 10   Page 6
Training Aids Support Center                                          09X5901


      reports to be used in the event of an unforeseen spill of a substance
      regulated by 40 CFR 68, 40 CFR 302, 40 CFR 355, and/or regulated under
      State or Local laws and regulations. The Spill Control Plan
      supplements the requirements of EM 385-1-1. Include in this plan, as a
      minimum:

          (1) The name of the individual who will report any spills or
          hazardous substance releases and who will follow up with complete
          documentation. This individual will immediately notify the
          Contracting Officer, Facility Fire Department, Facility Response
          Personnel, and Facility Environmental Office in addition to the
          legally required Federal, State, and local reporting channels
          (including the National Response Center 1-800-424-8802) if a
          reportable quantity is released to the environment. Include in
          the plan a list of the required reporting channels and telephone
          numbers.

          (2) The name and qualifications of the individual who will be
          responsible for implementing and supervising the containment and
          cleanup.

          (3) Training requirements for Contractor's personnel and methods
          of accomplishing the training.

          (4) A list of materials and equipment to be immediately available
          at the job site, tailored to cleanup work of the potential
          hazard(s) identified.

          (5) The names and locations of suppliers of containment materials
          and locations of additional fuel oil recovery, cleanup,
          restoration, and material-placement equipment available in case of
          an unforeseen spill emergency.

          (6) The methods and procedures to be used for expeditious
          contaminant cleanup.

      k. A non-hazardous solid waste disposal plan identifying methods and
      locations for solid waste disposal including clearing debris and
      schedules for disposal.

          (1) Identify any subcontractors responsible for the
          transportation and disposal of solid waste. Submit licenses or
          permits for solid waste disposal sites that are not a commercial
          operating facility.

          (2) Evidence of the disposal facility's acceptance of the solid
          waste must be attached to this plan during the construction.
          Attach a copy of each of the Non-hazardous Solid Waste Diversion
          Reports to the disposal plan. Submit the report for the previous
          quarter on the first working day after the first quarter that
          non-hazardous solid waste has been disposed and/or diverted (e.g.
          the first working day of January, April, July, and October).

          (3) Indicate in the report the total amount of waste generated
          and total amount of waste diverted in cubic yards or tons along
          with the percent that was diverted.

          (4) A recycling and solid waste minimization plan with a list of
          measures to reduce consumption of energy and natural resources.


                        SECTION 01 57 20.00 10   Page 7
Training Aids Support Center                                           09X5901


          Detail in the plan the Contractor's actions to comply with and to
          participate in Federal, State, Regional, and local government
          sponsored recycling programs to reduce the volume of solid waste
          at the source.

      l. An air pollution control plan detailing provisions to assure that
      dust, debris, materials, trash, etc., do not become air borne and
      travel off the project site.

      m. A contaminant prevention plan that: identifies potentially
      hazardous substances to be used on the job site; identifies the
      intended actions to prevent introduction of such materials into the
      air, water, or ground; and details provisions for compliance with
      Federal, State, and local laws and regulations for storage and handling
      of these materials. In accordance with EM 385-1-1, a copy of the
      Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) and the maximum quantity of each
      hazardous material to be onsite at any given time must be included in
      the contaminant prevention plan. Update the plan as new hazardous
      materials are brought onsite or removed from the site.

      n. A waste water management plan that identifies the methods and
      procedures for management and/or discharge of waste waters which are
      directly derived from construction activities, such as concrete curing
      water, clean-up water, dewatering of ground water, disinfection water,
      hydrostatic test water, and water used in flushing of lines. If a
      settling/retention pond is required, the plan must include the design
      of the pond including drawings, removal plan, and testing requirements
      for possible pollutants. If land application will be the method of
      disposal for the waste water, the plan must include a sketch showing
      the location for land application along with a description of the
      pretreatment methods to be implemented. If surface discharge will be
      the method of disposal, include a copy of the permit and associated
      documents as an attachment prior to discharging the waste water. If
      disposal is to a sanitary sewer, the plan must include documentation
      that the Waste Water Treatment Plant Operator has approved the flow
      rate, volume, and type of discharge.

      o. A historical, archaeological, cultural resources biological
      resources and wetlands plan that defines procedures for identifying and
      protecting historical, archaeological, cultural resources, biological
      resources and wetlands known to be on the project site: and/or
      identifies procedures to be followed if historical archaeological,
      cultural resources, biological resources and wetlands not previously
      known to be onsite or in the area are discovered during construction.
      Include in the plan methods to assure the protection of known or
      discovered resources, identifying lines of communication between
      Contractor personnel and the Contracting Officer.

      p. Include and update a pesticide treatment plan, as information
      becomes available. Include in the plan: sequence of treatment, dates,
      times, locations, pesticide trade name, EPA registration numbers,
      authorized uses, chemical composition, formulation, original and
      applied concentration, application rates of active ingredient (i.e.
      pounds of active ingredient applied), equipment used for application
      and calibration of equipment. Federal, State, Regional and Local pest
      management record keeping and reporting requirements as well as any
      additional Installation Project Office specific requirements are the
      Contractor's responsibility.



                        SECTION 01 57 20.00 10   Page 8
Training Aids Support Center                                          09X5901


1.7.3     Appendix

 Attach to the Environmental Protection Plan, as an appendix, copies of the
 environmental permits, permit application packages, approvals to construct,
 notifications, certifications, reports, and termination documents.

1.8     PROTECTION FEATURES

 This paragraph supplements the Contract Clause PROTECTION OF EXISTING
 VEGETATION, STRUCTURES, EQUIPMENT, UTILITIES, AND IMPROVEMENTS. Prior to
 start of any onsite construction activities, the Contractor and the
 Contracting Officer will make a joint condition survey. Immediately
 following the survey, the Contractor will prepare a brief report including
 a plan describing the features requiring protection under the provisions of
 the Contract Clauses, which are not specifically identified on the drawings
 as environmental features requiring protection along with the condition of
 trees, shrubs and grassed areas immediately adjacent to the site of work
 and adjacent to the Contractor's assigned storage area and access route(s),
 as applicable. This survey report will be signed by both the the
 Contractor and the Contracting Officer upon mutual agreement as to its
 accuracy and completeness. The Contractor must protect those environmental
 features included in the survey report and any indicated on the drawings,
 regardless of interference which their preservation may cause to the work
 under the contract.

1.9     ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT OF CONTRACT DEVIATIONS

 Any deviations from the drawings,plans and specifications, requested by the
 Contractor and which may have an environmental impact, will be subject to
 approval by the Contracting Officer and may require an extended review,
 processing, and approval time. The Contracting Officer reserves the right
 to disapprove alternate methods, even if they are more cost effective, if
 the Contracting Officer determines that the proposed alternate method will
 have an adverse environmental impact.

1.10     NOTIFICATION

 The Contracting Officer will notify the Contractor in writing of any
 observed noncompliance with Federal, State or local environmental laws or
 regulations, permits, and other elements of the Contractor's Environmental
 Protection plan. After receipt of such notice, the Contractor will inform
 the Contracting Officer of the proposed corrective action and take such
 action when approved by the Contracting Officer. The Contracting Officer
 may issue an order stopping all or part of the work until satisfactory
 corrective action has been taken. No time extensions will be granted or
 equitable adjustments allowed for any such suspensions. This is in
 addition to any other actions the Contracting Officer may take under the
 contract, or in accordance with the Federal Acquisition Regulation or
 Federal Law.

PART 2     PRODUCTS

 Not used.

PART 3     EXECUTION

3.1     LAND RESOURCES

 Confine all activities to areas defined by the drawings and


                          SECTION 01 57 20.00 10   Page 9
Training Aids Support Center                                          09X5901


 specifications. Identify any land resources to be preserved within the
 work area prior to the beginning of any construction. Do not remove, cut,
 deface, injure, or destroy land resources including trees, shrubs, vines,
 grasses, topsoil, and land forms without approval, except in areas
 indicated on the drawings or specified to be cleared. Ropes, cables, or
 guys will not be fastened to or attached to any trees for anchorage unless
 specifically authorized. Provide effective protection for land and
 vegetation resources at all times, as defined in the following
 subparagraphs. Remove stone, soil, or other materials displaced into
 uncleared areas.

3.1.1     Work Area Limits

 Mark the areas that need not be disturbed under this contract prior to
 commencing construction activities. Mark or fence isolated areas within
 the general work area which are not to be disturbed. Protect monuments and
 markers before construction operations commence. Where construction
 operations are to be conducted during darkness, any markers must be visible
 in the dark. The Contractor's personnel must be knowledgeable of the
 purpose for marking and/or protecting particular objects.

3.1.2     Landscape

 Trees, shrubs, vines, grasses, land forms and other landscape features
 indicated and defined on the drawings to be preserved must be clearly
 identified by marking, fencing, or wrapping with boards, or any other
 approved techniques. Restore landscape features damaged or destroyed
 during construction operations outside the limits of the approved work area.

3.1.3     Erosion and Sediment Controls

 Providing erosion and sediment control measures in accordance with Federal,
 State, and local laws and regulations is the Contractor's responsibility.
 The erosion and sediment controls selected and maintained by the Contractor
 shall be such that water quality standards are not violated as a result of
 construction activities. The area of bare soil exposed at any one time by
 construction operations should be kept to a minimum. Construct or install
 temporary and permanent erosion and sediment control best management
 practices (BMPs) as specified in Section 01 57 23 TEMPORARY STORM WATER
 POLLUTION CONTROL. BMPs may include, but not be limited to, vegetation
 cover, stream bank stabilization, slope stabilization, silt fences,
 construction of terraces, interceptor channels, sediment traps, inlet and
 outfall protection, diversion channels, and sedimentation basins. Remove
 any temporary measures after the area has been stabilized.

3.1.4     Contractor Facilities and Work Areas

 Place field offices, staging areas, stockpile storage, and temporary
 buildings in areas designated on the drawings or as directed by the
 Contracting Officer. Temporary movement or relocation of Contractor
 facilities will be made only when approved. Erosion and sediment controls
 must be provided for onsite borrow and spoil areas to prevent sediment from
 entering nearby waters. Temporary excavation and embankments for plant
 and/or work areas must be controlled to protect adjacent areas.

3.2     WATER RESOURCES

 Monitor all water areas affected by construction activities to prevent
 pollution of surface and ground waters. Do not apply toxic or hazardous


                          SECTION 01 57 20.00 10   Page 10
Training Aids Support Center                                          09X5901


 chemicals to soil or vegetation unless otherwise indicated. For
 construction activities immediately adjacent to impaired surface waters,
 the Contractor must be capable of quantifying sediment or pollutant loading
 to that surface water when required by State or Federally issued Clean
 Water Act permits.

3.2.1     Cofferdams, Diversions, and Dewatering Operations

 Construction operations for dewatering, removal of cofferdams, tailrace
 excavation, and tunnel closure will be controlled at all times to maintain
 compliance with existing State water quality standards and designated uses
 of the surface water body. Comply with the State of Georgia water quality
 standards and anti-degradation provisions and the Clean Water Act.

3.2.2     Wetlands

 Do not enter, disturb, destroy, or allow discharge of contaminants into any
 wetlands except as authorized herein. The protection of wetlands shown on
 the drawings in accordance with paragraph ENVIRONMENTAL PERMITS, REVIEWS,
 AND APPROVALS is the Contractor's responsibility. Authorization to enter
 specific wetlands identified will not relieve the Contractor from any
 obligation to protect other wetlands within, adjacent to, or in the
 vicinity of the construction site and associated boundaries.

3.3     AIR RESOURCES

 Equipment operation, activities, or processes will be in accordance with
 all Federal and State air emission and performance laws and standards.

3.3.1     Particulates

 Dust particles; aerosols and gaseous by-products from construction
 activities; and processing and preparation of materials, such as from
 asphaltic batch plants; must be controlled at all times, including
 weekends, holidays and hours when work is not in progress. Maintain
 excavations, stockpiles, haul roads, permanent and temporary access roads,
 plant sites, spoil areas, borrow areas, and other work areas within or
 outside the project boundaries free from particulates which would cause the
 Federal, State, and local air pollution standards to be exceeded or which
 would cause a hazard or a nuisance. Sprinkling, chemical treatment of an
 approved type, baghouse, scrubbers, electrostatic precipitators or other
 methods will be permitted to control particulates in the work area.
 Sprinkling, to be efficient, must be repeated to keep the disturbed area
 damp at all times. Provide sufficient, competent equipment available to
 accomplish these tasks. Perform particulate control as the work proceeds
 and whenever a particulate nuisance or hazard occurs. Comply with all
 State and local visibility regulations.

3.3.2     Odors

 Odors from construction activities must be controlled at all times. The
 odors must be in compliance with State regulations and/or local ordinances
 and may not constitute a health hazard.

3.3.3     Sound Intrusions

 Keep construction activities under surveillance and control to minimize
 environment damage by noise. Comply with the provisions of the State of
 Georgia rules.


                         SECTION 01 57 20.00 10   Page 11
Training Aids Support Center                                             09X5901



3.3.4     Burning

 Burning is prohibited on the Government premises.

3.4     CHEMICAL MATERIALS MANAGEMENT AND WASTE DISPOSAL

 Disposal of wastes will be as directed below, unless otherwise specified in
 other sections and/or shown on the drawings.

3.4.1     Solid Wastes

 Place solid wastes (excluding clearing debris) in containers which are
 emptied on a regular schedule. Handling, storage, and disposal must be
 conducted to prevent contamination. Employ segregation measures so that no
 hazardous or toxic waste will become co-mingled with solid waste.
 Transport solid waste off Government property and dispose of it in
 compliance with Federal, State, and local requirements for solid waste
 disposal. A Subtitle D RCRA permitted landfill will be the minimum
 acceptable offsite solid waste disposal option. Verify that the selected
 transporters and disposal facilities have the necessary permits and
 licenses to operate.

3.4.2     Chemicals and Chemical Wastes

 Dispense chemicals ensuring no spillage to the ground or water. Perform
 and document periodic inspections of dispensing areas to identify leakage
 and initiate corrective action. This documentation will be periodically
 reviewed by the Government. Collect chemical waste in corrosion resistant,
 compatible containers. Collection drums must be monitored and removed to a
 staging or storage area when contents are within 6 inches of the top.
 Wastes will be classified, managed, stored, and disposed of in accordance
 with Federal, State, and local laws and regulations.

3.4.3     Contractor Generated Hazardous Wastes/Excess Hazardous Materials

 Hazardous wastes are defined in 40 CFR 261, or are as defined by applicable
 State and local regulations. Hazardous materials are defined in
 49 CFR 171 - 178. At a minimum, manage and store hazardous waste in
 compliance with 40 CFR 262 in accordance with the Installation Project
 Office hazardous waste management plan. Take sufficient measures to
 prevent spillage of hazardous and toxic materials during dispensing.
 Segregate hazardous waste from other materials and wastes, protect it from
 the weather by placing it in a safe covered location, and take
 precautionary measures such as berming or other appropriate measures
 against accidental spillage. Storage, describing, packaging, labeling,
 marking, and placarding of hazardous waste and hazardous material in
 accordance with 49 CFR 171 - 178, State, and local laws and regulations is
 the Contractor's responsibility. Transport Contractor generated hazardous
 waste off Government property within 30 days in accordance with the
 Environmental Protection Agency and the Department of Transportation laws
 and regulations. Dispose of hazardous waste in compliance with Federal,
 State and local laws and regulations. Spills of hazardous or toxic
 materials must be immediately reported to the Contracting Officer and the
 Facility Environmental Office. Cleanup and cleanup costs due to spills are
 the Contractor's responsibility. The disposition of Contractor generated
 hazardous waste and excess hazardous materials are the Contractor's
 responsibility.



                         SECTION 01 57 20.00 10   Page 12
Training Aids Support Center                                               09X5901


3.4.4     Fuel and Lubricants

 Storage, fueling and lubrication of equipment and motor vehicles must be
 conducted in a manner that affords the maximum protection against spill and
 evaporation. Manage and store fuel, lubricants and oil in accordance with
 all Federal, State, Regional, and local laws and regulations. Used
 lubricants and used oil to be discarded must be stored in marked
 corrosion-resistant containers and recycled or disposed in accordance with
 40 CFR 279, State, and local laws and regulations. Storage of fuel on the
 project site is not allowed. Fuel must be brought to the project site each
 day that work is performed.

3.4.5     Waste Water

 Disposal of waste water will be as specified below.

        a.   Waste water from construction activities, such as onsite material
             processing, concrete curing, foundation and concrete clean-up,
             water used in concrete trucks, forms, etc. will not be allowed to
             enter water ways or to be discharged prior to being treated to
             remove pollutants. Dispose of the construction related waste
             water by collecting and placing it in a retention pond where
             suspended material can be settled out and/or the water can
             evaporate to separate pollutants from the water. The site for the
             retention pond must be coordinated and approved with the
             Contracting Officer. The residue left in the pond prior to
             completion of the project will be removed, tested, and disposed
             off-Government property in accordance with Federal, State, and
             local laws and regulations. The area must be backfilled to the
             original grade, top-soiled and seeded/sodded.

        b.   For discharge of ground water, the Contractor will land apply on
             the project site in accordance with all Federal, State, Regional,
             and/or Local laws and regulations for pumping and land applying
             ground water.

        c.   Water generated   from the flushing of lines after disinfection or
             disinfection in   conjunction with hydrostatic testing will be
             discharged into   the sanitary sewer with prior approval and/or
             notification to   the Waste Water Treatment Plant's Operator.

3.5     RECYCLING AND WASTE MINIMIZATION

 Participate in State and local government sponsored recycling programs.
 The Contractor must participate in the LEED recycling and waste activities
 to divert non-hazardous solid waste.

3.6     INTEGRATED PEST MANAGEMENT

 In order to minimize impacts to existing fauna and flora, the Contractor
 through the Contracting Officer, must coordinate with the Installation Pest
 Management Coordinator (IPMC) at the earliest possible time prior to
 pesticide application. Discuss integrated pest management strategies with
 the IPMC and receive concurrence from the IPMC through the COR prior to the
 application of any pesticide associated with these specifications.
 Installation Project Office Pest Management personnel will be given the
 opportunity to be present at all meetings concerning treatment measures for
 pest or disease control and during application of the pesticide.



                          SECTION 01 57 20.00 10    Page 13
Training Aids Support Center                                          09X5901


3.6.1     Pesticide Delivery and Storage

 Deliver pesticides to the site in the original, unopened containers bearing
 legible labels indicating the EPA registration number and the
 manufacturer's registered uses. Store pesticides according to
 manufacturer's instructions and under lock and key when unattended.

3.6.2     Qualifications

 For the application of pesticides, use the services of a subcontractor
 whose principal business is pest control. The subcontractor must be
 licensed and certified in the state where the work is to be performed.

3.6.3     Pesticide Handling Requirements

 Formulate, treat with, and dispose of pesticides and associated containers
 in accordance with label directions and use the clothing and personal
 protective equipment specified on the labeling for use during all phases of
 the application. Furnish Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for all
 pesticide products.

3.6.4     Application

 Apply pesticides using a State Certified Pesticide Applicator in accordance
 with EPA label restrictions and recommendation. The Certified Applicator
 must wear clothing and personal protective equipment as specified on the
 pesticide label. The Contracting Officer will designate locations for
 water used in formulating. Do not allow the equipment to overflow. All
 equipment must be inspected for leaks, clogging, wear, or damage and
 repaired prior to application of pesticide.

3.7     PREVIOUSLY USED EQUIPMENT

 Clean all previously used construction equipment prior to bringing it onto
 the project site. Ensure that the equipment is free from soil residuals,
 egg deposits from plant pests, noxious weeds, and plant seeds. Consult
 with the USDA jurisdictional office for additional cleaning requirements.

3.8     MAINTENANCE OF POLLUTION FACILITIES

 Maintain permanent and temporary pollution control facilities and devices
 for the duration of the contract or for that length of time construction
 activities create the particular pollutant.

3.9     MILITARY MUNITIONS

 In the event military munitions, as defined in 40 CFR 260, are discovered
 or uncovered, the Contractor will immediately stop work in that area and
 immediately inform the Contracting Officer.

3.10     TRAINING OF CONTRACTOR PERSONNEL

 The Contractor's personnel must be trained in all phases of environmental
 protection and pollution control. Conduct environmental
 protection/pollution control meetings for all personnel prior to commencing
 construction activities. Additional meetings must be conducted for new
 personnel and when site conditions change. Include in the training and
 meeting agenda: methods of detecting and avoiding pollution;
 familiarization with statutory and contractual pollution standards;


                           SECTION 01 57 20.00 10   Page 14
Training Aids Support Center                                          09X5901


 installation and care of devices, vegetative covers, and instruments
 required for monitoring purposes to ensure adequate and continuous
 environmental protection/pollution control; anticipated hazardous or toxic
 chemicals or wastes, and other regulated contaminants; recognition and
 protection of archaeological sites, artifacts, wetlands, and endangered
 species and their habitat that are known to be in the area.

3.11   POST CONSTRUCTION CLEANUP

 The Contractor will clean up all areas used for construction in accordance
 with Contract Clause "Cleaning Up". Unless otherwise instructed in writing
 by the Contracting Officer, obliterate all signs of temporary construction
 facilities such as haul roads, work area, structures, foundations of
 temporary structures, stockpiles of excess or waste materials, and other
 vestiges of construction prior to final acceptance of the work. The
 disturbed area must be graded, filled and the entire area seeded unless
 otherwise indicated.

        -- End of Section --




                       SECTION 01 57 20.00 10   Page 15
Training Aids Support Center                                   09X5901




                            SECTION TABLE OF CONTENTS

                       DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

                                SECTION 01 57 23

                     TEMPORARY STORM WATER POLLUTION CONTROL

                                      04/08


 PART 1   GENERAL

   1.1   REFERENCES
   1.2   SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
   1.3   EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROLS
     1.3.1   Stabilization Practices
       1.3.1.1   Unsuitable Conditions
       1.3.1.2   No Activity for Less Than 21 Days
       1.3.1.3   Burnoff
       1.3.1.4   Protection of Erodible Soils
     1.3.2   Erosion, Sediment and Stormwater Control
     1.3.3   Structural Practices
       1.3.3.1   Silt Fences
       1.3.3.2   Straw Bales
       1.3.3.3   Diversion Dikes
     1.3.4   Sediment Basins
     1.3.5   Vegetation and Mulch
   1.4   SUBMITTALS
   1.5   DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

 PART 2   PRODUCTS

   2.1   COMPONENTS FOR SILT FENCES
     2.1.1   Filter Fabric
     2.1.2   Silt Fence Stakes and Posts
     2.1.3   Mill Certificate or Affidavit
   2.2   COMPONENTS FOR STRAW BALES

 PART 3   EXECUTION

   3.1   INSTALLATION OF SILT FENCES
   3.2   INSTALLATION OF STRAW BALES
   3.3   FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
     3.3.1   Silt Fence Maintenance
     3.3.2   Straw Bale Maintenance
     3.3.3   Diversion Dike Maintenance
   3.4   INSPECTIONS
     3.4.1   General
     3.4.2   Inspections Details
     3.4.3   Inspection Reports

 -- End of Section Table of Contents --




                            SECTION 01 57 23   Page 1
Training Aids Support Center                                                09X5901




                                  SECTION 01 57 23

                      TEMPORARY STORM WATER POLLUTION CONTROL
                                       04/08

PART 1     GENERAL

1.1   REFERENCES

 The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
 extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the
 basic designation only.

             ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)

 ASTM D 4439                         (2004) Geosynthetics

 ASTM D 4491                         (1999a; R 2004e1) Water Permeability of
                                     Geotextiles by Permittivity

 ASTM D 4533                         (2004) Trapezoid Tearing Strength of
                                     Geotextiles

 ASTM D 4632                         (2008) Grab Breaking Load and Elongation
                                     of Geotextiles

 ASTM D 4751                         (2004) Determining Apparent Opening Size
                                     of a Geotextile

 ASTM D 4873                         (2002) Identification, Storage, and
                                     Handling of Geosynthetic Rolls and Samples

             U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (EPA)

 EPA 832-R-92-005                    (1992) Storm Water Management for
                                     Construction Activities Developing
                                     Pollution Preventions and Plans and Best
                                     Management Practices

             U.S. NATIONAL ARCHIVES AND RECORDS ADMINISTRATION (NARA)

 40 CFR 122.26                       Storm Water Discharges (Applicable to
                                     State NPDES Programs, see section 123.25)

1.2   SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

 The work consists of implementing the storm water pollution prevention
 measures to prevent sediment from entering streams or water bodies as
 specified in this Section in conformance with the requirements of Section
 01 57 20.00 10 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION, and the requirements of the
 National Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES).

1.3      EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROLS

 The controls and measures required of the Contractor are described below.



                              SECTION 01 57 23   Page 2
Training Aids Support Center                                             09X5901


1.3.1     Stabilization Practices

 The stabilization practices to be implemented include temporary seeding,
 mulching and protection of trees. On the daily CQC Report, record the
 dates when the major grading activities occur, (e.g., clearing and
 grubbing, excavation, embankment, and grading); when construction
 activities temporarily or permanently cease on a portion of the site; and
 when stabilization practices are initiated. Except as provided in
 paragraphs UNSUITABLE CONDITIONS and NO ACTIVITY FOR LESS THAN 21 DAYS,
 initiate stabilization practices as soon as practicable, but no more than
 14 days, in any portion of the site where construction activities have
 temporarily or permanently ceased.

1.3.1.1      Unsuitable Conditions

 Where the initiation of stabilization measures by the fourteenth day after
 construction activity temporarily or permanently ceases or is precluded by
 unsuitable conditions caused by the weather, initiate stabilization
 practices as soon as practicable after conditions become suitable.

1.3.1.2      No Activity for Less Than 21 Days

 When the total time period in which construction activity is temporarily
 ceased on a portion of the site is 21 days minimum, stabilization practices
 do not have to be initiated on that portion of the site until 14 days have
 elapsed after construction activity temporarily ceased.

1.3.1.3      Burnoff

 Burnoff of the ground cover is not permitted.

1.3.1.4      Protection of Erodible Soils

 Immediately finish the earthwork brought to a final grade, as indicated or
 specified, and protect the side slopes and back slopes upon completion of
 rough grading. Plan and conduct earthwork to minimize the duration of
 exposure of unprotected soils.

1.3.2     Erosion, Sediment and Stormwater Control

        a.   Storm Water Notice of Intent for Construction Activities

        b. Submit a Storm Water Notice of Intent for NPDES coverage under the
        general permit for construction activities and a Storm Water Pollution
        Prevention Plan (SWPPP) for the project to the Contracting Officer
        prior to the commencement of work. The SWPPP shall meet the
        requirements of the State of Georgia general permit for storm water
        discharges from construction sites. Submit the SWPPP along with any
        required Notice of Intents, Notice of Termination, and appropriate
        permit fees, via the Contracting Officer, to the appropriate State
        agency for approval, a minimum of 14 calendar days prior to the start
        of any land disturbing activities. Maintain an approved copy of the
        SWPPP at the construction on-site office, and continually update as
        regulations require, to reflect current site conditions. Include
        within the SWPPP:

             (1) Identify potential sources of pollution which may be
             reasonably expected to affect the quality of storm water discharge
             from the site.


                              SECTION 01 57 23   Page 3
Training Aids Support Center                                           09X5901



            (2) Describe and ensure implementation of practices which will be
            used to reduce the pollutants in storm water discharge from the
            site.

            (3) Ensure compliance with terms of the State of Georgia general
            permit for storm water discharge.

            (4) Select applicable best management practices from EPA
            832-R-92-005.

            (5) Include a completed copy of the Registration Statement, BMP
            Inspection Report Template and Notice of Termination except for
            the effective date.

            (6) Storm Water Pollution Prevention Measures and Notice of
            Intent 40 CFR 122.26, EPA 832-R-92-005. Provide a "Storm Water
            Pollution Prevention Plan" (SWPPP) for the project. The SWPPP
            will meet the requirements of the State of Georgia general permit
            for storm water discharges from construction sites. Submit the
            SWPPP along with any required Notice of Intents, Notice of
            Termination, and appropriate permit fees, via the Contracting
            Officer, to the appropriate State agency for approval, a minimum
            of 14 calendar days prior to the start of construction. A copy of
            the approved SWPPP will be kept at the construction on-site
            office, and continually updated as regulations require to reflect
            current site conditions.

1.3.3     Structural Practices

 Implement structural practices to divert flows from exposed soils,
 temporarily store flows, or otherwise limit runoff and the discharge of
 pollutants from exposed areas of the site. Implement structural practices
 in a timely manner, during the construction process, to minimize erosion
 and sediment runoff. Include the following devices; Location and details
 of installation and construction are shown on the drawings.

1.3.3.1     Silt Fences

 Provide silt fences as a temporary structural practice to minimize erosion
 and sediment runoff. Properly install silt fences to effectively retain
 sediment immediately after completing each phase of work where erosion
 would occur in the form of sheet and rill erosion (e.g. clearing and
 grubbing, excavation, embankment, and grading). Install silt fences in the
 locations indicated on the drawings. Obtain approval from the Contracting
 Officer prior to final removal of silt fence barriers.

1.3.3.2     Straw Bales

 Provide bales of straw as a temporary structural practice to minimize
 erosion and sediment runoff. If bales are used, properly place the bales
 to effectively retain sediment immediately after completing each phase of
 work (e.g., clearing and grubbing, excavation, embankment, and grading) in
 each independent runoff area (e.g., after clearing and grubbing in a area
 between a ridge and drain, place the bales as work progresses,
 remove/replace/relocate the bales as needed for work to progress in the
 drainage area). Show on the drawings areas where straw bales are to be
 used. The Contracting Officer will approve the final removal of straw bale
 barriers. Provide rows of bales of straw as follows:


                             SECTION 01 57 23   Page 4
Training Aids Support Center                                            09X5901



1.3.3.3     Diversion Dikes

 Build diversion dikes with a maximum channel slope of 2 percent and
 adequately compacted to prevent failure. The minimum height measured from
 the top of the dike to the bottom of the channel shall be 18 inches. The
 minimum base width shall be 6 feet and the minimum top width shall be 2 feet.
 Ensure that the diversion dikes are not damaged by construction operations
 or traffic. Locate diversion dikes where shown on the drawings.

1.3.4     Sediment Basins

 Trap sediment in permanent sediment basins. Select a basin size to
 accommodate the runoff of a local 1-year storm. Pump dry and remove the
 accumulated sediment, after each storm. Use a paved weir or vertical
 overflow pipe for overflow. Remove collected sediment from the site.
 Institute effluent quality monitoring programs. Install, inspect, and
 maintain best management practices (BMPs) as required by the general
 permit. Prepare BMP Inspection Reports as required by the general permit.
 If required by the permit, include those inspection reports.

1.3.5     Vegetation and Mulch

        a. Provide temporary protection on sides and back slopes as soon as
        rough grading is completed or sufficient soil is exposed to require
        erosion protection. Protect slopes by accelerated growth of permanent
        vegetation, temporary vegetation, mulching, or netting. Stabilize
        slopes by hydroseeding, anchoring mulch in place, covering with
        anchored netting, sodding, or such combination of these and other
        methods necessary for effective erosion control.

        b. The seeding operation will be as specified in Section 32 92 19
        SEEDING.

1.4     SUBMITTALS

 Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation;
 submittals not having a "G" designation are for Contractor Quality Control
 approval. When used, a designation following the "G" designation
 identifies the office that will review the submittal for the Government.
 Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL
 PROCEDURES:

        SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals

            Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan
            Storm Water Notice of Intent

              Pollution prevention plan and Notice of intent for NPDES
            coverage under the general permit for construction activities

        SD-06 Test Reports

            Storm Water Inspection Reports for General Permit
            Erosion and Sediment Controls

        SD-07 Certificates

            Mill Certificate or Affidavit


                              SECTION 01 57 23   Page 5
Training Aids Support Center                                                09X5901



              Certificate attesting that the Contractor has met all specified
            requirements.

1.5     DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

 Identify, store and handle filter fabric in accordance with ASTM D 4873.

PART 2     PRODUCTS

2.1     COMPONENTS FOR SILT FENCES

2.1.1     Filter Fabric

 Provide geotextile that complies with the requirements of ASTM D 4439, and
 consists of polymeric filaments which are formed into a stable network such
 that filaments retain their relative positions. The filament shall consist
 of a long-chain synthetic polymer composed of at least 85 percent by weight
 of ester, propylene, or amide, and contains stabilizers and/or inhibitors
 added to the base plastic to make the filaments resistent to deterioration
 due to ultraviolet and heat exposure. Provide synthetic filter fabric that
 contains ultraviolet ray inhibitors and stabilizers to assure a minimum of
 six months of expected usable construction life at a temperature range of 0
 to 120 degrees F. The filter fabric shall meet the following requirements:

                          FILTER FABRIC FOR SILT SCREEN FENCE

PHYSICAL PROPERTY            TEST PROCEDURE          STRENGTH REQUIREMENT

Grab Tensile                   ASTM D 4632               100 lbs. min.
Elongation (percent)                                              30 percent max.

Trapezoid Tear                 ASTM D 4533                55 lbs. min.

Permittivity                   ASTM D 4491                    0.2 sec-1

AOS (U.S. Std Sieve)           ASTM D 4751                    20-100

2.1.2     Silt Fence Stakes and Posts

 Use either wooden stakes or steel posts for fence construction. Wooden
 stakes utilized for silt fence construction, shall have a minimum cross
 section of 2 by 2 inches when oak is used and 4 by 4 inches when pine is
 used, and have a minimum length of 5 feet. Steel posts (standard "U" or
 "T" section) utilized for silt fence construction, shall have a minimum
 weight of 1.33 pounds/linear foot and a minimum length of 5 feet.

2.1.3     Mill Certificate or Affidavit

 Provide a mill certificate or affidavit attesting that the fabric and
 factory seams meet chemical, physical, and manufacturing requirements
 specified above. Specify in the mill certificate or affidavit the actual
 Minimum Average Roll Values and identify the fabric supplied by roll
 identification numbers. Submit a mill certificate or affidavit signed by a
 legally authorized official from the company manufacturing the filter
 fabric.




                             SECTION 01 57 23   Page 6
Training Aids Support Center                                          09X5901


2.2     COMPONENTS FOR STRAW BALES

 The straw in the bales shall be stalks from oats, wheat, rye, barley, rice,
 or from grasses such as byhalia, bermuda, etc., furnished in air dry
 condition. Provide bales with a standard cross section of 14 by 18 inches.
 Wire-bound or string-tie all bales. Use either wooden stakes or steel
 posts to secure the straw bales to the ground. Wooden stakes utilized for
 this purpose, shall have a minimum dimensions of 2 by 2 inches in cross
 section and have a minimum length of 3 feet. Steel posts (standard "U" or
 "T" section) utilized for securing straw bales, shall have a minimum weight
 of 1.33 pounds/linear foot and a minimum length of 3 feet.

PART 3     EXECUTION

3.1     INSTALLATION OF SILT FENCES

 Extend silt fences a minimum of 16 inches above the ground surface without
 exceeding 34 inches above the ground surface. Provide filter fabric from a
 continuous roll cut to the length of the barrier to avoid the use of
 joints. When joints are unavoidable, splice together filter fabric at a
 support post, with a minimum 6 inch overlap, and securely sealed. Excavate
 trench approximately 4 inches wide and 4 inches deep on the upslope side of
 the location of the silt fence. The 4 by 4 inch trench shall be backfilled
 and the soil compacted over the filter fabric. Remove silt fences upon
 approval by the Contracting Officer.

3.2     INSTALLATION OF STRAW BALES

 Place the straw bales in a single row, lengthwise on the contour, with ends
 of adjacent bales tightly abutting one another. Install straw bales so
 that bindings are oriented around the sides rather than along the tops and
 bottoms of the bales in order to prevent deterioration of the bindings.
 Entrench and backfill the barrier. Excavate a trench the width of a bale
 and the length of the proposed barrier to a minimum depth of 4 inches.
 After the bales are staked and chinked (gaps filled by wedging with straw),
 backfill the excavated soil against the barrier. Conform the backfill soil
 with the ground level on the downhill side and build up to 4 inches against
 the uphill side of the barrier. Scatter loose straw over the area
 immediately uphill from a straw bale barrier to increase barrier
 efficiency. Securely anchor each bale by at least two stakes driven
 through the bale. Drive the first stake or steel post in each bale toward
 the previously laid bale to force the bales together. Drive stakes or
 steel pickets a minimum 18 inches deep into the ground to securely anchor
 the bales.

3.3     FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

 Maintain the temporary and permanent vegetation, erosion and sediment
 control measures, and other protective measures in good and effective
 operating condition by performing routine inspections to determine
 condition and effectiveness, by restoration of destroyed vegetative cover,
 and by repair of erosion and sediment control measures and other protective
 measures. Use the following procedures to maintain the protective measures.

3.3.1     Silt Fence Maintenance

 Inspect the silt fences in accordance with paragraph, titled "Inspections,"
 of this section. Any required repairs shall be made promptly. Pay close
 attention to the repair of damaged silt fence resulting from end runs and


                                SECTION 01 57 23   Page 7
Training Aids Support Center                                          09X5901


 undercutting. Should the fabric on a silt fence decompose or become
 ineffective, and the barrier is still necessary, replace the fabric
 promptly. Remove sediment deposits when deposits reach one-third of the
 height of the barrier. Remove a silt fence when it is no longer required.
 The immediate area occupied by the fence and any sediment deposits shall be
 shaped to an acceptable grade. The areas disturbed by this shaping shall
 receive erosion control.

3.3.2     Straw Bale Maintenance

 Inspect straw bale barriers in accordance with paragraph, titled
 "Inspections". Pay close attention to the repair of damaged bales, end
 runs and undercutting beneath bales. Accomplish necessary repairs to
 barriers or replacement of bales in a promptly manner. Remove sediment
 deposits when deposits reach one-half of the height of the barrier. At the
 each end of each row turn bales uphill when used to retain sediment.
 Remove a straw bale barrier when it is no longer required. The immediate
 area occupied by the bales and any sediment deposits shall be shaped to an
 acceptable grade. Seed the areas disturbed by this shaping in accordance
 with Section 32 92 19 SEEDING.

3.3.3     Diversion Dike Maintenance

 Inspect diversion dikes in accordance with paragraph, titled "Inspections,"
 of this section. Pay close attention to the repair of damaged diversion
 dikes and accomplish necessary repairs promptly. When diversion dikes are
 no longer required, shape to an acceptable grade. Seed the areas disturbed
 by this shaping in accordance with Section 32 92 19 SEEDING.

3.4     INSPECTIONS

3.4.1     General

 Inspect disturbed areas of the construction site, areas that have not been
 finally stabilized used for storage of materials exposed to precipitation,
 stabilization practices, structural practices, other controls, and area
 where vehicles exit the site at least once every seven (7) calendar days
 and within 24 hours of the end of any storm that produces 0.5 inches or
 more rainfall at the site. Conduct inspections at least once every month
 where sites have been finally stabilized.

3.4.2     Inspections Details

 Inspect disturbed areas and areas used for material storage that are
 exposed to precipitation for evidence of, or the potential for, pollutants
 entering the drainage system. Observe erosion and sediment control
 measures identified in the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan to ensure
 that they are operating correctly. Inspect discharge locations or points
 to ascertain whether erosion control measures are effective in preventing
 significant impacts to receiving waters. Inspect locations where vehicles
 exit the site for evidence of offsite sediment tracking.

3.4.3     Inspection Reports

 For each inspection conducted, prepare a report summarizing the scope of
 the inspection, name(s) and qualifications of personnel making the
 inspection, the date(s) of the inspection, major observations relating to
 the implementation of the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan,
 maintenance performed, and actions taken. Furnish the report to the


                                SECTION 01 57 23   Page 8
Training Aids Support Center                                         09X5901


 Contracting Officer within 24 hours of the inspection as a part of the
 Contractor's daily CQC REPORT. A copy of the inspection report shall be
 maintained on the job site.

        -- End of Section --




                           SECTION 01 57 23   Page 9
Training Aids Support Center                               09X5901




                          SECTION TABLE OF CONTENTS

                      DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

                               SECTION 01 60 00

                       LEED COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS

                                    11/09


 PART 1   GENERAL

   1.1    RELATED DOCUMENTS
   1.2    SUMMARY
   1.3    DEFINITIONS
   1.4    COMMISSIONING TEAM
   1.5    OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES
   1.6    CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES
   1.7    CxA'S RESPONSIBILITIES
   1.8    COMMISSIONING DOCUMENTATION
   1.9    SUBMITTALS
   1.10    QUALITY ASSURANCE
   1.11    COORDINATION

 PART 2   PRODUCTS


 PART 3   EXECUTION


 -- End of Section Table of Contents --




                           SECTION 01 60 00   Page 1
Training Aids Support Center                                                  09X5901




                                    SECTION 01 60 00

                             LEED COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS
                                          11/09

PART 1        GENERAL

1.1   RELATED DOCUMENTS

 A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
 Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections,
 apply to this Section.

 B. OPR and BoD documentation prepared by Owner and A/E contains
 requirements that apply to this Section.

1.2   SUMMARY

 A.   This section includes:

         1. Commissioning: Commissioning is a systematic process of ensuring
         that all building systems perform interactively according to the design
         intent and the Owner's operational needs. This is achieved by beginning
         in the design phase and documenting design intent and continuing
         through construction, acceptance, and the warranty period with actual
         verification of performance. The commissioning process shall encompass
         and coordinate the traditionally separate functions of system
         documentation, equipment startup, control system calibration, testing
         and balancing, performance testing and training.

         2. Commissioning during the construction phase is intended to achieve
         the following specific objectives according to the Contract Documents:

               a. Verify that applicable equipment and systems are installed
               according to the manufacturer's recommendations and to industry
               accepted minimum standards and that they receive adequate
               operational checkout by installing contractors.

               b. Verify and document proper performance of equipment and
               systems.

               c.   Verify that O&M documentation left on site is complete.

               d. Verify that the Owner's operating personnel are adequately
               trained.

         3. The commissioning process does not take away from or reduce the
         responsibility of the Contractor to meet the Contract Documents.

 B.   Related Sections include the following:

         1. Contract drawings and specifications, general provisions of the
         contract, including general and supplementary conditions,
         architectural, electrical, and mechanical provisions, and Division 01
         Specification Sections apply to work of this Section.

         2.    Section 23 08 00.00 10, COMMISSIONING OF HVAC SYSTEMS for specific


                                SECTION 01 60 00   Page 2
Training Aids Support Center                                              09X5901


      requirements for commissioning of HVAC systems.

1.3   DEFINITIONS

 A.   BoD:    Basis of Design.

 B.   CxA:    Commissioning Authority.

 C.   OPR:    Owner's Project Requirements.

 D. Systems, Subsystems, and Equipment: Where these terms are used
 together or separately, they shall mean "as-built" systems, subsystems, and
 equipment.

 E.   TAB:    Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing.

1.4   COMMISSIONING TEAM

 A. Members Appointed by Contractor(s): Individuals, each having authority
 to act on behalf of the entity he or she represents, explicitly organized
 to implement the commissioning process through coordinated actions. The
 commissioning team shall consist of, but not be limited to, representatives
 of Contractor, including Project superintendent and subcontractors,
 installers, suppliers, and specialists deemed appropriate by the CxA.

 B.   Members Appointed by Owner:

      1. CxA: The designated person, company, or entity that plans,
      schedules, and coordinates the commissioning team to implement the
      commissioning process. Owner will engage the CxA under a separate
      contract.

      2. Representatives of the facility user and operation and maintenance
      personnel.

      3.     Architect and engineering design professionals.

1.5   OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES

 A. Provide the OPR documentation to the CxA and Contractor for use in
 developing the commissioning plan; systems manual; operation and
 maintenance training plan; and testing plans and checklists.

 B. Assign operation and maintenance personnel and schedule them to
 participate in commissioning team activities including, but not limited to,
 the following:

      1.     Coordination meetings.

      2. Training in operation and maintenance of systems, subsystems, and
      equipment.

      3.     Testing meetings.

      4.     Demonstration of operation of systems, subsystems, and equipment.

 C.   Provide utility services required for the commissioning process.

 D.   Provide the BoD documents, prepared by Architect and approved by Owner,


                                 SECTION 01 60 00   Page 3
Training Aids Support Center                                             09X5901


 to the CxA and Contractor for use in developing the commissioning plan,
 systems manual, and operation and maintenance training plan.

1.6   CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES

 A.   Provide utility services required for the commissioning process.

 B. Contractor shall assign representatives with expertise and authority to
 act on behalf of the Contractor and schedule them to participate in and
 perform commissioning team activities including, but not limited to, the
 following:

      1.   Participate in construction-phase coordination meetings.

      2.   Participate in maintenance orientation and inspection.

      3.   Participate in operation and maintenance training sessions.

      4.   Participate in final review at acceptance meeting.

      5. Certify that Work is complete and systems are operational according
      to the Contract Documents, including calibration of instrumentation and
      controls.

      6. Evaluate performance deficiencies identified in test reports and,
      in collaboration with entity responsible for system and equipment
      installation, recommend corrective action.

      7.   Review and approve final commissioning documentation.

 C. Subcontractors shall assign representatives with expertise and
 authority to act on behalf of subcontractors and schedule them to
 participate in and perform commissioning team activities including, but not
 limited to, the following:

      1.   Participate in construction-phase coordination meetings.

      2.   Participate in maintenance orientation and inspection.

      3.   Participate in procedures meeting for testing.

      4.   Participate in final review at acceptance meeting.

      5. Provide schedule for operation and maintenance data submittals,
      equipment startup, and testing to CxA for incorporation into the
      commissioning plan. Update schedule on a weekly basis throughout the
      construction period.

      6. Provide information to the CxA for developing construction-phase
      commissioning plan.

      7. Participate in training sessions for Owner's operation and
      maintenance personnel.

      8. Provide updated Project Record Documents to the CxA on a daily
      basis.

      9. Gather and submit operation and maintenance data for systems,
      subsystems, and equipment to the CxA, as specified in Section 01 78 23,


                            SECTION 01 60 00   Page 4
Training Aids Support Center                                             09X5901


      OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA.

      10. Provide technicians who are familiar with the construction and
      operation of installed systems and who shall develop specific test
      procedures and participate in testing of installed systems, subsystems,
      and equipment.

1.7   CxA'S RESPONSIBILITIES

 A.   Organize and lead the commissioning team.

 B. Prepare a construction-phase commissioning plan. Collaborate with
 Contractor and with subcontractors to develop test and inspection
 procedures. Include design changes and scheduled commissioning activities
 coordinated with overall Project schedule. Identify commissioning team
 member responsibilities, by name, firm, and trade specialty, for
 performance of each commissioning task.

 C. Convene commissioning team meetings for the purpose of coordination,
 communication, and conflict resolution; discuss progress of the
 commissioning processes. Responsibilities include arranging for
 facilities, preparing agenda and attendance lists, and notifying
 participants. The CxA shall prepare and distribute minutes to
 commissioning team members and attendees within five workdays of the
 commissioning meeting.

 D. At the beginning of the construction phase, conduct an initial
 construction-phase coordination meeting for the purpose of reviewing the
 commissioning activities and establishing tentative schedules for operation
 and maintenance submittals; operation and maintenance training sessions;
 TAB Work; and Project completion.

 E. Observe and inspect construction and report progress and deficiencies.
 In addition to compliance with the OPR, BoD, and Contract Documents,
 inspect systems and equipment installation for adequate accessibility for
 maintenance and component replacement or repair.

 F.   Prepare Project-specific test and inspection procedures and checklists.

 G. Schedule, direct, witness, and document tests, inspections, and systems
 startup.

 H. Compile test data, inspection reports, and certificates and include
 them in the systems manual and commissioning report.

 I. Certify date of acceptance and startup for each item of equipment for
 start of warranty periods.

 J. Review Project Record Documents for accuracy.      Request revisions from
 Contractor to achieve accuracy.

 K.   Videotape construction progress including hidden shafts.

 L.   Prepare commissioning reports.

 M. Assemble the final commissioning documentation, including the
 commissioning report and Project Record Documents.




                           SECTION 01 60 00   Page 5
Training Aids Support Center                                              09X5901


1.8   COMMISSIONING DOCUMENTATION

 A. Index of Commissioning Documents: CxA shall prepare an index to
 include storage location of each document.

 B. OPR: A written document, prepared by Owner, that details the
 functional requirements of Project and expectations of how it will be used
 and operated. This document includes Project and design goals, measurable
 performance criteria, budgets, schedules, success criteria, and supporting
 information.

 C. BoD Document: A document, prepared by Architect, that records
 concepts, calculations, decisions, and product selections used to meet the
 OPR and to satisfy applicable regulatory requirements, standards, and
 guidelines. The document includes both narrative descriptions and lists of
 individual items that support the design process.

 D. Commissioning Plan: A document, prepared by CxA, that outlines the
 schedule, allocation of resources, and documentation requirements of the
 commissioning process, and shall include, but is not limited to the
 following:

      1. Plan for delivery and review of submittals, systems manuals, and
      other documents and reports. Identification of the relationship of
      these documents to other functions and a detailed description of
      submittals that are required to support the commissioning processes.
      Submittal dates shall include the latest date approved submittals must
      be received without adversely affecting commissioning plan.

      2. Description of the organization, layout, and content of
      commissioning documentation (including systems manual) and a detailed
      description of documents to be provided along with identification of
      responsible parties.

      3.    Identification of systems and equipment to be commissioned.

      4. Description of schedules for testing procedures along with
      identification of parties involved in performing and verifying tests.

      5. Identification of items that must be completed before the next
      operation can proceed.

      6.    Description of responsibilities of commissioning team members.

      7.    Description of observations to be made.

      8. Description of requirements for operation and maintenance training,
      including required training materials.

      9. Description of expected performance for systems, subsystems,
      equipment, and controls.

      10. Schedule for commissioning activities with specific dates
      coordinated with overall construction schedule.

      11. Identification of installed systems, subsystems, and equipment,
      including design changes that occurred during the construction phase.

      12.   Process and schedule for documenting changes on a continuous basis


                             SECTION 01 60 00   Page 6
Training Aids Support Center                                           09X5901


      to appear in Project Record Documents.

      13. Process and schedule for completing prestart and startup
      checklists for systems, subsystems, and equipment to be verified and
      tested.

      14. Step-by-step procedures for testing systems, subsystems, and
      equipment with descriptions for methods of verifying relevant data,
      recording the results obtained, and listing parties involved in
      performing and verifying tests.

 E. Test Checklists: CxA, shall develop test checklists for each system,
 subsystem, or equipment including interfaces and interlocks, and include a
 separate entry, with space for comments, for each item to be tested.
 Prepare separate checklists for each mode of operation and provide space to
 indicate whether the mode under test responded as required. Provide space
 for testing personnel to sign off on each checklist. Specific checklist
 content requirements are specified in Section 23 08 00.00 10, COMMISSIONING
 OF HVAC SYSTEMS. Each checklist, regardless of system, subsystem, or
 equipment being tested, shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

      1.   Name and identification code of tested item.

      2.   Test number.

      3.   Time and date of test.

      4. Indication of whether the record is for a first test or retest
      following correction of a problem or issue.

      5. Dated signatures of the person performing test and of the witness,
      if applicable.

      6.   Individuals present for test.

      7.   Deficiencies.

      8.   Issue number, if any, generated as the result of test.

 F. Certificate of Readiness: Certificate of Readiness shall be signed by
 each Contractor, Subcontractor(s), Installer(s), and CxA certifying that
 systems, subsystems, equipment, and associated controls are ready for
 testing. Completed test checklists signed by the responsible parties shall
 accompany this certificate.

 G. Test and Inspection Reports: CxA shall record test data, observations,
 and measurements on test checklists. Photographs, forms, and other means
 appropriate for the application shall be included with data. CxA shall
 compile test and inspection reports and test and inspection certificates
 and include them in systems manual and commissioning report.

 H. Corrective Action Documents: CxA shall document corrective action
 taken for systems and equipment that fail tests. Include required
 modifications to systems and equipment and revisions to test procedures, if
 any. Retest systems and equipment requiring corrective action and document
 retest results.

 I. Issues Log: CxA shall prepare and maintain an issues log that
 describes design, installation, and performance issues that are at variance


                            SECTION 01 60 00   Page 7
Training Aids Support Center                                              09X5901


 with the OPR, BoD, and Contract Documents. Identify and track issues as
 they are encountered, documenting the status of unresolved and resolved
 issues.

      1.   Creating an Issues Log Entry:

           a. Identify the issue with unique numeric or alphanumeric
           identifier by which the issue may be tracked.

           b.   Assign a descriptive title of the issue.

           c.   Identify date and time of the issue.

           d. Identify test number of test being performed at the time of
           the observation, if applicable, for cross-reference.

           e. Identify system, subsystem, and equipment to which the issue
           applies.

           f.   Identify location of system, subsystem, and equipment.

           g. Include information that may be helpful in diagnosing or
           evaluating the issue.

           h.   Note recommended corrective action.

           i. Identify commissioning team member responsible for corrective
           action.

           j.   Identify expected date of correction.

           k.   Identify person documenting the issue.

      2.   Documenting Issue Resolution:

           a.   Log date correction is completed or the issue is resolved.

           b. Describe corrective action or resolution taken. Include
           description of diagnostic steps taken to determine root cause of
           the issue, if any.

           c. Identify changes to the OPR, BoD, or Contract Documents that
           may require action.

           d. State that correction was completed and system, subsystem, and
           equipment is ready for retest, if applicable.

           e.   Identify person(s) who corrected or resolved the issue.

           f.   Identify person(s) documenting the issue resolution.

      3. Issues Log Report: On a periodic basis, but not less than for each
      commissioning team meeting, CxA shall prepare a written narrative for
      review of outstanding issues and a status update of the issues log. As
      a minimum, CxA shall include the following information in the issues
      log and expand it in the narrative:

           a.   Issue number and title.



                            SECTION 01 60 00   Page 8
Training Aids Support Center                                          09X5901


           b.   Date of the identification of the issue.

           c. Name of the commissioning team member assigned responsibility
           for resolution.

           d.   Expected date of correction.

 J. Commissioning Report: CxA shall document results of the commissioning
 process including unresolved issues and performance of systems, subsystems,
 and equipment. The commissioning report shall indicate whether systems,
 subsystems, and equipment have been completed and are performing according
 to the OPR, BoD, and Contract Documents. The commissioning report shall
 include, but is not limited to, the following:

      1. Lists and explanations of substitutions; compromises; variances in
      the OPR, BoD, and Contract Documents; record of conditions; and, if
      appropriate, recommendations for resolution. This report shall be used
      to evaluate systems, subsystems, and equipment and shall serve as a
      future reference document during Owner occupancy and operation. It
      shall describe components and performance that exceed requirements of
      the OPR, BoD, and Contract Documents and those that do not meet
      requirements of the OPR, BoD, and Contract Documents. It may also
      include a recommendation for accepting or rejecting systems,
      subsystems, and equipment.

      2.   OPR and BoD documentation.

      3.   Commissioning plan.

      4.   Testing plans and reports.

      5.   Corrective modification documentation.

      6.   Issues log.

      7.   Completed test checklists.

      8. Listing of off-season test(s) not performed and a schedule for
      their completion.

 K. Systems Manual: CxA shall gather required information and compile
 systems manual. Systems manual shall include, but is not limited to, the
 following:

      1. OPR and BoD, including system narratives, schematics, and changes
      made throughout the Project.

      2. Project Record Documents as specified in Section 01 32 16.00 20,
      CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION.

      3.   Final commissioning plan.

      4.   Commissioning report.

      5. Operation and maintenance data as specified in Section 01 78 23,
      OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA.




                            SECTION 01 60 00   Page 9
Training Aids Support Center                                               09X5901


1.9    SUBMITTALS

 A. Commissioning Plan Prefinal Submittal: CxA shall submit two hard
 copies of prefinal commissioning plan. Deliver one copy to Contractor, one
 to Owner, and one to Architect. Present submittal in sufficient detail to
 evaluate data collection and arrangement process. One copy, with review
 comments, will be returned to the CxA for preparation of the final
 construction-phase commissioning plan.

 B. Commissioning Plan Final Submittal: CxA shall submit two hard copies
 and two sets of electronically formatted information of final commissioning
 plan. Deliver one hard copy and one set of discs to Owner, and one copy to
 Architect. The final submittal must address previous review comments. The
 final submittal shall include a copy of the prefinal submittal review
 comments along with a response to each item.

 C. Test Checklists and Report Forms: CxA shall submit sample checklists
 and forms to Contractor quality-control manager and subcontractors for
 review and comment. Submit two copies of each checklist and report form.

 D.    Certificates of Readiness:   CxA shall submit Certificates of Readiness.

 E. Test and Inspection Reports:      CxA shall submit test and inspection
 reports.

 F. Corrective Action Documents:      CxA shall submit corrective action
 documents.

 G. Prefinal Commissioning Report Submittal: CxA shall submit two hard
 copies of the prefinal commissioning report. Include a copy of the
 preliminary submittal review comments along with CxA's response to each
 item. CxA shall deliver one copy to Owner and one copy to Architect. One
 copy, with review comments, will be returned to the CxA for preparation of
 final submittal.

 H. Final Commissioning Report Submittal: CxA shall submit two hard copies
 and two sets of electronically formatted information of the final
 commissioning report. CxA shall deliver one hard copy and one set of discs
 to Owner, and one copy to Architect. The final submittal must address
 previous review comments and shall include a copy of the prefinal submittal
 review comments along with a response to each item.

1.10    QUALITY ASSURANCE

 A. Instructor Qualifications: Factory-authorized service representatives,
 experienced in training, operation, and maintenance procedures for
 installed systems, subsystems, and equipment.

 B. Test Equipment Calibration: Comply with test equipment manufacturer's
 calibration procedures and intervals. Recalibrate test instruments
 immediately whenever instruments have been repaired following damage or
 dropping. Affix calibration tags to test instruments. Instruments shall
 have been calibrated within six months prior to use.

1.11    COORDINATION

 A. Coordinating Meetings: CxA shall conduct biweekly or monthly
 coordination meetings of the commissioning team to review progress on the
 commissioning plan, to discuss scheduling conflicts, and to discuss


                            SECTION 01 60 00   Page 10
Training Aids Support Center                                                09X5901


 upcoming commissioning process activities.

 B. Pretesting Meetings: CxA shall conduct pretest meetings of the
 commissioning team to review startup reports, pretest inspection results,
 testing procedures, testing personnel and instrumentation requirements, and
 manufacturers' authorized service representative services for each system,
 subsystem, equipment, and component to be tested.

 C. Testing Coordination: CxA shall coordinate sequence of testing
 activities to accommodate required quality-assurance and -control services
 with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing
 construction to accommodate testing and inspecting.

         1. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and
         similar activities.

 D. Manufacturers' Field Services:      CxA shall coordinate services of
 manufacturers' field services.

PART 2     PRODUCTS

 Not Used

PART 3     EXECUTION

 Not Used

          -- End of Section --




                             SECTION 01 60 00   Page 11
Training Aids Support Center                                           09X5901




                          SECTION TABLE OF CONTENTS

                      DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

                               SECTION 01 62 35

                        RECYCLED / RECOVERED MATERIALS

                                    07/06


 PART 1   GENERAL

   1.1    REFERENCES
   1.2    OBJECTIVES
   1.3    EPA DESIGNATED ITEMS INCORPORATED IN THE WORK
   1.4    EPA PROPOSED ITEMS INCORPORATED IN THE WORK
   1.5    EPA LISTED ITEMS USED IN CONDUCT OF THE WORK BUT NOT INCORPORATED
          IN THE WORK

 PART 2   PRODUCTS


 PART 3   EXECUTION


 -- End of Section Table of Contents --




                           SECTION 01 62 35   Page 1
Training Aids Support Center                                           09X5901



                               SECTION 01 62 35

                        RECYCLED / RECOVERED MATERIALS
                                     07/06

PART 1   GENERAL

1.1   REFERENCES

 The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
 extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the
 basic designation only.

          U.S. NATIONAL ARCHIVES AND RECORDS ADMINISTRATION (NARA)

 40 CFR 247                       Comprehensive Procurement Guideline for
                                  Products Containing Recovered Materials

1.2   OBJECTIVES

 Government procurement policy is to acquire, in a cost effective manner,
 items containing the highest percentage of recycled and recovered materials
 practicable consistent with maintaining a satisfactory level of competition
 without adversely affecting performance requirements or exposing suppliers'
 employees to undue hazards from the recovered materials. The Environmental
 Protection Agency (EPA) has designated certain items which must contain a
 specified percent range of recovered or recycled materials. EPA designated
 products specified in this contract comply with the stated policy and with
 the EPA guidelines. The Contractor shall make all reasonable efforts to
 use recycled and recovered materials in providing the EPA designated
 products and in otherwise utilizing recycled and recovered materials in the
 execution of the work.

1.3   EPA DESIGNATED ITEMS INCORPORATED IN THE WORK

 Various sections of the specifications contain requirements for materials
 that have been designated by EPA as being products which are or can be made
 with recovered or recycled materials. These items, when incorporated into
 the work under this contract, shall contain at least the specified
 percentage of recycled or recovered materials unless adequate
 justification (non-availability) for non-use is provided. When a
 designated item is specified as an option to a non-designated item, the
 designated item requirements apply only if the designated item is used in
 the work.

1.4   EPA PROPOSED ITEMS INCORPORATED IN THE WORK

 Products other than those designated by EPA are still being researched and
 are being considered for future Comprehensive Procurement Guideline (CPG)
 designation. It is recommended that these items, when incorporated in the
 work under this contract, contain the highest practicable percentage of
 recycled or recovered materials, provided specified requirements are also
 met.

1.5   EPA LISTED ITEMS USED IN CONDUCT OF THE WORK BUT NOT INCORPORATED IN
THE WORK

 There are many products listed in 40 CFR 247 which have been designated or


                           SECTION 01 62 35   Page 2
Training Aids Support Center                                          09X5901


 proposed by EPA to include recycled or recovered materials that may be used
 by the Contractor in performing the work but will not be incorporated into
 the work. These products include office products, temporary traffic
 control products, and pallets. It is recommended that these
 non-construction products, when used in the conduct of the work, contain
 the highest practicable percentage of recycled or recovered materials and
 that these products be recycled when no longer needed.

PART 2   PRODUCTS

 Not used.

PART 3   EXECUTION

 Not used.


                               -- End of Section --




                           SECTION 01 62 35   Page 3
Training Aids Support Center                                    09X5901




                          SECTION TABLE OF CONTENTS

                      DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

                               SECTION 01 74 19

                 CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION WASTE MANAGEMENT

                                    01/07


 PART 1   GENERAL

   1.1   REFERENCES
   1.2   GOVERNMENT POLICY
   1.3   MANAGEMENT
   1.4   SUBMITTALS
   1.5   MEETINGS
   1.6   WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN
   1.7   RECORDS
   1.8   COLLECTION
     1.8.1   Source Separated Method.
     1.8.2   Co-Mingled Method.
     1.8.3   Other Methods.
   1.9   DISPOSAL
     1.9.1   Reuse.
     1.9.2   Recycle.
     1.9.3   Waste.
     1.9.4   Return

 PART 2   PRODUCTS


 PART 3   EXECUTION


 -- End of Section Table of Contents --




                           SECTION 01 74 19   Page 1
Training Aids Support Center                                              09X5901



                                   SECTION 01 74 19

                     CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION WASTE MANAGEMENT
                                         01/07

PART 1     GENERAL

1.1     REFERENCES

 The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
 extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the
 basic designation only.

            ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)

 ASTM E 1609                          (2001) Development and Implementation of a
                                      Pollution Prevention Program

            U.S. GREEN BUILDING COUNCIL (USGBC)

 LEED                                 (2002; R 2005) Leadership in Energy and
                                      Environmental Design(tm) Green Building
                                      Rating System for New Construction
                                      (LEED-NC)

1.2     GOVERNMENT POLICY

 Government policy is to apply sound environmental principles in the design,
 construction and use of facilities. As part of the implementation of that
 policy the Contractor shall: (1) practice efficient waste management when
 sizing, cutting, and installing products and materials and (2) use all
 reasonable means to divert construction and demolition waste from landfills
 and incinerators and to facilitate their recycling or reuse. A minimum of
 75 percent by weight of total project solid waste shall be diverted from
 the landfill.

1.3     MANAGEMENT

 Develop and implement a waste management program in accordance with
 ASTM E 1609 and as specified. Take a pro-active, responsible role in the
 management of construction and demolition waste and require all
 subcontractors, vendors, and suppliers to participate in the effort. The
 Environmental Manager, as specified in Section 01 35 40.00 20 Environmental
 Management, shall be responsible for instructing workers and overseeing and
 documenting results of the Waste Management Plan for the project.
 Construction and demolition waste includes products of demolition or
 removal, excess or unusable construction materials, packaging materials for
 construction products, and other materials generated during the
 construction process but not incorporated into the work. In the management
 of waste consideration shall be given to the availability of viable
 markets, the condition of the material, the ability to provide the material
 in suitable condition and in a quantity acceptable to available markets,
 and time constraints imposed by internal project completion mandates. The
 Contractor is responsible for implementation of any special programs
 involving rebates or similar incentives related to recycling of waste.
 Revenues or other savings obtained for salvage, or recycling accrue to the
 Contractor. Appropriately permit firms and facilities used for recycling,
 reuse, and disposal for the intended use to the extent required by federal,


                               SECTION 01 74 19   Page 2
Training Aids Support Center                                           09X5901


 state, and local regulations. Also, provide on-site instruction of
 appropriate separation, handling, recycling, salvage, reuse, and return
 methods to be used by all parties at the appropriate stages of the project.

1.4   SUBMITTALS

 Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation;
 submittals not having a "G" designation are for Contractor Quality Control
 approval. The following shall be submitted in accordance with Section
 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:

      SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals

           Waste Management Plan; G, RO (LEED)

      SD-11 Closeout Submittals

           Records (LEED)

1.5   MEETINGS

 Conduct Construction Waste Management meetings. After award of the
 Contract and prior to commencement of work, schedule and conduct a meeting
 with the Contracting Officer to discuss the proposed Waste Management Plan
 and to develop a mutual understanding relative to the details of waste
 management. The requirements for this meeting may be fulfilled during the
 coordination and mutual understanding meeting outlined in Section 01 45 01
 USACE QUALITY CONTROL. At a minimum, environmental and waste management
 goals and issues shall be discussed at the following additional meetings:

      a.   Pre-bid meeting.

      b.   Preconstruction Pre-demolition meeting.

      c.   Regular site QC meetings.

      d.   Work safety meetings.

1.6   WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN

 A waste management plan shall be submitted within 15 days after notice to
 proceed and not less than 10 days before the preconstruction pre-demolition
 meeting. The plan shall demonstrate how the project waste diversion goal
 shall be met and shall include the following:

      a. Name of individuals on the Contractor's staff responsible for waste
      prevention and management.

      b. Actions that will be taken to reduce solid waste generation,
      including coordination with subcontractors to ensure awareness and
      participation.

      c. Description of the regular meetings to be held to address waste
      management.

      d. Description of the specific approaches to be used in
      recycling/reuse of the various materials generated, including the areas
      on site and equipment to be used for processing, sorting, and temporary
      storage of wastes.


                              SECTION 01 74 19   Page 3
Training Aids Support Center                                           09X5901



      e. Characterization, including estimated types and quantities, of the
      waste to be generated.

      f. Name of landfill and/or incinerator to be used and the estimated
      costs for use, assuming that there would be no salvage or recycling on
      the project.

      g. Identification of local and regional reuse programs, including
      non-profit organizations such as schools, local housing agencies, and
      organizations that accept used materials such as materials exchange
      networks and Habitat for Humanity. Include the name, location, and
      phone number for each reuse facility to be used, and provide a copy of
      the permit or license for each facility.

      h. List of specific waste materials that will be salvaged for resale,
      salvaged and reused on the current project, salvaged and stored for
      reuse on a future project, or recycled. Recycling facilities that will
      be used shall be identified by name, location, and phone number,
      including a copy of the permit or license for each facility.

      i. Identification of materials that cannot be recycled/reused with an
      explanation or justification, to be approved by the Contracting Officer.

      j. Description of the means by which any waste materials identified in
      item (h) above will be protected from contamination.

      k. Description of the means of transportation of the recyclable
      materials (whether materials will be site-separated and self-hauled to
      designated centers, or whether mixed materials will be collected by a
      waste hauler and removed from the site).

      l. Anticipated net cost savings determined by subtracting Contractor
      program management costs and the cost of disposal from the revenue
      generated by sale of the materials and the incineration and/or landfill
      cost avoidance.

 Revise and resubmit Plan as required by the Contracting Officer. Approval
 of Contractor's Plan will not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for
 compliance with applicable environmental regulations or meeting project
 cumulative waste diversion requirement. Distribute copies of the Waste
 Management Plan to each subcontractor, the Quality Control Manager, and the
 Contracting Officer.

1.7   RECORDS

 Records shall be maintained to document the quantity of waste generated;
 the quantity of waste diverted through sale, reuse, or recycling; and the
 quantity of waste disposed by landfill or incineration. Records shall be
 kept in accordance with the LEED Reference Guide and using the LEED Letter
 Template. Quantities may be measured by weight or by volume, but must be
 consistent throughout. List each type of waste separately noting the
 disposal or diversion date. Identify the landfill, recycling center, waste
 processor, or other organization used to process or receive the solid
 waste. Provide explanations for any waste not recycled or reused. With each
 application for payment, submit updated documentation for solid waste
 disposal and diversion, and submit manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and
 invoices specifically identifying the project and waste material. The
 records shall be made available to the Contracting Officer during


                           SECTION 01 74 19   Page 4
Training Aids Support Center                                             09X5901


 construction, and a copy of the records shall be delivered to the
 Contracting Officer upon completion of the construction and included in the
 LEED Documentation Notebook.

 Demolition accomplished by other parties on this project site count toward
 the project's total waste diversion cumulative score for LEED. Information
 on the quantity and disposition of these materials will be provided by the
 Contracting Officer. Include this data in records, annotated to indicate
 that it was accomplished by another party.

1.8     COLLECTION

 Separate, store, protect, and handle at the site identified recyclable and
 salvageable waste products in a manner that maximizes recyclability and
 salvagability of identified materials. Provide the necessary containers,
 bins and storage areas to facilitate effective waste management and clearly
 and appropriately identify them. Provide materials for barriers and
 enclosures around recyclable material storage areas which are nonhazardous
 and recyclable or reusable. Locate out of the way of construction traffic.
 Provide adequate space for pick-up and delivery and convenience to
 subcontractors. Recycling and waste bin areas are to be kept neat and
 clean, and recyclable materials shall be handled to prevent contamination
 of materials from incompatible products and materials. Clean contaminated
 materials prior to placing in collection containers. Use cleaning materials
 that are nonhazardous and biodegradable. Handle hazardous waste and
 hazardous materials in accordance with applicable regulations and
 coordinate with Section 01 35 40.00 20 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT and Section
 01 57 20.00 10 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION. Separate materials by one of the
 following methods:

1.8.1     Source Separated Method.

 Waste products and materials that are recyclable shall be separated from
 trash and sorted as described below into appropriately marked separate
 containers and then transported to the respective recycling facility for
 further processing. Deliver materials in accordance with recycling or
 reuse facility requirements (e.g., free of dirt, adhesives, solvents,
 petroleum contamination, and other substances deleterious to the recycling
 process). Separate materials into the following category types as
 appropriate to the project waste and to the available recycling and reuse
 programs in the project area:

  a.    Land clearing debris.

  b.    Asphalt.

  c.    Concrete and masonry.

  d.    Metal (e.g. banding, stud trim, ductwork, piping, rebar, roofing, other
        trim, steel, iron, galvanized, stainless steel, aluminum, copper, zinc,
        lead brass, bronze).

        (1)   Ferrous.

        (2)   Non-ferrous.

  e.    Wood (nails and staples allowed).

  f.    Debris.


                                SECTION 01 74 19   Page 5
Training Aids Support Center                                              09X5901



  g.    Glass (colored glass allowed).

  h.    Paper.

        (1)   Bond.

        (2)   Newsprint.

        (3)   Cardboard and paper packaging materials.

  i.    Plastic.

        (1)   Type 1:    Polyethylene Terephthalate (PET, PETE).

        (2)   Type 2:    High Density Polyethylene (HDPE).

        (3)   Type 3:    Vinyl (Polyvinyl Chloride or PVC).

        (4)   Type 4:    Low Density Polyethylene (LDPE).

        (5)   Type 5:    Polypropylene (PP).

        (6)   Type 6:    Polystyrene (PS).

        (7)    Type 7: Other. Use of this code indicates that the package in
              question is made with a resin other than the six listed above, or
              is made of more than one resin listed above, and used in a
              multi-layer combination.

  j.    Gypsum.

  k.    Non-hazardous paint and paint cans.

  l.    Carpet.

  m.    Ceiling tiles.

  n.    Insulation.

  o.    Beverage containers.

1.8.2     Co-Mingled Method.

 Waste products and recyclable materials shall be placed into a single
 container and then transported to a recycling facility where the recyclable
 materials are sorted and processed.

1.8.3     Other Methods.

 Other methods proposed by the Contractor may be used when approved by the
 Contracting Officer.

1.9     DISPOSAL

 Control accumulation of waste materials and trash. Recycle or dispose of
 collected materials off-site at intervals approved by the Contracting
 Officer and in compliance with waste management procedures. Except as
 otherwise specified in other sections of the specifications, disposal shall


                               SECTION 01 74 19   Page 6
Training Aids Support Center                                          09X5901


 be in accordance with the following:

1.9.1    Reuse.

 First consideration shall be given to salvage for reuse since little or no
 re-processing is necessary for this method, and less pollution is created
 when items are reused in their original form. Coordinate reuse with the
 Contracting Officer. Sale or donation of waste suitable for reuse shall be
 considered.

1.9.2    Recycle.

 Waste materials not suitable for reuse, but having value as being
 recyclable, shall be made available for recycling. All fluorescent lamps,
 HID lamps, and mercury-containing thermostats removed from the site shall
 be recycled. Arrange for timely pickups from the site or deliveries to
 recycling facilities in order to prevent contamination of recyclable
 materials.

1.9.3    Waste.

 Materials with no practical use or economic benefit shall be disposed at a
 landfill or incinerator.

1.9.4    Return

 Set aside and protect misdelivered and substandard products and materials
 and return to supplier for credit.

PART 2    PRODUCTS

 Not used.

PART 3    EXECUTION

 Not used.           -- End of Section --




                              SECTION 01 74 19   Page 7
Training Aids Support Center                                09X5901




                          SECTION TABLE OF CONTENTS

                      DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

                                  SECTION 01 75 00

                               STARTING AND ADJUSTING

                                       10/06


 PART 1   GENERAL

   1.1   SUMMARY
   1.2   SUBMITTALS
     1.2.1   Preconstruction and Pre-Testing Requirements
     1.2.2   Shop Drawings and Diagrams
     1.2.3   Product and Design Data
     1.2.4   Tests Required
       1.2.4.1   Factory Tests
       1.2.4.2   Functional Field Test
       1.2.4.3   Final Acceptance Test
       1.2.4.4   Test Procedures

 PART 2   PRODUCTS


 PART 3   EXECUTION


 -- End of Section Table of Contents --




                           SECTION 01 75 00    Page 1
Training Aids Support Center                                             09X5901



                                   SECTION 01 75 00

                                STARTING AND ADJUSTING
                                         10/06

PART 1     GENERAL

1.1   SUMMARY

 Requirements of this Section apply to, and are a component part of, each
 section of the specifications.

1.2   SUBMITTALS

 Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation;
 submittals not having a "G" designation are for Contractor Quality Control
 approval. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00
 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:

         SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals

             Submit Verification of Prior Experience; G, RO and expertise with
             similar project scope

             Submit Documentation of Manufacturer's Prior Experience; G, RO and
             expertise with similar project materials and systems

             Quality Control Plan; G, RO
             including testing and start-up schedule

             Manufacturer's Sample Warranty; G, RO

             Provide Evidence that products used within this specification are
             manufactured in the United States.

         SD-02 Shop Drawings

             Drawings, Diagrams and Schedules; G, RO

             Diagrams and Instructions; G, RO

             Drawings; G, RO

         SD-03 Product Data

             Catalog cuts; G, RO

             Samples of warranty language; G, RO

         SD-05 Design Data

             Design Calculations; G, RO

         SD-06 Test Reports

             Factory Tests
             Functional Field Test
             Final Acceptance Test


                               SECTION 01 75 00   Page 2
Training Aids Support Center                                                09X5901



        SD-07 Certificates

             Qualification of Manufacturer; G, RO

             Qualification of Installer

        SD-08 Manufacturer's Instructions

             Demonstration and Training Information; G, RO

             Submit Manufacturer's Procedural Requirements; G, RO for initial
             checkout, startup, and adjusting to ensure safe operation during
             acceptance testing and commissioning.

        SD-09 Manufacturer's Field Reports

             Documentation of the Testing and Verification Actions; G, RO

        SD-10 Operation and Maintenance Data

 Refer to Section 01 78 23 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA for detailed
 requirements and procedures.

             Operation and Maintenance Data

             Safety and Security Data or Posters provided by the manufacturer

1.2.1    Preconstruction and Pre-Testing Requirements

 The Contractor is responsible to deliver equipment and services to meet the
 requirements and specifications of their respective contract. All
 equipment must be free of latent manufacturing and installation defects.
 Acceptance criteria must be clearly defined to establish required baselines
 for future maintenance and life-cycle evaluations. The Government reserves
 the option to elect performance of acceptance testing by internal
 personnel, or a designated third party. Regardless of who performs the
 acceptance testing, the requirements of acceptance must be met by the
 Contractor.

 Submit the following for review and approval prior to the commencement of
 work and testing, whether such testing is on site or elsewhere:

        a.   Verification of prior experience and expertise with similar
             project scope

        b.   Documentation of manufacturer's prior experience and expertise
             with similar project materials and systems

        c.   Quality control plan

        d.   Manufacturer's Sample Warranty and Operation and Maintenance Data,
             with details regarding start-up procedures

        e.   Manufacturer's administrative requirements

        f.   Manufacturer's procedural requirements

        g.   Demonstration and Training Information


                             SECTION 01 75 00   Page 3
Training Aids Support Center                                             09X5901



 Contractor must submit the following certifications:

        a.   Provide evidence that products used within this specification are
             manufactured in the United States.

        b.   Qualification of Manufacturer, including current licenses and
             insurance.

        c.   Qualification of Installer, including licenses and insurance.

1.2.2    Shop Drawings and Diagrams

 Submit the following shop drawings, record drawings, and diagrams as
 required to correctly execute the installation of the work:

        a.   Drawings, diagrams and schedules specifically prepared to
             illustrate a portion of the work

        b.   Diagrams and instructions from a manufacturer or fabricator for
             use in producing the product and as aids to the Contractor for
             integrating the product or system into the project

        c.   Drawings prepared by or for the Contractor to show how multiple
             systems and interdisciplinary work will be coordinated

1.2.3    Product and Design Data

 Contractor shall submit product data and design calculations, mix designs,
 analyses or other data pertaining to the part of work to ensure a complete
 functional installation; including, but not limited to:

        a.   Catalog cuts, illustrations, schedules, diagrams, performance
             charts, instructions and brochures illustrating size, physical
             appearance and other characteristics of materials, systems or
             equipment for some portion of the work

        b.   Samples of warranty language when the contract requires extended
             product warranties

        c.   Operation and Maintenance Data provided by the manufacturer to
             ensure the safe and efficient operation, maintenance and repair of
             the system or equipment provided.

        d.   Safety and Security Data or posters provided by the manufacturer
             to be posted in a conspicuous visible location for operational and
             maintenance personnel.

1.2.4    Tests Required

 Perform tests to verify proper functioning of fire protection, fire
 suppression, HVAC, compressed air, electrical switchgear, protective
 relaying, fluid and gas systems, pump/motor combinations, boiler systems,
 hydraulic and pneumatic control, condition/performance monitoring systems,
 energy control and monitoring systems, and other assemblies and components
 that need to be tested as an interrelated whole.




                             SECTION 01 75 00   Page 4
Training Aids Support Center                                             09X5901


1.2.4.1     Factory Tests

 Submit certified copies of required tests performed at the factory to
 verify proper build. These test results will be used in the "Final
 Acceptance Test" section to verify no shipping damage and proper
 installation.

1.2.4.2     Functional Field Test

 Contractor   must perform functional field tests test to verify that the
 system and   components have been properly installed and are functioning
 properly.    Perform test(s) in the presence of the Contracting Officer.
 Acceptance   will be issued when system has performed per other sections and
 referenced   industry standards.

 Coordinate and submit documentation of the testing and verification actions
 taken by manufacturer's representative at the job site, on a portion of the
 work, during installation, to confirm compliance with manufacturer's
 standards or instructions.

1.2.4.3     Final Acceptance Test

 Perform a formal test with full documentation using the approved recording
 form. Contracting Officer will witness this test and issue a written final
 acceptance. Provide final test data to the Contracting Officer with a
 cover letter clearly marked with the system name, date, and the words "
 Final Test Data - Forward to the Systems Engineer/Condition Monitoring
 Office/Predictive Testing Group for inclusion in the Maintenance Database."

1.2.4.4     Test Procedures

 Submit test procedure and recording forms that document the test steps for
 approval to the Contracting Officer 21 calendar days prior to the proposed
 test date. Procedure must clearly state step by step instruction to verify
 system parameters, components, and functions.

PART 2     PRODUCTS

 Not Used

PART 3     EXECUTION

 Not Used

          -- End of Section --




                              SECTION 01 75 00   Page 5
Training Aids Support Center                                           09X5901




                          SECTION TABLE OF CONTENTS

                      DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

                                SECTION 01 78 00

                               CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

                                      05/09


 PART 1   GENERAL

   1.1    REFERENCES
   1.2    SUBMITTALS
   1.3    PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
     1.3.1    Record Drawings
        1.3.1.1    Government Furnished Materials
        1.3.1.2    Working Record and Final Record Drawings
        1.3.1.3    Drawing Preparation
        1.3.1.4    Payment
     1.3.2    As-Built Record of Equipment and Materials
     1.3.3    Final Approved Shop Drawings
     1.3.4    Construction Contract Specifications
     1.3.5    Real Property Equipment
   1.4    SPARE PARTS DATA
   1.5    PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE
   1.6    CERTIFICATION OF EPA DESIGNATED ITEMS
   1.7    WARRANTY MANAGEMENT
     1.7.1    Warranty Management Plan
     1.7.2    Performance Bond
     1.7.3    Pre-Warranty Conference
     1.7.4    Contractor's Response to Construction Warranty Service
          Requirements
     1.7.5    Warranty Tags
   1.8    MECHANICAL TESTING AND BALANCING
   1.9    OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
   1.10    CLEANUP
   1.11    REAL PROPERTY RECORD

 PART 2   PRODUCTS


 PART 3   EXECUTION


 -- End of Section Table of Contents --




                           SECTION 01 78 00   Page 1
Training Aids Support Center                                             09X5901



                                 SECTION 01 78 00

                               CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
                                      05/09

PART 1    GENERAL
1.1    REFERENCES

 The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
 extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the
 basic designation only.

          ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)

 ASTM E 1971                         (2005) Stewardship for the Cleaning of
                                     Commercial and Institutional Buildings

          GREEN SEAL (GS)

 GS-37                               (2000; R 2005) Industrial and
                                     Institutional Cleaners

1.2   SUBMITTALS

 Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation;
 submittals not having a "G" designation are for Contractor Quality Control
 approval. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00
 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:

      SD-03 Product Data

          As-Built Record of Equipment and Materials

            Four copies of the record listing the as-built materials and
          equipment incorporated into the construction of the project.

          Warranty Management Plan

            Four sets of the warranty management plan containing information
          relevant to the warranty of materials and equipment incorporated
          into the construction project, including the starting date of
          warranty of construction. Furnish with each warranty the name,
          address, and telephone number of each of the guarantor's
          representatives nearest to the project location.

          Warranty Tags

            Four record copies of the warranty tags showing the layout and
          design.

          Final Cleaning

            Four copies of the listing of completed final clean-up items.

          Spare Parts Data

            Four copies of list that indicates manufacturer's name, part
          number, nomenclature, and stock level recommended for maintenance


                             SECTION 01 78 00   Page 2
Training Aids Support Center                                            09X5901


            and repair. List those items that may be standard to the normal
            maintenance of the system.

        SD-08 Manufacturer's Instructions

            Preventative Maintenance and Condition Monitoring (Predictive
            Testing) and Inspection schedules with instructions that state
            when systems should be retested.

            Define within the schedule the anticipated length of each test,
            test apparatus, number of personnel identified by responsibility,
            and a testing validation procedure permitting the record operation
            capability requirements. On each test feature; e.g., gpm, rpm, psi,
            provide a signoff blank for the Contractor and Contracting
            Officer. Within a remarks column of the testing validation
            procedure include references to operating limits of time,
            pressure, temperature, volume, voltage, current, acceleration,
            velocity, alignment, calibration, adjustments, cleaning, or
            special system notes. Delineate procedures for preventative
            maintenance, condition monitoring (predictive testing) and
            inspection, adjustment, lubrication and cleaning necessary to
            prevent failure.

            Posted Instructions

        SD-10 Operation and Maintenance Data

            Operation and Maintenance Manuals

        SD-11 Closeout Submittals

            Record Drawings

              Drawings showing final as-built conditions of the project. The
            manually prepared drawings must consist of 1 set of completed
            final as-built original transparency drawings, 2 sets of blue-line
            prints of the transparencies, and the approved marked working
            as-built prints.

            Certification of EPA Designated Items; G, RO

            Form DD1354; G, RO

1.3     PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS

1.3.1     Record Drawings

 This paragraph covers record drawings complete, as a requirement of the
 contract. The terms "drawings," "contract drawings," "drawing files,"
 "working record drawings" and "final record drawings" refer to contract
 drawings which are revised to be used for final record drawings showing
 as-built conditions.

1.3.1.1     Government Furnished Materials

 One set of electronic CADD files in the specified software and format
 revised to reflect all bid amendments will be provided by the Government at
 the preconstruction conference for projects requiring CADD file record
 drawings.


                              SECTION 01 78 00   Page 3
Training Aids Support Center                                           09X5901



1.3.1.2    Working Record and Final Record Drawings

 Revise 2 sets of paper drawings by red-line process to show the as-built
 conditions during the prosecution of the project. Kept these working
 as-built marked drawings current on a weekly basis and at least one set
 available on the jobsite at all times. Changes from the contract plans
 which are made in the work or additional information which might be
 uncovered in the course of construction must be accurately and neatly
 recorded as they occur by means of details and notes. Prepare final record
 (as-built) drawings after the completion of each definable feature of work
 as listed in the Contractor Quality Control Plan (Foundations, Utilities,
 Structural Steel, etc., as appropriate for the project). The working
 as-built marked prints and final record (as-built) drawings will be jointly
 reviewed for accuracy and completeness by the Contracting Officer and the
 Contractor prior to submission of each monthly pay estimate. If the
 Contractor fails to maintain the working and final record drawings as
 specified herein, the Contracting Officer will deduct from the monthly
 progress payment an amount representing the estimated cost of maintaining
 the record drawings. This monthly deduction will continue until an
 agreement can be reached between the Contracting Officer and the Contractor
 regarding the accuracy and completeness of updated drawings. Show on the
 working and final record drawings , but not limited to, the following
 information:

      a. The actual location, kinds and sizes of all sub-surface utility
 lines. In order that the location of these lines and appurtenances may be
 determined in the event the surface openings or indicators become covered
 over or obscured, show by offset dimensions to two permanently fixed
 surface features the end of each run including each change in direction on
 the record drawings. Locate valves, splice boxes and similar appurtenances
 by dimensioning along the utility run from a reference point. Also record
 the average depth below the surface of each run.

      b. The location and dimensions of any changes within the building
 structure.

      c. Correct grade, elevations, cross section, or alignment of roads,
 earthwork, structures or utilities if any changes were made from contract
 plans.

      d. Changes in details of design or additional information obtained
 from working drawings specified to be prepared and/or furnished by the
 Contractor; including but not limited to fabrication, erection,
 installation plans and placing details, pipe sizes, insulation material,
 dimensions of equipment foundations, etc.

      e. The topography, invert elevations and grades of drainage installed
 or affected as part of the project construction.

      f.   Changes or modifications which result from the final inspection.

      g. Where contract drawings or specifications present options, show
 only the option selected for construction on the final as-built prints.

      h. If borrow material for this project is from sources on Government
 property, or if Government property is used as a spoil area, furnish a
 contour map of the final borrow pit/spoil area elevations.



                            SECTION 01 78 00   Page 4
Training Aids Support Center                                             09X5901


      i. Systems designed or enhanced by the Contractor, such as HVAC
 controls, fire alarm, fire sprinkler, and irrigation systems.

      j. Modifications (include within change order price the cost to
 change working and final record drawings to reflect modifications) and
 compliance with the following procedures.

            (1) Follow directions in the modification for posting descriptive
            changes.

            (2)   Place a Modification Bubble at the location of each deletion.

            (3) For new details or sections which are added to a drawing,
            place a Modification Bubble by the detail or section title.

            (4) For minor changes, place a Modification Bubble by the area
            changed on the drawing (each location).

            (5) For major changes to a drawing, place a Modification Bubble
            by the title of the affected plan, section, or detail at each
            location.

            (6) For changes to schedules or drawings, place a Modification
            Bubble either by the schedule heading or by the change in the
            schedule.

            (7) The Modification Bubble size shall be 1/2 inch diameters
            unless the area where the